NATO-UNCLASSIFIED

MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MTP 1(D), VOLUME II

MULTINATIONAL
MARITIME TACTICAL
SIGNAL AND
MANEUVERING BOOK
MAY BE CARRIED IN AIRCRAFT

MARCH 2003

I ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ALPHABETICAL AND NUMERAL FLAGS

PENNANT FLAG FLAG

and Spoken Written and Spoken Written and Spoken Written
NAME NAME NAME

ALFA A MIKE M YANKEE Y

A M Y

BRAVO B NOVEMBER N ZULU Z

B N Z

CHARLIE C OSCAR O
ONE 1
C O ONE

DELTA D PAPA P TWO 2

D P TWO

ECHO E QUEBEC Q THREE 3

E Q THREE

FOXTROT F ROMEO R FOUR 4

F R FOUR

GOLF G SIERRA S FIVE 5

G S FIVE

HOTEL H TANGO T SIX 6

H T SIX

INDIA I UNIFORM U SEVEN 7

I U SEVEN

JULIETT J VICTOR V EIGHT 8

J V EIGHT

KILO K WHISKEY W NINE 9

K W NINE

LIMA L XRAY X ZERO 0

L X ZERO

II ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

April 2007

PUBLICATION NOTICE ROUTING

1. Change 2 to MTP 1(D), Volume II, MULTINATIONAL MARITIME TACTICAL

SIGNAL AND MANEUVERING BOOK, is available in the Navy Warfare Library.
Commander, Navy Warfare Development Command will promulgate the effective date
for U.S. Navy holders.

2. MTP 1(D), Volume II, contains releasable data from ATP 1(D), Volume II. Data that
is considered not releasable has been omitted in text and replaced with the label NOT
RELEASABLE.

3. Summary of Change 2:

a. Editorial corrections were made to update data.

b. Article 150 was declassified.

c. The following signals were added: AA8, THREAT OPINTEL; AS46, ASTD;
AS47, ASTD GRID; CM32, CIRCUIT DESIG; TA80, FOLLOW NAVTRACK;
and TA81, PORT/STARBOARD.

d. The following signals were expanded: J TURN; 1O, KEEP CLEAR; RS11,
ATERN FUELING RIG; and 3L and 3M, FREQUENT TARGET REPORTING.

e. The following signals were amended: 7F, WEAPONS FREE and 7T, WEAPONS
TIGHT.

f. Asymmetric was added to Signals EN34, THREAT WARNING; RE20, DEGREE

OF READINESS; and TA22, ATTACK EXPECTED.

g. SCREEN G (SKELETON SCREEN) was deleted.

Navy Warfare Library Custodian

Navy Warfare Library publications must be made

readily available to all users and other interested per-
sonnel within the U.S. Navy.

Note to Navy Warfare Library Custodian

This notice will assist you in providing information to cognizant personnel. It is not accountable.

IIa CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

IIb CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

III ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

IV ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RECORD OF RESERVATIONS

CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS

1 NONE
2 USA
3 NONE
4 NONE
5 NONE
6 NONE
7 NONE
8 NONE
9 NONE
10 NONE
11 NONE
12 NONE
13 TUR
14 NONE
15 NONE
16 NONE
17 NONE
18 NONE
19 NONE
20 NONE
21 NONE
22 NONE
23 NONE
24 NONE
25 NONE
26 NONE
27 NONE
28 NONE
29 NONE
30 NONE
31 NONE
32 NONE
33 NONE
34 NONE
35 NONE

V CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RECORD OF RESERVATIONS

NATION SPECIFIC RESERVATIONS

USA The U.S. Navy does not agree with the meaning of Flag K and will operate
using the meanings listed below. Since the meanings are different from
those used by other NATO warships, U.S. commanding officers must take
extra care when in port, or at anchorages in which NATO warships are
present, to ensure that all concerned understand the requisite precautions
that must be taken with personnel working aloft, over the side, or both:
a. K Personnel working aloft. Stand clear.
b. K1 Personnel working over the side. Stand clear.
c. K3 Personnel working aloft and over the side. Stand clear.
TUR Turkey will not use “AS46” and “AS47” codes in Section 13, because
EXTAC 182 (B) is still an experimental tactic and has not been imple-
mented as a tactic to ATP-28 yet.

VI CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Reserved for National Letter of Promulgation

VII ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

VIII ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 COMNAVWARDEVCOM
CHANGE 2 JUNE 2007 NED NEWPORT RI
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RECORD OF CHANGES

Identification of Date Entered NATO Effective Date By Whom Entered

Change, (Signature; Rank,
Reg. No. (if any), and Grade or Rate;
Date Name of Command)

X ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Multinational Maritime Tactical Signal

and Maneuvering Book
CONTENTS
Page Fiche
No. Frame*

CHAPTER 1 — GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

100 BASIC PRECEPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1B13

101 Purpose and Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1B13
102 Security Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1B13
103 Use and Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1B14
104 Signals Covering More Than One Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1C1
105 Signals With No Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1C2

110 SUPPLEMENTING SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1C3

111 Governing Pennants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1C3
112 Governing Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1C4
113 Call Signs, Sequence Numbers, and Unit Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1C5
114 Description Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1C6
115 Plain Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1C6
116 Operating Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1C6
117 International Code of Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1C7
118 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1C7
119 Transmission Other Than by Flaghoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1C8

120 PRINCIPAL RULES FOR MANEUVERING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1C9

121 Maneuvering Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1C9
122 Standard and Reduced Tactical Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1C9
123 Acceleration and Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 1C12
124 Speeds While Maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 1C13
125 Speed Flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 1C14
126 Stationing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 1C14
127 Hoisting Stations Numbers by Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 1C14
128 Station Keeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 1D1
129 Joining and Leaving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 1D2
130 Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 1D2
131 Automatic Changing of The Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 1D3
132 Unit, Formation, and Line Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 1D3
133 Announcement by The Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 1D4
134 Restrictions, Limits, and Requirements for Altering Course . . . . . . . 1-21 1D5

135 MANEUVERING ORDERS AND INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . 1-22 1D6

136 Types of Line Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 1D6
137 Assuming Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 1D13

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XI CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

138 Sequence Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

139 Forming Lines in Consecutive Numerical Order of Sequence
Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 1D14
140 Forming Lines in Quickest Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 1E1
141 Altering Line Formations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31 1E2
142 Formations Derived From Line Formations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 1E4
143 Altering Course by Wheeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 1E6
144 Wheeling in Single Column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 1E6
145 Wheeling in Column Open Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 1E6
146 Wheeling in Loose Line of Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 1E6
147 Wheeling in Single Line Abreast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 1E7
148 Wheeling in Diamond Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 1E8
149 Wheeling in Multiple Line Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 1E8
150 Special Methods for Altering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39 1E11
151 Evasive Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 1E13

160 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 1E14

161 Substitutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 1E14
162 Units of Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 1F1
163 Fractions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 1F1
164 Times and Dates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 1F1
165 Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45 1F3
166 Bearing, Direction, and Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46 1F4
167 Courses and Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47 1F5
168 Standard Sector System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47 1F5

CHAPTER 2 — SINGLE FLAGS AND PENNANTS

200 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 1F10

201 Single Alphabetical Flag Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 1F10
202 Single Numerical Flag Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 1G2
203 Single Special Flag Pennant Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 1G3
204 Absentee Indicator Table (In Port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 1G7

CHAPTER 3 — EMERGENCY

300 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 2A14

301 Emergency Execute Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 2A14
302 Emergency Alarm Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 2B1
303 Emergency Action Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 2B4

CHAPTER 4 — FORM

400 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 2B6

401 Line Formations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 2B7

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XII CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

402 Forming Operational Formations and Dispositions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 2B8

403 Forming on a Line of Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 2B9
404 Forming in the Quickest Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 2B10
405 Loose Line of Column, Diamond Formation, Column Open Order,
and Reversing the Order of Ships in Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 2B10
406 Line Guides Forming on a Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 2B11
407 Miscellaneous Form Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 2B12
408 Information Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 2B14

CHAPTER 5 — STATION

500 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 2C4

501 Action Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 2C5
502 Information Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 2C10

CHAPTER 6 — TURN

600 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 2C14

601 Turn of Specified Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 2D1
602 Stopping Turn Short of Signaled Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 2D1
603 Turn of Unspecified Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 2D1
604 Miscellaneous Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 2D3
605 Evasive Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 2D3
606 Information Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 2D5

CHAPTER 7 —CORPEN

700 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 2D8

701 Ordering a Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 2D10
702 Action Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 2D11
703 Information Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 2E2

CHAPTER 8 — SPEED

800 Action Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 2E6

801 Information Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 2E11
802 Speed Flag Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 2E13

CHAPTER 9 — SCREEN

900 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 2F2

901 Action Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 2F3
902 Information Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 2F8

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XIII ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

CHAPTER 10 —ANTIAIR WARFARE

1000 AAW Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 2F12

1001 AAW ACTION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 2F14

CHAPTER 11 — ADMINISTRATION

1100 Boats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 2G4

1101 Ceremonial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 2G5
1102 Medical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 2G6
1103 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 2G6
1104 Orders/Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 2G7
1105 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 2G8

CHAPTER 12 — AMPHIBIOUS

1200 Beaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 2G10

1201 Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 2G10

CHAPTER 13 — ANTISUBMARINE WARFARE

1300 Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 3A14

1301 Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 3B2
1302 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 3B3
1303 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 3B5
1304 Countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 3B7
1305 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9 3B8
1306 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11 3B10
1307 Intelligence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 3B12
1308 Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 3B13
1309 ASW Searches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16 3C1
1310 Defense in Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18 3C3
1311 ASW ACTION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19 3C4

CHAPTER 14 — AIRCRAFT

1400 Command/Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 3C10

1401 Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 3C11
1402 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 3C12
1403 Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 3D1
1404 Scouting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 3D1
1405 Over-The-Horizon Targeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-7 3D2

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XIV ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

CHAPTER 15 — GOVERNING GROUPS

1500 Table of Meanings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 3D4

CHAPTER 16 — COMMUNICATIONS

1600 Establishing/Maintaining/Closing Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1 3D6

1601 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2 3D7
1602 Propagation/Interference/RADHAZ (HERO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3 3D8
1603 Relay/Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4 3D9
1604 Security/Call Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4 3D9

CHAPTER 17 — COMMAND

1700 General Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1 3D12

CHAPTER 18 — ENTRY AND DEPARTURE

1800 Anchoring/Weighing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1 3E2

1801 Berth(ing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-3 3E4
1802 Channel/Swept Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-3 3E4
1803 Getting Underway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4 3E5
1804 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5 3E6

CHAPTER 19 — ENEMY

1900 Electronic Warfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1 3E10

1901 Operations and Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1 3E10
1902 Reporting/Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-3 3E12
1903 Threat Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5 3E14

CHAPTER 20 — ELECTRONIC WARFARE

2000 Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 3F2

2001 Enemy Countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3 3F4
2002 Electronic Support Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4 3F5
2003 Electronic Countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 3F6

CHAPTER 21 — EXERCISES

2100 General Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1 3F8

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XV ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

CHAPTER 22 — GUNNERY AND MISSILES

2200 Ballistic Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-1 3F12

2201 General Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2 3F13
2202 Naval Gunfire Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-3 3F14

CHAPTER 23 — HARASSMENT

2300 Shadowing, Marking, and Countermarking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1 3G2

2301 Harassing and Hampering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1 3G2

CHAPTER 24 — INTERDICTION AND EMBARGO OPERATIONS

2400 General Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1 3G6

CHAPTER 25 — METEOROLOGY

2500 General Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 3G10

CHAPTER 26 — MINE WARFARE

2600 Safety Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1 4A14

2601 Mines/Minefields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1 4A14
2602 Minelaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-3 4B2
2603 Cleared Channel/Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-4 4B3
2604 Leadthrough Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-5 4B4
2605 Track Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-12 4B11
2606 Dan Laying/Dan Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-13 4B12
2607 Minesweeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-15 4B14
2608 Minehunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-18 4C3
2609 Tasking and Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-21 4C6

CHAPTER 27 — NAVIGATION

2700 Charts/Compasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1 4D2

2701 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1 4D2
2702 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2 4D3
2703 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2 4D3
2704 Position/PIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3 4D4
2705 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-4 4D5

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XVI ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

CHAPTER 28 — N.B.C.

2800 Nuclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-1 4D8

2801 Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-2 4D9
2802 Biological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-2 4D9

CHAPTER 29 — RADAR

2900 General Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-1 4D12

CHAPTER 30 — READINESS

3000 Casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 4D14

3001 Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 4E1
3002 Degrees of Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4 4E3
3003 Equipment Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4 4E3
3004 Fuel State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5 4E4
3005 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6 4E5
3006 Readiness for Sea/Steaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6 4E5
3007 Towing Signal Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7 4E6

CHAPTER 31 — REPLENISHMENT/TRANSFER

3100 Replenishment Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-1 4E10

3101 Signals Relating to Replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-5 4F14
3102 Helicopter Transfer/Vertical Replenishment Signals . . . . . . . . . . 31-6 4F1
3103 Night Replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-7 4F2

CHAPTER 32 — ANTISURFACE WARFARE

3200 Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-1 4F4

3201 Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-2 4F5
3202 Gunnery and Missile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-3 4F6
3203 Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-3 4F6
3204 Torpedo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-4 4F7
3205 TORPEDO ACTION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-5 4F8
3206 Special Night Torpedo Firing Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-7 4F10
3207 Special Day Torpedo Firing Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-7 4F10
3208 SURFACE ACTION TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-9 4F12
3209 Special FPB Maneuvering Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-23 4G12
3210 SAG Signal Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-25 5A14

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XVII ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

CHAPTER 33 — TACTICAL

3300 Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-1 5B4

3301 Bearing and Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2 5B5
3302 Intelligence/Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-3 5B6
3303 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4 5B7
3304 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-5 5B8
3305 Mission/Task/Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-6 5B9
3306 Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-7 5B10
3307 Operations/Intentions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-11 5B14
3308 Identification/Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-12 5C1
3309 Scouting/Patrol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-13 5C2
3310 Smoke/Making Smoke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-15 5C4
3311 Weather/Meteorology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-16 5C5
3312 Hydrography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-16 5C5

CHAPTER 34 — SUPPLEMENTARY TABLES

3400 Table A — Ammunition and Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-2 5C9

3405 Table B — Battle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-3 5C10
3410 Table C — Command Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-4 5C11
3415 Table D — Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-5 5C12
3420 Table E — Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-8 5C14
3425 Table F — Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-10 5D2
3430 Table L — Compartment Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-12 5D4
3435 Table M — Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-13 5D5
3440 Table P — Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-14 5D6
3445 Table U — Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-15 5D7
3450 Table V — Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-16 5D8
3455 Table W — When . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-18 5D10
3460 Table X — Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-19 5D11
3465 Table Y — MCM Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-20 5D12
3470 Table Z — Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-21 5D13

CHAPTER 35 — STANDARD POSITION INDICATORS

3500 Table of Meanings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 5E2

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1 5E4

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XVIII ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Page Fiche
No. Frame*

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
CHAPTER 1 — GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 1-1. Standard Distances and Maneuvering Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 1C11

Figure 1-2. Turning Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 1C12
Figure 1-3. Example Acceleration and Deceleration Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 1C13
Figure 1-4. Restrictions, Limits, and Requirements for Altering Course . . . . . . . 1-21 1D4
Figure 1-5. Single Line Formations 1, 2, 3, and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 1D7
Figure 1-5A. Formations OSCAR and YANKEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 1D8
Figure 1-6. Column Open Order and Diamond Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 1D10
Figure 1-7. Multiple Line Formation 5, 6, 7, and 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 1D11
Figure 1-8. Multiple Line Formations 9, 10, 11, and 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 1D12
Figure 1-9. SPARE
Figure 1-10. Wheeling in Single Column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 1E7
Figure 1-11. Wheeling in Single Line Abreast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 1E8
Figure 1-12. Wheeling in Multiple Line Formations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37 1E9
Figure 1-13. Wheeling With Line Guides Bearing Astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 1E10
Figure 1-14. Wheeling Lines Simultaneously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39 1E11
Figure 1-15. Wheeling Units Simultaneously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40 1E12
Figure 1-16. Search Turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 1E14
Figure 1-17. Sector Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48 1F6

* For microfiche (microfilm) holders only.

XIX ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

XX ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
GENERAL
INSTRUC-
TIONS
GENERAL
INSTRUC-
TIONS
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

100 BASIC PRECEPTS

101 Purpose and Scope
102 Security Warning
103 Use and Interpretation
104 Signals Covering More Than One Meaning
105 Signals With No Meaning

110 SUPPLEMENTING SIGNALS

111 Governing Pennants
112 Governing Groups
113 Call Signs, Sequence Numbers, and Unit
Indicators
114 Description Signals
115 Plain Text
116 Operating Signals
117 International Code of Signals
118 Tables
119 Transmission Other Than by Flaghoist

120 PRINCIPAL RULES FOR MANEUVERING

121 Maneuvering Distances
122 Standard and Reduced Tactical Diameter
123 Acceleration and Deceleration
124 Speeds While Maneuvering
125 Speed Flags
126 Stationing
127 Hoisting Station Numbers by Day
128 Station Keeping
129 Joining and Leaving
130 Guides
131 Automatic Changing of the Guide
132 Unit, Formation, and Line Guides
133 Announcement by the Guide
134 Restrictions, Limits, and Requirements for
Altering Course

135 MANEUVERING ORDERS AND

INSTRUCTIONS
136 Types of Line Formation
137 Assuming Formation
138 Sequence Numbers
139 Forming Lines in Consecutive Numerical
Order of Sequence Numbers
140 Forming Lines in Quickest Sequence

1-1 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

141 Altering Line Formations

142 Formations Derived From Line Formations
143 Altering Course by Wheeling
144 Wheeling in Single Column
145 Wheeling in Column Open Order
146 Wheeling in Loose Line of Column
147 Wheeling in Single Line Abreast
148 Wheeling in Diamond Formation
149 Wheeling in Multiple Line Formation
150 Special Methods for Altering Course

151 EVASIVE STEERING

160 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS

161 Substitutes
162 Units of Reference
163 Fractions
164 Times and Dates
165 Position
166 Bearing, Direction, and Distance
167 Courses and Speeds
168 Standard Sector System
100 BASIC PRECEPTS

101 PURPOSE AND SCOPE

The primary purpose of the Allied Maritime Tactical Signal and Maneuvering Book is to facilitate the dis-
semination of orders and information pertinent to Allied maritime operations. It contains maneuvering sig-
nals, standard operational signals, the more common administrative signals, and basic maneuvering
instructions. The book is designed for communication between naval ships of all types. It can be used with
any method of signaling.

102 SECURITY WARNING

A simple unchanging code such as that used in this book has no security at all. If the method of signaling
utilized is subject to interception by any means, great care should be taken to limit the messages to those
that contain unclassified information. If security is required, an appropriate cryptographic system must be
used.

1-2 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

103 USE AND INTERPRETATION

a. ARRANGEMENT OF SIGNALS. The signal vocabulary of this book is collected into chapters
and arranged under headings for ease of reference. Chapter 2 contains single flag and pennant signals.
Chapter 3 contains emergency alarm and emergency action signals. Chapters 4 to 9 contain maneuvering
signals utilizing a special pennant. Chapters 10 to 35 contain the main signal vocabulary, which consists of
operational and administrative signals arranged alphabetically under appropriate headings. The signal in-
dex at the end will assist the user in finding the desired groups when encoding signals. The use of all capital
letters in a signal indicates the primary word(s) or phrase(s) under which the signal is indexed. Do not read
a word or phrase in all capital letters as part of the signal, unless it is required to complete the meaning of the
signal.
b. ENCODING. To encode a signal, reference should be made first to the signal index where the
groups will be found indexed under the key words of the meaning of the group. Reference must then be
made to the signal vocabulary chapters, which are indicated by the reference numbers in the index. The
meanings in the index are not complete; instructions have been omitted and only the basic meaning is
given. For this reason, the index is not to be used separately for encoding signals.
c. DECODING. To decode a signal, reference should be made to the single flag and pennant chap-
ter, special pennant chapters, or the main signal vocabulary, as applicable, for the basic signal.
d. SENSE WHEN ACTION IS SIGNALED. A signal from this book ordering an action to be car-
ried out is to be read in its imperative sense if made by a senior; if made by a junior, the signal should read as
a request for the action to be carried out by the senior to whom it is addressed.
e. SPECIAL FLAG AND PENNANT SIGNALS. The special pennant signals in Chapters 4 to 9 are
in general arranged so that, for those requiring action, the special pennant precedes the alphabetical flag,
and for those signaled for information, the special pennant follows the alphabetical flag. The information
signals in Chapters 4 to 9 are not to be repeated or answered unless preceded by a call. Information signals
are not to be used to order an action.
f. SELECTION OF THE APPROPRIATE SIGNAL. The instructions peculiar to the execution of
any particular signal are found in this book along with the meaning of the signal. However, the consider-
ation affecting the choice of any particular signal, as well as the restrictions on its use, are contained in
Allied Maritime Tactical Procedures and Instructions (Volume I). When required, relevant chapter refer-
ences are shown as a note against the signal.
g. SINGULAR AND PLURAL. Groups in this book may be used in either the singular or plural
sense.

1-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

h. COMPLETING A SIGNAL. Where a “ ____ ” or “ as indicated ” appears in the meaning of a sig-

nal, it is always to be completed with a suffix or supplementing data unless an interrogative sense is implied
(e.g., INT AS27). Where a “ ( ____ ), ” an “ (as indicated), ” or an instruction in parentheses appears, the ad-
dition of suffixes or supplementing data is optional. Other instructions are self-explanatory.
i. NUMERALS. The numerals used with signals in this book represent numeral flags unless it is
specifically indicated that they are numeral pennants. Numeral flags are written as digits, e.g., 1, 34; the
same numbers by numeral pennants are written as p1, p3p4.
j. TACKLINE. The tackline is transmitted and spoken TACK and written as a dash “ — . ” It is
used:
(1) To avoid ambiguity, by separating signals or groups of numerals which, if not separated, could
convey a different meaning from that intended.
(2) When, for the needs of a particular signal, the instructions order that a tackline be used. When
there are more flags in a signal than can be made in a single hoist the signal should be broken into two or
more hoists, the breaks being made where TACK would normally be inserted to avoid ambiguity.
Examples: N—STATION . . . Your movements are not understood. Take proper or assigned sta-
tion.
RE2—1—48 . . . Prepare to receive 48 personnel casualties.
EMERG Q2—345—10 . . . I am investigating a radar contact still unclassified which
might be a submarine, bearing 345°, range 1,000 yards.

104 SIGNALS COVERING MORE THAN ONE MEANING

a. CHAPTER GROUP. A chapter group is a two-letter group allocated to a particular chapter and
the main vocabulary from which all signals in that chapter are derived. It is normally formed by the first
two letters of the chapter title; but where this is not possible, a self-evident group has been allocated.
Examples: AS . . . Antisubmarine warfare.
CM . . . Communications.
EW . . . Electronic warfare.
b. BASIC GROUP. A basic group is a signal consisting of the chapter group followed by one or
more figures, as listed in the signal vocabulary, with no addition whatsoever. As indicated in paragraph
103h, basic groups containing a “ ___ ” or “ as indicated ” in the meaning of the signal may not be used
alone.

1-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

c. SUFFIXES. Many signals in this book contain a list of numeral and/or letter suffixes in the mean-
ing of the signal. These lists are provided so that the basic meaning can be varied by the use of the appropri-
ate suffix(es). When a suffix is used, it must follow the last figure of the group separated by a TACK. The
tackline may be omitted if the omission cannot cause ambiguity.
Examples: ED1 . . . Anchor is ____ . (Note this group cannot be used alone, a suffix must be
added to complete the meaning.)
ED1—4 . . . Anchor is foul.
TA62 . . . Investigate.
TA62—18 . . . Investigate small boat.
TA62—1—8 . . . Investigate buoy and lightship (tackline avoids confusion with 18).
1R6 . . . I have a bottomed submarine contact.
d. SEQUENCE OF DATA. There are certain signals in which the sequence of the data to be sig-
naled is indicated in the meaning. Except for the last item(s) of such data, NEGAT must be signaled in
place of any item that is not being signaled.
Examples: 1P . . . SUBMARINE’s bearing, range, depth, course, and speed are as indicated
from this unit or unit indicated.
(a)Bearing
(b)Range in hundredsofyards
(c)D epth in tensoffeet
(d)Course
(e)Speed
(f)Tim e
1P 125 . . . SUBMARINE’s bearing is 125° from this unit.
1P NEGAT 12 . . . SUBMARINE’s range is 1,200 yards from this unit.
1P 125 NEGAT NEGAT 320 . . . SUBMARINE’s bearing is 125 ° from this unit and its
course is 320°.

105 SIGNALS WITH NO MEANING

Type, fleet, and appropriate task organization commanders may assign meanings for signals that presently
have no meaning listed in this publication. Meanings for such signals will be promulgated in operation or-
ders for a specific operation, as promulgated by the commander’s operation or exercise order.

1-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

110 SUPPLEMENTING SIGNALS

The signals from this book may be supplemented or modified by:

(1) Governing pennants.
(2) Governing groups.
(3) Call signs, sequence numbers, and unit indicators.
(4) Description signals.
(5) Plain text.
(6) Operating signals.
(7) International Code of Signals.
(8) Tables.

111 GOVERNING PENNANTS

a. TABLE OF MEANINGS.

Pennant Preceding the Signal

PREPARATIVE Prepare to ____ .
INTERROGATIVE Questions or inquiries.
NEGATIVE Cease, do not ____ , or gives a negative sense to an other-
wise affirmative or informative statement.

b. POSITION IN THE SIGNAL. The governing pennant immediately precedes the signal.
Examples: PREP SCREEN H1 . . . Prepare to form sector screen.
PREP TA2—8 . . . Prepare to attack under smoke screen.
INT TA2 . . . Are you attacking?
NEGAT TA2 . . . Do not attack, or cease attacking.
c. USE WITH SEVERAL SIGNALS. When one governing pennant is used with several signals.
the following rules apply:
(1) ALL SIGNALS. The governing pennant shall govern all signals when separated from the sig-
nals by a TACK.
(2) ONE SIGNAL ONLY. If the governing pennant is required to govern only one of several sig-
nals, it must immediately precede the signal to be governed; other signals must be separated from the
governed signal by TACK.
Examples: TA94 . . . Close me.
RS8—1 . . . Replenish ammunition.
AD18 . . . Send medical officer as soon as possible.

1-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

PREP—TA94—RS8—1—AD18 . . . Prepare to close me; prepare to replenish ammu-

nition; prepare to send medical officer as soon as possible.
PREP—TA94—AD18—NEGAT RS8—1 . . . Prepare to close me; prepare to send
medical officer as soon as possible; do not replenish ammunition.
TA94—PREP RS8—1—NEGAT AD18 . . . Close me; prepare to replenish ammuni-
tion; do not send medical officer.

112 GOVERNING GROUPS

a. TABLE OF MEANINGS.

BA Action is being carried out (or I am)

BB Action is completed (or I have)
BC I recommend
BD Report time when you will be ready (to ____ )
BE Report when ready (to ____ )
BF Ready (to ____ ) (at ____ )
BG My present intention is to ____
BH Request permission to ____
BI Action is not being carried out (or I am not)
BJ If you desire
BK When you desire
BL When ready
BM Enemy/opponent is or I am being ____
BN When able
BT For use, see Articles 164e and 164g.
BU Unable to ____

BV Take action or information as indicated from appropriate supple-

mentary table (see Chapter 34)
BX Indicates end of series of groups governed by governing group
BY Report when action completed
BZ Well done

b. POSITION IN THE SIGNAL. The governing group, followed by a tackline, precedes the signal
and governs that signal only. The governing group may be used alone when no ambiguity will result.
Examples: TA94 . . . Close me.
TA2 . . . Attack.
BB—TA2 . . . Attack completed.
BE—TA2—TA94 . . . Report when ready to attack; close me.

1-7 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

c. USE WITH SEVERAL SIGNALS. When the governing group applies to two or more signals
following it, BX is inserted after the last of the signals to which the governing group is to apply.
Examples: TA36 . . . Show no light.
TA88—3 . . . Proceed as previously directed.
ED18 . . . Weigh anchor.
ED54 . . . Leave harbor.
BG—TA36—ED18 BX . . . My present intention is to show no light and weigh anchor.
TA36—ED18—BE—ED54—TA88—3 BX . . . Show no light; weigh anchor; report
when ready to leave harbor and proceed as previously directed.
BK—ED18—TA88—3 BX—BI—ED54 . . . When you desire, weigh anchor and pro-
ceed as previously directed; I am not leaving harbor.
BU—26B . . . Unable to delay enemy.

113 CALL SIGNS, SEQUENCE NUMBERS, AND UNIT INDICATORS

a. CALL SIGNS AND SEQUENCE NUMBERS. Call signs, address groups, and sequence num-
bers may be used in conjunction with groups from this book to complete, amplify, or vary the meaning of
the signal. Numerals appearing in visual call signs represent numeral pennants, except in the Special Task
Organization Calls (ACP 130), where a numeral flag/numeral pennant combination is used. Sequence
numbers are represented by numeral flags. The following format is to be used to address or indicate ships,
units. or commanders.
(1) Call signs indicating ships, units, or commanders referred to in the meaning of the signal fol-
low the entire signal, except for signals indicating bearing and distance from a unit where the call sign
appears within the signal (see Article 166).
Examples: RE42—8 NEGAT 10 NEGAT NEGAT 25 Cp3p7 . . . Readiness of Cruiser 37 is: 8 anti-
aircraft guns usable, 10 main battery guns usable, maximum possible speed
25 knots.
BG—AD5—8A—Cp3p7 . . . My present intention is to send helicopter to Cruiser 37
for the Admiral.
(2) In circumstances where the call does not adequately serve as the address, a call sign may im-
mediately precede a signal in order to specifically address ships, units, or commanders to take the signal
for action.
Example: All ships, this is the OTC—1—Dp6p7 AS19—2—Dp7 AS18 . . . All ships, this is the
OTC: destroyers 6 and 7 form SAU and investigate contact; destroyer 7 as-
sume command as SAU commander.
b. UNIT INDICATORS. A unit indicator (i.e., FLOT/GROUP, SQUAD, DIV, SUBDIV) follow-
ing a signal indicates the unit to be used in carrying out the meaning of the signal.
Example: TA2 DIV . . . ATTACK. The attack unit is the DIVISION.

1-8 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

114 DESCRIPTION SIGNALS

Description signals may be used to describe own or enemy forces or to convey other information. A de-
scription signal consists of DESIG followed by:
(1) Numerals indicating how many (if required), and/or
(2) Single-letter “type” indicator(s) or multiletter “class” designator(s).
Example: EMERG E 345—10 DESIG 3CL2D . . . Enemy surface craft sighted bearing 345°
from this ship, distance 10 miles, are three light cruisers and two destroyers.

115 PLAIN TEXT

When appropriate, DESIG followed by letter(s) and/or numerals(s) must be used to indicate that such a
group is to be interpreted literally, such as octal numbers used to designate a datum or track number, and
not as a coded group. DESIG shall immediately precede the group to be interpreted literally and will gov-
ern only that group. When more than one group are to be interpreted literally, DESIG will govern all groups
separated from the groups by TACK. Exceptions to this are: when a plain number must be used to complete
the meaning of a signal as explained in paragraph 103h (e.g., AV26—3, “I am operating fixed-wing air-
craft”); and when used as prescribed in the meaning of the signals contained in Chapter 20. In this way,
words may be spelled out within the text of a signal to complete or modify the meaning. Plan indicators,
points, numbers, berths, etc., may also be signaled without conflicting with signal groups. DESIG must not
be used to signal sectors (see Article 168).
Examples: TA117—3 DESIG CHILE . . . Identity of unit is neutral and of Chilean registry.
EX3—5—16 DESIG 2B . . . Exercise 2B is postponed until 1600.
AS19—3 DESIG 3130 . . . Form SAU and investigate datum 3130.

116 OPERATING SIGNALS

The Q and Z Communication Operating Signals contained in ACP 131 may be used alone or to supplement
groups from this book. The miscellaneous abbreviations and symbols in Chapter 4, ACP 131, are not to be
used by flaghoist or to supplement groups from this book.
Example: CM11—2—ZJD1 . . . Expedite signals by answering more promptly. Use better light.

1-9 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

117 INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS

Groups from the International Code of Signals may be used alone or in conjunction with signal groups
from this book. Whenever international groups are used alone in a flaghoist, international procedure is to
be used in answering.
(1) Whenever military use is made of the International Code of Signals, groups will be preceded
by CODE when transmitted by flaghoist, or INTERCO by Morse, voice, or semaphore.
(a) Whenever international signals are used alone, CODE or INTERCO followed by TACK
shall be used as the first group to indicate that all groups following are taken from the International
Code of Signals. When the signal consists of only one group, TACK may be omitted.
(b) Whenever signals from this book are supplemented by a group from the International
Code of Signals, CODE or INTERCO shall immediately precede the signal group to indicate that
only that group is taken from the International Code of Signals.
(c) For flaghoist signaling, a call sign preceding CODE indicates Allied procedure will be
used in answering, repeating, questioning, and canceling the display. For multiple signals, a call
sign preceding CODE may be hoisted in a superior position and left flying during several succeed-
ing hoists of international code groups. In either case, hauling down the call sign and CODE indi-
cates the end of the message.
(2) When communicating with non-military ships or stations or non-Allied warships, refer to the
International Code of Signals.

118 TABLES

a. ACTION TABLES. The AAW Action (Flag 7) Table in Chapter 10, the ASW Action (Flag 1)
Table in Chapter 13, and the Surface Action (Flags 2, 3, and 4) and Torpedo Action (Flag 9) Tables in
Chapter 32 enable the most important and commonly used signals to be made in the shortest possible form.
The numeral flag indicator for the table may be left flying in a superior position when successive signals
from the same table are being made.
b. SUPPLEMENTARY TABLES. The Supplementary Tables A, B, C, D, E, F, L, M, P, U, V, W,
X, Y, and Z have been included in this publication as Chapter 34. The tables are primarily intended to ex-
pand the meaning of certain basic groups, but they may be used with any signal from this publication.
When adding an item from supplementary tables to the basic group as indicated in its meaning, the table
identifying letter must follow the item number. When a signal from the supplementary tables is used with a
basic group that contains alphabetical letters in the suffix, or when alphabetical letters complete the basic
group, the governing group, BV, must precede the supplementary table signal in cases where confusion
could exist. When a signal from the supplementary tables is used by itself, the governing group, BV, must
precede it; except for supplementary table X, were it may be preceded by 2nd substitute. Numeral flags 1 to
9 are not to be used in any supplementary table.
Examples: TA2—11—33A—65F . . . Attack enemy main body with antiship torpedoes.
M—32W . . . Disregard my movements during period of flight operations.
BJ—25B . . . If you desire, operate defensively.
BV—33B . . . Investigate and board if necessary.

1-10 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

c. SPECIAL PURPOSE SIGNAL TABLES. The following special purpose signal tables have been
included in this publication.
(1) Optical Guidance (Flag G) Signals — Article 2604.
(2) Towing Signal (Flag 6) Table — Article 3007.
(3) Helicopter Transfer/Vertical Replenishment Signals — Article 3102.
(4) Special Fast Patrol Boat (FPB) Maneuvering Signals — Article 3209.
(5) SAG Signal Table — Article 3210.

119 TRANSMISSION OTHER THAN BY FLAGHOIST

a. CALL SIGN TRANSMISSION. Each call sign in the text of a signal from this publication sent
by Morse or semaphore will be preceded by the visual prosign, “PT overscored,” meaning, “Call sign fol-
lows.” Call signs in the text may be spelled out if conditions make it advisable. In the text of signals sent by
radiotelephone, voice call signs may be used when available, or visual call signs, signal letters, or address
groups, spoken phonetically, may be used; voice call signs are to be preceded by the words, “Call sign.”
b. MORSE SYMBOLS. At the discretion of the OTC, when conditions and operator’s capabilities
permit, all of the alphabetical and numerical flags and numeral pennants comprising a signal from ATP 1,
Vol. II, may be transmitted as their Morse symbols to expedite signaling.
c. SUBSTITUTES. Substitutes are used by flashing light or radiotelephone only when expediting a
flaghoist preceded by a substitute (ACP 130 series).

1-11 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MORSE/TELETYPE SEMAPHORE SPOKEN

Flag-Pennant Call Sign Text Call Sign Text Call Sign Text
A to Z A to Z ALFA to A to Z ALFA to ALFA to ZULU
ZULU ZULU (See Note)
1 to 0 1 to 0 ONE to ONE to ZERO ONE to ZERO
ZERO (See Note)
p1 to p0 1 to 0 1 to 0 ONE to ZERO Pennant ONE to Pennant
ZERO
ANSWER ANS ANS ANSWER
CODE INTERCO INTERCO INTERCO
CORPEN CORPEN CORPEN CORPEN
DESIG DESIG DESIG DESIG
DIVISION DIV DIV DIV DIV DIV
EMERGENCY EMERG EMERG EMERGENCY
FLOTILLA/ FLOT/ FLOT/ FLOT/ FLOT/ FLOT/
GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP
FORMATION FORM FORM FORMATION
INTERROGATIVE INT INT INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE NEGAT NEGAT NEGAT
PREPARATIVE PREP PREP PREP
PORT PORT PORT PORT
SCREEN SCREEN SCREEN SCREEN
SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED
SQUADRON SQUAD SQUAD SQUAD SQUAD SQUAD
STARBOARD STBD STBD STARBOARD
STATION STATION STATION STATION STATION
SUBDIVISION SUBDIV SUBDIV SUBDIV SUBDIV SUBDIV
TURN TURN TURN TURN
SUBSTITUTES See Article 119c
Note: When transmitted in their single meaning, alphabetical and numeral flags are to be preceded by
the word FLAG.

1-12 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

120 PRINCIPAL RULES FOR MANEUVERING

121 MANEUVERING DISTANCES

a. UNIT OF DISTANCE. The nautical mile (2,000 yards) is the unit of distance. In circular forma-
tions, 1,000 yards is the unit of distance for circle spacing, unless otherwise ordered.
b. DISTANCE AND INTERVAL.
(1) STANDARD DISTANCE. The distance between adjacent ships in a line is measured be-
tween the foremasts or between the navigation bridges of ships without foremasts. For the sake of uni-
formity, the standard distance between two adjacent ships when formed in a line will be 1,000 yards
between large ships (ships over 450 feet in length) and 500 yards between small ships (ships 450 feet
long or less) and submarines, unless otherwise ordered. The distance between a large ship and a small
ship or submarine will be 1,000 yards or the distance ordered for the large ship. See Figure 1-1.
(2) MANEUVERING INTERVAL. The interval between line guides will be the sum of the stan-
dard or ordered distances of the longest line, plus the longest single distance in any one line. See Figure
1-1.
(3) EXTENDED MANEUVERING INTERVAL. Unless otherwise ordered, extended maneu-
vering interval, which allows for station-keeping errors, will be the maneuvering interval plus 500
yards.

122 STANDARD AND REDUCED TACTICAL DIAMETER

a. TACTICAL DIAMETER. Figure 1-2 illustrates the turning distances for a ship on a turning cir-
cle using constant rudder angle. Tactical diameter is the transfer for a turn of 180°.
b. SIZE OF DIAMETER. When ships of dissimilar type or size maneuver in the same formation,
tactical diameters will be as follows:
Tactical Diameter (yards)
Type or Size
Standard Reduced
Carrier present. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,500 1,500
More than one cruiser or large ship present; logistic
or large amphibious ship present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,200 1,000
Only one cruiser or large ship present. . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 800
Only small ships and submarines present. . . . . . . . 800 600
Note: Reduced tactical diameter will be used for turns of unspecified amount and emer-
gency turns.

1-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-1. Standard Distances and Maneuvering Intervals

1-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-2. Turning Distances

c. CHANGING SIZE OF DIAMETER. A type or unit commander may, however, order a different
standard tactical diameter or a different reduced tactical diameter for his ships.
d. AMOUNT OF RUDDER USED. For precision in maneuvers, the amount of rudder used by indi-
vidual ships must be adjusted so that they turn as nearly as possible with the same turning circle as their
guide.
e. DIVERSE FORCES. When diverse ship types of different nationalities are present and confu-
sion could arise, the OTC is to order the sizes of the standard and reduced tactical diameters to be used.
f. AIRCRAFT CARRIERS. Turns by aircraft carriers may not conform to listed tactical diameter
due to flight deck heel constraints during periods of aircraft operations.

123 ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION

a. CHANGING SPEED. Ships operating together should normally employ uniform acceleration
and deceleration rates when changing speed. This is necessary for smoothness of maneuver to facilitate
station keeping.
b. TABLES. The OTC or type commander may prescribe acceleration and deceleration tables as a
guide. Figure 1-3 is an example for use by a formation containing one or more aircraft carriers.
c. EMERGENCY ACCELERATION. Emergency acceleration is to be at double the normal rate
prescribed by the OTC; that is, accomplished in one-half the time.

1-15 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-3. Example Acceleration and Deceleration Table

124 SPEEDS WHILE MANEUVERING

a. METHOD OF ORDERING. Operational and stationing speeds will be ordered by signal or is-
sued in orders to the formation. They will also be signaled to any unit joining.
b. RESERVE SPEED FOR STATION KEEPING. When ships are maneuvering, the signaled
speed should be appreciably less than the operational speed, so as to leave a reserve power for taking up and
keeping station. On other occasions, one knot less than the operational speed leaves a sufficient margin for
station keeping.
c. ESTABLISHING STATIONING SPEED. The use of a speed slower than operational speed nor-
mally enables changes of station to be completed within an acceptable time. This speed, known as station-
ing speed, should be previously established, either by signal or in operation orders, particularly when
substantial economy of fuel will result. Ordering stationing speed does not restrict the OTC from signaling
any speed up to operational speed.

1-16 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

d. SPEED WHEN TAKING OR CHANGING STATION. When a unit being maneuvered in for-
mation by its unit commander needs to increase speed to take or change station, the speed ordered for that
unit is normally to be one knot less than stationing speed. Ships needing to increase speed when taking or
changing station independently should normally proceed at stationing speed.
e. CHANGE IN SIGNALED SPEED. When the speed of the Guide is changed by signal during a
maneuver involving units taking station on the Guide, ships in the unit being maneuvered are not to change
to the Guide’s new speed until so ordered by their unit commander.
f. ROUGH WEATHER. In rough weather, commanding officers are to report to their unit com-
mander on inability to maintain signaled speed without damage and are authorized to reduce speed as nec-
essary.

125 SPEED FLAGS

In order to facilitate station keeping, the speed at which a ship is proceeding may be indicated by
small-sized numeral flags displayed from the navigation bridge or by regular-sized flags at the dip from an
outboard signal halyard. Speed flags are normally used only when entering or leaving harbor in formation,
when minesweeping, or when ordered by the unit commander. They are not to be used for ordering changes
in speed. which are always to be signaled.

126 STATIONING

To station a unit is to order it to proceed to a position with reference to the Guide, a geographic position, or
an indicated unit. Station is expressed by one of the following methods:
(1) A true bearing and distance.
Example: STATION 170—5 . . . Take station bearing 170° from the Guide, distance 5 miles.
(2) A relative bearing and distance.
Example: STATION STBD 3—D85—5 . . . Take station 30° on the starboard side of (call sign),
distance 5 miles.
(3) A general relative area, such as the van or rear — an approximate distance may be included.
Example: STATION C—1 . . . Take station in the van at approximately 1 mile.
(4) A numbered or lettered station on a diagram.
Example: STATION 14 . . . Take station 14.
(5) The circular method (see ATP 1, Vol. I).
(6) The sector method (See Article 168).

127 HOISTING STATION NUMBERS BY DAY

When ordered, a ship hoists DESIG followed by her station letter(s) and/or numeral(s) to confirm to the
OTC that she has correctly interpreted his stationing instruction and to indicate to adjacent ships the posi-
tion to which she is proceeding. By hauling down, she indicates that she is in station.

1-17 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

128 STATION KEEPING

a. MAINTAINING TRUE BEARING.

(1) ON ARRIVAL IN STATION, a unit is to maintain the true bearing from its guide or indicated
unit, even though its station may have been ordered by means of a relative bearing or area. (But see ATP
1, Vol. I, for rescue destroyers.)
(2) WHEN MAIN BODY ALTERS COURSE WITHOUT SIGNAL to all ships present, sta-
tioned units are to maintain true bearings and distances from the units on which stationed.
(3) UNIT STATIONED BY BEARING FROM A UNIT OF A CIRCULAR FORMATION,
rather than by the circular method, is to maintain true bearing from the unit on which stationed when the
formation axis is rotated, unless otherwise ordered.
b. MANEUVERING REQUIREMENTS.
(1) WHEN THE GUIDE ALTERS COURSE, the alter course signal addressed to all ships pres-
ent will instruct stationed units whether they are to maintain true bearings or regain relative bearings.
(2) UNITS AUTOMATICALLY FORM PART OF THE UNIT ON WHICH STATIONED, for
maneuvering purposes, when stationed on the unit at or inside the maneuvering interval or within one
mile of a single ship unit.
c. TACTICAL REQUIREMENTS.
(1) WHEN A UNIT CONSISTING OF MORE THAN ONE SHIP TAKES STATION, including
one stationed by the circular method, the unit commander is to place his unit in a formation appropriate
to the tactical situation, with the unit guide occupying the indicated station.
(2) WHEN THE OTC SIGNALS A SPECIFIC DUTY, such as “aircraft warning picket,” to am-
plify the stationing signal, the performance of the assigned specific duty takes precedence over accurate
station keeping.
d. ADJUSTING STATION TO ASSIST VISUAL SIGNALING.
(1) Commanding officers are authorized to use their discretion in handling their ships to facilitate
visual signaling. A ship in line having an urgent signal to pass to the OTC or unit commander may haul
out of line sufficiently to do so.
(2) Unit commanders may similarly adjust station of their units to facilitate visual signaling.

1-18 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

129 JOINING AND LEAVING

a. UNITS CLOSING OR REJOINING.

(1) MEANING OF ORDER TO CLOSE OR REJOIN. An order to close or rejoin means that the
unit addressed, except a screen unit, is to come closer to receive further orders. It does not in itself order
the unit to take up any particular station. A unit ordered to close or rejoin is not to enter the formation
without further orders.
(2) RESUMING PREVIOUS STATION. Should the OTC desire a unit to resume its previous sta-
tion, a signal to this effect is available.
b. UNITS TEMPORARILY DETACHED. A unit temporarily detached is not to act on or to answer
maneuvering signals made by the OTC unless its own call sign is specifically included in the address of the
maneuvering signal.
c. UNITS JOINING. The OTC will normally appraise the force of the expected time and general di-
rection of approach of a unit joining. When within range, a unit joining is to establish communications
(EMCON permitting) and identify itself to the OTC, who will pass tactical information as required. Infor-
mation to be exchanged by surface warships joining a formation and the OTC is given in APP 4. During ra-
dio silence, the first ship to sight a unit joining is to inform the OTC and pass any required tactical
information as directed by the OTC, using a system within the EMCON plan in force.

130 GUIDES

a. DESCRIPTION AND DEFINITION.

(1) In general terms, a ship on which other ships take station when forming up, or keep station
when formed, is a guide. It is called unit guide in a unit consisting of more than one ship; line guide in a
line of ships when formed in a multiple line formation; formation guide in a formation of ships; and dis-
position guide in a disposition.
(2) When ships are formed in divisions and subdivisions, those ships occupying the correspond-
ing station to the formation guide may be referred to as division and subdivision guides.
(3) The ship on which all other guides (i.e., unit, line, subdivision, division, and formation guides)
or, in the absence of other guides, all ships form up and keep station on, is called the Guide.
b. OTC’S SHIP. The ship in which the OTC is embarked is the Guide unless otherwise ordered or
unless the Guide changes automatically in accordance with Article 131. The OTC’s ship may hoist the
Guide flag temporarily for identification when the force is forming up or when a unit joins.
c. DESIGNATED SHIP. A ship (not the OTC’s) designated as Guide is to hoist the Guide flag and
keep it flying until the Guide is changed. When a formation or disposition diagram indicates the station
designated as the Guide’s, the ship in that station automatically assumes duty as the Guide and, if she is not
the OTC’s ship, hoists the Guide flag.
d. DESIGNATION OF NEW GUIDE. The designation of a new Guide does not in itself order a
shift in stations; ships must, therefore, maintain their present positions but keep station on the new Guide.

1-19 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

131 AUTOMATIC CHANGING OF THE GUIDE

The Guide does not automatically change when a new task or type organization is ordered or with a change
in tactical command. In a formation, the Guide changes automatically only on the following occasions:
(1) SHIP BEING FORMED ON becomes the Guide.
(2) LINE GUIDE OF THE LINE BEING FORMED ON becomes the Guide.
(3) SHIP BECOMING THE PIVOT SHIP for a maneuver becomes the Guide (see Chapter 7).
(4) WHEN REVERSING THE ORDER OF SHIPS IN COLUMN FROM THE REAR, the rear
ship automatically becomes the Guide.
(5) WHEN FORMING A LOOSE LINE OF COLUMN, COLUMN OPEN ORDER, OR DIA-
MOND FORMATION, the leading ship becomes the Guide.
(6) WHEN A WHEEL SIGNAL IS EXECUTED:
(a) WHEN IN SINGLE COLUMN, the leading ship will be the Guide.
(b) WHEN IN DIAMOND FORMATION, the leading ship will be the Guide.
(c) WHEN IN MULTIPLE COLUMNS, the leading ship of the pivot column will be the
Guide.
(d) WHEN FORMED IN LINE ABREAST WITH DIVISIONAL LINE GUIDES AHEAD
OR ASTERN, the pivot ship of the leading line will be the Guide.
(7) WHEN WHEELING LINES SIMULTANEOUSLY, the leading or pivot ship of the Guide’s
line becomes the Guide and the leading or pivot ships of the other lines become line guides.
(8) WHEN ALTERING COURSE BY SEARCH TURN, the wing ship on the side away from the
direction of the new course will turn to the course indicated and become the Guide.
(9) WHEN THE GUIDE HAULS OUT, the new Guide is as follows:
(a) WHEN IN COLUMN, the next ship ahead (if no ship is ahead, the next ship astern).
(b) WHEN IN LINE ABREAST OR LINE OF BEARING, the next ship to starboard (if no
ship to starboard, the next ship to port).

132 UNIT, FORMATION, AND LINE GUIDES

a. UNIT GUIDE. When within a formation and more than one ship is stationed as a separate unit,
the ship designated as unit guide is to keep station on the formation guide; all other ships of the unit are to
keep station on the unit guide.
b. FORMATION GUIDE. A ship in a formation on which the units in the formation take or keep
station. When two or more formations form a disposition; the ship designated as formation guide is to keep
station on the disposition guide; all other units of the formation are to keep station on the formation guide.
c. LINE GUIDES. The ship in a multiple line formation which becomes the Guide also becomes
guide of its line. All ships occupying stations corresponding to hers in the other lines automatically become
line guides; if, in any of the other lines, no ship occupies the corresponding station (due to there being fewer
ships in that line), the OTC will designate the line guide. Line guides are to keep station on the Guide; ships
in a line are to keep station on the line guide. When a line guide makes the signal to disregard his move-
ments and hauls out of the line, the next ship in the line, or, when the line guide is not at the end of the line,
the next ship ahead in a column or to starboard in a line abreast or a line of bearing, becomes the line guide.

1-20 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

133 ANNOUNCEMENT BY THE GUIDE

At night or in low visibility, after execution of a signaled course change, the Guide of a formation may an-
nounce, “This is . . . , I am turning to port (starboard).”

134 RESTRICTIONS, LIMITS, AND REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERING COURSE

Figure 1-4 summarizes the restrictions, limits, and requirements for altering course by search turn, by
turn-together, and by wheeling. This table should be read in conjunction with Chapter 6 (TURN) and
Chapter 7 (CORPEN).

Figure 1-4. Restrictions, Limits, and Requirements for Altering Course

1-21 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

135 MANEUVERING ORDERS AND INSTRUCTIONS

136 TYPES OF LINE FORMATIONS

a. SINGLE LINE. Although a single line is normally considered to be only one unit, it can comprise
two or more components, such as divisions or subdivisions. Single line formations, illustrated in Figures
1-5 and 1-6, are:
(1) Column.
(2) Loose line of column.
(3) Line abreast.
(4) Loose line abreast.
(5) Line of bearing.
(6) Loose line of bearing.
(7) Column open order.
(8) Diamond formation.
b. MULTIPLE LINE. Each line of a multiple line formation is considered to be one unit. Multiple
line formations, illustrated in Figures 1-7, 1-8, and 1-9, are:
(1) Divisions in column, division guides bearing abeam.
(2) Subdivisions in column, subdivision guides bearing abeam.
(3) Divisions in line abreast, division guides bearing astern.
(4) Subdivision in line abreast, subdivision guides bearing astern.
(5) Special line formations for destroyer type ships (Formations 21 to 24), or as previously de-
signed and ordered by the OTC (Formations 25 to 29).
c. VARIATIONS TO LINE FORMATIONS. Most formations listed in paragraphs A and B may be
varied in accordance with paragraph 138c.

1-22 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-5. Single Line Formations 1, 2, 3, and 4

1-23 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-5A. Formations OSCAR and YANKEE

1-24 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-6. Column Open Order and Diamond Formation

1-25 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-7. Multiple Line Formations 5, 6, 7, and 8

1-26 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-8. Multiple Line Formations 9, 10, 11, and 12

1-27 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

137 ASSUMING FORMATION

a. FORMING OF SHIPS. When assuming a single or multiple line formation, or when required to
alter the formation, ships may be formed as follows:
(1) In consecutive numerical order of sequence numbers.
(2) By variations in numerical order of sequence numbers.
(3) In order in which call signs are indicated.
(4) In quickest sequence, without regard to sequence numbers.
(5) By means of special instructions for loose line of column, loose line abreast, loose line of bear-
ing, column open order, and diamond formation. (See Articles 136 and 141.)

138 SEQUENCE NUMBERS

a. SHIP SEQUENCE NUMBERS. The OTC or an assigned subordinate may find it advantageous
to assign each ship in his organization a number to facilitate close maneuvering. This number is known as
the sequence number and indicates each ship’s position in the line. The number assigned should consider
such various factors as the relative seniority of commanding officers, differences in ships’ characteristics,
and other matters. The sequence number is not normally changed unless operational requirements make a
change necessary.
b. CHANGE IN SEQUENCE NUMBERS. When a ship joins and is assigned a sequence number
already held by a ship present, the latter ship and all ships holding a higher sequence number are automati-
cally to take the next higher number. For example, a ship joins and is assigned sequence number 3, a num-
ber already held by a ship present; the latter ship takes number 4 and all higher numbered ships take the next
higher number. An order changing sequence numbers does not automatically direct any ship to move to her
new station; an additional order to form in the new sequence or to proceed to the new station is required.

1-28 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

139 FORMING LINES IN CONSECUTIVE NUMERICAL ORDER OF SEQUENCE NUMBERS

a. FORMATIONS. Formations which can be assumed in numerical order of sequence numbers,

ships already in formation or not, are:
(1) Column.
(2) Line abreast.
(3) Line of bearing.
(4) Multiple line formations.
b. PROCEDURE.
(1) STATIONS. Each ship moves independently to the new station, unless ships are already
formed and the new formation signal can be complied with by the movement of a line (or division or
subdivision) as a whole; in which case, the line (or division or subdivision) commander maneuvers his
unit by signal into the new station.
(2) FORMING.
(a) Standard line formations are listed in Article 401.
(b) Ships form on their respective line guides in the order of sequence numbers, at standard
distance unless otherwise ordered. If the line has already been formed, ships remain at their present
distance apart.
(c) Lines form in numerical sequence of divisions (subdivisions) from van to rear if formed
astern, from port to starboard if formed to starboard, or from starboard to port if formed to port.
Lines form at maneuvering interval unless otherwise ordered, on the line containing the Guide.
(3) FORMING ON THE GUIDE. Whether the Guide is the OTC’s ship or an indicated ship, ships
and lines invariably form on the Guide.
(4) FORMING ON A LINE OF BEARING. When forming on a line of bearing (true or relative)
from an unformed state, if it is to be other than the quickest sequence, ships are to form in the order in
which their call signs or sequence numbers are indicated from port to starboard. For forming in quickest
sequence, see paragraphs 139d(3) and d(4).
c. VARIATIONS TO SINGLE AND MULTIPLE LINE FORMATIONS. The formations listed in
paragraph 138a can be varied by using the appropriate basic formation signal supplemented by signal(s)
for the maneuvers listed below. When varying the formation, the instructions in paragraph 138b will apply,
except when the supplementary signal specifically amends any portion of the instructions.
(1) Ships in line form in the sequence in which their call signs are made, or in the order in which
their sequence numbers are indicated.
(2) Lines form in the sequence in which the call signs of divisions (subdivisions) are made.
(3) Ships in line form in reverse order of sequence numbers.
(4) Ships in line form on a specified true or relative line of bearing from their line guide.
(5) Line guides form on a specified true or relative line of bearing from the Guide.

1-29 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

140 FORMING LINES IN QUICKEST SEQUENCE

a. FORMATIONS. Formations which can be assumed in quickest sequence without regard to the
numerical order of sequence numbers are:
(1) Column.
(2) Line abreast.
(3) Loose line abreast.
(4) Line of bearing (true or relative).
(5) Loose line of bearing (true or relative).
b. PROCEDURE. Each ship moves to her station independently and forms on the Guide (line guide
for line of bearing) or ship indicated. If the line is already formed, ships are to remain at their present dis-
tance apart. If not formed up, ships are to form at standard distance unless otherwise ordered.
c. HOW QUICKEST SEQUENCE IS DETERMINED. The quickest sequence depends on each
ship’s present position relative to the line guide or the ship indicated, and not on the numerical order of se-
quence numbers.
d. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMING IN QUICKEST SEQUENCE.
(1) FORMING COLUMN IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE ON THE MOST ADVANCED
SHIP OR SHIP INDICATED. Unless a particular ship has been indicated, the ship to be formed on is
the most advanced ship on the present course. The remaining ships are to form astern of her in the quick-
est sequence according to their positions relative to her. If the ship to be formed on has been indicated,
ships are to form ahead or astern of her in the quickest sequence.
(2) FORMING SINGLE LINE ABREAST IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE ON THE GUIDE
OR SHIP INDICATED. Ships are to form on the nearest beam of the Guide or ship indicated, relative to
her course or to the course indicated. Ships are to form in the quickest sequence according to their posi-
tions relative to her.
(3) FORMING ON A TRUE LINE OF BEARING IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE ON THE
LINE GUIDE OR SHIP INDICATED. Ships are to form on the line guide or ship indicated on the bear-
ing indicated or its reciprocal, in one line and in the quickest sequence according to their positions rela-
tive to her.
(4) FORMING ON A RELATIVE LINE OF BEARING IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE ON
THE LINE GUIDE OR SHIP INDICATED. Ships are to form on the line guide or ship indicated in the
direction indicated or its reciprocal relative to her course, and in the quickest sequence according to
their positions relative to her.

1-30 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

141 ALTERING LINE FORMATIONS

a. REVERSING ORDER OF SHIPS IN COLUMN. In reversing order of ships in column in suc-

cession from the rear, the rear ship automatically becomes the Guide and increases speed to 1 knot less than
stationing speed, passing the ships ahead of her on the side indicated. Other ships reduce speed to 7 knots or
as indicated. At the appropriate time, each ship in succession from the rear is to increase speed and take sta-
tion in the wake of the ship that was previously next astern to her. All ships will maintain speed after taking
station in the new column until the OTC reduces speed by speed signal. If the maneuver is ordered when
ships have no way on, the new Guide’s speed will be signaled; each ship will subsequently get underway in
succession from the rear in time to complete the maneuver.
b. ALTERING A LINE OF BEARING. When ships are in a formed state, it may be necessary to al-
ter the true or relative lines of bearing: (1) of ships from their line guide or ship indicated, and (2) of line
guides from the Guide or ship indicated.
(1) OF SHIPS FROM LINE GUIDE.
(a) TRUE LINE OF BEARING. If altering the true line of bearing, ships are to move inde-
pendently so as to form at their present distance apart, in their present sequence, and on the true
bearing indicated from the line guide or ship indicated.
(b) RELATIVE LINE OF BEARING. If altering the relative line of bearing, ships are to
move independently so as to form at their present distance apart, in their present sequence, and on
the bearing indicated relative from the line guide or ship indicated.
(c) GUIDE NOT AT END OF LINE. If altering the line of bearing by either true or relative
method, with the Guide not at the end of the line, ships are to form on the trueor relativebearing
indicated from the Guide or ship indicated, or its reciprocal, whicheverisnearer.An alteration
of the line of bearing of exactly 90° is to be carried out in two separate increments, except for the
situations outlined in subparagraph (d) below.
(d) ALTERING FROM COLUMN TO LINE ABREAST OR VICE VERSA.
(i) COLUMN. If altering directly from column to line abreast, with the Guide not at
an end of the line, ships ahead of the Guide form on the bearing indicated, the remainder
on the reciprocal.
(ii) LINE ABREAST. If altering directly from line abreast to column with the Guide
not an end ship, ships to portof the Guide form on the bearing indicated, the remainder
on the reciprocal.
(2) OF LINE GUIDES FROM THE GUIDE.
(a) TRUE LINE OF BEARING. If altering the true line of bearing of line guides, line com-
manders are to move their lines by signal to take up their new stations. Lines are to form at their
present interval apart, in their present sequence, and on the true line of bearing indicated from the
Guide or ship indicated.

1-31 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

(b) RELATIVE LINE OF BEARING. If altering the relative line of bearing of line guides,
line commanders are to move their lines by signal to take up their new stations. Lines are to form at
their present interval apart, in their present sequence, and on the relative bearing indicated from the
Guide or ship indicated.
(c) GUIDE NOT IN AN END LINE. If altering the line of bearing of line guides by either
true or relative method, with the Guide not in an end line, line commanders are to move their
lines by signal to take up their new stations. Lines are to form at their present interval apart, in
their present sequence, and on the trueor relativebearing indicated from the Guide or ship indi-
cated, or its reciprocal, whicheveristhenearer.An alteration of a line of bearing of exactly 90°
is to be carried out in two separate increments, except for the situations outlined in subparagraph
(d) below.

(d) ALTERING FROM LINE GUIDES AHEAD AND ASTERN TO LINE GUIDES
ABEAM AND VICE VERSA.
(i) LINE GUIDES AHEAD AND ASTERN. If altering directly from line guides
ahead and astern to line guides abeam (Guide not in an end line), line commanders are to
move their lines by signal. Lines are to form at their present interval apart, in their
present sequence, on the Guide or ship indicated. Lines ahead of the Guide form on the
true or relative bearing indicated, the remainder on the reciprocal.
(ii) LINE GUIDES ABEAM. If altering from line guides bearing abeam (Guide not
in an end line) directly to line guides bearing ahead and astern, line commanders are to
move their lines by signal. Lines are to form at their present interval apart, in their
present sequence, on the Guide or ship indicated. Lines to portof the Guide form on the
true or relative bearing indicated, the remainder on the reciprocal.

1-32 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

142 FORMATIONS DERIVED FROM LINE FORMATIONS

a. LOOSE LINE OF COLUMN. This line formation is employed mainly when steaming at high
speed while engaged with the enemy or in conducting a torpedo attack during daylight. This is an approxi-
mate line of bearing within 15° of column. Distance may be increased to reduce yawing.
(1) FORMING. A loose line of column can only be formed when ships are in column. The leading
ship is automatically to become the Guide.
(a) WITHOUT SIGNAL. Loose line of column may be assumed without orders to reduce en-
filade or yawing, to unmask gun batteries, to facilitate reading signals, to avoid smoke, or to reduce
wake interference with sonar search.
(b) WITH SIGNAL. Ships are to take station on the indicated quarters of the Guide on an ap-
proximate line of bearing within 15° of column.
b. LOOSE LINE ABREAST. This line formation is employed mainly by an SAU when engaged in
ASW searching and a set pattern is not desired.
(1) FORMING. Ships are to form within 15° of the nearest beam of the Guide or ship indicated,
relative to her course or the course indicated, in the quickest sequence according to their positions rela-
tive to her.
(2) DISTANCE. Ships are to form at present distance or as indicated.
c. LOOSE LINE OF BEARING. This line formation can be assumed on the basis of either a true or
relative line of bearing.
(1) FORMING. Ships are to form on the Guide or ship indicated within 15° of the bearing or its re-
ciprocal, in the quickest sequence according to their positions relative to her.
(2) DISTANCE. Ships are to form at present distance or as indicated.
d. COLUMN OPEN ORDER (see Figure 1-6). In forming column open order, ships are displaced
on both sides of the course, even-numbered ships (counting from the leading ship) forming to port and
odd-numbered ships to starboard.
(1) FORMING. The leading ship automatically becomes the Guide. The second ship forms 4° on
the port quarter of the Guide and the third ship 2° on the starboard quarter of the Guide; remaining ships
form alternately astern of the second or third ship on the appropriate side.
(2) DISTANCE. Ships are to form at the same distance from the Guide as if they were in column.
If the column is already formed, ships are to remain at their present ordered distance unless otherwise
directed.
e. DIAMOND FORMATION (see Figure 1-6). This formation may be used when mutual AAW
support and additional maneuvering space are required at short notice.
(1) FORMING. A diamond formation can only be formed when ships are in column. The leading
ship automatically becomes the Guide. The second ship in the column is to form on the port quarter of
the Guide, the third ship on the starboard quarter, and the fourth ship in the wake. If there are more than
four ships, additional ships are to form a second diamond on the fourth ship, odd numbers (counting
from the leading ship) forming to starboard, even numbers forming to port.

1-33 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

(2) DISTANCE. Unless otherwise ordered:

(a) Ships are to use their present ordered distance as D in Figure 1-6.
(b) When the column is formed of large and small ships, ships use the distance of the largest
ship as D throughout the formation.
(c) When the formation is terminated, ships use this D distance as their present ordered dis-
tance when proceeding to new stations.

143 ALTERING COURSE BY WHEELING

a. ORDERING.
(1) DIRECTION. The direction of the wheel must always be indicated. The side to which the
wheel is to be made is indicated with the use of the PORT flag or STBD pennant immediately after the
CORPEN pennant.
(2) AMOUNT. The amount of the wheel is indicated in one of two ways.
(a) By three numerals, giving the true course to which the wheel is to be made.
(b) By one or two numerals, giving the number of tens of degrees ships are to wheel relative to
the present course. The ANSWER pennant can be used to indicate a wheel to within 5°.

144 WHEELING IN SINGLE COLUMN

a. EXECUTION. The leading ship is to alter course and become the Guide. Remaining ships are to
follow round in her wake. See Figure 1-10.
b. LEADING SHIP OF A SINGLE COLUMN ALTERS COURSE WITHOUT SIGNAL. When
the leading ship of a column is the Guide and alters course without signaling the alteration to her column,
the remaining ships of the column are to follow in the wake of the leading ship, unless the leading ship has
signaled breakdown, man overboard, or to disregard her movements. When the leading ship is not the
Guide and alters course without signaling, all other ships in formation should disregard this movement and
remain in formation. In such cases, caution should always be exercised as prescribed by Rule 2b of the In-
ternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea.

145 WHEELING IN COLUMN OPEN ORDER

Upon execution of the signal ordering the wheel, ships are first to form column at once, without further sig-
nal, then carry out the wheel in accordance with Article 143. They are automatically to resume column
open order after all ships have completed the wheel.

146 WHEELING IN LOOSE LINE OF COLUMN

Upon execution of the signal ordering the wheel, ships in the line are to turn toward the leading ship of the
line and follow in her wake to complete the maneuver. On completion, a loose line of column does not re-
form automatically unless circumstances make it necessary. (See paragraph 141a.)

1-34 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-10. Wheeling in Single Column

147 WHEELING IN SINGLE LINE ABREAST

The pivot ship is to alter to the new course and become the Guide. See Figure 1-11. Remaining ships are to:
(1) Increase speed as necessary up to stationing speed to complete the maneuver expeditiously.
(2) Alter course independently to regain by the most direct route their previous relative bearings
and distances from the pivot ship.
(3) Adjust their course and speed to that of the pivot ship.

1-35 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-11. Wheeling in Single Line Abreast

148 WHEELING IN DIAMOND FORMATION

If a wheel is executed when in diamond formation, the leading ship is to turn to the new course and become
the Guide. Remaining ships are to adjust course and speed to regain previous relative bearings from the
“Guide” expeditiously.

149 WHEELING IN MULTIPLE LINE FORMATION

a. SHIPS IN COLUMN WITH LINE GUIDES BEARING ABEAM. See Figure 1-12. This maneu-
ver is accomplished as follows:
(1) Leading ship of the pivot column is to turn to the new course and become the Guide.
(2) Leading ships of the remaining columns are to alter course independently to resume their pre-
vious relative bearings and distances from the Guide by the most direct route. The speed of the remain-
ing columns is to be increased by signal from each column commander to one knot less than stationing
speed.
(3) Remaining ships are to follow the leading ship of their column. The subsequent reduction of
speed of each column to that of the pivot column is to be ordered by signal by each column commander.

1-36 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-12. Wheeling in Multiple Line Formations

b. SHIPS IN LINE ABREAST WITH LINE GUIDES BEARING ASTERN. See Figure 1-13. This
maneuver is accomplished as follows:
(1) Leading line is to alter course as described in Article 146.
(2) Each succeeding line is to alter course in a similar manner, in the same water as that in which
the leading line wheeled. At the appropriate moment, each line commander will order his line to wheel.
c. ADJUSTING SPEED OF PIVOT.
(1) ORDERING. At the same time that the OTC orders the wheel, he may reduce the speed of the
pivot ship or pivot column, to expedite the completion of the maneuver. This reduction is effected by or-
dering a new signaled speed, which remains in force until otherwise ordered.

1-37 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-13. Wheeling With Line Guides Bearing Astern

(2) IN COLUMN WITH LINE GUIDES BEARING ABEAM. If the speed is reduced when in
column with line guides bearing abeam, all ships of the pivot column are to proceed at the new signaled
speed at the same time as the Guide.
(3) IN LINE ABREAST WITH LINE GUIDES BEARING ASTERN. In this situation, all lines
except the leading line are to proceed at the new signaled speed at the same time as the Guide.

1-38 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

150 SPECIAL METHODS FOR ALTERING COURSE

For occasions when a simple turn-together (Chapter 6) or wheel (Chapter 7) does not meet the require-
ments of the OTC, various special methods for altering course are available. A special method is signaled
by the CORPEN pennant followed by an alphabetical flag and three numerals (see Chapter 7). When carry-
ing out the meaning of these signals, course is to be altered the shortest way. If it is necessary to specify the
direction of the alteration, the STBD pennant or PORT flag is to follow the three numerals.
a. LINES OR UNITS WHEELING SIMULTANEOUSLY. See Figures 1-14 and 1-15.
(1) RESTRICTIONS. If line guides are at less than maneuvering interval apart, wheels in this
manner are to be limited so that lines do not become unduly close during the maneuver. The restrictions
on wheeling (Article 134) apply to each line separately.
(2) EXECUTION. Each line or unit designated is to wheel simultaneously to the new course. On
completion of the maneuver, ships in each line will be in their former relative positions, and line guides
will have maintained their true bearings and intervals from the Guide.
b. EACH UNIT MAINTAINING TRUE BEARING FROM THE GUIDE.
(1) USE. This method is for use if the OTC does not wish to use a general turn-together when any
unit consisting of more than one ship is present. If only single-ship units are present, a general
turn-together should be ordered instead.
(2) EXECUTION. At the time ordered, single-ship units are to turn individually to the new
course. Remaining units are to turn to the new course as directed by their unit commanders, who have
discretion as to the method of altering the course of their units and their resulting formation.

Figure 1-14. Wheeling Lines Simultaneously

1-39 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-15. Wheeling Units Simultaneously

c. EACH UNIT MAINTAINING RELATIVE BEARING.

(1) Execution When in a Circular Formation. When ships in a circular formation are to alter
course with units maintaining relative bearings, the course is altered to the new course and the forma-
tion axis rotated (see Chapter 7) the same number of degrees in the same direction. Altering course and
rotating the axis may be done successively or simultaneously. If done successively, course may be al-
tered by a turn-together or by the method described in paragraph b above; the axis should then be rotated
to conform with the maximum of 60° in one step. If done simultaneously, the method described in para-
graph d below should be used.
(2) Execution When Not in a Circular Formation. At the time ordered, the Guide is to turn to the
new course; remaining units are to regain their relative bearings and distances from the Guide. Sin-
gle-ship units are to proceed independently, remaining units by order of their unit commanders.
d. ALTERING COURSE AND ROTATING FORMATION AXIS SIMULTANEOUSLY
WHEN IN A CIRCULAR FORMATION. In good visibility, the course may be altered simultaneously
with the rotation of the formation axis (see Chapter 7) the same number of degrees in the same direction or
to the same true direction.

1-40 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

(1) RESTRICTION. Alteration of course and axis simultaneously is not to exceed 60° in one step.
(2) CAUTION. Simultaneous alteration of course and formation axis should not be carried out at
night or in low visibility.
(3) EXECUTION. The Guide is to turn to the new course. Single-ship units are to alter course and
speed individually; remaining units are to proceed by order of their unit commanders. All units regain:
(a) Their stations relative to the new formation axis on the new course, if the axis is rotated to
the same true direction.
(b) Their previous relative bearings and distances from the Guide on the new course, if the
axis is rotated the same number of degrees in the same direction.
e. ALTERING COURSE BY THE CONFORMING METHOD. When it is desired that the unit
containing the Guide should pass through waters already traversed by advanced units and when the OTC
can forecast the time at which he intends to alter course, the conforming method is available.
(1) RESTRICTION. This method is not to be used when in a circular formation.
(2) CAUTION. If evasive steering is being carried out, the OTC should order the formation to
stop evasive steering and resume the base course before the most advanced unit is due to alter course.
(3) EXECUTION. Units with stations on the Guide’s line of advance, either ahead or astern, are
to alter course on passing through the position where the Guide alters course. Units not on the Guide’s
line of advance, on arrival abeam of the point where the Guide alters course, are to proceed to their sta-
tions relative to the new course. Single-ship units are to proceed independently, remaining units by or-
der of their unit commanders.
f. ALTERING COURSE BY SEARCH TURN. The search turn (see Figure 1-16) is for use when
altering course while searching an area with ships in line abreast or loose line abreast.
(1) RESTRICTION. Ships in line abreast must be at least 1,000 yards apart; those in loose line
abreast must be at least 1,500 yards apart. Ships of ocean minesweeper size and smaller may conduct
search turns when the distance between ships is 500 yards. The alteration must not be less than 45° or
more than 135°.
(2) EXECUTION. The wing ship on the side away from the direction of the new course is to turn
to the course indicated and become the Guide. The remaining ships are to continue their course, each
one turning in sequence, so that on completion of her turn she will be on the beam of the Guide on the
new course. For large alterations when in loose line abreast, the OTC should consider ordering ships to
reform in line abreast before executing the search turn.

151 EVASIVE STEERING

Instructions for zigzagging and weaving are contained in ATP 3.

1-41 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-16. Search Turn

160 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS

The instructions in this section cover:

(1) Substitutes.
(2) Units of reference.
(3) Fractions.
(4) Times and dates.
(5) Position.
(6) Bearing, direction, and distance.
(7) Courses and speeds.
(8) Standard sector system.

161 SUBSTITUTES

a. USE. Substitutes are used only when signaling by flags, except as noted in paragraph 119c. They
are written as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th.
b. PURPOSE. Substitutes are used to repeat a flag or pennant in the same hoist only.
c. APPLICATION. Substitutes are used in the following manner:
(1) FIRST substitute repeats the first flag or pennant in a hoist.
(2) SECOND substitute repeats the second flag or pennant in a hoist.
(3) THIRD substitute repeats the third flag or pennant in a hoist.
(4) FOURTH substitute repeats the fourth flag or pennant in a hoist.

1-42 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

When two or more halyards are used to hoist a signal, each hoist is to be considered separately as regards
substitutes. When a tackline is used to separate the components of a hoist, it is disregarded in the substitute
count. Once a substitute has been used, it is no longer to be thought of as a substitute, but as the flag or pen-
nant for which it has been substituted.
Examples: T1410 may be hoisted as T 1 4 2nd 0
161416 may be hoisted as 1 6 1st 4 3rd 2nd

162 UNITS OF REFERENCE

When a signal makes reference to numbers, distances, ranges, heights, depths, speeds, or weights, the unit
of reference is as indicated below, unless otherwise stated in the meaning of the signal. However, for clar-
ity, the units of reference are stated against some groups using the standard units which otherwise would
not need such a statement. For international use, the units of measurement of the nation concerned may be
used.
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hundreds of feet
Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nautical miles (2,000 yards)
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hundreds of yards
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . feet
Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . feet
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . knots
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tons (2,000 pounds)
Sector boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tens of degrees
Sector limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . thousands of yards

163 FRACTIONS

ANSWER is used in the text of signals to indicate the decimal point or one-half.
Examples: SPEED H 12 ANS . . . Proceed at 12-1/2 knots.
SPEED H 12 ANS 8 . . . Proceed at 12.8 knots.
TURN STBD 4 ANS . . . Turn together 45° to starboard.
SCREEN Q3-B3 ANS . . . Change inner and outer limits of sector assigned towards
screen center 3,500 yards.

164 TIMES AND DATES

a. TIMES. In the text of signals, times are expressed as four numerals, the first two numerals denote
the hours from 00 through 23 and the last two numerals denote the minutes.
(1) USE OF ANSWER. ANSWER may be used in place of the last two numerals to indicate 30
minutes.
(2) OMISSION OF MINUTES. When it is desired to signal an exact hour, the minutes may be
omitted, but the hours must always be expressed in two figures.

1-43 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

b. DATES. Date-time groups in the text of signals are expressed as six numerals plus the zone indi-
cator: the first pair of numerals denotes the date, the second pair the hours, and the third pair the minutes.
When unable to make this display in one hoist, it may be broken between the date and the time group.
Example: CO4—20 . . . first hoist
1000Z . . . second hoist . . . Comply with my message 201000Z.
c. FLAG T AS INDICATOR. When desiring to signal a time in conjunction with a signal group, the
time indicator, Flag T, will be used as follows:
(1) T PRECEDING NUMERALS. The time indicator T preceding numerals signifies that action
is to (or will) commence at that time.
(2) T FOLLOWING NUMERALS. The time indicator T following numerals signifies that action
is to (or will) be completed by that time.
(3) NUMERALS PRECEDING AND FOLLOWING T. Numeral groups preceding and follow-
ing the time indicator T indicate time by which action is to be completed and time at which action is to
commence, respectively.
(4) T PRECEDING NUMERALS ALONE. If the signal consists only of T plus two or four nu-
merals, it signifies a time check. The time of execution is the time indicated.
Examples: TA36 . . . Show no light.
TA36—T1845 . . . Show no light. Action is to commence at 1845.
TA36—18 ANS T . . . Show no light. Action is to be completed by 1830.
TA36—19T1845 . . . Show no light. Action is to commence at 1845 and is to be com-
pleted by 1900.
d. OMISSION OF FLAG T. When time is referred to in the meaning of a signal group, the time indi-
cator Flag T may be omitted if the omission cannot cause any ambiguity.
Examples: ED14 . . . Unmoor (at ____ ).
ED14—1745 . . . Unmoor at 1745.
ED14—18 . . . Unmoor at 1800.
e. SIGNALS GOVERNED BY THE SAME TIME SIGNAL. A time signal applies only to the
group immediately preceding it. When it is required to apply to two or more groups preceding it, “BT” is in-
serted before the first of the groups to which the time signal is to apply.
Examples: FORM 3—CORPEN STBD 275—SPEED 15—T13 . . . FORM 3 and CORPEN STBD
275 are to be executed when hauled down. SPEED 15 will be carried out at
1300 GMT.
BT—FORM 3—CORPEN STBD 275—SPEED 15—T13 . . . In this case, all signals
between BT and T13 will be carried out at 1300 GMT.
f. CANCELING A SIGNAL. NEGAT over a time signal cancels all signals governed by that time
signal.
g. BT HOISTED SEPARATELY. If BT is hoisted separately as the first hoist and left flying during
several successive hoists, all hoists made in this period will be executed when BT is hauled down. No time
signal is needed with this method of execution.

1-44 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

h. TIME ZONE INDICATORS. All times signaled throughout this book refer to GMT (ZONE 0
(Z)), unless otherwise indicated; suffixes, therefore, are not required except to indicate the exception, as
below:
Example: TA36—T18R . . . Show no light. Action is to commence at 1800R.

EAST LONGITUDES WEST LONGITUDES

Zone Number Letter Zone Number Letter

7½ W to 7½ E 0 Z 7½ W to 22½ W +1 N
7½ E to 22½ E -1 A 22½ W to 37½ W +2 O
22½ E to 37½ E -2 B 37½ W to 52½ W +3 P
37½ E to 52½ E -3 C 52½ W to 67½ W +4 Q
52½ E to 67½ E -4 D 67½ W to 82½ W +5 R
67½ E to 82½ E -5 E 82½ W to 97½ W +6 S
82½ E to 97½ E -6 F 97½ W to 112½ W +7 T
97½ E to 112½ E -7 G 112½ W to 127½ W +8 U
112½ E to 127½ E -8 H 127½ W to 142½ W +9 V
127½ E to 142½ E -9 I 142½ W to 157½ W +10 W
142½ E to 157½ E -10 K 157½ W to 172½ W +11 X
157½ E to 172½ E -11 L 172½ W to 180 +12 Y
172½ E to 180 -12 M

(1) Letter N is also used to designate -13; this is to provide for a ship in zone -12 keeping Daylight
Saving Time.
(2) Reference should be made to a Time Zone Chart in order to learn the exact zone boundaries,
since they sometimes deviate slightly to accommodate national boundaries, and so forth. For time mid-
way between zones, the zone to be utilized will be designated by the OTC.

165 POSITION

a. LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE. Position in latitude and longitude will be signaled by two
four-numeral groups, each group preceded by the letter P. The first group will denote degrees and minutes
of the latitude, the second group will denote degrees and minutes of the longitude.
(1) ADDITION OF LETTERS. When confusion may arise, the letters N, S, E, or W may be added
to denote North, South, East, or West.
(2) ADDITIONAL NUMERALS. When signaling longitudes over 100, five numerals may be
used if necessary to avoid ambiguity.
b. OMISSION OF FLAG P. When position is referred to in the meaning of a signal group, the posi-
tion indicator P may be omitted if the omission cannot cause ambiguity.
Examples: NA22 . . . My position (or ____ ) is as indicated by accompanying position signal.
Time may be indicated by time signal.
NA22—3215—7023—T16 . . . My position is latitude 32°15’ longitude 70°23’ at
1600.

1-45 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

c. STANDARD POSITION INDICATORS. Standard positions in the force are:

(1) QQ — The center of the front of the main body or convoy when not in a circular formation.
(2) TT — Originator’s present position.
(3) XX — The standard position established by the OTC on which a search, enemy reporting, and
so forth, is to be based.
(4) YY — Addressee’s present position.
(5) ZZ — The center of the force. This standard position should not be used in convoy signaling,
standard position QQ being used instead.

166 BEARING, DIRECTION, AND DISTANCE

a. REFERENCE POINTS. Bearings and distances may be signaled from:

(1) A point on the earth’s surface specially designated by double letters or code names; e.g.,
125MM45.
(2) A point of land or navigational mark; e.g., 112 HATTERAS 12.
(3) A standard position in the force; e.g., 310ZZ7.
(4) A ship or unit; e.g., 273—Dp4p1—12 (visual); 273 CALL SIGN HOTSHOT 12 (voice).
b. BEARINGS AND DIRECTIONS.
(1) TRUE BEARING. True bearing is signaled by three numerals. Such a signal may be used in
conjunction with any signal group to indicate the bearing of the subject of that group, provided another
meaning for three numerals following is not given in the meaning or instructions for that group.
(2) RELATIVE DIRECTION. Relative direction may be signaled by the PORT Flag or STAR-
BOARD Pennant. One or two numerals may be used to indicate the number of tens of degrees from
right-ahead (dead ahead) following the PORT Flag or STARBOARD Pennant.
Examples: PORT 5 . . . 50° on the port bow.
STBD 0 . . . Right-ahead.
c. BEARING AND DISTANCE. Unless otherwise stated in the meaning of a signal, bearing and
distance from a position or unit are indicated by the numeral group for bearing, followed by the position or
unit indicated (if required), and then the numeral group for distance in miles.
Examples: STATION X 5 . . . Take station as communication linking ship.
STATION X 5—045—Dp8p4—15—18 ANS T . . . Destroyer 3: prepare to take station
as communication linking ship on bearing 045° true from ship D84, distance
15 miles, to be in station by 1830.

1-46 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

167 COURSES AND SPEEDS

a. COURSES. Courses are signaled by using the appropriate Corpen signal from Chapter 7. When
the course is referred to in the meaning of a signal, the special pennant Corpen may be omitted provided
there can be no ambiguity. Corpen signals may be used in conjunction with any signal group to indicate the
course of the subject of the group.
Examples: CORPEN U 135 . . . Maintain course 135°.
TA97—1—180 . . . Disengage ahead on course 180°.
G FORM 3 Dp2p7—G CORPEN 270 . . . Guide of this unit is Destroyer 27. Guide’s
course is 270°.
b. SPEEDS. Unless otherwise stated in the meaning of the signal, a numeral group immediately fol-
lowing an informative course signal indicates speed in knots.
Example: K CORPEN 045—20 . . . Course is 045°, speed 20 knots.

168 STANDARD SECTOR SYSTEM

The standard sector system may be used for ordering sector screens and in all other cases in which sectors
may be ordered. The sector method is illustrated in Figure 1-17.
a. SECTOR ALLOCATION. Sectors are allocated by indicating sector boundaries and, if neces-
sary, sector depth, separated by TACK, followed by the call sign of the unit assigned to that sector.
b. SECTOR BOUNDARIES. Sector boundaries are ordered by a group of four numerals. First two
numerals indicate the true bearing of the left boundary in tens of degrees, second two numerals indicate the
true bearing of the right boundary in tens of degrees. Use ANSWER to order an increment of 5°.
c. SECTOR DEPTH. Sector depth is ordered by a group of four numerals. First two numerals indi-
cate inner and second two numerals indicate outer limit of sector in thousands of yards from the unit, refer-
ence point, or standard position indicated. Use ANSWER to order an increment of 500 yards.
d. HELICOPTERS NOT SPECIFIED. Sectors assigned to unspecified helicopters must be indi-
cated by adding DESIG H after the sector assigned and in place of the call sign.
Examples: SCREEN K—ZZ—0307—0510 Dp1p6 . . . Form sector screen. Screen center is the
center of the force. Destroyer 16 take sector between 030° and 070° true and
between 5,000 and 10,000 yards from screen center.
SCREEN K—QQ—20 ANS 33 ANS—02 ANS 07 DESIG H . . . Form sector screen.
Screen center is the front of the main body. Helicopter take sector between
205° and 335° true and between 2,500 and 7,000 yards from screen center.
AA6—2529 . . . Threat is from sector between 250° and 290° true.

1-47 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Figure 1-17. Sector Method

1-48 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 SINGLE
FLAG/
PENNANT
 SINGLE
FLAG/
PENNANT
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 2

SINGLE FLAGS AND

PENNANTS

200 Instructions
201 Single Alphabetical Flag Table
202 Single Numerical Flag Table
203 Single Special Flag/Pennant
Table
204 Absentee Indicator Table
(In Port)
200 INSTRUCTIONS

Single flag and pennant signals not marked REPEATED BY ADDRESSEES or ANSWERED BY AD-
DRESSEES are flown for information and are not to be answered or repeated. Such signals need not be pre-
ceded by SECOND SUBSTITUTE. If no ambiguity will result, two or more single flag or pennant signals,
separated by TACK, may be displayed simultaneously from the same point of hoist. Similarly, appropriate
single flag and pennant signals may be used in conjunction with other signal groups. Single flag and pen-
nant signals contained in this chapter are never preceded by EMERGENCY, because different meanings
are assigned to single flags or pennants that are preceded by EMERGENCY. See Chapter 3 concerning the
use of EMERGENCY.

201 SINGLE ALPHABETICAL FLAG TABLE

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

A DIVERS OR Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Divers or friendly explo-

FRIENDLY sive ordnance disposal personnel down.
EXPLOSIVE A numeral group following will indicate
ORDNANCE the radius in hundreds of yards inside
DISPOSAL which personnel are operating.No other
PERSONNEL MCM operations are to take place within
DOWN this area and all other vessels are to remain
clear.

2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

B WEAPON BY FIRING SHIP: AT DIP: On the range or between phases.

PRACTICES Where best seen or CLOSE UP: Firing has commenced.
(Use largest on appropriate side. HAULED DOWN: Firing completed.
availableflag)
BY TARGET SHIP: CLOSE UP: Target ready: range is clear.
Where best seen. HAULED DOWN: Firing completed or
range is foul.

FUELING OR BY DELIVERING AT DIP: Have temporarily stopped

TRANSFERRING SHIP: supplying.
EXPLOSIVES OR Where best seen. CLOSE UP: Fuel, explosives, or inflamma-
INFLAMMABLE ble materials are being transferred.
MATERIAL
HAULED DOWN: Delivery is completed.

BY RECEIVING AT DIP: Have temporarily stopped

SHIP: receiving.
Where best seen. CLOSE UP: Fuel, explosives, or inflamma-
ble materials are being transferred.
HAULED DOWN: Delivery is completed.

TRANSPORTING BY BOATS: WHILE FLYING: I am transporting explo-

EXPLOSIVES, In bow or sives, fuel, or inflammable material.
FUEL, OR where best seen.
INFLAMMABLE
MATERIAL

C AFFIRMATIVE Where best seen. a. In reply to a signal: YES or PERMISSION

GRANTED.
b. Preceding 4 or 6 numerals: With reference
to message indicated, YES or PERMIS-
SION GRANTED.
c. C TACK – – – (signal): YES or PERMIS-
SION GRANTED to carry out the meaning
of the signal.

D DEGAUSSING BY RANGE HUT: WHILE FLYING: Range is in operation.

At signal yard.

BY SHIP WHILE FLYING: I am making degaussing

UNDERWAY: runs.
At yardarm.

E NO RF DANGER Where best seen. Rotating antenna without radiating RF energy.

2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

F FLIGHT Where best seen. AT DIP: I am ready to operate fixed-wing

OPERATIONS aircraft when wind conditions are suitable.
(Flag hoist only) DIPPED after being close up: My flight
operations have been delayed temporarily
(about 10 minutes).
CLOSE UP: I am operating fixed-wing
aircraft.
HAULED DOWN: I have completed operating
fixed-wing aircraft.
NOTE: When operating both fixed-wing air-
craft and helicopters concurrently, Flag H
need not be used.

G GUIDE FLAG Where best seen. a. WHILE FLYING: This ship is GUIDE.
(See Article 2604 b. G TACK Call Sign: Ship indicated is to be
for optical Guide (REPEATED BY ADDRESSEES).
guidance).
c. Call sign G TACK Call Sign: Guide of unit
addressed is to be ship indicated (RE-
PEATED BY ADDRESSEES).

H HELICOPTER Where best seen. AT DIP: I am ready to operate helicopters

OPERATIONS when wind conditions are suitable.
(For helicopter DIPPED after being close up: My helicopter
transfer/vertical operations have been delayed temporarily
replenishment (about 10 minutes).
signals, see Article CLOSE UP: I am operating helicopters.
3102.)
HAULED DOWN: I have completed operat-
ing helicopters.
See NOTE under Flag F.

I GOING ALONG- BY RECEIVING AT DIP: I am preparing to receive you

SIDE (in port or SHIP: alongside.
at anchor) At yardarm on side CLOSE UP: I am ready to receive you
rigged. alongside.
HAULED DOWN: First line is secured.

BY SHIP GOING AT DIP: I am preparing to come alongside

ALONGSIDE: you.
At yardarm on side CLOSE UP: I am ready to come alongside
rigged. you.
HAULED DOWN: First line is secured.

2-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

J SEMAPHORE Where best seen. CLOSE UP: I have a semaphore message

MESSAGE ANSWERED BY to transmit.
ADDRESSEES a. J DESIG indicates priority message.
b. J. DESIG – – – (Z or O) indicates appropri-
ate other precedence.
HAULED DOWN: Transmission completed.

R K PERSONNEL Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Personnel are working

WORKING ALOFT aloft and/or over the side.
AND/OR OVER
THE SIDE

L RADHAZ/HERO Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Do not approach within

____ yards of this unit or unit indicated with-
WARNING
out obtaining positive clearance to do so.
1. 200
2. 500
3. 3,000

M MEDICAL DUTY Where best seen WHILE FLYING: I have medical and dental
SHIP (not underway). guard duty.
M1 . . . I have medical guard duty.
M2 . . . I have dental guard duty.

MOVEMENTS Where best seen WHILE FLYING: Disregard my movements.

(underway).

N YOUR MOVE- Where best seen. Your movements are not understood.
MENTS NOT REPEATED BY
UNDERSTOOD ADDRESSEES.

VISUAL WATCH Where best seen Ship not keeping visual watch.
(not underway).

O MAN OVER- Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Man overboard.

BOARD

P GENERAL RECALL Where best seen WHILE FLYING: All personnel belonging to
(in port). this ship return to ship immediately.

POSITION Where best seen. See Article 165.

INDICATOR

2-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

Q BOAT RECALL Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: All boats belonging to this
ship or boat(s) addressed return to this ship
immediately. For use in submarine exer-
cises, see Article 1306b.

R REPLENISHING BY UNDERWAY AT DIP: I am steady on course and speed

OR TRANSFER- REPLENISHMENT and am preparing to receive you on side on
RING ABEAM GUIDE: which this flag is hoisted.
METHOD On side rigged. CLOSE UP: I am ready for your approach.
(See Article 3103 HAULED DOWN: When messenger is in
for use at night.) hand.

BY APPROACH AT DIP: I am ready to come alongside.

SHIP: CLOSE UP: I am commencing approach.
On side rigged. HAULED DOWN: When messenger is in
hand.

FUELING BY BY UNDERWAY AT DIP: I am steady on course and speed

ASTERN METHOD REPLENISHMENT and am preparing to stream hose on this
(See Article 3103 GUIDE: quarter.
for use at night.) On side hose is being CLOSE UP: I am ready for your approach.
streamed. HAULED DOWN: Hose is on deck of receiv-
ing ship.

BY APPROACH AT DIP: I am ready to close and take hose.

SHIP: CLOSE UP: I am commencing approach.
On side hose is being HAULED DOWN: Hose grappled and in
received. hand on deck.

READY DUTY SHIP Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: I am ready duty ship.

MCM OPERATIONS Where best seen See ATP 24.

S DRILL SIGNAL Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Signal flying is for flaghoist
drill only.

T TIME INDICATOR See Article 164c.

2-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

U ANCHORING On appropriate side AT DIP: Anchor let go. PORT or STBD may
or where best seen. be used to indicate anchor.
CLOSE UP: Chain cable veered to required
length.
HAULED DOWN: Chain cable secured.

MOORING AT DIP: Anchor let go. PORT or STBD may

be used to indicate side.
CLOSE UP: Chain cable middled.
HAULED DOWN: Chain cable secured.

WEIGHING AT DIP: I am heaving in. When unmooring.

PORT or STBD may be used to indicate side.
CLOSE UP: Anchor aweigh.
HAULED DOWN: I am ready to proceed.

V STREAMING/ Where best seen. CLOSE UP: Streaming/recovering.

RECOVERING HAULED DOWN: Streamed/recovered.
TOWED ACOUSTIC
DEVICES NOT
INCLUDING
MINESWEEPING
EQUIPMENT

W INFORMATION At yardarm. Information addressees follow: (See ACP

ADDRESSEE 130 series).

X EXERCISE At fore yardarm. Evolution or exercise completed.

REPEATED BY
ADDRESSEES

Where best seen. X TACK – – – (signal): Carry out for exercise

REPEATED BY the meaning of the signal following.
ADDRESSEES

At yardarm. X TACK – – – (signal inferior to second sub-

stitute): I am carrying out for exercise the
meaning of the signal following.

Y ACKNOWLEDGE At yardarm. – – – (signal) TACK Y: A separate acknowl-

REPEATED BY edgment required.
ADDRESSEES Y TACK – – – (signal): Signal following is
acknowledged.

Z COMMUNICATION Where best seen WHILE FLYING: I have communication

GUARD (not underway) guard duty.

2-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

202 SINGLE NUMERICAL FLAG TABLE

NORMALLY
FLAG INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

1 (Identifying flag for ASW Action Table — See Article 1311.)

2 (Identifying flag for Surface Action Table — General — See Article 3208A.)

3 (Identifying flag for Surface Action Table — Over-the-

Horizon (OTH) Engagement — See Article 3208B.)

4 (Identifying flag for Surface Action Table — To-the-Horizon

Range Engagement — See Article 3208C.)
(For use in Submarine and Antisubmarine Exercises — See Article 1306(B).)

5 BREAKDOWN Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: I have a breakdown or I

am not under control. (”Not under com-
mand” signals, except the night signals in
wartime, are to be displayed in addition.

6 TOWING Where best seen. Identifying flag for towing operations —

OPERATIONS See Article 3007.

7 (Identifying flag for AAW Action Table — See Article 1001.)

8 BOAT SIGNAL Where best seen. a. WHILE FLYING: Steer straight away from
ship.
b. 8 PORT: Steer left (or to port). When
hauled down, cease turn and steady on
present course.
c. 8 STBD: Steer right (or to starboard).
When hauled down, cease turn and steady
on present course.
d. 8 SCREEN: Steer straight TOWARD
ship.
For special use, see AXP 2.

9 (Identifying flag for Torpedo Action Table — See Article 3205.)

0 MILITARY Where best seen WHILE FLYING: I have military guard duty.
GUARD (not underway).

2-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

203 SINGLE SPECIAL FLAG/PENNANT TABLE

FLAG OR NORMALLY
PENNANT INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

ANS ACKNOWLEDG- At yardarm. AT DIP: Answers signal.

MENT By OTC or CLOSE UP: Acknowledges signal.
small ship.

At yardarm. AT DIP: All ships make appropriate

By OTC. routine reports.
CLOSE UP: Receipt for a routine
report.
HAULED DOWN: All routine reports
have been received.
DIV INS, SQUAD ANS, etc., may be
used by the appropriate commanders
to obtain routine reports.

FRACTIONS In text of signals: Decimal point or

one-half.

CODE USE INTERNA- At yardarm. Signal group following is taken from

TIONAL CODE OF REPEATED BY International Code of Signals.
SIGNALS (see ADDRESSEES
Article 117)

CORPEN STOP THE TURN Where best seen. Ships are to steady on a course 20°
beyond the direction the ship is head-
ing at the moment the signal is
understood.

DESIG PLAIN TEXT See Article 115.

PROCEEDING TO At yardarm or WHILE FLYING. DESIG – – – (let-

STATION where best seen. ter(s) and/or numeral(s): I am pro-
ceeding to station or berth indicated.
HAULED DOWN: I am in station or
berth.

ACKNOWLEDGING At yardarm. See ACP 130 series.

DAY LIGHT
SIGNALING
LANTERN

EMERG SIGNAL(S) FLYING See Chapter 3.

ARE TO BE OBEYED
AS SOON AS
UNDERSTOOD

2-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

FLAG OR NORMALLY
PENNANT INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

FORM REFUSE BOAT At yardarm or WHILE FLYING: Refuse boat is

IS REQUIRED where best seen required.
(not underway).

INT SIGNAL NOT Where best seen. Signal now flying not understood.
UNDERSTOOD REPEATED BY INT 1 . . . Signal now flying
ADDRESSEES. not distinguisable.
INT 2 . . . You are repeating signal
incorrectly.
INT preceding a signal: See Article
111.

NEGAT NEGATIVE Where best seen. All signals flying without a call are
REPEATED BY canceled.
ADDRESSEES. a. ____ call NEGAT: All signals under
this call are canceled.
b. In reply to a signal: NO or PERMIS-
SION NOT GRANTED.
c. NEGAT preceding a signal, see
paragraph 111.

EXEMPTED In heading: See ACP 130 series.

ADDRESSEE
FOLLOWS

PREP REPLENISHING At outboard yard- AT DIP: I expect to disengage in 15

(Receiving ship only) arm or where best minutes.
(See Article 3103 for seen. CLOSE UP: Replenishing com-
use at night.) pleted; I am disengaging at final
station.
HAULED DOWN: All lines are clear.

MORNING AND At yardarm (not CLOSE UP: Five minutes until

EVENING underway). ceremony/colors.
CEREMONIES/ REPEATED BY AT DIP: Commence ceremony/
COLORS (AS ADDRESSEES. colors.
APPROPRIATE)
HAULED DOWN: Ceremony/colors
completed.

PREPARTIVE At yardarm. PREP preceding a signal, see Article

111.

2-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

FLAG OR NORMALLY
PENNANT INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

PORT INDEFINITE TURN At yardarm Turn of unspecified amount. See

TO PORT (underway). paragraph 603.
REPEATED BY
ADDRESSEES.

OUT OF ROUTINE At yardarm Ship out of routine. No honors should

(not underway). be expected.

SCREEN

SPEED

STBD INDEFINITE TURN At yardarm Turn of unspecified amount. See

TO STARBOARD (underway). paragraph 603.
REPEATED BY
ADDRESSEES.

NATIONAL SOPA Where best seen Senior officer present afloat.

(not underway).

STATION TAKE PROPER OR At yardarm. Take proper or assigned station.

ASSIGNED STATION REPEATED BY
ADDRESSEES.

TURN

2-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

FLAG OR NORMALLY
PENNANT INDICATION DISPLAYED MEANING

1st ORIGINATOR Where best seen. Over call sign: The originator of this
signal is as indicated. Intervening
ship(s) relay to addressee, or to the
OTC if there is no addressee.

2nd GENERAL Where best seen. In place of addressee: For general

INFORMATION information; no specific address; no
answer required.

3rd GENERAL Where best seen. Preceding the address: This signal,
INFORMATION in addition to being addressed to
AND ACTION certain ships for action, is for general
information and is to be relayed and
answered as an “All ships signal.”

4th SIGNAL(S) FROM Where best seen. Accompanying signal(s) is (are)

ATP 2, VOL. II taken from ATP 2, Vol. II.

2-11 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

204 ABSENTEE INDICATOR TABLE (IN PORT)

FLAG OR INDICATION NORMALLY MEANING

PENNANT DISPLAYED

1st ABSENCE OF Starboard main yard- Absence of flag officer or unit com-
OFFICIAL from this arm outboard. mander whose personal flag or
ship for a period of command pennant is flying on this
72 hours or less. ship.
Use in port only.

2nd Same as 1st Port main yardarm Absence of chief of staff.

substitute inboard.

3rd Same as 1st Port main yardarm Absence of captain. Its use imme-
substitute outboard. diately shifts to the executive offi-
cer when the captain departs for a
known period of absence in ex-
cess of 72 hours.)

4th Same as 1st Starboard main yard- Absence of civil or military official
substitute arm inboard. whose flag is flying on this ship.

NOTES
1. Absentee indicators are displayed in port from sunrise to sunset.
2. In the case of the absence of a commanding officer who is acting as a temporary unit commander,
both absentee pennants shall be displayed.

2-12 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
EMERG
EMERG
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 3

EMERGENCY

300 Instructions
301 Emergency Execute Signal
302 Emergency Alarm Signals
303 Emergency Action Signals

300 INSTRUCTIONS

a. ACTION. Any signal preceded by EMERGENCY is to be acted upon as soon as understood. If

the emergency poses an immediate threat requiring visual/aural attention to be drawn to the originator, the
originator is to make six short blasts on the whistles. (Signals from the single flag and pennant tables are not
to be preceded by EMERGENCY.) When EMERGENCY is used with several signal groups, it will govern
all groups when either separated from the group by TACK or hoisted singly on another halyard. If EMER-
GENCY is required to govern only one of the several groups, it must immediately precede the group to be
governed.
b. RELAY. Emergency signals made by flags are to be repeated by all ships. Ships having relay re-
sponsibilities will not repeat close up until all ships for which they are responsible have answered or
repeated close up.
c. INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS. Naval vessels should also be ready at any time to
utilize signals from the International Code of Signals, particularly if there is any merchant shipping in the
vicinity.

301 EMERGENCY EXECUTE SIGNAL

EMERG . . . EXECUTE all signals flying under a similar call when they are understood.
(EMERG without a call executes all signals flying without a call.)

3-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

302 EMERGENCY ALARM SIGNALS

EMERGENCY alarm flag signals are to be repeated by all ships, with the call sign of the originator, if other
than the OTC, below FIRST SUBSTITUTE hoisted on an adjacent inboard halyard.

EMERG (000 to 359) . . . . ATTENTION is called to DANGER or EMERGENCY on true bear-

ing ____ from this ship or ship indicated.

EMERG (PORT or STBD) (0 to 18). . . ATTENTION is called to DANGER or EMERGENCY

on relative bearing indicated in tens of degrees from
this ship or ship indicated.

EMERG A . . . AIRCRAFT to be PRESUMED HOSTILE SIGHTED or DETECTED bearing

____ (distance ____ miles).

EMERG B . . . UNIDENTIFIED AIRCRAFT DETECTED or SIGHTED bearing ____ (distance

____ miles).

EMERG C . . . COLLISION COURSE. You are on collision course with me. Keep clear.

EMERG D . . . COLLISION. This ship or ship indicated has been in a collision.

EMERG E . . . ENEMY (or ____ ) SURFACE CRAFT SIGHTED bearing ____ from this ship
(or unit or position indicated) (distance ____ miles).
1. Unidentified

EMERG F . . . AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY. I have aircraft landing in an emergency,

EMERG G . . . ENEMY MISSILE DETECTED or SIGHTED bearing ____ (distance ____

miles).

EMERG H . . . HELICOPTER EMERGENCY. I have helicopter landing in an emergency.

3-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EMERG I . . . . SUSPICIOUS ELECTRONIC EMISSIONS (from ____ ) or from DESIG ____

NATO nickname if known), indicating an IMMEDIATE THREAT* to the force
have been intercepted bearing ____ .
1. Air
2. Surface
3. Subsurface
4. Missile-launching site/platform
*Appropriate groups from Chapter 20 are to be used when the inter-
cepts do not constitute an immediate threat.

EMERG J . . . SURFACE CRAFT DETECTED bearing ____ (distance ____ miles).

EMERG K . . . ENEMY underwater demolition personnel (or ____ ) have been detected by
this ship or ship indicated.
1. Small battle units
2. Saboteurs
3. High-speed surface craft
4. Miniature submarines

EMERG L . . . CHEMICAL ALARM.

EMERG M . . . MINE SIGHTED or DETECTED AHEAD (or bearing ____ from this ship or unit
indicated) (range ____ hundred yards) (or in position indicated).

EMERG N . . . FALLOUT DETECTED (or nuclear explosion of ____ type sighted or detected)
(bearing ____ from this ship or unit indicated) (distance ____ miles) (or in posi-
tion indicated).
1. Air burst
2. Surface burst
3. Subsurface burst
4. Unknown

EMERG O . . . NUCLEAR ATTACK IS POSSIBLE.

EMERG P . . . FIRE. This ship or ship indicated has a fire on board (of type ____ ).
1. Ordinary combustible materials
2. Oil substance
3. Electrical
4. Hazardous materials (e.g., magnesium, flares)

3-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EMERG Q . . . INVESTIGATING UNCLASSIFIED CONTACT. I am investigating a sonar con-

tact (or ____ contact) still unclassified, which might be a submarine, bearing
____ (range ____ hundred yards).
1. Visual
2. Radar
3. Sonobuoy

EMERG R . . . SUBMARINE CONTACT. I have submarine contact classified ____ bearing

(range ____ hundred yards).
1. PROBSUB
2. POSSUB, confidence high (numeral 3 or 4 may be added following DESIG)
3. POSSUB, confidence low (numeral 1 or 2 may be added following DESIG)

EMERG S . . . SUBMARINE (or snort or periscope) SIGHTED bearing ____ (range ____ hun-
dred yards).

EMERG T . . . TORPEDO DETECTED or SIGHTED bearing ____ (range ____ hundred

yards).

EMERG U . . . DANGER. You are standing into danger.

EMERG V (PORT or STBD) . . . . . . FRIENDLY AIRCRAFT CRASHED (close aboard to

PORT or STBD as indicated) (or bearing ____ (dis-
tance ____ miles)).

EMERG W . . . DISAPPEARING RADAR CONTACT DETECTED bearing ____ (distance

____ miles).

EMERG X . . .

EMERG Y . . .

EMERG Z . . . FRIENDLY SUBMARINE bearing ____ (distance ____ miles).

3-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

303 EMERGENCY ACTION SIGNALS

EMERG 1 . . . AVOIDING ACTION. Take individual avoiding action.

EMERG 2 . . . CEASE ALL ACOUSTIC EMISSIONS.

EMERG 3 . . . CEASE ALL ELECTROMAGNETIC EMISSIONS.

EMERG 4 . . . CEASE FIRE. Do not fire.

EMERG 5 . . .

EMERG 6 . . . CLEAR ALL SIDES, using emergency breakaway procedure. (For use in
emergency during replenishment or other abeam operations.)

EMERG 7

EMERG 8 . . . SCREEN SHIPS CLOSE to a distance of 1,500 yards (or ____ hundred yards)
from closest ship of main body.

EMERG 9 . . .

EMERG 0 . . . ALL SHIPS SCATTER and move out at maximum speed on their present bear-
ings from the Guide to a distance approximately 6,000 yards from the nearest
ship.

3-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

3-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FORM
FORM
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 4

FORM

400 Instructions
401 Line Formations
402 Forming Operational Formations and
Dispositions
403 Forming on a Line of Bearing
404 Forming in the Quickest Sequence
405 Loose Line of Column, Diamond
Formation, Column Open Order, and
Reversing the Order of Ships in Column
406 Line Guides Forming on a Bearing
407 Miscellaneous Form Signals
408 Information Signals
400 INSTRUCTIONS. (See Chapter 1.)

a. GENERAL. Each ship moves independently to the new station unless ships are already formed
and the new formation signal can be complied with by the movement of a line (or division or subdivision)
as a whole; in which case, the line (or division or subdivision) commander maneuvers his unit by signal
into the new station. Whether the Guide is the OTC’s ship or an indicated ship, ships and lines invariably
form on the Guide.
b. FORMING IN ORDER OF SEQUENCE NUMBERS. Ships form in numerical order of
sequence numbers. Lines form in numerical sequence of divisions (subdivisions) from van to rear if
formed astern, from port to starboard if formed to starboard, or from starboard to port if formed to port.
c. VARYING LINE FORMATIONS. Formations can be varied by using the appropriate basic for-
mation signal, supplemented by signal(s) for the maneuvers listed below. When varying the formation,
instructions in paragraphs a and b will apply, except when the supplementary signal specifically amends
any portion of the instructions.
1. Ships in line form in the sequence in which their call signs are made, or in the order in which
their sequence numbers are indicated.
2. Lines form in the sequence in which the call signs of divisions (subdivisions) are made.
3. Ships in line form in reverse order of sequence numbers.
4. Ships in line form on a specified true or relative line of bearing from their line guide.
5. Line guides form on a specified true or relative line of bearing from the Guide.

4-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

401 LINE FORMATIONS

Formation numbers 1 through 19 are allocated for line formations. When forming from an unformed
state, ships form at standard distance or distance indicated. If a line has already been formed, ships remain
at their present distance apart.

FORM 1 . . . . Form COLUMN IN ORDER of sequence numbers (or call signs following).

FORM 2 . . . . Form COLUMN IN REVERSE ORDER of sequence numbers.

FORM 3 . . . . Form LINE ABREAST TO STBD in order of sequence numbers (or call signs
following).

FORM 4 . . . . Form LINE ABREAST TO PORT in order of sequence numbers (or call signs
following).

FORM 5 . . . . Form DIVISIONS IN COLUMN TO STBD, division guides bearing abeam.

FORM 6 . . . . Form DIVISIONS IN COLUMN TO PORT, division guides bearing abeam.

FORM 7 . . . . Form SUBDIVISIONS IN COLUMN TO STBD, subdivision guides bearing

abeam.

FORM 8 . . . . Form SUBDIVISIONS IN COLUMN TO PORT, subdivision guides bearing

abeam.

FORM 9 . . . . Form DIVISIONS IN LINE ABREAST TO STBD, division guides bearing

astern.

FORM 10. . . . Form DIVISIONS IN LINE ABREAST TO PORT, division guides bearing
astern.

FORM 11. . . . Form SUBDIVISIONS IN LINE ABREAST TO STBD, subdivision guides

bearing astern.

FORM 12. . . . Form SUBDIVISIONS IN LINE ABREAST TO PORT, subdivision guides

bearing astern.

FORM 13. . . .

4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

FORM 14. . . .

FORM 15. . . .

FORM 16. . . .

FORM 17. . . .

FORM 18. . . .

FORM 19. . . .

402 FORMING OPERATIONAL FORMATIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

a. FORMATIONS are allocated numbers from 20 to 99, with formations designed for similar oper-
ational purposes allocated numbers from the same block. The purpose of a formation is indicated by ap-
pending the appropriate purpose identification letter(s) in Vol. I to the formation number. Numbers not
allocated in Vol. I may be used in operational orders as desired by appropriate authority. The following
blocks of signals are allocated for operational purpose formations.

FORM 20 to 29 . . . . . . . Form DESTROYER TYPE formation indicated.

FORM 30 to 39 . . . . . . . Form LARGE COMBATANT SHIP formation indicated.

FORM 40 to 49 . . . . . . .

FORM 50 to 59 . . . . . . . Form TRANSPORT/LOGISTIC formation indicated.

FORM 60 to 69 . . . . . . . Form REPLENISHMENT formation indicated.

FORM 70 to 79 . . . . . . . Form AMPHIBIOUS formation indicated.

FORM 80 to 89 . . . . . . . Form SURFACE ACTION formation indicated.

FORM 90 to 99 . . . . . . . Form MISCELLANEOUS formation indicated.

An operational formation is signaled by using the FORM pennant, formation number and purpose letter(s),
followed by course, axis (if other than course), and speed (if required) indicated by numeral groups sepa-
rated by a tack. The purpose letter(s) simplifies the procedure when reforming because of the rule that
in shifting from a basic ready formation to an antiair warfare or nuclear defense formation, there is usually
no change in the Guide, speed, or axis.

4-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

b. ADDITIONAL TYPE formations may be specified by type commanders for use by ship types
not included in the blocks of signals above. These are indicated by prefixing ship type indicator letters from
ACP 130 to the number of the formation assigned by the type commander. The number used in this way is
in no way related to the blocks of signals above. FORM N is used to signal a type formation.
Example: FORM N-M7 . . . . . Form minesweeper formation number 7.
c. DISPOSITIONS are assigned number-letter designations based on the number of the disposi-
tion and the purpose identification letter suffix(es). A type indicator letter may be inserted between the
number and the purpose letter if desired. FORM M is used to signal a disposition.
Examples: FORM M 2J . . . . . Form approach disposition 2.
FORM M 2RC . . . . . Form carrier cruising disposition 2.

403 FORMING ON A LINE OF BEARING

Ships form on the line guide or ship indicated on the bearing (true or relative) indicated or its reciprocal.

a. UNFORMED STATE. When forming from an unformed state on the present or ordered course,
ships form in the quickest sequence, or in order of sequence numbers or call signs following from PORT
to STBD.
b. DISTANCE. When forming from an unformed state, ships form at standard distance or distance
indicated; however, if already formed, ships form at their present distance apart.
c. FORMED STATE. If altering a line of bearing, ships form in their present sequence. If altering
from column to line abreast, or vice versa, with the Guide not an end ship, ships ahead of the Guide (if
in column) or to port of the Guide (if in line abreast) form on the bearing indicated, the remainder on the
reciprocal. If the Guide is not an end ship and ships are not altering from column to line abreast or vice
versa, an alteration of the line of bearing of exactly 90° must be carried out in two separate increments. (See
Article 140.)

FORM [000 to 359] . . . . . SHIPS ARE TO FORM ON TRUE BEARING indicated from their
guide or ship indicated on the present course or course indicated.

FORM [PORT or STBD] [0 to 18] . . . . SHIPS ARE TO FORM ON RELATIVE BEARING indi-
cated in tens of degrees from their guide or ship
indicated on the present course or course indicated.

4-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

404 FORMING IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE

The quickest sequence depends on each ship’s present position relative to the line guide or ship indicated,
and not on the numerical order of sequence numbers.

FORM A . . . . FORM COLUMN IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE on the most advanced ship
or ship indicated, at present distance if already formed, or at standard distance
or distance indicated.
Unless a particular ship has been indicated, the ship to be formed on is
the most advanced ship on the present course. Remaining ships are to
form astern of her in the quickest sequence, according to their posi-
tions relative to her. If the ship to be formed on is indicated, ships are
to form ahead or astern of her in the quickest sequence.

FORM B . . . . FORM SINGLE LINE ABREAST IN QUICKEST SEQUENCE on the Guide or

ship indicated on the present course or course indicated, at present distance if
already formed, or at standard distance or distance indicated.
Ships are to form on the nearest beam of the Guide or ship indicated,
relative to her course or to the course indicated, in the quickest se-
quence according to their positions relative to her.

405 LOOSE LINE OF COLUMN, DIAMOND FORMATION, COLUMN OPEN ORDER, AND
REVERSING THE ORDER OF SHIPS IN COLUMN

FORM C PORT/STBD . . . FORM LOOSE LINE OF COLUMN TO PORT OR STBD as

indicated.
A loose line of column can only be formed when ships are in column.
The leading ship is automatically to become the Guide. Ships are to
take station on the indicated quarters of the Guide on an approximate
line of bearing within 15° of column. Distance may be increased to re-
duce yawing.

FORM D . . . . FORM DIAMOND.

RESTRICTION—When ships are in diamond formation, a wheel is not
to exceed 30°.
FORMING—A diamond formation can only be formed when ships are
in column. The leading ship automatically becomes the Guide. The sec-
ond ship in the column is to form on the port quarter of the Guide, the
third ship on the starboard quarter, and the fourth ship in the wake. If
there are more than four ships, additional ships are to form a second
diamond on the fourth ship, odd numbers (counting from the leading
ship) forming to starboard, even numbers forming to port. Unless oth-
erwise ordered:
1. Ships are to use their present ordered distance as D in Figure
1-6.
2. When the column is formed of large and small ships, ships use
the distance for the large ship as D throughout the formation.
3. When the formation is terminated, ships use their D distance as
their present ordered distance when proceeding to new stations.

4-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

FORM E . . . . FORM COLUMN OPEN ORDER.

In forming column open order, ships are displaced on both sides of the
course, even-numbered ships (counting from the leading ship) forming
to port and odd-numbered ships to starboard. The leading ship auto-
matically becomes the Guide. The second ship forms 4° on the port
quarter of the Guide and the third ship 2° on the starboard quarter of
the Guide; remaining ships form alternately astern of the second or
third ship on the appropriate side. Ships are to form at the same dis-
tance from the Guide as if they were in column. If the column is
already formed, ships are to remain at their present ordered distance
unless otherwise directed.

FORM F PORT/STBD . . . REVERSE THE ORDER OF SHIPS IN COLUMN in succession

from the rear. Ships are to sheer out on the side indicated. One or
two numerals may be added to indicate speed of all ships except
the rear ship.
The rear ship automatically becomes the Guide and increases speed to
one knot less than stationing speed, passing the ships ahead of her on
the side indicated. Other ships reduce speed to seven knots or as indi-
cated. At the appropriate time, each ship in succession from the rear is
to increase speed and take station in the wake of the ship which was
previously next astern to her. All ships will maintain speed after taking
station in the new column until the OTC reduces speed by speed signal.
If the maneuver is ordered when ships have no way on, the new
Guide’s speed will be signaled; each ship will subsequently get under-
way in succession from the rear in time to complete the maneuver.

406 LINE GUIDES FORMING ON A BEARING

a. If altering the line of bearing of line guides, line commanders move their lines by signal into
their new stations. Line guides form on the bearing (true or relative) indicated from the Guide or ship
indicated. If the Guide is not in an end line, lines are to form on the bearing (true or relative) indicated or its
reciprocal, whichever is the nearer.
b. If altering from line guides ahead and astern to line guides abeam, lines ahead form on the
bearing, remaining lines on the reciprocal. If altering from line guides abeam to line guides ahead and
astern, lines to port form on the bearing, the remainder on the reciprocal.
c. If the Guide is not in an end line and line guides are neither ahead and astern nor abeam,
alterations of the line of bearing of exactly 90° must be carried out in two separate increments.

FORM G
[SUBDIV DIV SQUAD FLOT/GROUP]
[000 to 359]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . LINE GUIDES (or guides of units indicated) are to form
on the TRUE BEARING indicated from the Guide or
ship indicated at their present interval apart and in their
present sequence.

FORM G
[SUBDIV DIV SQUAD FLOT/GROUP]
[PORT or STBD] [0 to 18] . . . . . . LINE GUIDES (or guides of units indicated) are to form
on the RELATIVE BEARING indicted in tens of de-
grees from the Guide or ship indicated at their present
interval apart and in their present sequence.

4-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

407 MISCELLANEOUS FORM SIGNALS

FORM H [PORT or STBD] . . . . . . . FORM preliminary MCM formation ___ (formation let-
ter f rom ATP 24 following DESIG). Use of
PORT/STBD is optional.

FORM I. . . . .

FORM J . . . .

FORM K . . . . FORM CARTWHEEL/DISPOSITION as indicated (see ATP 1, Vol. I, Chapter

3). Formation/disposition center (unit in station Zero/ZZ if allocated). Sector
identification letter — sector boundaries in true bearing in tens of
degrees — boundary ranges in kiloyards) — unit(s) allocated to sector.

Unless otherwise ordered, CARTWHEEL sectors are as follows:

SECTOR ALFA — 000 to 120 — 6 to 20 kiloyards
SECTOR BRAVO — 120 to 240 — 6 to 20 kiloyards
SECTOR CHARLIE — 240 to 359 — 6 to 20 kiloyards
SECTOR DELTA — 000 to 359 — 0 to 6 kiloyards
Example: FORM K — ZZ c/s PO — Alfa c/s 1A c/s YZ — Bravo c/s AB c/s EJ — Charlie c/s
JK — Delta c/s PO c/s LD — Echo 1420 — 2226 (Helo) c/s 1RO — Foxtrot
2733 — 2226 (Helos) c/s 3PM.

FORM L . . . . RESCUE DESTROYER (RESDES) form astern of carrier by quickest means

____.
1. Regardless of distance
2. At not less than standard distance (carrier altering course to PORT/STBD as indi-
cated) (speed ____)
Example: FORM L2 STBD 25 . . . . . Rescue destroyer (RESDES) form astern of carrier by quick-
est means at not less than standard distance. Carrier altering course to
STBD; speed is 25 kt.

FORM M . . . . FORM DISPOSITION number ____. (See Article 402c.)

FORM N . . . . FORM TYPE FORMATION number ____. (See Article 402b.)

FORM O . . . . FORM LOOSE LINE OF BEARING on bearing ____ IN THE QUICKEST

SEQUENCE on the Guide or ship indicated (course ____) at present distance
(or distance ____ hundred yards). See Figure 1-5A.
RESTRICTION—Wheels and search turns are not permitted when in this for-
mation.
FORMING—Ships are to form at present distance or as indicated, on the
Guide or ship indicated, within 15° of the bearing or its reciprocal, in the
quickest sequence according to their positions relative to her.

4-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

FORM P . . . . ROTATE _____ AXIS to bearing indicated.

1. Antiair warfare
2. Disposition
3. Formation
4. Picket
5. Search

FORM Q . . . .

FORM R . . . . FORM PRE-ORDERED FORMATION. Form pre-ordered formation number/

codeword ____.

FORM S . . . .

FORM T . . . .

FORM U . . . . SHIPS RESUME previous relative bearings and distances from their guides.
Ships move independently.

FORM V . . . . LINE GUIDES RESUME previous relative bearings and distances from the
Guide. Commanders of lines move their lines by signal to take up new stations.

FORM W . . . . RESUME PREVIOUS FORMATION. Line guides resume previous relative

bearings and distances from the Guide. Ships in line resume previous relative
bearings and distances from the line guides. Line commanders direct
movements.

FORM X . . . .

FORM Y [Port or STBD] . . FORM LOOSE LINE ABREAST IN THE QUICKEST SEQUENCE
on the Guide or ship indicated (course ____ ) at present distance
(distance ____ hundred yards). Use of PORT/STBD is optional.
See Figure 1-5A.
Ships are to form at present distance or as indicated, within 15° of
the nearest beam of the Guide or ship indicated, relative to her
course or the course indicated, in the quickest sequence accord-
ing to their positions relative to her.

FORM Z . . . . REMAIN IN PRESENT FORMATION (or disposition) (until ____ ).

4-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

408 INFORMATION SIGNALS

A FORM . . . . FORCE is in DISPOSITION number _____ (I am occupying station _____).

B FORM . . . . FORCE is in FORMATION number _____ (this unit or unit(s) indicated is (are)
occupying station(s) indicated).

C FORM . . . .

D FORM . . . .

E FORM . . . .

F FORM . . . .

G FORM . . . . GUIDE of _____ is _____ (in station _____ or bearing _____ from this unit or
unit indicated distance _____ miles).
1. Disposition
2. Formation
3. This unit or unit indicated

H FORM [PORT or STBD] . . . . . . . MCM angle _____ (letter designator from ATP 24 fol-
lowing DESIG) is degrees to PORT or STBD as
indicated.
Example: H FORM PORT DESIG E 5 . . . . . MCM angle E is 5° to PORT.

I FORM. . . . .

J FORM . . . .

K FORM . . . . FORMATION CENTER bears _____ from the Guide or ship indicated distance
_____ hundred yards.

L FORM . . . .

M FORM [PORT or STBD] . . . . . . . MCM FORMATION. After the turn, take up MCM for-
mation ________ (formation number from ATP 24
following DESIG) to PORT or STBD as indicated.

4-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

N FORM . . . .

O FORM . . . .

P FORM . . . . DIRECTION OF _____ AXIS is bearing indicated.

1. Antiair warfare
2. Disposition
3. Formation
4. Picket
5. Search

Q FORM . . . .

R FORM . . . .

S FORM . . . . SEQUENCE NUMBERS are in order of call signs following.

T FORM . . . .

U FORM . . . .

V FORM . . . .

W FORM . . . .

X FORM . . . .

Y FORM . . . . MAIN BODY is formed as indicated.

(a) Formation number
(b) Formation course
(c) Formation speed
(d) Formation axis (if other than course)
(e) Guide or guide’s station
(f) Assigned stations

Z FORM . . . . MAIN BODY is formed by sector method.

4-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
STATION
STATION
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 5

STATION

500 Instructions
501 Action Signals
502 Information Signals

500 INSTRUCTIONS (See Chapter 1.)

To station a unit is to order it to proceed to a position with reference to the Guide, a geographic position, or
an indicated unit. When ordered, a ship hoists DESIG followed by her station letter(s) and/or numeral(s) by
day to confirm to the OTC that she has correctly interpreted his stationing instructions and to indicate to ad-
jacent ships the position to which she is proceeding. By hauling down, she indicates that she is in station.
a. MAINTAINING TRUE BEARING.
(1) ON ARRIVAL IN STATION, a unit is to maintain the true bearing from its guide or indicated
unit, even though its station may have been ordered by means of a relative bearing or area.
(2) WHEN MAIN BODY ALTERS COURSE WITHOUT SIGNAL to all ships present, stationed
units are to maintain true bearings and distances from the units on which stationed.
(3) UNIT STATIONED BY BEARING FROM A UNIT OF A CIRCULAR FORMATION, rather
than by the circular method, is to maintain true bearing from the unit on which stationed when the forma-
tion axis is rotated, unless otherwise ordered.
b. MANEUVERING REQUIREMENTS.
(1) WHEN THE GUIDE ALTERS COURSE, the alter course signal addressed to all ships present
will instruct stationed units whether they are to maintain true bearings or regain relative bearings.
(2) UNITS AUTOMATICALLY FORM PART OF UNIT ON WHICH STATIONED, for maneu-
vering purposes, when stationed on the unit at or inside the maneuvering interval or within one mile of a
single ship unit.

5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

c. TACTICAL REQUIREMENTS
(1) WHEN A UNIT CONSISTING OF MORE THAN ONE SHIP TAKES STATION, including
one stationed by the circular method, the unit commander is to place his unit in a formation appropriate to
the tactical situation, with the unit guide occupying the indicated station.
(2) WHEN THE OTC SIGNALS A SPECIFIC DUTY, such as “aircraft warning picket,” to am-
plify the stationing signal, the performance of the assigned specific duty takes precedence over accurate
station keeping.
d. EXCHANGING AND CHANGING STATION. When two ships in a formation are ordered to
exchange stations, the rules given under STATION J will apply. When a change in the formation is ordered
that requires only one ship to move to a new station, she is to proceed to her new station by the shortest route
which will not interfere with other ships. When a change in formation is ordered that requires two or more
ships to move to a new station, they are to comply with the rules for exchanging station.

501 ACTION SIGNALS

STATION. . . . TAKE proper or assigned station.

INT STATION . . . . . . . WHAT is your station (or that of ____ )?

STATION (PORT or STBD) (0 to 18) . . TAKE station on RELATIVE bearing indicated in tens
of degrees from the Guide or unit indicated at standard
distance (or at a distance of ____ miles).

STATION (000 to 359) . . . TAKE station on TRUE bearing indicated from the Guide or unit in-
dicated at standard distance (or at a distance of ____ miles).
Example: STATION 045—Cp1p0—5 . . . Take station on true bearing 045° from Cruiser 10 at
distance 5 miles.

STATION (4, 5, or 6 numerals) . . . . . TAKE station on CIRCLE indicated by first numeral(s)

on the bearing, clockwise from formation axis, indi-
cated by last three numerals.

5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

STATION (1 or 2 numerals) or
(DESIG letter(s) and/or
numeral(s). . . . . . . . . . . Take station indicated.
When ordered, ships while proceeding to station will hoist station let-
ter(s) and/or numeral(s) following DESIG.

STATION A . . AHEAD. Take station from the Guide or unit indicated ahead at standard dis-
tance (or at a distance of ____ miles).

STATION B . . ASTERN. Take station from the Guide or unit indicated astern at standard dis-
tance (or at a distance of ____ miles).

STATION C . . VAN. Take station in the van (at distance approximately ____ miles).

STATION D . . REAR. Take station in the rear (at distance approximately ____ miles).

STATION E . . RESUME station.

STATION F. . . SEQUENCE. ____ .

1. Assume sequence number ____ .
2. Assume sequence number ____ and take station accordingly.

STATION G . . SHIP indicated is to TAKE station ____ and when in station is to become
GUIDE.

STATION H . . SHIP indicated is to take GOALKEEPING station on ____ unit indicated. (Con-
trol ship is ____ .)
The goalkeeper ship shall normally be control ship and have responsibil-
ity for maneuvering the protected unit. In exceptional circumstances a
unit other than the goalkeeper may be the control ship; if so “Control
ship is ____ ” shall be added to the signal.

STATION I . . . ADJUST station ____ .

1. To admit ship or unit indicated
2. To close gap in the screen
3. To facilitate signaling with this unit or unit indicated

5-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

STATION J . . . EXCHANGE. Ships indicated exchange stations.

RULES FOR EXCHANGING STATION

1. BOTH SHIPS IN SAME COLUMN. The advanced ship is to haul out to port, the ship in
the rear to starboard. Both ships are then to proceed to their new stations.

2. BOTH SHIPS IN SAME LINE ABREAST OR LINE OF BEARING. When in line abreast,
the ship to port, or when in line of bearing, the after of the two ships, is to move over to a
position astern of the other ship. Both ships are then to proceed to their new stations.

3. EACH SHIP IN DIFFERENT LINE. If the lines are formed with line guides bearing
abeam, the ship in the port line is to pass astern of the ship in the starboard line; if line guides
are bearing astern or are in a line of bearing, the ship in the rear line is to leave the other on the
port hand. If the ship in the rear line is to port of the ship with which she is exchanging
stations, she is to pass astern of the ship in the leading line.

4. SHIPS NOT IN A LINE. With respect to each other, both ships are to act in accordance
with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea.

5. SHIPS IN DIAMOND FORMATION. Ships exchanging stations use rule for both ships in
same column, line abreast or line of bearing, whichever is applicable.

6. LARGE AND SMALL SHIPS. Exchanging station between ships of different size
(large/small) should be avoided if possible because of the difference in future and previous
distances between these and other units. If required to exchange station between ships of
different sizes, the OTC must first order a distance of 1,000 yards for all units. Once this
distance has been achieved, the maneuver can take place. On completion the OTC orders ships
to resume standard distance or previously ordered distance.

STATION K . . MAIN BODY stationing is to be by SECTOR METHOD. Ships indicated take

station in sectors indicated.

STATION L. . . TAKE ____ station on ship assigned or indicated for REPLENISHMENT or

TRANSFER. PORT or STBD may follow.
1. Abeam
2. Alongside
3. Astern
4. Lifeguard (1,000 yards astern unless otherwise indicated)
5. Quarter
6. Standby (300 or 500 yards astern)
7. Standby (400 yards abeam)
8. VERTREP

STATION M . .

5-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

STATION N . . OPEN. MCM ships are to open from the Guide (or ____ ) and take up station.
1. Subdivision guides

STATION O . . MAINTAIN minesweeping station ASTERN of the float of the next ahead (at
range ____ ).

STATION P . . SHIPS MAINTAIN STATION within ____ tens of degrees of ordered bearing
and within ____ hundred yards of ordered distance from the Guide.

STATION Q . .

STATION R . . REPORT when you (or ____ ) are in station.

STATION S . . STATION ASSIGNMENTS. In formation/disposition number ____ , station(s)

____ is (are) to be taken by unit(s) indicated. Each station number is immedi-
ately followed by the call sign of the ship to which it is assigned. When lettered
stations are being assigned, TACK must follow the station letter.
Example: STATION S 40—S1— c/s 4AH—A— c/s 2PT—B— C/s 3ZH ... In formation number
40, station S1 is to be taken by ship whose call sign is 4AH, station A by 2PT,
and station B by 3ZH.

STATION T. . . PICKET STATION. Take ( ____ ) picket station on bearing ____ from screen
center or unit indicated distance ____ miles.
1. AAW
2. ASW
3. SW

STATION U . . REMAIN in your present station.

STATION V . . HOIST your sequence number (or ____ ).

1. Hoist your station number

STATION W . . TAKE LOOSE STATION on carrier (or unit indicated) on Circle 4 (or circle indi-
cated) on approximate bearing ____ , for air defense.
Ship should conform loosely to the carrier’s movements, adjusting her
bearing as necessary to avoid excessive use of high speed, and with
full freedom of maneuver to provide the best missile defense in the
event of an air attack.

5-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

STATION X . . PURPOSE. Take station(s) for purpose indicated. When multiple station assign-
ments are used to amplify the meaning of any of the following suffixes, the
station assignments must be listed in the same sequence as the call signs of
the ships addressed. Sectors may be indicated if desired.
Example: Dp5—Dp8 STATION X 13—1—2Rp2 ... Destroyer 5 take rescue destroyer staton 1
and destroyer 8 take rescue destroyer station 2 on carrier whose call sign
is R2.
1. Antiair warfare protection 11. Picket (station number ____ )
2. Anchoring in formation in 12. Previous instructions
accordance with berthing 13. Rescue destroyer (station
plan. Ships are to take station number ___ ) (unit on which
on the guide. to take station may be
3. Nuclear attack defense indicated)
4. Attack 14. Screening this or unit indicated
5. Communication linking ship 15. Small boat defense
6. Electronic countermeasures 16. Smokelaying
7. Exercise 17. Submarine defense
8. Gain information of the enemy 18. Support of this or unit indciated
9. Guided missile defense 19. Torpedo firing
10. Lifeguard 20. Duty ___ (from Table D).

STATION Y . . AREA. Outer limit of area (indicated by letter following suffix) in ____ group of
approach disposition is to be ____ thousand yards.
1. Right flank
2. Left flank
3. Center
Example: STATION Y2C—20 . . . Outer limit of area C in left flank group is to be 20,000 yards.

STATION Z. . . AREA. Take station in approach disposition area (indicated by letter following
suffix) in ____ group. Disposition is to be ____ thousand yards.
1. Right flank
2. Left Flank
3. Center
Example: STATION Z1E8 . . . Take station in approach disposition area E in right flank group.
Disposition is to be 8,000 yards.

5-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

502 INFORMATION SIGNALS

A STATION . . IN STATION. This unit or unit indicated is in station.

B STATION . . UNABLE TO KEEP STATION. This unit or unit indicated is unable to keep sta-
tion or carry out movements directed (due to ____ ).
1. Breakdown
2. Engineering restrictions
3. Weather

C STATION . .

D STATION . .

E STATION . .

F STATION. . .

G STATION . .

H STATION . .

I STATION . . . SEQUENCE of units from left to right is (or is to be) ____ .

J STATION . . . SEQUENCE of units clockwise from station 1 is (or is to be) ____ .

K STATION . .

L STATION. . .

M STATION . . MY STATION or station of unit indicated is ____ .

5-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

N STATION . .

O STATION . .

P STATION . .

Q STATION . .

R STATION . .

S STATION . .

T STATION. . . UNASSIGNED station number(s) are ____ .

U STATION . . RADIUS of station ____ is to be ____ miles.

V STATION . . MAIN BODY is stationed by SECTOR METHOD.

W STATION . .

X STATION . .

Y STATION . .

Z STATION. . .

5-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
TURN
TURN
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 6

TURN

600 General Instructions

601 Turn of Specified Amount
602 Stopping Turn Short of
Signaled Amount
603 Turn of Unspecified Amount
604 Miscellaneous Turn Signals
605 Evasive Steering
606 Information Signals

600 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

a. REDUCED TACTICAL DIAMETER. Reduced tactical diameter will be used for turns of un-
specified amount and for emergency turns. (The emergency turn signal is to be acted upon as soon as it is
understood.)
b. RESTRICTIONS
1. At night or in low visibility (except in emergencies), formation turns in excess of 90°
should normally be executed in two or more increments by the delayed executive
method.
2. Normally it is inadvisable to exceed 90° when ships having dissimilar turning charac-
teristics are involved.

6-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

601 TURN OF SPECIFIED AMOUNT

The direction of the turn must always be indicated. The side to which the turn is to be made is indicated with
the use of the PORT flag or STBD pennant immediately after TURN. The amount of the turn is indicated in
one of two ways:
1. By three numerals, giving the true course to which the ships are to turn.
2. By one or two numerals, giving in tens of degrees the turn relative to the present
course. The ANSWER pennant may be used to indicate a turn to within 5°.
Consecutive turns by the second method should not be made; after one such turn the next turn should be or-
dered for a specified direction, using three numerals.

TURN [PORT or STBD] [1 to 36] or [000 to 359]. . . . TURN TOGETHER in the direction in-
dicated, the number of tens of degrees
indicated, or to the course indicated.
Example: TURN PORT 3 ANS . . . Ships are to turn together to port 35°.
TURN STBD 125 . . . Ships are to turn together to starboard to course 125°.

602 STOPPING TURN SHORT OF SIGNALED AMOUNT

By Flags

CORPEN (Singly) . . . . . STOP the turn and STEADY on a course which is 20 degrees be-
yond the direction in which the ship is heading at the moment the
signal is understood. (The OTC should then confirm the course to
steer by signal CORPEN A.)

By Radio or Flashing Light

CORPEN C. . . . . . . . . Stop the turn. Steady on course ____ .

603 TURN OF UNSPECIFIED AMOUNT

The PORT flag or STBD pennant, following the TURN pennant, orders ships addressed to turn together an
unspecified amount in the direction indicated, using a reduced tactical diameter. If the direction of the turn
has not been decided, TURN STBD and TURN PORT may be hoisted simultaneously on adjacent hal-
yards. When the direction has been decided, the signal no longer required should be negated. The OTC may
direct, as standard practice in his force, that the TURN pennant is to be omitted.

6-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

By Flags

TURN STBD
Hoisted close up . . . . STAND BY TO TURN TOGETHER to starboard using reduced
tactical diameter.
Dipped . . . . . . . . . TURN TOGETHER to starboard.
Rehoisted close up . . STAND BY to stop turning.
Hauled down. . . . . . STOP the turn. Steady on course 20 degrees beyond that on which
the ship is heading when the signal is hauled down. (The OTC
should then confirm the course on which to steady by signal COR-
PEN A.)

TURN PORT
Hoisted close up . . . . STAND BY TO TURN TOGETHER to port using reduced tactical
diameter.
Dipped . . . . . . . . . TURN TOGETHER to port.
Rehoisted close up . . STAND BY to stop turning.
Hauled down. . . . . . STOP the turn. Steady on course 20 degrees beyond that on which
the ship is heading when the signal is hauled down. (The OTC
should then confirm the course on which to steady by signal COR-
PEN A.)

By Radio or Flashing Light

TURN STBD . . . . . . . . STAND BY TO TURN TOGETHER to starboard using reduced

tactical diameter.
Executive Signal . . . . TURN TOGETHER to starboard.

TURN PORT . . . . . . . . STAND BY TO TURN TOGETHER to port using reduced tactical

diameter.
Executive Signal . . . . TURN TOGETHER to port.

CORPEN C . . STOP THE TURN. Steady on course ____ .

Whistle Signals
Required whistle signals for starting and stopping turns are shown below.

STARTING A TURN Each ship is to sound one short blast on starting a turn to starboard, two
short blasts when starting a turn to port.
STOPPING A TURN Each ship is to sound one prolonged blast when reversing her rudder to
stop a turn.

6-3 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

604 MISCELLANEOUS TURN SIGNALS

TURN A . . . . FLIGHT OPERATIONS (OUT-OF-WIND) (course ____ ) (speed ____ ). Turn to

course for out-of-wind operation of fixed-wing aircraft. The Guide is, at the
same time as altering course, to proceed at the speed required for out-of-wind
flying operations. Direction of turn may be indicated.

TURN B . . . .

TURN C . . . . ALTER COURSE TOGETHER as necessary to carry out maneuver as previ-

ously ordered.

TURN D . . . . RESUME PREVIOUS COURSE together.

TURN E . . . . RESUME BASE COURSE (or course ____ ) together.

TURN F . . . . FLIGHT OPERATIONS. Turn to the course for flight operations. The Guide is,
at the same time as altering course, to proceed at the speed required for flying
operations. Direction of turn may be indicated.

605 EVASIVE STEERING

TURN G . . . .

TURN H . . . . SCREEN SHIPS carry out an INDEPENDENT ZIGZAG (base course ____ ).

TURN I . . . . .

TURN J. . . . . Main body is to alter to the promulgated ASMD course (or ____ ) (by the quick-
est route unless otherwise indicated) and to deploy decoys as appropriate.

Where the course differs from the promulgated ASMD course (i.e., TURN J
020), the in force ASMD course as promulgated by the signal group A
CORPEN does not automatically change.

TURN K . . . . MAIN BODY is to ALTER COURSE to ____ (by the quickest route unless oth-
erwise indicated) to optimize for employment of chaff for confusion.

TURN L . . . . MAIN BODY is to ALTER COURSE ____ (by the quickest route unless other-
wise indicated) to optimize for employment of chaff for distraction and hard kill.

TURN M . . . . MAIN BODY is to ALTER COURSE ____ (by the quickest route unless other-
wise indicated) to optimize for employment of chaff for seduction and hard kill.

TURN N . . . .

TURN O . . . .

6-4 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TURN P . . . .

TURN Q . . . .

TURN R . . . . RESUME PREVIOUS ZIGZAG. Base course is ____ .

TURN S . . . . CEASE ZIGZAGGING and REMAIN ON COURSE being steered when this
signal is executed.

TURN T . . . .

TURN U . . . .

TURN V . . . . RESUME BASE COURSE, SIGNALED SPEED, and ZIGZAG TOGETHER af-
ter aircraft operations. The Guide is, at the time of altering course, to proceed at
the speed in force before flying operations commenced.
If a zigzag was in force before flying operations commenced, the same
zigzag is to be resumed 10 minutes after the execution of the signal.

TURN W . . . . WEAVE. Carry out a ____ . (Base course is ____ .)

1. Narrow weave so as to remain within ____ hundred yards of station.
2. Broad weave so as to remain within 2,000 yards of station.
Weaving will not be used while a short-leg zigzag is in effect, or when the
screen ship’s speed necessary to maintain station will exceed maximum
effective sonar speed. For use in conjunction with a zigzag. See ATP 3.

TURN X . . . . CEASE ZIGZAGGING and RESUME BASE COURSE (or course ____ ). (Re-
sume zigzagging in ____ minutes.)

TURN Y . . . .

TURN Z . . . . ZIGZAG in accordance with plan number/letter ____ (if a lettered plan, DESIG
is to be used). Base course is ____ . (Execution time is ____ . )
On receipt of the execution signal to start zigzagging, or at the time
when the zigzag is due to start or be resumed, ships are to turn to-
gether to the course shown on the diagram for that particular time.

6-5 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

606 INFORMATION SIGNALS

A TURN . . . .

B TURN . . . .

C TURN . . . .

D TURN . . . .

E TURN . . . .

F TURN . . . .

G TURN . . . .

H TURN . . . .

I TURN . . . . .

J TURN. . . . . JOINING INFORMATION is as indicated.

(a) Guide unit
(b) Guide's course
(c) Guide's speed
(d) Stationing speed
(e) Zigzag plan in force
(f) Zigzag base course
(g) Zero time of zigzag
(h) Next alternation of base course is likely to be ____ (course) at ____ (time)

K TURN . . . . ASMD course for confusion will be ____ .

L TURN . . . . ASMD course for distraction will be ____ .

M TURN . . . . ASMD course for seduction will be ____ .

6-6 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

N TURN . . . .

O TURN . . . .

P TURN . . . .

Q TURN . . . .

R TURN . . . .

S TURN . . . .

T TURN . . . .

U TURN . . . .

V TURN . . . .

W TURN . . . .

X TURN [PORT or STBD] . . . . . . . MY RUDDER is left/right as indicated.

Y TURN . . . . CONVOY is carrying out convoy zigzag plan ____ . Zero time is ____ ZULU.
(Base course is ____ .)

Z TURN . . . . FORCE is carrying out zigzag plan ____ . Zero time is ____ . (Base course is
____ .)

6-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

6-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
CORPEN
CORPEN
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 7

CORPEN

700 Instructions
701 Ordering a Wheel
702 Action Signals
703 Information Signals

700 INSTRUCTIONS

See Chapter 1.
a. SINGLE LINE FORMATIONS
(1) WHEELING IN SINGLE COLUMN. The leading ship is to alter to the new course and become
the Guide. Remaining ships are to follow round in her wake. When the leading ship of a column is the
Guide and alters course without signaling the alteration to her column, the remaining ships of the column
are to follow in the wake of the leading ship, unless the leading ship has signaled breakdown, man over-
board, or to disregard her movements. When the leading ship is not the Guide and alters course without
signaling, all other ships in formation should disregard this movement and remain in formation. In such
cases, caution should always be exercised as prescribed by Rule 2b of the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea.
(2) IN COLUMN OPEN ORDER. Upon execution of the signal ordering the wheel, ships are first
to form column at once, without further signal, then carry out the wheel in accordance with paragraph (1).
They are automatically to resume column open order after all ships have completed the wheel.
(3) IN LOOSE LINE OF COLUMN. Upon execution of the signal ordering the wheel, ships in the
line are to turn toward the leading ship of the line and follow her wake to complete the maneuver. On com-
pletion, a loose line of column does not reform automatically unless circumstances make it necessary.

7-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

(4) WHEELING IN SINGLE LINE ABREAST. The pivot ship is to alter to the new course and be-
come the Guide. Remaining ships are to: increase speed as necessary up to stationing speed to complete the
maneuver expeditiously; alter course independently to regain by the most direct route their previous rela-
tive bearings and distances from the pivot ship; and adjust their course and speed to that of the pivot ship.
(5) DIAMOND FORMATION. If a wheel is executed when in diamond formation, the leading ship
is to turn to the new course and become the Guide. Remaining ships are to adjust course and speed to regain
previous relative bearings from the “Guide” expeditiously.
b. MULTIPLE LINE FORMATIONS
(1) SHIPS IN COLUMN WITH LINE GUIDES BEARING ABEAM. The leading ship of the pivot
column is to turn to the new course and become the Guide. Leading ships of the remaining columns are to
alter course independently to resume their previous relative bearings and distances from the Guide by the
most direct route. The speed of the remaining columns is to be increased by signal from each column com-
mander to one knot less than stationing speed. Remaining ships are to follow the leading ship of their
column. The subsequent reduction of speed of each column to that of the pivot column is to be ordered by
signal by each column commander.
(2) SHIPS IN LINE ABREAST WITH LINE GUIDES BEARING ASTERN. The Guide changes
to the pivot ship on execution of the signal. The leading line is to alter course as described in paragraph a(4).
Each succeeding line is to alter course in a similar manner, in the same water as that in which the leading
line wheeled. At the appropriate moment each line commander will order his line to wheel.
(3) ADJUSTING SPEED OF PIVOT. At the same time that the OTC orders the wheel, he may re-
duce the speed of the pivot ship or pivot column, to expedite the completion of the maneuver. This
reduction is effected by ordering a new signaled speed, which remains in force until otherwise ordered. If
the speed is reduced when in column with line guides bearing abeam, all ships of the pivot column are to
proceed at the new signaled speed at the same time as the Guide. In line abreast with line guides bearing
astern, all lines except the leading line are to proceed at the new signaled speed at the same time as the
Guide.

7-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

701 ORDERING A WHEEL

The direction of the wheel must always be indicated. The side to which the wheel is to be made is indicated
with the use of the PORT flag or STBD pennant immediately after CORPEN. The amount of the wheel is
indicated in one of two ways:
1. By three numerals, giving the true course to which the wheel is to be made.
2. By one or two numerals, giving the number of tens of degrees ships are to wheel rela-
tive to the present course. The ANSWER pennant can be used to indicate a wheel to
within 5°.
a. RESTRICTIONS. Wheels are not to be carried out when ships are in a circular formation or
formed on a line of bearing, or when the line guides are neither astern nor abeam of one another, except that
each line may be ordered to wheel simultaneously. A wheel is limited for certain formations:
1. WHEN SHIPS ARE IN SINGLE COLUMN, the wheel is not to exceed 180°.
2. WHEN SHIPS ARE IN SINGLE LINE ABREAST OR IN MULTIPLE LINE FOR-
MATION, the wheel is not to exceed 90° and is to be limited so that units do not become
unduly close during the maneuver.
3. WHEN SHIPS ARE IN DIAMOND FORMATION, the wheel is not to exceed 30°.
b. CAUTION. A ship turning outside the wake should not swing beyond the new course, but should
remain steadied parallel to the line on the new course. She should then wait until the ship next astern has
completed the wheel, before gradually regaining station. A ship turning inside the wake may ease her rud-
der as soon as the mistake becomes apparent, but it must be realized that a reduction in speed will probably
be necessary to avoid coming dangerously close to the ship next ahead.

CORPEN [PORT or STBD] [1 to 18] or [000 to 359] . . . Alter course by WHEELING in the di-
rection indicated, the number of tens
of degrees indicated, or to the course
indicated.
Example: CORPEN PORT 9 . . . Alter course by wheeling to port 90°.
CORPEN STBD 130 . . . Alter course by wheeling to starboard to course 130°.

7-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

702 ACTION SIGNALS

INT CORPEN. . . . . . . . WHAT is your course (and speed)?

CORPEN . . . . STOP the turn and STEADY on a course which is 20 degrees beyond the direc-
tion in which the ship is heading at the moment the signal is understood. (The
OTC should then confirm the course on which to steady by signal CORPEN A.)

When a simple turn-together or wheel does not meet the requirements of the OTC, a special method is sig-
naled by the CORPEN pennant followed by an alphabetical flag and three numerals as set out below. When
carrying out the meaning of these signals, course is to be altered the shortest way. If it is necessary to spec-
ify the direction of the alteration, the STBD pennant or PORT flag is to follow the three numerals.

CORPEN A. . . STEER COURSE ____ .

CORPEN B. . . BASE COURSE. Adjust base course to ____ .

Not to be used with adjustments over 10°. Change of course is ab-
sorbed and relative stations regained without stopping evasive
steering.

CORPEN C . . STOP THE TURN. Steady on course ____ .

CORPEN D . . WHEEL SIMULTANEOUSLY. Each line (or unit indicated) wheel simultane-
ously to course ____ .
Each line or unit designated is to wheel simultaneously to the new
course. On completion of the maneuver, ships in each line will be in
their former relative positions, and line guides will have maintained
their true bearings and intervals from the Guide. If line guides are
at less than maneuvering interval apart, wheels in this manner are to
be limited so that lines do not become unduly close during the maneu-
ver. The restrictions on wheeling (Article 701a) apply to each line
separately.

CORPEN E. . . STEER SAFETY COURSE ( ____ ).

CORPEN F. . . ALTER COURSE to ____ (at ____ ). Units are to maintain true bearings and
distances from the Guide (or ____ ).
At the time ordered, single ship units are to turn individually to the
new course. Remaining units are to turn to the new course as directed
by their unit commanders, who have discretion as to the method of al-
tering the course of their units and their resulting formation.

7-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

When ships in circular formation are to alter course with units maintaining relative bearings, the course is
altered to the new course and the formation axis rotated the same number of degrees in the same direction.
Altering course and rotating the axis may be done successively or simultaneously. If done successively,
course may be altered by a turn-together or by CORPEN F; the axis should then be rotated to conform with
the maximum of 60° in one step. If done simultaneously, course may be altered with the rotation of the for-
mation axis the same number of degrees in the same direction by CORPEN G, or to the same true direction
by CORPEN H.

CORPEN G . . ALTER COURSE to ____ (at ____ ) and ROTATE the formation axis the SAME
NUMBER OF DEGREES and in the same direction as the alteration of course.
Note: See instructions under CORPEN H.

CORPEN H . . ALTER COURSE to ____ (at ____ ) and ROTATE the formation axis to the
SAME TRUE DIRECTION.
The Guide is to turn to the new course. Single ship units are to alter
course and speed individually; remaining units are to proceed by or-
der of their unit commanders. All units regain:
1. Their previous relative bearings and distances from the Guide
on the new course, if the axis is rotated the same number of degrees
in the same direction (CORPEN G).
2. Their stations relative to the new formation axis on the new
course, if the axis is rotated to the same true direction (CORPEN
H).
Alteration of course and axis simultaneously is not to exceed 60° in
one step. Simultaneous alteration of course and formation axis should
not be carried out at night or in low visibility.

CORPEN I . . .

CORPEN J . . . ALTER COURSE to ____ (at ____ ). Units are to maintain relative bearings
and distances from the Guide.
At the time ordered, the Guide is to turn to the new course; remaining
units are to regain their relative bearings and distances from the
Guide. Single ship units are to proceed independently; remaining units
by order of their unit commanders. This method may be used when
ships are not in a circular formation.

7-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CORPEN K. . . ALTER COURSE. The Guide is to alter course to ____ (at ____ ) (on arrival in
position ____ ). Remaining units are to conform.
Units with stations on the Guide’s line of advance, either ahead or
astern, are to alter course on passing through the position where the
Guide alters course. Units not on the Guide’s line of advance, on arri-
val abeam of the point where the Guide alters course, are to proceed
to their stations relative to the new course. Single ship units are to pro-
ceed independently, remaining units by order of their unit
commanders. This method is not to be used when in a circular forma-
tion. If evasive steering is being carried out, the OTC should order the
formation to stop evasive steering and resume the base course before
the most advanced unit is due to alter course.

CORPEN L [PORT or STBD] . . . . . . ALTER COURSE in the direction indicated to ____ in

accordance with Standard Track Turn Method number
____ (from ATP 24 preceded by DESIG).

CORPEN M . . COURSE AND SPEED through the WATER (CSW). Make course ____ (and
speed ____ ) good through the water.

CORPEN N . . REPLENISHMENT UNITS alter course when ordered by their control ship(s)
to ____ degrees PORT/STBD as indicated in ____ steps. Use ANSWER for 5°
steps, ONE for 10° steps, ONE ANSWER for 15° steps, or TWO for 20°
steps.
Ships not in replenishment units are to preserve true bearings and dis-
tances from the formation guide. Ships in replenishment units alter
course as directed by their control ship(s) so as to preserve relative
bearings and distances from their replenishment unit guide. Replenish-
ment unit guide will not change during the course alteration(s).
Example: CORPEN N 230 PORT ANSWER . . . Alter course to PORT to a course of 230° in 5°
steps.

Procedure
WHEN ORDERED OR REQUIRED TO ALTER COURSE, THE CONTROL SHIP
EXECUTES THE ALTERATION USING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.

1. The control ship orders a CORPEN N to the replenishment unit, as described above.
2. On receipt of the signal CORPEN N, ships replenishing alongside and/or astern re-
port BF to the control ship when ready to commence the alteration. (BF is also required
from the replenishment unit guide if he is not the control ship.) When the ships replenish-
ing have reported READY, the control ship will alter the course of its replenishment unit
by using Method A, B, or C, as in the example following.
3. Ships in waiting/lifeguard station will not report BF but will follow in order to pre-
serve relative bearings and distances from the replenishment unit guide.
4. As applicable, on reaching the new course the control ship reports completion of al-
teration to the OTC.

7-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EXAMPLES FOR SIGNAL CORPEN N

Method ALFA (Bridge-Bridge Telephone) or Method BRAVO (Voice Radio)

Control Ship(s) Ships Replenishing Replenishment Unit Guide(s)

Immediate Execute
CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2,
I Say Again . . .
Standby, Execute, Over Roger, Out Roger, Out
Sound appropriate turning blast(s)

BF BF (When not control ship)

Immediate Execute
CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2
I Say Again . . .
Standby, Execute, Over Roger, Out Roger, Out
Sound appropriate turning blast(s)

BF BF (When not control ship)

Method CHARLIE (V/S — Flags by Day)

CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2 Close Up ANS Close Up (when ready) ANS Close up (when ready)

CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2 Dipped (Execu- ANS Dipped ANS Dipped
tive Signal) Sound appropriate turning blast(s)

CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2 Close Up ANS Close Up (when ready) ANS Close Up (when ready)

CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2 Hauled Down ANS Hauled Down ANS Hauled Down
(Executive Signal for Final Al- Sound appropriate turning blast(s)
teration)

Method CHARLIE (V/S — Light by Night)

IX BT CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2
IMI . . .
BT IX IX ___ 5 second dash IX IX ___ 5 second dash IX IX ___ 5 second dash
Sound appropriate turning blast(s)

BF BF

IX BT CORPEN STBD/PORT
ANS/1/1 ANS/2
IMI . . .
BT IX IX ___ 5 second dash IX IX ___ 5 second dash IX IX ___ 5 second dash
Sound appropriate turning blast(s)

BF BF

7-7 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CORPEN O . . DELAY EXECUTION OF WHEEL ordered by higher authority and execute on

my executive signal.

CORPEN P. . . GUIDE steer course ____ .

CORPEN Q . . DISPOSITION COURSE. Disposition is to steer course ____ .

CORPEN R . .

CORPEN S. . . SEARCH TURN. Alter the direction of the search to course ____ (at ____ ).
The wing ship on the side away from the direction of the new course is
to turn to the course indicated and become the Guide. The remaining
ships are to continue their course, each one turning in sequence, so
that on completion of her turn she will be on the beam of the Guide on
the new course. For large alterations when in loose line abreast, the
OTC should consider ordering ships to reform in line abreast before
executing the search turn. Ships in line abreast must be at least 1,000
yards apart; those in loose line abreast must be at least 1,500 yards
apart. Ships of ocean minesweeper size and smaller may conduct
search turns when the distance between ships is 500 yards. The altera-
tion must be not less than 45° nor more than 135°.

CORPEN T. . .

CORPEN U . . MAINTAIN PRESENT COURSE (or course ____ ) (until ____ ).

CORPEN V. . . ALTER COURSE by wheeling to ____ (at ____ ) without further signal and re-
sume zigzag. The base course is automatically changed to the new course.
The main body is to wheel to the course ordered at the time ordered. If
zigzagging, all ships are to turn together to the original base course 5
minutes before the time of alteration, and the same zigzag is to be re-
sumed 10 minutes after the time of execution of the signal.

CORPEN W . .

CORPEN X. . . ALTER course to ____ (at ____ ). Screen units stationed by the sector method
continue to patrol their sectors.

CORPEN Y. . .

CORPEN Z. . .

7-8 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

703 INFORMATION SIGNALS

A CORPEN. . . Force ASMD COURSE is ____ .

B CORPEN. . . BASE COURSE is ____ .

C CORPEN . .

D CORPEN . . AIRCRAFT. Estimated course for out-of-wind operation of fixed-wing aircraft is

____ (speed ____ ).

E CORPEN. . . SAFETY COURSE is ____ .

F CORPEN. . . AIRCRAFT. Estimated flight operations course for impending aircraft opera-
tion is ____ (speed ____ ).

G CORPEN . . GUIDE’S COURSE is ____ (or is altering to ____ ) (Guide’s speed is ____ ).

H CORPEN . . INTEND ALTERING COURSE to ____ (at ____ ).

I CORPEN . . .

J CORPEN . . . BASE COURSE will be ____ (when the Guide passes the point indicated).

K CORPEN. . . COURSE is ____ .

L CORPEN . . . TRACK COURSE is ____ .

M CORPEN . . MY (or unit indicated) COURSE is ____ (my speed is ____ ).

7-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

N CORPEN . .

O CORPEN . .

P CORPEN. . . I AM ADJUSTING MY COURSE to ____ (speed to ____ ).

Q CORPEN . .

R CORPEN . . REPLENISHMENT COURSE is ____ (speed is ____ ).

S CORPEN. . .

T CORPEN. . . THROW OFF COURSE is ____ .

U CORPEN . .

V CORPEN. . .

W CORPEN . . MANEUVER ordered to be carried out at ____ is to be executed at that time

without further signaling. Unit commanders are to issue necessary instructions
in advance.

X CORPEN [PORT or STBD]. . . . . . I AM ABOUT TO ALTER COURSE to PORT or STBD

as indicated ( ____ tens of degrees) (or to course ____ ).
Note: If course change does not occur, signal must be negated.

Y CORPEN. . .

Z CORPEN. . . CONVOY COURSE is ____ (speed ____ ).

7-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
SPEED
SPEED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 8

SPEED

800 Action Signals

801 Information Signals
802 Speed Flag Indicators

800 ACTION SIGNALS

INT SPEED . . WHAT is your speed?

SPEED . . . . . GUIDE PROCEED at speed ____ ; other ships proceed as necessary to main-
tain station.

SPEED 0 . . . . GUIDE is to STOP engines; other ships proceed as necessary to maintain sta-
tion.

SPEED A. . . . STOP ship by REVERSING engines.

SPEED B. . . . PROCEED at BEST SPEED. Units addressed proceed at the highest suitable
speed in the current circumstances or conditions. (Speed is at the discretion of
the commanding officer of addressed unit.)

SPEED C. . . . CAVITATION speed. Proceed at ____ cavitation speed.

1. Above
2. Below

SPEED D. . . . DECREASE speed by ____ knots.

SPEED E. . . . ZIGZAG speed. Carry out speed changes between ____ and ____ .
Two numeral groups separated by TACK indicate:
First group . . . Low speed
Second group . . . High speed

SPEED F . . . . SPEED CHANGES. Carry out frequent speed changes between ____ knots
and optimum sonar speed.

8-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SPEED G . . . GUIDE proceed at speed ____ upon passing point indicated.

SPEED H. . . . PROCEED at speed ____ .

SPEED I . . . . INCREASE speed by ____ knots.

SPEED J . . . .

SPEED K. . . . FLAGS. Show speed flags.

SPEED L . . . . REPLENISHMENT UNITS alter speed when ordered by control ships to ____
knots in ____ steps. Use ANSWER for 0.5-knot steps or ONE for 1-knot steps,
etc.
Ships not in replenishment units are to alter speed similarly, preserv-
ing true bearings and distances from the formation guide. Ships in
replenishment unit(s) preserve relative bearings and distances from
unit guide.

Procedure
When ordered or required to alter speed, the control ship executes the alteration using the following
procedure:

1. The control ship orders a speed L to the replenishment unit, as described above.

2. On receipt of the signal speed L, ships replenishing alongside and/or astern report BF to the
control ship when ready to commence the alteration. (BF is also required from the
replenishment unit guide if he is not the control ship.) When the ships replenishing have
reported ready, the control ship will alter speed of its replenishment unit by using method A, B,
or C, as in the example following.

3. Ships in waiting/lifeguard station will not report BF but will follow in order to preserve
relative bearings and distances from the replenishment unit guide.

4. As applicable, on reaching the new speed the control ship reports completion of the
alteration to the OTC.

8-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EXAMPLE FOR THE EXECUTIVE SIGNAL SPEED L

Method Alfa (Telephone/Loudhailer) or Method Bravo (Voice/Radio)

Control Ship Ships Replenishing Guide of Replenishment Unit

Immediate Execute
Speed 15, I say again . . .
Speed 15, Stand by . . .
Execute, Over Roger out Roger out

BF BF (When not control ship)

Immediate Execute
Speed 16, I say again . . .
Speed 16, Stand by . . .
Execute, Over Roger out Roger out

BF BF (When not control ship)

Method Charlie (V/S — Flags by Day)

Speed INDIA/DELTA ANS/1

Close up ANS Close up (When ready) ANS Close up (When ready)

Speed INDIA/DELTA ANS/1 ANS Dipped (Increase or de-

Dipped (Executive signal) ANS Dipped crease speed 1/2 or 1 knot)

Speed INDIA/DELTA ANS/1

Close up ANS Close up (When ready) ANS Close up (When ready)

Speed INDIA/DELTA ANS/1

Hauled down (Executive ANS Hauled down (Final increase
signal for final speed or decrease of speed 1/2
alteration) ANS Hauled down or 1 knot)

Method Charlie (V/S — Light by Night)

IX BT SPEED 15 IMI
SPEED 15, IXIX followed
by 5 seconds dash IXIX followed by 5 seconds dash IXIX followed by 5 seconds dash

BF BF

IX BT SPEED 16 IMI
SPEED 16, IXIX followed
by 5 seconds dash IXIX followed by 5 seconds dash IXIX followed by 5 seconds dash

BF BF

8-3 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SPEED M . . . MAXIMUM speed. Proceed at maximum speed (or ____ ).

1. With present engineering configuration.

SPEED N. . . . NORMAL speed. Proceed at normal speed (or ____ ).

1. One-third normal speed
2. Two-thirds normal speed

SPEED O . . . ECONOMICAL speed. Proceed at economical speed for your unit.

SPEED P. . . . SONAR speed. Proceed at ____ sonar speed.

1. Maximum
2. Optimum

SPEED Q . . . DISPOSITION speed. Disposition is to proceed at speed ____ .

SPEED R. . . . REDUCE speed ____ (to ____ knots).

1. To avoid damage
2. To stream/recover astern fueling rig

SPEED S. . . . STOP ENGINES.

SPEED T . . . . MASKING. Use turn count masking or differentiate propeller revolutions.

SPEED U. . . . SAFE speed. Follow at safe speed.

SPEED V. . . . STEERAGEWAY speed. Proceed at steerageway speed.

SPEED W . . . STATIONING speed. Proceed at stationing speed.

SPEED X. . . . OPERATIONAL speed. Proceed at operational speed.

SPEED Y. . . . STREAMING speed. Proceed at streaming speed and stream sweep required
(or equipment taken from Table Y).

SPEED Z . . . .

8-4 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

801 INFORMATION SIGNALS

A SPEED. . . . SCREEN speed is ____ .

Two numeral groups separated by TACK indicate:
First group . . . Lower limits of speeds to be used
Second group . . . Upper limits of speeds to be used

B SPEED. . . . BASE speed is ____ .

C SPEED. . . . MAXIMUM speed (or ____ ) which can be maintained by this unit or unit indi-
cated is ____ .
1. Without cavitation

D SPEED. . . . CHANGING speed. I am ____ speed (to ____ knots).

1. Decreasing
2. Increasing

E SPEED. . . . ENEMY speed is ____ .

Two numeral groups separated by TACK indicate limits between which
enemy is expected to proceed.

F SPEED . . . . LAUNCHING or RECOVERY speed. Speed for impending launching or recov-

ery of aircraft is ____ .

G SPEED . . . GUIDE’S speed is ____ .

H SPEED. . . . MY ENGINES are turning ____ (List A) at ( _____ (List B)).

List A ListB
1. Ahead A. Full power
2. Astern B. Half power
C. Quarter power

I SPEED . . . . OPERATIONAL speed will be required at ____ .

J SPEED . . . . FUEL at present speed (or ____ ) will last ____ hours.

K SPEED. . . . ZIGZAG speed is ___ .

Two numeral groups separated by TACK indicate:
First group . . . Low speed
Second group . . . High speed

L SPEED . . . . LOGSPEED. My (or unit indicated) LOGSPEED is ____ .

8-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M SPEED . . . MY (or unit indicated) speed is ____ .

N SPEED. . . . NORMAL speed is ____ .

O SPEED . . . SEARCH speed is ____ .

Two numeral groups separated by TACK indicate:
First group . . . Speed down the convoy
Second group . . . Speed up the convoy

P SPEED. . . . SONAR speed. My ____ (List A) ( ____ ) (List B) sonar speed is ____ .
List A List B
1. Maximum A. Active (hull-mounted)
2. Optimum B. Active (towed)
C. Passive (hull-mounted)
D. Passive (towed)

Q SPEED . . . SAFE MCM speed. Safe minimum (or ____ ) speed over the ground is ____ .
1. Maximum

R SPEED. . . . REPLENISHMENT speed is ____ .

S SPEED. . . . STATIONING speed is ____ .

T SPEED . . . . MAXIMUM speed of ____ can be maintained on present course (or on course
____ ) without risk of damage.

U SPEED. . . . Speeds in excess of ____ will not be required during the night (or until time indi-
cated).

V SPEED. . . . MAXIMUM (or ____ ) speed of this or indicated ship is ____ .

1. Economical

W SPEED . . . Speed which can be maintained with present engineering configuration is ____ .
1. Maximum
2. Minimum

X SPEED. . . . OPERATIONAL speed is ____ .

Y SPEED. . . . STREAMING (or ____ ) speed is ____ .

1. Recovering
2. Sweeping
3. Turning

Z SPEED . . . . CONVOY speed is ____ .

8-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

802 SPEED FLAG INDICATORS

Flag Indication Normally Meaning

Displayed
0 Ship is stopped.
01, 02, etc., to 09 SHIP SPEED IN AT DIP, on signal hal- Ship is proceeding at 1,
KNOTS yard 2, etc., to 9 knots as in-
dicated.
10, 11, etc. Ship is proceeding at
10, 11, etc. knots.

Note
Speed at which the ship is proceeding may also be indicated by small numeral flags displayed
from the navigation bridge. In this case speeds from 1 to 9 knots may be indicated by single flags.

8-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
SCREEN
SCREEN
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 9

SCREEN

900 Instructions
901 Action Signals
902 Information Signals

900 INSTRUCTIONS

a. SCREEN CENTER. The point on which screen units are stationed, normally QQ or ZZ, unless
otherwise signaled.
b. TYPES OF SCREEN.
1. Sector screen.
2. Grid departure/entry screen.
3. Helicopter windline screen.
4. Screen for damaged ships.
c. HELICOPTERS IN THE SCREEN. When sectors, stations, or patrol lines are assigned to un-
specified helicopters, DESIG H shall be signaled in place of the call sign.

9-1 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

901 ACTION SIGNALS

SCREEN A . . . RESUME PREVIOUS SECTOR.

SCREEN B . . .

SCREEN C. . .

SCREEN D. . . FORM ____ DEPARTURE SCREEN (at ____ ).

1. SECTOR. Screen center is at bearing ____ from harbor reference point indicated fol-
lowing DESIG, distance ____ miles.
2. GRID. Grid reference position is prominent landmark or geographic position indicated
following DESIG and is in grid quadrant ____ at grid position ____ . Harbor reference
point indicated following DESIG is at grid position ____ . Grid position is signaled by two
groups of three numerals each separated by TACK.
Examples: SCREEN D1–260 DESIG X 2–18 ANS . . . . . Form sector screen at 1830. Screen cen-
ter is at 260° from point X, distance 2 miles.
SCREEN D2 DESIG Lighthouse WHITE 200–200 DESIG X 202–215 . . . . . Form grid
departure screen. Grid reference position is lighthouse at WHITE 200 TACK
200. Point X is at 202 TACK 215.

SCREEN E . FORM ____ ENTRY SCREEN (at ____ ).

1. SECTOR. Screen center is at bearing ____ from harbor reference point indicated fol-
lowing DESIG, distance ____ miles.
2. GRID. Grid reference position is prominent landmark or geographic position indicated
following DESIG and is in grid quadrant ____ at grid position ____ . Harbor reference
point indicated following DESIG is at grid position ____ . Grid position is signaled by two
groups of three numerals each separated by TACK.

SCREEN F . . .

SCREEN G. . .

9-2 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Note

Screen G - Skeleton Screen Diagram deleted by Change 2

9-3 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SCREEN H . . FORM ____ SCREEN (screen center ____) (base course ____) (base speed
____ ).
1. Sector
2. Helicopter windline
3. Integrated

SCREEN I . . . SCREEN THIS UNIT or unit indicated (against ____ attack). Type of attacking
unit may be indicated from Table F or V.
1. Aircraft
2. Missile
3. Submarine
4. Surface vessel
5. Torpedo

SCREEN J . . ADJUST STATION ____ .

1. To admit unit indicated
2. To close the gap in the screen

SCREEN K . . FORM SECTOR SCREEN. Screen center is ____ . Ship or helicopter indi-
cated take sector indicated.
BOUNDARIES — Sector boundaries are ordered by a group of four numerals. First two
numerals indicate true bearing of left and second two numerals indicate true bearing of
right boundary of the sector in tens of degrees. ANSWER may be used to indicate an in-
crement of 5 degrees.
DEPTH — Sector depth is ordered by a group of four numerals. First two numerals indi-
cate the inner and the second two numerals indicate the outer limits of the sector in
thousands of yards from screen center. ANSWER may be used to indicate increments of
500 yards.
Example: SCREEN K–QQ–20 ANS 33 ANS – 02 ANS 07 DESIG H . . . . Form sector screen.
Screen center is the center of the front of the main body. Helicopter take sec-
tor between 205° and 335° true and between 2,500 and 7,000 yards from
screen center.

SCREEN L . . TAKE SCREEN STATION ____ while this unit or unit indicated is absent.

9-4 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SCREEN M . . TAKE STATION within your sector as indicated:

1. Center of sector
2. Bearing ____ range ____ from the Guide
3. Clockwise half of sector
4. Counterclockwise half of sector
5. Outer half of sector
6. Inner half of sector

SCREEN N . . SCREEN AHEAD of main body or convoy or unit indicated (on MLA ____ ).

SCREEN O. . . TAKE SCREEN SECTOR, AREA, STATION, or PATROL LINE indicated.

Examples: SCREEN O – 0307 – 0515 c/s 3TP . . . . . Ship whose call sign is 3TP take screen sec-
tor between 030° and 070° true and between 5,000 and 15,000 yards from
screen center.
SCREEN O DESIG BLUE – 012 – 096 – 53 c/s 3TP . . . . . Ship whose call sign is 3TP take screen
area with southwest corner in grid position BLUE 012 – 096, size 5 miles
easting, 3 miles northing.
SCREEN O – A4 c/s 3TP . . . . . Ship whose call sign is 3TP take station 4,000 yards ahead of the
center of the front of the convoy.
SCREEN O – D4E4 c/s 3TP . . . . . Ship whose call sign is 3TP take patrol line between 30° and
60° on starboard bow of convoy at 4,000 yards.

SCREEN P . . . SHIFT ____ (List A) BOUNDARIES of sector assigned, ____ tens of degrees,
____ (List B).
RESTRICTION: Shifting of sector boundaries is not to exceed 90 de-
grees in one step when both boundaries are changed.
List A List B
1. Left A. Clockwise
2. Right B. Counterclockwise
3. Both
Examples: SCREEN P3 – 3A . . . . . Shift both boundaries of sector assigned 30° clockwise.
SCREEN P1 – 2B . . . . . Shift left boundary of sector assigned 20° counterclockwise.

SCREEN Q . . CHANGE ____ (List A) LIMITS of sector assigned ____ (List B) screen center
____ thousand yards.
RESTRICTION: Changes in sector limits are to be at least 1,000 yards.
List A List B
1. Inner A. Away from
2. Outer B. Towards
3. Inner and Outer
Example: SCREEN Q1 – B2 . . . . . Change inner limit of sector assigned towards screen center
2,000 yards.

9-5 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SCREEN R. . . FORM PRE-ORDERED SCREEN. Form pre-ordered screen number/code-

word ____ .

SCREEN S . . . SCREENING HELICOPTERS are to ____ .

1. Proceed directly to new station
2. Remain in present station until ordered to a new station

SCREEN T . . PICKETS ( ____ ) are to be stationed on bearing ____ from screen center or
unit indicated distance ____ miles. Number of pickets may be indicated by nu-
meral following DESIG.
1. AAW
2. ASW
3. SW

SCREEN U . . CEASE PATROLLING.

SCREEN V . . RESUME PATROLLING.

SCREEN W . . BULGE THE SCREEN.

SCREEN X . . REFORM THE PRESENT TYPE OF SCREEN in sector indicated.

Example: SCREEN X – 0310 – 0515 . . . . . Reform the present type of screen between 030° and
100° true at a distance between 5,000 and 15,000 yards from screen center.

SCREEN Y . . .

SCREEN Z . . PATROL YOUR STATIONS.

9-6 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

902 INFORMATION SIGNALS

A SCREEN . . .

B SCREEN . . . SCREENED SECTOR. Main body or convoy or unit indicated is screened in

sector indicated (on MLA ____ ).

C SCREEN . .

D SCREEN . . DEPARTURE SCREEN is the screen formed.

E SCREEN . . ENTRY SCREEN is the screen formed.

F SCREEN . . .

G SCREEN. . .

H SCREEN . . SCREEN FORMED is ____ screen.

1. Sector
2. Helicopter windline
3. Integrated

I SCREEN . . . SCREENED UNIT. This unit or unit indicated is screened (against ____ at-
tack). Type of attacking unit may be indicated from Table F or V.
1. Aircraft
2. Missile
3. Submarine
4. Surface vessel
5. Torpedo

J SCREEN . . SEQUENCE OF SCREEN UNITS clockwise from MLA is as indicated.

K SCREEN . . SECTOR SCREEN is formed. Screen center is ____ . Ship or helicopter indi-
cated is in sector indicated.

L SCREEN . . SCREEN CENTER is ____ .

1. ZZ
2. QQ
3. Unit indicated
4. Harbor reference point indicated following DESIG
5. Bearing ____ from harbor reference point indicated following DESIG,
distance ____ miles
6. Grid position indicated following DESIG
7. Geographic position indicated following DESIG
8. Bearing ____ from center of the force or unit indicated, range ____
hundred yards

9-7 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M SCREEN . . SCREEN UNITS. The number of ships assigned to the screen is ____ and the
number of helicopters (suffixed by H) is ____ .

N SCREEN . . SCREEN STATIONS. The number of assigned screen sectors, stations, or pa-
trol lines is ____ .

O SCREEN. . .

P SCREEN . . .

Q SCREEN. . .

R SCREEN. . .

S SCREEN . . .

T SCREEN . . PICKETS ( ____ ) are stationed on bearing ____ from screen center or unit in-
dicated distance ____ miles. Number of pickets may be indicated by numeral
following DESIG.
1. AAW
2. ASW
3. SW

U SCREEN. . .

V SCREEN . . .

W SCREEN . . SCREEN IS BULGED

X SCREEN . . .

Y SCREEN . . .

Z SCREEN . . .

9-8 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AAW
AA
AAW
AA
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 10

ANTIAIR WARFARE

1000 AAW Signals

1001 AAW ACTION TABLE

1000 AAW SIGNALS

AA1 . . . . . ENGAGING. I am engaging (with ___ ) (DESIG followed by track identity).

1. Fighter-launched weapons
2. Long-range SAMs
3. Medium-range SAMs
4. Short-range SAMs
5. Guns
6. Jammers

AA2 . . . . . FRIENDLY AIRCRAFT detected bearing ____ (distance ____ miles).

AA3 . . . . . IDENTIFICATION SAFETY RANGE (ISR) is standard (or ____ miles).

AA4 . . . . . SAFETY SECTOR. Safety sector(s) for friendly aircraft is (are) as indicated:
(a) Number designator
(b) Origin
(c) Limiting range in miles
(d) Center bearing
(d) Width of sector in miles (2 digits) or degrees (3 digits)
(f) Limiting altitude
(g) Time
Example: AA4—1 DESIG ZZ—60—120—020—50—20T08 . . . Safety sector for friendly air-
craft is number 1, origin in the center of the force, limiting range 60 miles,
center bearing 120°, width 20°, limiting altitude 5,000 feet, and is activated
from 0800 to 2000.

10-1 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AA5 . . . . . THREAT ASSESSMENT. The threat assessed is ____ .

1. Air-launched missiles
2. ASM-carrying aircraft
3. Free-fall bombs
4. Missile-armed FPBs
5. Nuclear
6. Non-nuclear
7. Reconnaissance aircraft
8. Rocket-firing aircraft
9. Ship-launched missiles
10. Submarine-launched missiles
11. Torpedo bombers

AA6 . . . . . THREAT SECTOR. Threat is ( ____ ) from sector ____ .

1. High
2. Medium
3. Low
4. Very low
Example: AA6—1—2529 . . . Threat is high from sector between 250° and 290° true.

AA7 . . . . . WEAPON COORDINATION method in force is ____ coordination.

1. Area
2. Zone

AA8 . . . . . THREAT OPINTEL. The assessed threat by (DESIG aircraft/missile) from

(DESIG direction), assessed time on top (DESIG time).

AA9 . . . . .

AA10 . . . .

10-2 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FLAG 7
ACTION
TABLE
FLAG 7
ACTION
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1001 AAW ACTION TABLE

The numerical flag indicator for the table (flag 7) may be left flying in a superior position when
successive signals from the same table are being made.

7A . . . . . .

7B . . . . . .

7C . . . . . . CEASE fire.

7D . . . . . .

7E . . . . . . ENGAGE. Engage ( ____ List A) (with ____ List B).

List A List B
1. Center missile/aircraft A. Fighter-launched weapons
2. Left-hand missile/aircraft B. Long-range SAMs
3. Missile/aircraft bearing ____ C. Medium-range SAMs
4. Right-hand missile/aircraft D. Short-range SAMS
5. Track number following DESIG E. Guns
F. Jammers
Example: 7E2C . . . . . Engage left-hand missile/aircraft with medium-range SAMs.

7F . . . . . . WEAPONS FREE (on/in ____ ).

1. Bearing ____
2. Sector ____
3. Until time ____

7G . . . . . .

7H . . . . . . HOLD FIRE (on/in ____ ).

1. Bearing ____
2. Sector ____
3. Track number or position ____
4. Until time ____

7I . . . . . .

10-3 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

7J . . . . . .

7K . . . . . .

7L . . . . . . FIRE CHAFF (as indicated) (bearing ____ ) (range ____ ).

1. ALFA (air-dispensed)
2. BRAVO (barrier
3. CHARLIE (confusion)
4. DELTA (distraction)
5. FOXTROT (funnel-dispensed)
6. HOTEL (helicopter-dispensed)
7. SIERRA (seduction)
8. As previously directed

7M. . . . . .

7N . . . . . . DECOYS. Release/fire ____ decoys (List A) ( ____ (List B)).

List A List B
1. Infrared A. Bearing ____ (range ____ thousand yards)
2. Radar B. In accordance with plan previously ordered

7O . . . . . . OPEN FIRE (on bearing ____ or in sector ____ ).

7P . . . . . .

7Q . . . . . .

7R . . . . . .

7S . . . . . . MISSILE/AIRCRAFT SPLASHED (SHOT DOWN).

7T . . . . . . WEAPONS TIGHT (on/in ____ ).

1. Bearing ____
2. Sector ____
3. Until time ____

7U . . . . . .

7V . . . . . .

7W . . . . .

7X . . . . . .

7Y . . . . . .

7Z . . . . . .

10-4 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
ADMIN
AD
ADMIN
AD
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 11

ADMINISTRATION

1100 Boats
1101 Ceremonial
1102 Medical
1103 Miscellaneous
1104 Orders/Publications
1105 Report

1100 BOATS

AD1 . . . . . ASSIST BOAT apparently in trouble on bearing ____ from this ship, or unit or ref-
erence point indicated (range ____ hundred yards).

AD2 . . . . . CAPSIZED. Boat capsized or in danger bearing ____ from this ship, or unit or ref-
erence point indicated (range ____ hundred yards).

AD3 . . . . .

AD4 . . . . . BOAT(S). ____ (List A) is (are) to be ____ (List B).

List A List B
1. All boats A. Turned out
2. All power boats B. Lowered to the waterline
3. All pulling boats C. Slipped
4. All sailing boats
5. ____ boat(s) indicated by
DESIG following signal

AD5 . . . . . SEND ____ (List A) (for ____ (List B)) to this unit or unit(s) indicated (sequence in
order of call signs).
List A List B
1. Admin boat A. Admiral
2. Admiral’s barge B. Commanding officer
3. Armed boat C. Commodore/senior officer
4. Captain’s boat D. Liberty party
5. Commodore’s boat E. Mail
6. Diving boat F. Mail (Classified)
7. Guard boat G. Main (Officer Courier)
8. Helicopter H. Mail (Registered)
9. Hospital boat I. Material requested
10. Liberty launch J. Men
11. Motor boat K. Movies
12. Vehicle L. Officers
M. Shore patrol
N. Stores

11-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AD6 . . . . . SUSPEND all boating (or hoist all ____ ).

1. Boats
2. Boats hoisted by cranes or booms
3. Power boats
4. Small boats

AD7 . . . . .

AD8 . . . . .

1101 CEREMONIAL

AD9 . . . . . CALLS. Routine (or ____ ) calls of flag and commanding officers may be dis-
pensed with (considered paid and returned).
1. Official

AD10 . . . . CEREMONY. ____ ceremonially.

1. Anchor
2. Cheer ship
3. Fire a salute (number of guns following DESIG)
4. Illuminate ship
5. Man ship
6. Parade band
7. Parade band for entering (leaving) harbor
8. Parade guard
9. Parade guard and band
10. Parade guard and band for entering (leaving) harbor
11. Parade guard for entering (leaving) harbor
12. Proper marks of respect to be paid.

AD11 . . . . COLORS. ____ colors (at ____ ).

1. Clear
2. Dip
3. Half mast
4. Haul down
5. Haul down Jack (or do not hoist)
6. Hoist
7. Hoist Jack
8. Rehoist
9. Shift ensign to harbor position
10. Shift ensign to sea position

AD12 . . . . COLOURS. Size of colours (or ____ (List A)) is to be ____ (List B).
List A List B
1. Admiral’s flags A. Daily
2. Ensign B. Sunday/holiday
3. Jack C. Dress ship
4. Masthead flags D. Steaming
5. Masthead pennant E. Storm
F. Size ____ (number)

AD13 . . . . DRESS SHIP. Full dress ship (or ____ ).

1. Dress ships with ensigns at the masthead.
2. Haul taut dressing lines.

AD14 . . . .

AD15 . . . .

AD16 . . . .

11-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1102 MEDICAL

AD17 . . . . CASUALTY. Dispatching casualty to you (type of injury ____ (List A)) (degree of
injury ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. No injury A. Critical
2. Cranial/neck B. Serious
3. Thoracic nonpenetrating C. Stretcher
4. Thoracic penetrating D. Ambulatory
5. Abdominal E. Neuropsychiatric
6. Pelvic
7. Soft tissue wounds
8. Fracture, simple (closed)
9. Fracture, compound (open)
10. Electrical shock
11. Burns (type preceded by DESIG)
12. Scald

AD18 . . . . MEDICAL OFFICER. Send medical officer as soon as possible (or at ____ ) (to
____ ).

AD19 . . . .

AD20 . . . .

1103 MISCELLANEOUS

AD21 . . . .

AD22 . . . . AWNINGS. Spread all awnings (or awnings indicated). Inferior to NEGAT:
“Furl awnings or do not spread awnings (or awnings indicated).”
1. Forecastle
2. Waist
3. Quarterdeck
4. Side screen

AD23 . . . . LEAVE and LIBERTY. Usual leave and liberty may be granted (or from ____ to
____ ).

AD24 . . . . MEALBREAK (while flying). Flag and commanding officers will have time for the
next meal.

AD25 . . . . NAME. Name of ____ (from Table P) is ____ .

AD26 . . . . REFUSE DISPOSAL. Disposal of refuse is at your discretion (or ____ ).

1. Dispose of refuse during hours of darkness.
2. Dispose of refuse prior to entry into harbor.
3. Dispose of refuse when clear of harbor.
4. Dispose of refuse when well clear of formation (or convoy).
5. Dump sinkable trash and garbage only.
6. Dump trash and garbage.
7. Pump bilges.
8. Use lighter and/or sludge ring for disposal of waste.

11-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AD27 . . . . RECALL ____ PERSONNEL (List A) due to ____ (List B).

List A List B
1. All A. Civil disturbance/disaster
2. Beach guard B. Emergency sortie
3. Beach liaison officer C. Heavy weather
4. Motor pool D. Other (preceded by DESIG)
5. Naval
6. Officers
7. Other (from Table P).

AD28 . . . . SPLICE THE MAINBRACE.

AD29 . . . . UNIFORM is ____ (List A) (for ____ (List B)). DESIG with national uniform num-
bers may be used instead of the suffixes.
List A List B
1. Battle A. Dress
2. Blue B. Inspection
3. Dungarees C. Shore leave and liberty
4. Khaki D. Undress
5. Mess E. Uniform of the day
6. Overcoats F. Working
7. Raincoats
8. White

AD30 . . . .

1104 ORDERS/PUBLICATIONS

AD31 . . . .

AD32 . . . . ATTENTION is called to ____ . (Paragraph number may be added.)

1. Publication ____ (title).
2. Plan ____ (title).
3. OPORDER ____ (title).
4. Message ____ (DTG).

AD33. . . . . DISTRIBUTED. Orders, envelopes, or hand messages (lettered or numbered as

indicated) are being distributed. Report by signal if not received by time or date in-
dicated (or ____ ).
1. Receipts will be called for by radio at ____ .
2. Receipts will be called for by V/S at ____ .
Example: AD33–1–18 DESIG BN135 . . . . . . Envelopes lettered BN135 are being dis-
tributed. Receipts will be called for by ratio at 1800.

AD34 . . . . RECEIVED. Orders, envelopes, or hand messages (lettered or numbered as indi-

cated) have been received.

AD35 . . . .

AD36 . . . .

AD37 . . . .

11-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1105 REPORT

AD38 . . . . ABSENTEES. Number of absentees is ____ (at ____ ).

AD39 . . . . MAKE ____ REPORT.

1. SITREP
2. Progress of berthing/anchoring
3. Progress of replenishment
4. Progress of exercise/event presently being carried out
5. Type from appropriate supplementary table or in plain language following DESIG.

AD40 . . . . REPORT ON BOARD. Officer (from Table P) or his representative is requested to

report on board this ship or unit indicated.

AD41 . . . . REPORTING FOR DUTY.

AD42 . . . .

AD43 . . . .

11-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

11-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AMPHIB
AM
AMPHIB
AM
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 12

AMPHIBIOUS

1200 Beaches
1201 Signals

1200 BEACHES

Unless otherwise indicated, beaches referred to in the following signals are identified by numeral(s) from
the BEACH TABLE (Table Z).

1201 SIGNALS

AM1 . . . . . BEACH. Landing beach is ____ beach.

AM2 . . . . . COMMENCE ____ at (____) beach (of unit ____ following DESIG).
1. General unloading
2. Re-embarkation
3. Selective unloading
4. Selective re-embarkation

AM3 . . . . . CONDITIONS for beaching are suitable (or ____ ).

1. Deteriorating 5. Hazardous due to biological agents
2. Hazardous 6. Hazardous due to chemical agents
3. Hazardous due to weather 7. Hazardous due to radioactivity
or sea conditions (of ____ roentgens per hour)
4. Hazardous due to proximity 8. Improving
of enemy conventional forces

12-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AM4 . . . . . CAUSEWAYS. ____ (at ____ beach) (number of sections/boats may be indicated
by numeral(s) following DESIG).
1. Beach causeways
2. Break marriage from causeways
3. Conduct barge ferry operations
4. Embark causeways
5. Emplace causeways
6. Marriage to causeways
7. Proceed to causeways
8. Re-embark causeways
9. Retract causeways
10. Splash causeways
11. Dispatch causeway tender boat to this unit or unit indicated
12. Launch/recover causeway tender boat
13. Causeway tender boat required by this unit or unit indicated

AM5 . . . . . SOUNDING indicates depth of water at ____ is ____ feet.

1. Bow
2. Amidships
3. Stern

AM6 . . . . . HOIST/RECOVER all landing craft ( ____ ) (at time ____ ).

1. Except LCAC
2. Except ACV
3. Except DUKW
4. Except LARC
5. Except LCM
6. Except LCPL
7. Except LCU
8. Except LCVP
9. Except LVT

AM7 . . . . . HOUR indicated by letter(s) following DESIG is ____

1. Confirmed
2. Able to be met on schedule (or at ____ )
3. At time indicated
4. Delayed by ____ hours
5. Advanced by ____ hours
6. Delayed by ____ minutes
7. Advanced by ____ minutes

AM8 . . . . .

12-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AM9 . . . . . LAND the ( ____ ) landing force.

1. Airborne
2. Heloborne
3. Waterborne

AM10 . . . . LANDING SUCCESSFUL.

AM11 . . . . OPERATE in ____ area.

1. Fire support (FSA number may be added following DESIG)
2. Helicopter transport
3. Landing ship
4. LPH/LHA OPAREA (OPAREA letter/number may be added following DESIG)
5. LVT launching
6. Sea echelon
7. Transport
8. Transport, inner
9. Transport, outer
10. Boat Lanes
11. Transit Lanes
12. Breach Lanes

AM12 . . . . OPERATIONS. Facilitate landing operations by ____ .

1. Moving in to ____ thousand yards off ( ____ ) beach.
2. Taking station bearing ____ from center of ( ____ ) beach distance ____ miles.

AM13 . . . . RE-EMBARKING TROOPS are ____ (List A) contaminated by ____ agent (List
B).
List A List B
1. Heavily A. Biological
2. Lightly B. Blister
3. Moderately C. Nerve
D. Radioactive
E. Unidentified

AM14 . . . . REINFORCEMENTS needed at ( ____ ) beach.

AM15 . . . . SCHEDULE. Landing schedule is ____ ( ____ number of minutes).

1. Advanced
2. Retarded

12-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AM16 . . . . TRANSFERS. Pre-H-Hour (or hour following DESIG) transfers are ____ .
1. Completed (except serial ____ )
2. Dispatched (except serial ____ )
3. Received (except serial ____ )
4. Delayed by ____ hours
5. Advanced by ____ hours
6. Delayed by ____ minutes
7. Advanced by ____ minutes

AM17 . . . . CONDUCT EVACUATION OF ____ .

1. Civilian personnel
2. Landing force
3. Military personnel
4. Other following DESIG

AM18 . . . . WITHDRAW ( ____ ) (or unit indicated).

1. Control groups
2. Fire support groups
3. Landing force
4. Transports

AM19 . . . . WITHDRAWAL. Cover withdrawal (by____ ) (or unit indicated).

1. Aircraft
2. Close support fire
3. Counter battery fire
4. Rocket fire
5. Smoke

AM20 . . . . SURFACE WAVE. ____ (Wave number) is ____ (from List A) at ____ (from List B)
on beach ____ (from Table Z).
List A List B
1. On time A. Line of departure (LOD)
2. Late (number of minutes B. Touchdown
following DESIG)
3. Early (number of minutes
following DESIG)

12-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
ASW
AS
ASW
AS
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 13

ANTISUBMARINE WARFARE

1300 Attack
1301 Command
1302 Conditions
1303 Contact
1304 Countermeasures
1305 Equipment
1306 Exercise
1307 Intelligence
1308 Search
1309 ASW Searches
1310 Defense in Harbor
1311 ASW ACTION TABLE

1300 ATTACK

AS1 . . . . . ATTACK. Make ____ attack (with ASW weapon from Table A).
1. Deliberate
2. Urgent
3. Vector aircraft

AS2 . . . . . ATTACK METHOD. Use attack method* indicated following DESIG.

*The suffix H to the attack method designator indicates that helicop-
ters are taking part.
NOT RELEASABLE

14AS . . . . CORDON ( ____ sector assignments followed by call signs) ( ____ radius of
attack zone if different from 3,000 yards)
Example: AS2 DESIG 14AS . . . Use attack method 14AS (CORDON).

AS3 . . . . . HOLD DOWN enemy submarine(s) following this force.

AS4 . . . . . NUCLEAR ATTACK. Stand by for nuclear depth charge or bomb attack in ____
minutes (detonation expected bearing ____ from this unit or unit indicated, range
____ thousand yards).

AS5 . . . . .

13-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS6 . . . . . RESULT of attack is ____ .

1. Known sunk
2. Known damaged
3. Negative
4. Nonsubmarine
5. No damage
6. Oil
7. Possible damaged
8. Probable nonsubmarine
9. Underwater explosion
10. Unknown
11. Wreckage

AS7 . . . . . TORPEDO DEPTH. Set torpedoes to ____ (feet) floor, ____ (feet) ceiling, ____
(feet) initial search depth.

AS8 . . . . . WEAPON DEPTH. Set ____ (ASW weapon from Table A) to a depth of ____ feet.

AS9 . . . . . WEAPONS TIGHT. ASW weapons are tight in all sectors (or ____ ) (ASW
weapon from Table A).
1. Between bearings ____ and ____ from formation center
2. In sector(s) indicated

AS10 . . . . WEAPON SAFETY RANGE. ASW weapon safety range is ____ .

AS11 . . . . WEAPONS FREE. ASW weapons are free in all sectors (or ____ ) (ASW weapon
from Table A.)
1. Between bearings ____ and ____ from formation center
2. In sector(s) indicated

AS12 . . . . TORPEDO MISFIRE bearing ____ .

Note: When breech is safe, NEGAT superior is to be signaled
(i.e., NEGAT AS12 bearing ____ ).

AS13 . . . .

13-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1301 COMMAND

AS14 . . . . DISPATCH SAU. Designate and dispatch ____ SAU (consisting of ____ number
of units, figure followed by H indicates number of helicopters) to investigate con-
tact or datum designation indicated following DESIG (bearing ____ , distance
____ , from this unit or unit indicated). (Maximum speed is ____ .)
1. Active
2. Active/passive at SAU commander’s discretion
3. Passive
Example: AS14—3—1—1H DESIG 1232—300—10—15 . . . Designate and dispatch passive
SAU consisting of one ship and one helicopter to investigate contact or da-
tum 1232, bearing 300° true, distance 10 miles from this unit. Maximum
speed is 15 knots.

AS15 . . . . INVESTIGATE. Leave present assignment to investigate ____ ( ____ bearing),

( ____ range).
1. Active sonar contact
2. Goblin (following DESIG)
3. Passive sonar contact
4. Persicope/snort

AS16 . . . . INVESTIGATE. Leave present assignment to investigate datum designation or

track number indicated following DESIG in position ____ (position established at
time ____ ).

AS17 . . . . SAU DURATION. Terminate SAU ( ____ (List A)) ( ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. If not in contact A. After ____ minutes
B. After a search to ____ miles from QQ or ZZ

AS18 . . . . SAU COMMANDER. Assume command as SAU commander (or ____ ).

1. SAU commander is ____

AS19 . . . . FORM SAU and investigate ____ (bearing ____ from this unit or unit indicated dis-
tance ____ ).
1. Bottomed contact (in position ____ ) of unit indicated
2. Contact
3. Datum (following DESIG)
4. Goblin (following DESIG)
5. Racket (following DESIG)
6. Spook (following DESIG)

AS20 . . . . SCENE OF ACTION COMMANDER. Assume commmand as SAC (or ____ ).

1. SAC is ____

13-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS21 . . . . DETACH AND TAKE POSITION, no closer than ____ thousand yards to this unit
or unit indicated, in a sector so as to intercept contact presently bearing ____ , dis-
tance ____ , from this unit or unit indicated. Avoid cavitation and maintain passive
search.

AS22 . . . . CEASE PASSIVE SEARCH and commence active search. (Search bearings
____ to ____ ), (range from ____ to ____ thousand yards).

1302 CONDITIONS

AS23 . . . . PREDICTED SUBMARINE INTERCEPT RANGE of ____ is ____ hundred yards.

1. Self-radiated noise
2. Short-range sonar
3. Medium-range sonar
4. Long-range sonar

AS24 . . . . BATHYTHERMOGRAPH. ____ .

1. Assume bathythermograph guard duty (and report readings every ____ hour(s))
2. Bathythermograph drop completed
3. I am making bathythermograph drop
4. Make bathythermograph drop and report reading
5. Report bathythermograph reading

AS25 . . . . BATHYTHERMOGRAPH READINGS are ____ .* Complete signal with as many

five-digit groups as are needed to report significant points in the vertical gradient
of sea water in multiples of ten feet/meters at which this temperature occurs. The
last three digits of each group indicate water temperature to the nearest tenth of a
degree of Fahrenheit/Celsius. For depths less than 100 feet/10 meters, the first of
the five digits of each group will be zero. To report depths greater than 990 feet/ 99
meters, separation groups of 99901, 99902, and so on shall be used to indicate
that the depths following are between 1,000 to 1,990 feet/100 to 199 meters,
2,000 to 2,990 feet/200 to 299 meters, and so on, respectively. To report negative
degrees Celsius, 50 is added to the absolute value of each negative reading (e.g.,
- 1.3 = 50 + | -1.3 | = 50 + 1.3 = 513). The final group of the signal indicates the time
of the bathythermograph reading.
*DESIG C inferior to the signal indicates depths are in meters and
temperatures are in degrees Celsius.
Example: AS25—00602—09602—45565—99901—00543—99902—35501—1245 . . . The sea
is 60.2 °F at the surface; 60.2 °F at 90 feet; 56.5 °F at 450 feet; 54.3 °F at
1,000 feet; and 50.1 °F at 2,350 feet. The reading was taken at 1245.
AS25—00513—03509—13038—99903—25078—2145 DESIG C . . . The sea is
negative 1.3 °C at the surface; negative 0.9 °C at 3 meters; 3.8 °C at 13 meters;
and 7.8 °C at 325 meters. The reading was taken at 2145.

13-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS26 . . . . CONVERGENCE ZONE ____ annulus range is (inner) ____ thousand yards
(outer) ____ thousand yards.
1. First
2. Second
3. Third
4. Bottom bounce

AS27 . . . . PREDICTED SONAR RANGES for all sonars of this unit or for unit(s) indicated
are as indicated in hundred yards. (Sonar range predictions are for the type of tar-
get indicated following DESIG).
1. Minimum and maximum at periscope depth (1)
2. Minimum and maximum at maximum target depth of ____ meters (2)
3. Minimum and maximum at best evasion/antidetection target depth of ____ meters (3)
4. Minimum and maximum at target optimum listening depth of ____ meters (4)
5. Inner and outer edges of convergence zone
6. Horizontal range to first bottom bounce zone
Minimum ranges are related to the least favorable aspect of the
submarine, maximum ranges to the most favorable aspect.
Example: AS27—1—90—150—2—155— 230—3—30—50—80—4—155—230—200—5—
260—300 DESIG SSK . . . Predicted sonar ranges for all the sonar of this unit
are: between 9,000 and 15,000 yards on a submarine at periscope depth; be-
tween 15,500 and 23,000 yards on a submarine at maximum operative depth
of 300 meters; between 3,000 and 5,000 yards on a submarine at best depth
evasion/antidetection depth of 80 meters; between 15,500 and 23,000 yards
on a submarine at optimum listening depth of 200 meters; convergence zone
spreads from 26,000 to 30,000 yards; sonar range predictions are for a tar-
get type SSK.
Notes:
(1) Min/Max ranges refer to Min TS - Max Sonar Speed/Max TS -
Optimum Sonar Speed respectively (if not differently ordered)
(2) Ranges are chosen between the best performing sensors (HMS or
VDS) for each depth
(3) Best evasion/antidetection target depth refers to the depth at which
the minimum sonar ranges toward the submarine occur
(4) Optimum listening depth refers to the depth at which the subma-
rine has maximum detection range toward surface units

AS28 . . . . TACTICAL SONAR RANGE for this unit or unit(s) indicated (or ____ ) is ____ hun-
dred yards.
1. Helicopters
2. Ships

AS29 . . . . SONAR RANGE PREDICTION. Unit(s) indicated is (are) to make their sonar
range prediction (for a target indicated following DESIG) employing the following
values:
1. Unit(s) speed (in knots)
2. Minimum target strength of ____ dB
3. Maximum target strength of ____ dB
4. Target maximum depth (in meters)
Example: AS29—1—16—2—3—3—15—4—300 DESIG SSK . . . Units indicated are to make
sonar range prediction based on a unit speed of 16 knots, minimum target
strength of 3 dB, maximum target strength of 15 dB, and a maximum target
depth of 300 meters. Target is SSK.

AS30 . . . . LAYER DEPTH is ____ feet.

13-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1303 CONTACT

AS31 . . . . AIRCRAFT CONTACT. Aircraft has indicated by ____ contact with a submarine
(bearing ____ from this unit or unit indicated, distance ____ miles) (or in position
____ ) at time ____ .
1. Behavior
2. IFF
3. Radio
4. Visual

AS32 . . . . CONTACT is as indicated.

(a) Designation
(b) Position
(c) Time of latest report
(d) Source of information is ___ contact (List A) ( ____ (List B))
List A List B
1. Disappearing radar A. Active
2. ESM B. Passive (broadband)
3. MAD C. Passive (narrowband)
4. Radar
5. Sonar
6. Sonobuoy
7. Towed array
8. Visual
(e) Classification
1. CERTSUB
2. PROBSUB
3. POSSUB ____ (confidence level)

AS33 . . . . DEPTH of submarine is ____ feet.

AS34 . . . . AIRCRAFT HOLDS CONTACT on ____ (bearing ____ from this unit or unit indi-
cated, range ____ thousand yards).
1. Active sonobuoys
2. Active sonar
3. ESM
4. Infrared detection system
5. Lofar buoys
6. MAD gear
7. Passive sonar
8. Radar
9. Visual

13-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS35 . . . . INDICATIONS. Submarine indications are ____ (in position ____ ).

TOWED ARRAYS/HYDROPHONES SONAR (Cont.)
or SONOBUOYS
22. Plot and/or recorders indicate likely
1. Fast propellor noise movement
2. Slow propellor noise 23. Recorder trace is satisfactory
3. Can hear submerged signals 24. Echo sounds good
4. Can hear echo sounder signals 25. Extent of target is satisfactory
5. Receipt of submarine attack signals 26. Bottomed target appears to be
or underwater telephone shaped like a submarine
6. Discreet frequencies associated 27. . . . .
with nonfriendly submarine 28. . . . .
7. Discreet frequencies associated 29. . . . .
with friendly submarine 30. . . . .

RADAR SEARCH RECEIVERS and

DIRECTION FINDERS
8. Persicope (or snort) radar echo
9. Disappearing radar echo 31. Characteristics were those of
10. .... submarine radar
11. .... 32. Characteristics were those of
12. .... submarine VHF voice
13. .... 33. Characteristics were those of
submarine VHF radiotelegraph
34. Interception classified definite
SIGHTING
ground wave and bearing was
14. Conning tower (or wake) was seen accurate
15. Snort (or periscope) was seen 35. Procedure used was probably enemy
16. Diving swirl was seen 36. Preliminary call (or dying out signals)
17. Oil (or flotsam) was seen heard
18. .... 37. . . . .
19. .... 38. . . . .
20. .... 39. . . . .
40. . . . .

SONAR

21. Doppler effect is present

AS36 . . . . MOVEMENT OF SUBMARINE is ____ .

1. Accelerating
2. Ascending
3. Backing down
4. Closing this unit or unit indicated
5. Diving
6. In hard turn (direction indicated by PORT/STBD)
7. Opening this unit or unit indicated
8. Slowing
9. Stopped
10. Surfacing

13-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS37 . . . . POSITION. Submarine’s position was obtained by ____ (List A) (of ____ (List B))
(and is accurate within ____ miles).
List A List B
1. Bistatics 11. Sighting A. Helicopter
2. Cross-fixing, passive 12. Sonar, active B. Patrol aircraft
3. Direction finding 13. Sonar, passive C. Shore
4. ESM bearing 14. Sonobuoy, active D. Surface ship
5. JEZEBEL 15. Sonobuoy, passive E. Submarine
6. JEZEBEL analysis directional F. Unknown
by other forces 16. Torpedo attack G. Other (type
7. JULIE 17. Towed array following DESIG)
8. MAD 18. Unknown
9. Missile attack 19. Other (type
10. Radar following DESIG)

AS38 . . . . SCREW COUNT is ____ rpm (on ____ shaft(s)).

AS39 . . . . SONOBUOY is ____ ( ____ designation of sonobuoy).

1. In contact
2. Not in contact
3. Operating efficiently
4. Not operating efficiently

AS40 . . . .

AS41 . . . .

1304 COUNTERMEASURES

AS42 . . . . STREAM/LAUNCH protective devices (or/at ____ ). Inferior to NEGAT means:

“Recover device already streamed.”
1. Noisemakers
2. Torpedo decoys
3. Long stay
4. Short stay
5. ____ feet

AS43 . . . . TORPEDO COUNTERMEASURES. Take torpedo countermeasures indicated.

1. According to intentions (or plan ____ )
2. For closing to attack with short-range weapons
3. On entering the torpedo danger area
4. Operate torpedo decoys
5. Operate torpedo detection equipment
6. When submarine is detected within torpedo danger zone

AS44 . . . . TORPEDO. Suspect that submarine has fired torpedo (in position ____ ). Keep
clear of this area for 15 minutes and take appropriate countermeasures. Three nu-
merals may be added to indicate estimated initial course of torpedo.

13-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS45 . . . . NOISE REDUCTON. Operate ship’s self-generated noise-reduction equipment

(masking devices).

R AS46 . . . . ANTISHIP TORPEDO DEFENSE (ASTD) grid is in force ____ .

1. Wakehoming
2. Wire guided
3. Autonomous acoustic homing
4. Unguided (straight running)
5. Uniform (multiple torpedo types/unknown)

R AS47 . . . . ASTD GRID is modified as follows:

A. TC
B. TD
C. TU
D. TZ

1305 EQUIPMENT

AS48 . . . . CONDITION of ____ (List A) is ____ (List B) (until ____).

List A List B
1. Helicopter sonar A. Fully operational
2. Hull sonar B. Capable of omnidirectional transmissions only
3. Onboard ASW processor C. Capable of passive operation only
4. Towed array D. Capable of reduced power operation
5. VDS E. Incapable of being operated

AS49 . . . . DOMES/VDS TRANSDUCERS. ____ .

1. Lower domes
2. Raise domes
3. Lower VDS transducer to depth desired (or to a depth of ____ feet)
4. Lower VDS transducer to a maximum depth of ____ feet
5. Recover VDS transducer

AS50 . . . . FREQUENCY of sonar equipment is ____ kiloHertz.

AS51 . . . . AMBIENT NOISE at ____ decaHertz is ____ decibels. Complete signal with as
many six-digit groups as are needed to report significant ambient noise levels at
various frequencies. The first three digits of each group indicate frequency in
decaHertz (10 Hertz) at which the measurements were taken. The last three digits
of each group indicate the noise level in decibels (dB) with reference to 1 micro-
Pascal. For frequencies less than 1000 Hertz, the first digit shall be zero and for
frequencies less than 100 Hertz, the first two digits shall be zero. For noise levels
less than 100 dB, the first digit shall be zero. The last group in the signal indicates
the time of the ambient noise measurement.
Example: AS51—005101—010081—020070— 100062—1315 . . . The ambient noise level
at 50 Hertz is 101 dB, at 100 Hertz it is 81 dB, at 200 Hertz it is 70 dB, and at
1,000 Hertz it is 62 dB. The time the measurement was taken is 1315.

AS52 . . . . LIGHTS. Use ASW lights (or ____ ).

1. Use all around red masthead lights
2. Use special ASW lights

13-9 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS53 . . . . MACHINERY. Stop main and auxiliary machinery for 2 minutes (or ____ minutes)
in order to make passive search.

AS54 . . . . OPERATE VDS. Transmit on VDS transducer at depth desired (or at a depth of
____ feet).

AS55 . . . . SONAR OPERATION is as indicated:

1. Operation of sonar emission equipment is authorized in accordance with standard
instructions.
2. Operation of sonar emission equipment is authorized for tuning, maintenance, and
calibration.
3. Sonar emission equipment may be used for navigation.
4. Silence all sonar emission equipment.
5. Energize VDS transducer.
6. De-energize VDS transducer.
7. Operation of fathometer is authorized.
8. Operation of noisemaker is authorized.
9. Operation of underwater telephone is authorized.

AS56 . . . . SONAR WATCH. Set sonar watch (or ____ ). Numerals following indicate fre-
quency in kiloHertz.
1. Combined listening/echo watch
2. Echo sweep
3. For communication purposes with ship in company or with ship(s) or unit(s) indicated
4. For communication purposes with submarine(s)
5. Listening watch
6. To assist in navigation

AS57 . . . . UNABLE TO OPERATE sonar equipment effectively (due to ____ ). (Equipment

type from Table E.)
1. Excessive self-noise
2. High speed
3. Interference caused by you or unit indicated
4. Marine life
5. Shallow water
6. Shipping density
7. Station in the formation
8. Weather conditions

AS58 . . . . UNABLE TO USE ASW WEAPON(S) (until ____ ).

AS59 . . . . TOWED ARRAYS. ____ towed acoustic arrays or other devices.

1. Stream
2. Recover

AS60 . . . . SONAR MODE OF OPERATION is ____ .

1. Convergence zone
2. Bottom bounce

AS61 . . . .

13-10 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1306 EXERCISES

a. SIGNALS

AS62 . . . . CARRY OUT ASW PRACTICE NUMBER ____ (for ____ minutes).

AS63 . . . . EXPLOSIVE CHARGES. Fire ____ explosive signal charges.

AS64 . . . . ORDER SUBMARINE to ____ (List A) by any means (or by ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Close this unit or unit indicated A. Explosive signal
to facilitate communications B. Radio
2. Come to communications depth C. Sonar signaling (SST)
3. Indicate her position D. Underwater telephone (UWT)
4. Remain at safe depth
5. Steer safety course
6. Surface

AS65 . . . . PROCEED CLEAR of submarine (and ____ ).

1. Maintain cavitation speed
2. Maintain speed of at least 12 knots
3. Operate at a speed avoiding cavitation
4. Stop engines and tap hull

AS66 . . . . VDS CABLE LENGTH. For submarine safety reasons, length of VDS cable is not
to exceed ____ feet.

AS67 . . . . SUBMARINE SAFETY COURSE is ____ .

AS68 . . . . SUBMARINE SIGNAL. Have sighted ____ .

1. Recognition flare, red
2. Submarine grenade, black
3. Submarine grenade, green
4. Submarine grenade, red
5. Submarine grenade, yellow
6. Submarine markers
7. Torpedo tracks
8. Water shot
9. White smoke candle
10. Yellow smoke candle

13-11 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS69 . . . . SUBMERGE (or submerge to ____ depth).

1. Communication
2. Exercise
3. Periscope
4. Snort
5. ____ feet

AS70 . . . . SURFACE (or come to ____ depth).

1. Communication
2. Exercise
3. Periscope
4. Snort
5. ____ feet

AS71 . . . . TAKE SUBMARINE DIVING STATION in accordance with AXP-1/MXP-1.

AS72 . . . . TAKE SUBMARINE SURFACING STATION in accordance with AXP-1/MXP-1.

AS73 . . . . SUBMARINE DIVING COURSE. My diving course or submarine diving course is

____ .

AS74 . . . . SURFACING SUBMARINE. Unit responsible for surfacing submarine is ____ .

AS75 . . . . DIVE FOR SERIAL ____ . Report when ready to start the exercise.

AS76 . . . . COMEX/FINEX TIME. ____ is ____ .

1. COMEX
2. FINEX

b. FLAG SIGNALS FOR SUBMARINE AND ANTISUBMARINE EXERCISES

(1) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND CONTROL SIGNALS

SIGNAL USED BY MEANING

CODE NE2 Any ship You should proceed with great caution; subma-
rines are exercising in this area.

13-12 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

(2) TACTICAL AND INFORMATIVE SIGNALS (not concerned with safety precautions)

SIGNAL USED BY MEANING

Flag FOUR Target ship for submarine attack. Open to attack by submarines. Torpedoes
over may be fired in accordance with orders for the
Flag SEVEN exercise.

Flag FOUR Target ship for submarine attack. Open to attack by submarines. Torpedoes must
over not be fired.
Flag FOUR
(displayed on
both sides)

Flag QUEBEC Submarine Disregard me. I am not open to attack. I am not to

be reported.

c. SUBMARINE PYROTECHNIC SIGNALS (See AXP-1/MXP-1 for details of use)

RED Grenade or Emergency EMERGENCY. Submarine in serious trouble and will surface immedi-
Identification Signal ately if possible. Ships are to clear area immediately and stand by to
render assistance.

YELLOW or WHITE Smoke Submarine coming to surface or periscope depth. Ships are to clear the
or Flare immediate vicinity and maintain cavitation speed.

GREEN Flare Submarine attack signal.

NOTE: If an unexpected signal, other than a GREEN signal, is sighted by ASW units, they are to antici-
pate an emergency surfacing.

1307 INTELLIGENCE

AS77 . . . . ENEMY SUBMARINES are believed to be in this vicinity (or in position ____ ).

AS78 . . . . FRIENDLY SUBMARINE bearing ____ (distance ____ ).

13-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS79 . . . .

AS80 . . . .

AS81 . . . .

1308 SEARCH

AS82 . . . . APPROACH TO DATUM. Intend ____ approach to datum.

1. Direct
2. Intercept
3. Offset

AS83 . . . . APPROACH TO DATUM/CONTACT INFORMATION. ____ .

1. Datum identity ____
2. Scene of action commander is ____
3. ETA at datum/contact is ____
4. ETA at torpedo danger area is ____

AS84 . . . . CONTINUE THE SEARCH.

AS85 . . . . DATUM (or ____ ) bears ____ from this unit or unit indicated distance ____ miles
at ____ .
1. Contact

AS86 . . . . DATUM is as indicated.

(a) Designation
(b) Position
(c) Datum error
(d) Last known course and speed
(e) Datum time
(f) Source of information is ___ contact (List A) ( ____ (List B))
List A List B
1. Disappearing radar A. Active
2. ESM B. Passive (broadband)
3. MAD C. Passive (narrowband)
4. Radar
5. Sonar
6. Sonobuoy
7. Towed array
8. Visual
(g) Classification of contact

13-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS87 . . . . HELICOPTERS RANDOM DIP. Helicopters (indicated) are to random dip ____ .
1. In sector between true bearings ____ and ____ and between distances ____
and ____ miles from unit or position indicated.
2. Within areas

AS88 . . . . INTENTIONS. SAU commander’s or SAC’s intentions are as indicated.

1. PLAN RED. Attack method, carry out plan ____, (support method, carry out plan ____ )
2. PLAN BLACK. Lost contact action, carry out plan(s) ____ )
Example: AS88—1—14AH . . . PLAN RED. Attack and support method, carry out plan 14AH
(CORDON).

AS89 . . . . MARKER. Drop marker ( ____ ).

1. At datum
2. In position indicated

AS90 . . . . SONOBUOY PATTERN. A sonobuoy pattern (consisting of ____ type buoys)

bears ____ from this unit or unit indicated at range ____ .
1. Active
2. Passive

AS91 . . . . SONOBUOY POSITION. Sonobuoy number(s) ____ is (are) located bearing

____ from this or unit indicated range ____ thousand yards.

AS92 . . . . SEARCH for submarine at datum ____ datum time ____ .

AS93 . . . . SONAR SEARCH. Conduct ____ sonar search (between bearings ____ and
____ ) (on bearing ____ ).
1. Active
2. Passive

AS94 . . . . SUBMARINE’S LIMITING COURSES and SPEEDS are as indicated.

1. Limiting courses are ____ to ____
2. Limiting speeds are ____ to ____
Example: AS94—1—270—300—2—12— 18 . . . Submarine’s limiting courses and speeds are
270° to 300° and 12 to 18 knots.

AS95 . . . .

13-15 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1309 ASW SEARCHES

AS96 . . . . AIRCRAFT SEARCH. Carry out Air Plan number ____ . Details of plan may be
given by numeral groups following in the order given in the plan. Indicate numeral
and/or letter groups omitted by substituting NEGAT.

AS97 . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

AS98 . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

AS99 . . . . INTERCEPTING SEARCH. Carry out intercepting search (from ____ ).

1. Ahead
2. Astern
3. PORT or STBD flank as indicated and away from reported target position
4. PORT or STBD flank as indicated and towards expected target position

AS100 . . . . OAKTREE. Carry out ASW search plan OAKTREE for ____ search .
1. Area
2. Bottom
3. Intercept
4. Lost contact

AS101 . . . . REPEAT SEARCH using previously assigned search center(s) (or use search
center bearing ____ distance ____ hundred yards from datum).

AS102 . . . . SEARCH CENTER is ____ at zero time ____ ( ____ ). Search center must be lo-
cated by reference points in accordance with Article 166a.
1. And is marked with a smoke marker

13-16 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

When signaling the details of ASW searches by flaghoist the basic group must be hoisted and left flying in a
superior position while the successive data hoists are displayed to signal the details. The execution of the
basic group commences the search.

AS103 . . . . SEARCH DETAILS. Carry out ASW search plan* ____ . Details of search plan are
____ .
*The suffix H to the method designator indicates that helicopters are
taking part.
1S. . . . . . OAKTREE
(a) Origin of search bearing ____ at ____ hundred yards from ship making the signal
(b) Direction of search
2S. . . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

14AS . . . . CORDON ( ____ sector assignments followed by call signs ( ____ radius
of attack zone if different from 3,000 yards)
52S . . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

AS104 . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

13-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AS105 . . . . SUPPORT METHOD. Carry out support method* ____ .

*The suffix H to the method designator indicates that helicopters are
taking part.
11A . . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

14AS . . . . CORDON ( ____ sector assignments followed by call signs ( ____ radius
of attack zone if different from 3,000 yards)
Example: AS105—14AS . . . Carry out support method 14AS (CORDON).

AS106 . . . . CARRY OUT TOWED ARRAY BARRIER defined as follows:

1. Origin of barrier and initial point of patrol, in latitude and longitude
2. Direction of patrol line (three digits)
3. Length of the barrier in nautical miles (two digits)
4. Patroling speed (two digits)
5. Start time (date-time group)
Example: AS106—1—3320N8—01120W4—2— 045—3—20—4—12—5—031230A9 . . .
Carry out towed array barrier. Initial point in position 33°20’N 11°20’W.
Direction of barrier is 045°. Length is 20 nautical miles. Speed is 12 knots.
Starting time will be 031230A.

AS107 . . . .

AS108 . . . .

1310 DEFENSE IN HARBOR

AS109 . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

AS110 . . . . DETECTION ( ____ type) has been obtained, which may be due to a submarine or
small battle unit approaching harbor.
1. Active sonar
2. ESM
3. Loop crossing
4. Passive sonar
5. Radar
6. Sighting
7. Sonobuoy

AS111 . . . .

AS112 . . . .

13-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FLAG 1
ACTION
TABLE
FLAG 1
ACTION
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1311 ASW ACTION TABLE

The numeral flag indicator for the table (Flag 1) may be left flying in a superior position when successive
signals from the same table are being made.

1A . . . . . . I AM the ____ (geographic sector preceded by DESIG).

1. Attacking ship
2. Assisting ship
3. Directing ship
Example: 1A1 DESIG NW . . . I am the attacking ship in the northwest sector.

1B . . . . . . ASSUME DUTIES of ____ (geographic sector preceded by DESIG).

1. Attacking ship
2. Assisting ship
3. Directing ship

1C . . . . . . LOST CONTACT. In event of lost contact, units are to carry out search plan ___ .
1. OAKTREE
2. ACORN
3. PINEAPPLE
4. CORDON

1D . . . . . . ATTACK. ____ (PORT/STBD).

1. I am ready to attack (with ASW weapon from Table A)
2. I am commencing attack (with ASW weapon from Table A) (safety range is ____ )
3. Stand by for weapon firing (with ASW weapon from Table A) (bearing ____ ), (range
____ )
4. Attack completed (firing bearing ____ ), (firing range ____ )
5. Attack aborted

1E . . . . . . CONDUCT attack (with ASW weapon from Table A).

1F . . . . . . SONOBUOY CONTACT. I am holding sonobuoy contact bearing ____ from this

unit or position indicated (range ____ thousand yards).

1G . . . . . . MANEUVERING. I am maneuvering to maintain ( ____ ) contact.

1. Convergence zone
2. Bottom bounce

13-19 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1H . . . . . . RADAR CONTACT. I am holding radar contact bearing ____ from this unit or
position indicated at range ____ hundred yards (believed to be ____ (List A)
____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Snorkel or periscope A Enemy
2. Submarine B. Friendly
C. Unidentified

1I . . . . . . I AM EXPERIENCING ACOUSTIC INTERFERENCE. Request unit or units indi-

cated to ____ .
1. Go passive
2. Open range from this unit
3. Change sonar frequency

1J . . . . . . PASSIVE SONAR CONTACT ( ____ evaluation ) ( ____ bearing from this or unit
indicated).
1. Torpedo
2. Possible submarine
3. Decoy/jammer
4. Surface vessel low speed
5. Surface vessel high speed
6. Undetermined

1K . . . . . . SUBMARINE ASPECT is ____ (PORT/STBD).

1. Bow
2. Beam
3. Quarter
4. Stern

1L . . . . . . ACTIVE SONAR CONTACT. I am holding an active sonar contact (bearing ____ )

from this unit (range ____ hundred yards) (or in position indicated).

1M. . . . . .

1N . . . . . . COMMUNICATIONS. I have ____ (List A) ( ____ type (List B)) underwater com-
munications with submarine.
List A List B
1. Good A. Voice
2. Weak B. CW
3. Fading C. RATT
4. Garbled D. Covered RATTIACS
5. Intermittent E. IACS
6. No

13-20 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1O . . . . . . KEEP CLEAR of this unit or unit indicated or position indicated (or ____ ).
1. Contact (bearing ____ from me, range ____ hundred yards)
2. Operational stand-off range
3. Emergency stand-off range
4. Sonobuoy field (bearing ____ from me, range ____ hundred yards)
5. Helicopter at hover, dipping, range ____, bearing ____ (hundred yards)

1P . . . . . . SUBMARINE’S bearing, range, depth, course, and speed are as indicated from
this unit or unit indicated.
(a) Bearing
(b) Range in hundreds of yards
(c) Depth in tens of feet
(d) Course
(e) Speed
(f) Time

1Q . . . . . . OPERATE SONAR as desired (or in ____ ).

1. Passive mode
2. Active mode

1R . . . . . . CONTACT. I have a ____ (List A) sonar contact (on ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. CERTSUB A. Active
2. PROBSUB B. Passive (broadband)
3. POSSUB, confidence HIGH (numeral 3 or 4 C. Passive (narrowband)
may be added following DESIG)
4. POSSUB, confidence LOW (numeral 1 or 2
may be added following DESIG)
5. NONSUB
6. Bottomed submarine
7. Decoy
8. Marine life
9. Mine-like
10. Sea bottom
11. Sonar jammer
12. Surface vessel
13. Torpedo
14. Wake
15. Wreck

1S . . . . . . CONTACT. Consider your present contact is a submarine (or ____ ).

1. CERTSUB
2. PROBSUB
3. POSSUB, confidence HIGH (numeral 3 or 4 may be added following DESIG)
4. POSSUB, confidence LOW (numeral 1 or 2 may be added following DESIG)
5. NONSUB
6. Bottomed submarine
7. Decoy
8. Marine life
9. Mine-like
10. Sea bottom
11. Sonar jammer
12. Surface vessel
13. Torpedo
14. Wake
15. Wreck

13-21 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1T . . . . . . TAKE STATION ____ .

1. (Bearing ____ ) from this or unit indicated, (range ____ thousand yards)
2. From this unit on circle, radius ____ thousand yards
3. From contact on circle, radius ____ thousand yards
4. In sector(s) indicated

1U . . . . . . SONAR CONTACT is firm (or ____ ).

1. Strong
2. Medium
3. Weak
4. Fading
5. Intermittent

1V . . . . . . DOPPLER effect is estimated as ____ ( ____ knots).

1. Away/down
2. Toward/up
3. None

1W . . . . . DECOY. Submarine has released (or is releasing) decoy of ____ target type.
1. Hydrophone
2. Noisemaker
3. Radar
4. Sonar echo

1X . . . . . . SUBMARINE is under me or ship indicated (or ____ ).

1. Close to my PORT or STBD side as indicated
2. Close astern

1Y . . . . . . LOST CONTACT. I have lost contact (contact last held bearing ____ range ____
hundred yards).

1Z . . . . . . BREAK OFF. The operation is to be discontinued and ships are to maneuver to

avoid collision, resuming the action as soon as practicable.

13-22 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AIRCRAFT
AV
AIRCRAFT
AV
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 14

AIRCRAFT

1400 Command/Control
1401 Emergency
1402 Operating
1403 Readiness
1404 Scouting
1405 Over-The-Horizon Targeting

1400 COMMAND/CONTROL

AV1 . . . . . ASSUME ( ____ ) control of aircraft (type from Table V).

1. Positive
2. Advisory

AV2 . . . . . ASSUME tactical direction of aircraft (or type from Table V).

AV3 . . . . .

AV4 . . . . .

AV5 . . . . .

EMERGENCY LANDING SIGNALS FROM AIRCRAFT

Signal Meaning

Series of SHORT flashes . . . . . Require IMMEDIATE emergency landing.

Series of LONG flashes . . . . . . Require emergency landing but can accept short de-
lay.

14-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1401 EMERGENCY

AV6 . . . . .

AV7 . . . . . DISTRESS. Aircraft in distress (is/has ____ ). DESIG followed by numeral(s) indi-
cates number of personnel in aircraft.
1. Ditched
2. Forced down
3. Engine failure
4. Flying control failure
5. On fire
6. Overdue
7. Showing IFF distress

AV8 . . . . . EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. Make a slick for emergency landing (and/or ____ ).
1. Recover aircraft in distress
2. Rescue personnel–Abandon aircraft
3. Rescue personnel–Recover aircraft

AV9 . . . . .

AV10 . . . . RESCUED. Number of occupants rescued from crashed aircraft is ____ . State of
health is ____ .
A. Unhurt
B. Slightly injured
C. Seriously injured
D. Dead

AV11 . . . . SCRAMBLE HELICOPTER. Scramble weapon-carrying helicopter.

AV12 . . . .

AV13 . . . .

AV14 . . . .

14-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1402 OPERATING

AV15 . . . .

AV16 . . . . FLIGHT OPERATIONS. Carry out flight operations (or/and/using ____ ).

1. Coordinate flight operations with this unit or unit indicated
2. Delay flight operations for ____ minutes
3. Independently to launch or recover aircraft
4. Method ALFA
5. Method BRAVO
6. Method CHARLIE
7. Postpone flight operations until ____
8. Resume flight operations

AV17 . . . . HELICOPTER OPERATIONS. Intend to conduct helicopter operations for ____ .

Time signal should be used to indicate commencement of operations.
1. Beanbag delivery
2. HIFR (Helicopter In-Flight Refueling)
3. Mail transfer (in sequence of units)
4. Personnel transfer
5. VERTREP
6. RRR (Rotors Running Refueling)
7. RRRR (Rotors Running Refueling and Rearming)
8. Training

AV18 . . . .

AV19 . . . .

AV20 . . . .

AV21 . . . .

AV22 . . . .

AV23 . . . .

14-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AV24 . . . . LIGHTING MEASURES. Use lighting measure ____ . Additions to the basic light-
ing measure are indicated by DESIG followed by appropriate letters from Vol. I,
Table 6-5; exceptions are indicated by NEGAT followed by appropriate letters
from the table.
1. White
2. Green
3. Blue
4. Green plus bright side lights
Example: AV24 – 3 DESIG O NEGAT A . . . . . Use lighting measures BLUE plus red truck lights
on other ships; do not turn on carrier red truck lights.

AV25 . . . .

AV26* . . . . PROGRESS of aircraft (fixed-wing or helicopter) operations is as indicated:

1. I am ready to operate fixed-wing aircraft when wind conditions are suitable.
2. I am ready to operate helicopters when wind conditions are suitable.
3. I am operating fixed-wing aircraft.
4. I am operating helicopters.
5. I have ____ fixed-wing aircraft to launch (and ____ to recover).
6. I have ____ helicopter to launch (and ____ to recover).
7. I have ____ fixed-wing aircraft to launch (and ____ to recover) on out-of-wind course.
8. My flight operations have been delayed (about 10 minutes).
9. My flight operations have been suspended (a time signal indicates estimated time
of resumption).
10. I have completed operating fixed-wing aircraft.
11. I have completed operating helicopters.
12. I have extended fixed-wing operations until ____ .
13. I have extended helicopter flight operations until ____ .
14. I am ready to operate helicopter on ____ minutes notice (type following DESIG).
15. I am carrying out a helicopter test flight.
Examples: AV26–5–6 . . . . . I have 6 fixed-wing aircraft to launch.
AV26–5–6–2 . . . . . I have 6 fixed-wing aircraft to launch and 2 to recover.
AV26–5–0–6 . . . . . I have 6 fixed-wing aircraft to recover.
*When using flags, flags F and H are to be used in preference to AV26
when appropriate. (See Article 3002 for helicopter/VERTREP signals.)

14-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AV27 . . . . HELICOPTER STATUS is ____ .

1. Alert ( ____ minutes)
2. Airborne
3. Down for routine maintenance
4. Down for repair

AV28 . . . . TAKE ACTION. ____ (List A) ( ____ aircraft (List B or Table V)). Number of aircraft
may be indicated.
List A List B
1. Cancel (sortie number preceded A. ASW patrol
by DESIG) B. CAP
2. Delay launching (until ____ ) C. Direct air support
3. Delay launching until further D. Exercise
orders E. Helicopter
4. Delay launching until F. Radar calibration
weather improves G. Relief
5. Keep a ready deck H. Rescue
6. Launch I. Search
7. Pick up J. Spotting
8. Provide K. Strike
9. Recall L. Shadower
10. Recover M. Weapon-carrying helicopter
11. Station N. Attack
P. Marker
Examples: AV28–6–D2 . . . . Launch 2 exercise aircraft.
AV28–6–64V . . . . . Launch observation aircraft.

AV29 . . . . TIME INTO WIND. Time required into the wind will be ____ minutes.

AV30 . . . . UNABLE TO OPERATE. I am unable to operate aircraft due to ____ . A time sig-
nal indicates expected time of operation. Numeral(s) following DESIG indicates
number of aircraft waiting to land or take off.
1. Damage
2. Decontamination in progress
3. Foul deck
4. Lack of wind
5. Maintenance
6. Motion of ship
7. Weather

AV31 . . . .

14-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AV32 . . . .

AV33 . . . .

AV34 . . . .

1403 READINESS

AV35 . . . . ALERT STATE. Take action as indicated. Number of aircraft and aircraft type from
Table V may be indicated. Call sign may be indicated.
1. Airborne alert
2. Deck alert–time ____ minutes to be airborne
3. Stand down/release (until ____ ).
Example: AV35–2–10–25V–0F . . . . To ship whose call sign is 0F: deck alert, 10 minutes to be
airborne, for ASW weapon-carrying helicopter.

AV36 . . . .

AV37 . . . .

AV38 . . . .

1404 SCOUTING

AV39 . . . . AREA for aircraft scouting is a circle or ring identified by the following numeral
groups, separated by TACK:
(a) 1. Fixed origin
2. Moving origin
(b) Outer radius, in miles
(c) Inner radius, in miles

AV40 . . . . CENTER OF AREA. Center of aircraft scouting area is ____ and is this unit or unit
indicated or in position indicated.
1. Fixed
2. Moving (course ____ speed ____ )

14-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

AV41 . . . . PATROLS. Establish and maintain aircraft ____ patrols. Two groups of numerals
following and separated by TACK may be used to indicate number of aircraft in
each patrol and number of watches or patrols per day.
1. Antisubmarine
2. Barrier
3. Combat air
4. Dawn and dusk
5. Low
6. Night
7. Radar picket
8. Rescue
9. Target
10. Target dawn and dusk
11. Target night

AV42 . . . . PROVIDE scouting aircraft (for ____ ).

1. Communication link with separated forces
2. Reconnaissance of enemy battle line
3. Reconnaissance of enemy carrier
4. Reconnaissance of enemy convoy
5. Reconnaissance of enemy detached forces
6. Reconnaissance of enemy main force
7. Special duty
8. Special link

1405 OVER-THE-HORIZON TARGETING

AV43 . . . . OVER-THE-HORIZON TARGETING. Utilize aircraft for over-the-horizon target-

ing. Number of aircraft and aircraft type from Table V may be indicated. Call sign
may be indicated.

AV44 . . . .

AV45 . . . .

14-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

14-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
GOVERN
GROUPS
BA-BZ
GOVERN
GROUPS
BA-BZ
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 15

GOVERNING GROUPS

1500 TABLE OF MEANINGS

BA . . . Action is being carried out (or I am)

BB . . . Action is completed (or I have)

BC . . . I recommend

BD . . . Report time when you will be ready (to ____ )

BE . . . Report when ready (to ____ )

BF . . . Ready (to ____ ) (at ____ )

BG . . . My present intention is to ____

BH . . . Request permission to ____

BI . . . Action is not being carried out (or I am not)

BJ . . . If you desire

BK . . . When you desire

BL . . . When ready

BM . . . Enemy/opponent is or I am being ____

BN . . . When able

BT . . . For use, see Articles 164e and 164g

BU . . . Unable to ____

BV . . . Take action or information as indicated from appropriate supple-

mentary table (see Chapter 34)

BX . . . Indicates end of series of groups governed by governing group

BY . . . Report when action completed

BZ . . . Well done

15-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

15-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
COMMUNI-
CATIONS
CM
COMMUNI-
CATIONS
CM
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 16

COMMUNICATIONS

1600 Establishing/Maintaining/Closing
Down
1601 Miscellaneous
1602 Propagation/Interference/
RADHAZ (HERO)
1603 Relay/Repeat
1604 Security/Call Signs

1600 ESTABLISHING/MAINTAINING/CLOSING DOWN

CM1 . . . . . CLOSE DOWN down radio watch (on ____ MHz or circuit designation following
DESIG).

CM2 . . . . . COMMUNICATION DIFFICULTIES. I am not in radio communication (or difficul-

ties exist) with you or unit indicated (on ____ MHz or circuit designation following
DESIG) (action to be taken ____ ).
1. Check your transmitter
2. Check your receiver
3. Check for steady key
4. Check your keymat
5. ____ (Operating signal from ACP 131)

CM3 . . . . . VISUAL WATCH. ____ .

1. Maintain continuous visual watch
2. Maintain visual watch as ordered
3. Secure visual watch from sunset to sunrise
4. Secure visual watch (from ____ to ____ )
5. Set visual watch

CM4 . . . . . ESTABLISH communications with me or unit indicated by ____ (from CM6 list).

CM5 . . . . . ESTABLISH RADIO communications with me or unit indicated (on ____ MHz or
on circuit or channel designation following DESIG).
1. Data link (type from Table E)
2. Morse A1A/A2A
3. Morse J2A
4. Voice A3E
5. Voice A2E
6. Voice F3E
7. Voice J3E
8. RATT J2B/F1B
9. RATT A2B
10. Other type of emission indicated by designation following DESIG

16-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CM6 . . . . . METHOD. Use ____ method.

1. Facsimile
2. Flaghoist
3. Flashing light
4. Link 11
5. Link 14
6. Link 16
7. Link 22
8. Loudhailer
9. Nancy
10. Nancy point of train (POT) light
11. Radiotelegraphy
12. Radiotelephony
13. Radioteletype
14. Semaphore
15. Single sideband (SSB)
16. Sonar
17. Underwater telephone
18. VHF bridge-to-bridge (channel ____ )
19. VML (voice modulated light)
20. Battle force e-mail
21. E-mail

CM7 . . . . . MAINTAIN RADIO ____ WATCH (on ____ MHz or circuit designation following
DESIG).
1. Copy
2. Cover
3. Guard
4. Listening watch

CM8 . . . . . SHIFT FREQUENCY on this or circuit indicated to ____ .

1. Primary frequency
2. Secondary frequency
3. Line number (following DESIG)
4. Frequency (following DESIG)
5. Channel (following DESIG)

CM9 . . . . . COMMUNICATION PLAN IN FORCE (at ____ ) is as indicated ____ . (Frequency

column letter/identifier of communication plan is ____ (specified if necessary)).
1. NAMARCOMPLAN
2. NORBALCOMPLAN
3. SORMARCOMPLAN
4. ____ (following DESIG)

1601 MISCELLANEOUS

CM10 . . . . SHIFT to frequencies from column ____ (following DESIG) in present communi-
cation plan.

CM11 . . . . EXPEDITE signal(s) (by ____ ).

1. Acknowledging more promptly
2. Answering more promptly
3. Clearing the hoist
4. Making hoist on both sides
5. Making hoist on other side
6. Relaying more promptly

16-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CM12 . . . . FREQUENCY in ____ Hertz is ____ .

1. Kilo
2. Mega
3. Giga

CM13 . . . . GROUPS from ____ have been used for the following (number ____ of) groups.
1. Allied Guide to Masters (ATP 2, Vol. II)
2. International Code of Signals (INTERCO)
3. Naval and maritime air tactical code

CM14 . . . . NANCY traffic lists will be broadcast (or ____ ) hourly on the hour (or at ____ ).
1. Call periods will be established

CM15 . . . . SIGNALS. Following signals have been taken from publication indicated by its
short title following DESIG.

CM16 . . . . ANSWERING. Answer in proper alpha/numeric sequence.

1602 PROPAGATION/INTERFERENCE/RADHAZ (HERO)

CM17 . . . . INTERFERENCE. Transmissions from this unit or unit indicated are interfering
with communications or type of equipment indicated from Table E. Circuit desig-
nation following DESIG or frequency band from Table E may be indicated.

CM18 . . . . INTERFERENCE. An electromagnetic pulse (EMP) may cause communication

and electronic equipment interference or damage.

CM19 . . . . PROPAGATION CONDITIONS for ____ (List A) are ____ (List B).
List A List B
1. Below 3 MHz A. Above average
2. 3 to 30 MHz B. Average
3. 100 to 156 MHz C. Below average
4. 225 to 400 MHz D. Very poor
5. Frequency band from Table E E. Super-refraction conditions exist
F. Sporadic refraction conditions exist
G. Non-ionospheric propagation exists

CM20 . . . . RADIATION HAZARD (RADHAZ (HERO)) PRECAUTIONS. This unit has taken
precautions to preclude, or warn of, RADHAZ (HERO) dangers on own equipment
(or on own ____ ).
1. Aircraft
2. Personnel
3. Receivers
4. Transmitters

CM21 . . . . RADIO HAZARD (RADHAZ (HERO)) WARNING. This unit or unit indicated is op-
erating high-power equipment in frequency band indicated from Table E (bearing
____ ).

CM22 . . . . RADIO HAZARD (RADHAZ (HERO)) EXISTS. Cease transmission on ____ .

1. HF over 500 watts
2. Frequency band from Table E

16-3 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CM23 . . . . LASER EMISSION HAZARD WARNING. This unit or unit indicated is operating
laser.

CM24 . . . . LASER EMISSION HAZARD PRECAUTIONS. This unit or unit indicated has
taken safety precautions to preclude, or warn of, laser emission dangers on own
personnel.

CM25 . . . . LASER EMISSION HAZARD EXISTS. Cease laser emission.

1603 RELAY/REPEAT

CM26 . . . . RELAY SHIP. Act as ____ relay ship (on circuit indicated) (for unit(s) indicated).
1. Nancy
2. Radio
3. Sonar
4. Visual

CM27 . . . . REPEAT all visual signals by radio (using ____ ).

1. VHF radiotelephone
2. UHF radiotelephone
3. UHF radioteletype
4. ____ MHz or circuit designation following DESIG)

CM28 . . . .

CM29 . . . .

1604 SECURITY/CALL SIGNS

CM30 . . . .

CM31 . . . .

CM32 . . . . CIRCUIT DESIG ____ has ____ (list A) and requires ____ (list B).
List A List B
1. Poor circuit discipline A. Close supervision
2. Excessive repetition B. Attention to COMSEC procedures

CM33 . . . .

CM34 . . . . CRYPTO RESTART. Take this circuit (or circuits following DESIG) for crypto re-
start at this time ____ ).

CM35 . . . . DAILY CHANGING CALL SIGNS. Activate daily changing call signs (for day ____ )
at this time (or at ____ time).

CM36 . . . . AUTHENTICATION POLICY. Assume authentication policy ____ (List A) on

____ uncovered voice and CW circuits (List B).
List A List B
1. ALFA A. All
2. BRAVO B. MF/HF
C. VHF/UHF

16-4 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CM37 . . . . SECURITY AND PROCEDURE. You are, or unit indicated is, ____ (on ____ MHz
or circuit designation following DESIG).
1. To answer only properly authenticated transmissions

CM38 . . . . CALL SIGN. ____ (List A) your ____ (List B) call sign.
List A List B
1. Hoist A. Visual
2. Sound B. International

CM39 . . . . VISUAL SIGNALING RESTRICTIONS are as indicated.

1. No restrictions on signaling
2. Use only directional flashing light
3. Use only nondirectional flashing light
4. Use only coloured filters
5. Use only from sunrise to sunset
6. Use only from sunset to sunrise
7. Use only signals from International Code of Signals
8. Use only signals from ATP-1, Vol. II/MTP-1, Vol. II
9. Others following DESIG

CM40 . . . .

16-5 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

16-6 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
COMMAND
CO
COMMAND
CO
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 17

COMMAND

1700 General Signals

1700 GENERAL SIGNALS

CO1 . . . . . ASSIGNED. You are assigned to this unit or unit indicated.

CO2 . . . . . ASSUME COMMAND (as ____ ).

1. Antiair warfare commander (AAWC)
2. Antisubmarine warfare commander (ASWC)
3. Antisurface warfare commander (ASUWC)
4. Composite warfare commander (CWC)
5. Helicopter action group commander (HAGC)
6. Officer conducting exercise (OCE)
7. Officer conducting the serial (OCS)
8. Officer in tactical command (OTC)
9. Scene of action commander (SAC)
10. Screen commander (SC)
11. Search attack unit commander (SAUC)
12. Surface action group commander (SAGC)

CO3 . . . . . COMMAND as ____ (from CO2 list) is held in this unit or unit indicated.

CO4 . . . . . COMPLY with my message (or message ____ ).

17-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CO5 . . . . . DELEGATION OF OTC’s FUNCTION(S). Responsibilities from Table ____ of

ATP 1, Vol. I, Chapter 1, indicated by numerals following DESIG, are delegated to
unit indicated.
Example: CO5—2 DESIG 207 c/s 4AH . . . Responsibilities from Table 2 of ATP 1, Vol. I, Chap-
ter 1, indicated by numerals following DESIG, are delegated to unit whose
call sign is 4AH.

CO6 . . . . . FORM ____ unit (from Table F).

CO7 . . . . . AUTHORITY TO DISPATCH ____ is delegated to screen commander. (Limiting

distances for ships and helicopters may be ordred separately.)
1. SAG
2. SAU

CO8 . . . . . OFFICER. ____ (from Table P) is to take charge.

CO9 . . . . .

CO10 . . . . ORGANIZATION. Assume ____ organization (number ____, or as indicated by

call sign or type indicator following).
1. Task
2. Type

CO11 . . . . ORGANIZATION. Assume following type organization ____ .

1. Sequence numbers in order of call signs following
2. Composition of divisions and subdivisions (sequence numbers following unit indica-
tors)
3. Division commanders are to be ____ (sequence numbers)
4. Subdivision commanders are to be ____ (sequence numbers)
Example: CO11—1 c/s 4AH 6RT 3PT 2XE 4MX 1SZ 3FO 3QR—2 Div 1—1 2 3 4—
Div 2—5 6 7 8—Subdiv 1—1 2—Subdiv 2—3 4—Subdiv 3—5 6—
Subdiv 4—7 8—3—1 5—4—1 3 5 7

CO12 . . . . PLAN/ORDER. Execute (or ____ ) plan/order from Table C (phase ____ ).
1. Use

CO13 . . . . SUPPORT this unit or unit indicated (by using support situation ____ ).
1. A
2. B
3. C

17-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CO14 . . . . TACTICAL COMMAND. Assume (or ____ ) tactical command of this unit or unit
indicated.
1. I am assuming
2. I have resumed

CO15 . . . . TACTICAL CONTROL. Assume (or ____ ) tactical control of this unit or unit indi-
cated.
1. I am assuming
2. I have resumed

CO16 . . . . TAKE CHARGE ( ____ ).

1. And conduct the exercise
2. And proceed as previously directed
3. And proceed to port
4. And proceed out of port
5. Of force (or ____ ) and maneuver as necessary for flying operations
6. Of force (or ____ ) for maneuvers
7. Of operations

CO17 . . . . RULES OF ENGAGEMENT (ROE). The following NATO (or ____ (List A) ROE,
indicated by numerals following DESIG, are in force (or ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. National A. Cancelled
B Newly authorized

CO18 . . . .

CO19 . . . .

CO20 . . . .

17-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

17-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
ENTRY/
DEPART
ED
ENTRY/
DEPART
ED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 18

ENTRY AND DEPARTURE

1800 Anchor(ing)/Weighing
1801 Berth(ing)
1802 Channel/Swept Channel
1803 Getting Underway
1804 Miscellaneous

1800 ANCHOR(ING)/WEIGHING

ED1 . . . . . ANCHOR IS ____ . PORT or STBD (or DESIG ____ ) may be added to indicate
which anchor is to be used.
1. At short stay 5. Lost
2. Clear 6. Recovered
3. Dragging 7. Secured
4. Foul 8. Slipped

ED2 . . . . . ANCHOR ( ____ ). PORT or STBD (or DESIG ____ ) may be added to indicate
which anchor is to be used.
1. At your discretion
2. In accordance with previous instructions
3. In any unoccupied berth
4. In berth ____
5. In berths previously assigned
6. In berths previously occupied
7. In formation (number ____ ) (See Article 401.)
8. In present position (or in position indicated)
9. In present sequence
10. In succession from the rear
11. Let go another anchor
12. On account of fog
13. On bearing ____ from ship indicated (distance ____ miles)
14. On line of bearing ____ (range between ships ____ hundred yards)

18-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ED3 . . . . . ANCHOR BEARS ____ range ____ hundred yards from my foremast. PORT or
STBD (or DESIG ____ ) may be added to indicate which anchor is referred to.

ED4 . . . . . ANCHOR WATCH. Set anchor watch.

ED5 . . . . . BOTTOM is ____ .

1. Clay
2. Coral
3. Covered in weed
4. Hard
5. Mud
6. Pebbles
7. Rock, rocky
8. Sand
9. Shells
10. Soft

ED6 . . . . . CAST or point ship (to PORT or STBD) (or ____ ).

1. As required
2. To course

ED7 . . . . . SHIP IS AT ANCHOR/MOORED (using ____ anchor) (anchor position/berth fol-

lowing DESIG).
1. Bow
2. Port
3. Starboard
4. Stern

ED8 . . . . . FOUL HAWSE. Have foul hawse. A time signal indicates time at which it is ex-
pected hawse will be cleared.

ED9 . . . . . KEDGE. I am unable to kedge off (or ____ ).

1. Kedge is clear
2. Kedge is foul

ED10 . . . . MOOR, with anchors, ( ____ ). PORT or STBD may be used to indicate which an-
chor is to be let go first.
1. At your discretion
2. In accordance with previous instructions
3. In any unoccupied berth
4. In berth ____
5. In berths previously assigned
6. In berths previously occupied
7. In present position (or position indicated)

18-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ED11 . . . .

ED12 . . . . SHIP’S HEAD (or ____ ) is ____ .

1. Line of direction between anchors

ED13 . . . . SHORT STAY. Shorten in to short stay (or ____ ).

1. To ____ fathoms
2. To ____ shackles

ED14 . . . . UNMOOR (at ____ ).

ED15 . . . .

ED16 . . . . VEER CHAIN ( ____ ).

1. To ____ fathoms
2. To ____ shackles

ED17 . . . .

ED18 . . . . WEIGH ANCHOR (or ____ ). PORT or STBD may be used to indicate which an-
chor.
1. Weight second anchor
2. Secure anchors

ED19 . . . .

ED20 . . . .

1801 BERTH(ING)

ED21 . . . .

ED22 . . . . BERTH ASSIGNMENT of this ship or unit indicated is ____ .

ED23 . . . . BERTH ASSIGNMENT. Hoist your berth assignment.

ED24 . . . . BERTH OCCUPIED. Berth assigned me is occupied.

ED25 . . . .

ED26 . . . . CLEAR BERTH for this unit or unit indicated.

18-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ED27 . . . .

ED28 . . . . SECURE ALONGSIDE ( ____ (List A)) (as specified ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. This unit A. At my port side
2. Unit indicated B. At my starboard side
3. Berth indicated C. With your port side
D. With your starboard side
E. At station number

ED29 . . . . SECURE to buoy(s) ( ____ ).

1. Bow and stern
2. In accordance with previous instructions
3. Previously assigned
4. Previously occupied
5. To any unoccupied buoy
6. To buoy ____ .

ED30 . . . .

ED31 . . . . SHIFT BERTH to ____ indicated. PORT or STBD may be added to indicate which
side of the ship is to be next to pier.
1. Berth
2. Buoy

ED32 . . . .

ED33 . . . .

1802 CHANNEL/SWEPT CHANNEL

ED34 . . . .

ED35 . . . . CHANNEL. Lead down channel (or ____ ).

1. Use swept channel

ED36 . . . . CHANNEL ____ .

1. Has been swept
2. Has depth of ____ fathoms
3. Is clear
4. Is closed by boom (nets or gate)
5. Is obstructed

18-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ED37 CHANNEL. Remain in swept channel (or ____ ).

1. Do not enter unswept water

ED38 . . . . CHANNEL. Direction of channel is ____ .

ED39 . . . . DEPARTURE INTERVALS. Units are to pass Point A at a ____ . Order of units of
types may be indicated.
1. Distance interval of ____ hundred yards
2. Time interval of ____ minutes

ED40 . . . . ENTRY INTERVALS. Units are to pass Point X at a ____ . Order of units or types
may be indicated.
1. Distance interval of ____ hundred yards
2. Time interval of ____ minutes

ED41 . . . .

ED42 . . . . GUIDE this unit or unit indicated through swept channel.

ED43 . . . .

ED44 . . . . MOVEMENTS. Follow my movements (or of ____ ) in conforming to channel by

adjusting course and speed as necessary to pass over the same ground.
1. Column leader or unit indicated

ED45 . . . . OBSTRUCTION. Alter course as necessary to clear obstruction in channel (in po-
sition ____ ).

ED46 . . . .

1803 GETTING UNDERWAY

ED47 . . . .

ED48 . . . . DELAY getting underway ( ____ ).

1. And remain at ____ hours notice
2. And remain at ____ minutes notice
3. Until ____
4. Until further orders

18-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ED49 . . . . GET UNDERWAY (and ____ ). (Order of units or types may be indicated by call
signs following.)
1. Comply with previous instructions
2. Form column in order of sequence numbers
3. Form column in quickest sequence
4. Proceed at ____ minute intervals
5. Proceed out of port

ED50 . . . .

1804 MISCELLANEOUS

ED51 . . . . HANDS FALL ____ (at ____ ).

1. IN
2. OUT

ED52 . . . .

ED53 . . . . ENTER harbor (at ____ ).

1. Zero time (zero time may be indicated)
2. Zero time minus ____ minutes
3. Zero time plus ____ minutes

ED54 . . . . LEAVE harbor (at ____ ). Departure plan may be indicated.

1. Zero time (zero time may be indicated)
2. Zero time minus ____ minutes
3. Zero time plus ____ minutes

ED55 . . . .

ED56 . . . . OPEN. ____ is open (or will open at ____ ). NEGAT preceding means “ ____ is
closed (or will close at ____ ).”
1. Bay
2. Channel
3. Entrance
4. Gate
5. Harbor
6. Port
7. River

ED57 . . . .

ED58 . . . .

ED59 . . . .

18-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
ENEMY
EN
ENEMY
EN
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 19

ENEMY

1900 Electronic Warfare

1901 Operations and
Movements
1902 Reporting/Intelligence
1903 Warning
1900 ELECTRONIC WARFARE

EN1 . . . . .

EN2 . . . . .

EN3 . . . . .

EN4 . . . . .

EN5 . . . . .

1901 OPERATIONS AND MOVEMENTS

EN6 . . . . . COURSE. Enemy course is ___ (speed ___ .) Two courses separated by TACK
indicate the limits within which the enemy is expected to steer.

EN7 . . . . . ENEMY MEAN LINE OF ADVANCE (MLA) is ___ degrees.

19-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EN8 . . . . . MINES. Enemy ( ____ List A ) is (are) laying mines ( ____ List B).
List A List B
1. Aircraft A. Ahead of this or unit indicated
2. Submarines B. Astern of this or unit indicated
3. Surface craft C. In position indicated
D. On bearing ____

EN9 . . . . .

EN10 . . . . OPERATIONS. Enemy is ____ .

1. Approaching this unit or unit indicated
2. Approaching under cover of a smoke screen
3. Being reinforced
4. Drawing ahead
5. Dropping back
6. Endeavoring to escape
7. Gaining advantage
8. In disorder
9. Launching aircraft
10. Leaving harbor
11. Losing advantage
12. Organizing SSM attack
13. Organizing torpedo attack
14. Putting landing force ashore
15. Recovering aircraft
16. Retiring
17. Retreating
18. Scattered
19. Still in sight
20. Strongly supported
21. Superior
22. Threatening this unit or unit indicated
23. Trailing this unit or unit indicated
24. Using evasive steering
25. Well protected

EN11 . . . .

EN12 . . . . POSITION. Enemy position is ( ____ List A ) ( ____ List B ).

List A List B
1. Bearing ____ (distance ____ miles) A. Departure
2. Geographical, as indicated B. Destination
C. Estimated now (or at ____ )
D. When last determined (or at ____ )

19-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EN13 . . . .

EN14 . . . .

EN15 . . . .

EN16 . . . .

1902 REPORTING/INTELLIGENCE

EN17 . . . .

EN18 . . . . FORCES. Enemy ____ (from Table F) is/are operating in the vicinity.

EN19 . . . .

EN20 . . . . FORMATION. Enemy formation appears to be ____ .

1. In ASW disposition around screened units(s)
2. In AAW disposition around screened units(s)
3. In ASW disposition with no screened units(s)
4. In AAW disposition with no screened units(s)
5. Surface action group

EN21 . . . . FORMATION. Number of ships in enemy formation is ____ .

EN22 . . . . MISSILE SITE. Enemy missile site or platform is located on bearing ____ from this
unit or unit indicated distance ____ miles.

EN23 . . . . REPORT. Make enemy (or ____ ) report.

1. Amplifying

EN24 . . . . REPORTING. Use ____ for enemy reporting. (See Article 165c.)
1. TT
2. XX
3. YY
4. QQ
5. ZZ
6. Position indicated

19-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EN25 . . . . REPORTED. Enemy reconnaissance (or enemy ____ ) has reported this unit or
unit indicated.
1. Aircraft
2. Submarine
3. Surface unit

EN26 . . . . STATUS OF ENEMY. Enemy is_____.

1. Destroyed
2. Disabled
3. Still engaged

EN27 . . . . SUNK. Enemy ships of type indicated have been sunk. Number may be indicated
following DESIG.

EN28 . . . .

EN29 . . . . SHADOWING. Enemy (or enemy ____ ) (bearing ____ ) is shadowing this unit or
unit indicated.
1. Aircraft
2. Submarine
3. Surface unit

EN30 . . . . MARKING. Enemy (or enemy ____ ) (bearing ____ ) is marking this unit or unit in-
dicated.
1. Aircraft
2. Submarine
3. Surface unit

EN31 . . . .

EN32 . . . .

EN33 . . . .

19-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

1903 THREAT WARNING

EN34 . . . . THREAT WARNING. ____ (type of threat from List A) warning ____ (severity from
List B).
List A List A List A List B
A. Air F. Torpedo K. Acoustic 1. RED
B. Surface G. Missile L. Electromagnetic 2. YELLOW
C. Submarine H. Bomb M. Chemical 3. WHITE
D. Space I. Mine N. Nuclear
E. Shore J. Laser O. Biological
P. Physical
Q. Asymmetric
Example: EN34—A1 . . . Air warning RED.
EN34—AC1 . . . Air and submarine warning RED.
EN34—AC1—B2 . . . Air and submarine warning RED, surface warning YELLOW.
EN34—CF1—AG2—M3 . . . Submarine and torpedo warning RED, air and missile
warning YELLOW, chemical warning WHITE.

EN35 . . . .

EN36 . . . .

EN37 . . . .

19-5 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

19-6 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
ELEC WAR
EW
ELEC WAR
EW
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 20

ELECTRONIC WARFARE

2000 Emission Control

2001 Enemy Countermeasures
2002 Electronic Support Measures
2003 Electronic Countermeasures

2000 EMISSION CONTROL

EW1 . . . . . BREAK SILENCE/TRANSMIT on ____.

1. This circuit or circuit indicated
2. Frequency of ____ MHz
3. ____ (from Table E)
NOT RELEASABLE

EW2 . . . . . SILENCE LIFTED (on ____ emissions).

1. Acoustic
2. Electronic

EW3 . . . . . EMCON PLAN LINE. Unit indicated is to use line ____ in EMCON plan in force (or
in EMCON plan ____ ).

EW4 . . . . .

EW5 . . . . . FREQUENCY SWITCH PLAN. Use frequency switch plan ____ (at ____ ).

EW6 . . . . .

EW7 . . . . . MAINTAIN SILENCE. Maintain complete and continuous silence on ____ (List
A/B) to avoid intelligence collection (from ____ (List C)).
List A List B List C
1. Acoustic A. A- to F-band radar 20. AGI ( ____ )
2. Communication B. HF 21. Aircraft
3. Data link C. Helicopter dipping sonar 22. Combatant ( ____ )
4. Decoys D. Medium/long-range radar 23. HF/DF network
5. FC/NC radars E. Nonsecure 24. Merchant
6. Jammers F. Other radar 25. Satellite
7. Radars G. Short-range radar
H. VDS
I. VHF/UHF

EW8 . . . . .

20-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EW9 . . . . . RADAR EMISSION INSTRUCTIONS ____.

Use of this group with EW11, EW12, and EW 13 should be avoided.
1. Make ____ sweeps on radar (type or frequency band from Table E)
2. Radar (type or frequency band from Table E) may be used for ____ sweeps every
____ minutes, commencing at ____
3. Radar (type or frequency band from Table E) may be operated in random intervals,
commencing at ____ , limiting each period of operation to ____ sweeps with a maxi-
mum of ____ periods of operation per hour.
Example: EW9—3—119E—1230—5—6 . . . I-band radar may be operated in random intervals,
commencing at 1230, limiting each period of operation to 5 sweeps with a
maximum of 6 periods of operation per hour.

EW10 . . . . EMISSION DIAGRAM. Use emission diagram number ____ following DESIG
(column number ____ ).
OTC may promulgate own emission diagrams if required and should
number them so that this signal may be used for promulgation.

EW11 . . . . EMCON PLAN ____ (identity following DESIG) now in force (or when indicated
from Table W) in accordance with fleet or force orders. (See ATP 1, Vol. I, Chapter 5.)
Example: EW11 DESIG B—84W . . . EMCON PLAN B in force when directed.

EW12 . . . . EMCON PLAN PROMULGATION. EMCON plan is established as follows. The

established plan is called ____ (identity following DESIG)*. Use index letters (call
signs, if required, for additional or specific units) and index numbers from the basic
EMCON plan format in ATP 1, Vol. I, Chapter 5, followed by radiation status indi-
cators (RSIs) (to be repeated if required).
*EMCON plans are to be brought into force by group EW 11.
Example: EW 12—A10E— c/s 9AW—10U—B15U—L15U DESIG B . . . EMCON plan BRAVO
is established. It allows aircraft carriers essential use of all radars, unit with
call sign 9AW unrestricted use of all radars, cruisers and pickets unre-
stricted use of I-band search/height-finding radar.

EW13 . . . . EMCON PLAN MODIFICATION. EMCON plan ____ (identity following DESIG) is
to be modified as indicated. The modified plan is called ____ (identity following
DESIG)*.
*EMCON plans are to be brought into force by group EW 11.
Example: EW13 DESIG B—B15E DESIG B1 . . . EMCON PLAN BRAVO is modified to allow
cruisers essential use of I-band search/height-finding radars. The modified
plan is called BRAVO ONE.

EW14 . . . .

EW15 . . . .

EW16 . . . .

20-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2001 ENEMY COUNTERMEASURES

EW17 . . . .

EW18 . . . . COMMUNICATIONS DECEPTION. Enemy is ____ on circuit ____ .

1. Suspected of sending false (deceptive) traffic
2. Using our authentication system
3. Using our call signs

EW19 . . . . COUNTERMEASURES DETECTED. Enemy use of ____ countermeasures has

been detected by this unit or unit indicated (on circuit/line ____ preceded by DE-
SIG or frequency/band from Table E).
1. Break-lock
2. Chaff
3. Communications deception
4. Communications jamming
5. Decoy (mechanical reflectors)
6. Radar deception
7. Radar jamming
8. Unidentified

EW20 . . . . EFFECTIVENESS of enemy countermeasures is as indicated:

1. Can track intermittently
2. Jamming only affects equipment type or frequency band indicated from Table E
3. No difficulty in tracking targets
4. Unable to lock on targets
5. Unable to track targets

EW21 . . . .

EW22 . . . .

2002 ELECTRONIC SUPPORT MEASURES

EW23* . . . BEARING (or position) of Racket No. ____ by D/F is ____ .

*EMERG I is to be used for an interception constituting an immediate
threat.

EW24 . . . .

EW25 . . . .

EW26 . . . . INTERCEPT CLASSIFIED FRIENDLY. Racket No. ____ now classified friendly.

20-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EW27 . . . . INTERCEPT OF UNAUTHORIZED EMISSION. This unit or unit indicated has in-
tercepted friendly ____ emissions (from unit indicated) which are violating silence
conditions in force.
1. Communications
2. Homing beacon
3. IFF
4. Jamming
5. Other equipment from Table E
6. Radar
7. Sonar

EW28 . . . . INTERCEPTED. This unit or unit indicated has intercepted enemy ____ emis-
sions on bearing ____ on frequency of ____ MHz, indicated by numerals following
DESIG, or by frequency band from Table E. (Type of emission is ____ from Table
E.) (Emission is designated Racket No. ____ .)
1. Communications
2. Guided missile
3. Infrared
4. Jamming
5. Navigational aid
6. Proximity fuze
7. Radar, airborne source
8. Radar, shipborne source
9. Radar, submarine source
10. Radar, unknown source
Example: EW28—8—047 DESIG 9350—30E—3462 . . . This unit has intercepted enemy
shipborne source radar emissions on bearing 047° on frequency of 9350
MHz. Type of emission is fire control radar and is designated Racket No.
3462.

EW29 . . . .

EW30 . . . .

EW31 . . . . SET ESM WATCH. Set ____ (from List A) watch for enemy emissions on ____
(from List B). (Enemy call sign is ____ .)
List A List B
1. D/F A. Frequency band from Table E
2. Intercept B. Frequency in kHz
C. Frequency in MHz
D. Spot No. ____

EW32 . . . .

EW33 . . . .

EW34 . . . .

20-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2003 ELECTRONIC COUNTERMEASURES

EW35 . . . . AIRCRAFT DISPENSED CHAFF. Use aircraft dispensed chaff (type from Table
E) to protect own unit or unit indicated.

EW36 . . . . ELECTRONIC COUNTERMEASURES. Use ____ electronic countermeasures

against radar/communciations ( ____ from Table E).
1. Deception (spoof)
2. Disruption (jam)

EW37 . . . . DECOYS. Use decoys to simulate ____ (at ____ ).

1. Aircraft, few
2. Aircraft, many
3. Ship, large
4. Ship, small
5. Submarine snort
6. Task group

EW38 . . . . INFRARED DECOYS. Use infrared decoys to protect own unit.

EW39 . . . . DECEPTION REPEATER. Use deception repeater (type from Table E) to protect
own unit or unit indicated (against Racket No. ____ ).

EW40 . . . .

EW41 . . . . FIRE CHAFF as indicated (bearing ____ ) (range ____ ).

1. ALFA (air dispensed)
2. BRAVO (barrier)
3. CHARLIE (confusion)
4. DELTA (distraction)
5. FOXTROT (funnel dispersed)
6. HOTEL (helicopter dispensed)
7. SIERRA (seduction)
8. As previously directed

EW42 . . . . SHELL CHAFF. Fire shell chaff (type from Table E) to protect own unit or unit indi-
cated (on bearing ____ ) (at range ____ ).

EW43 . . . .

EW44 . . . .

EW45 . . . . EMISSION PRECAUTIONS. Take precautionary measures in accordance with

national instructions to deny interception of classified information on own elec-
tromagentic and acoustic emissions by Potential Intelligence Collector (PIC) in
the area.

EW46 . . . . SIMULATE UNDERWATER TELEPHONE (UWT) COMMUNICATIONS with

friendly submarine (or ___ ) using “Do not answer” procedures.
1. Detach and simulate SSN-link procedure using “Do not answer” procedures.

EW47 . . . .

20-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

20-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
EXERCISE
EX
EXERCISE
EX
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 21

EXERCISES

2100 General Signals

2100 GENERAL SIGNALS

EX1 . . . . . COMMENCE RUN ( ____ ) (type of run following DESIG).

1. From ahead
2. From astern
3. From port
4. From starboard
5. Overhead
6. To port
7. To starboard

EX2 . . . . . EXERCISE AT ____ (from Table X) (ship indicated or officer from Table P to con-
duct the exercise).

EX3 . . . . . EXERCISE or EVENT is ____ (type of exercise from Table X or letter and/or nu-
merals following DESIG).
1. Abandoned
2. Being conducted
3. Cancelled
4. Completed
5. Postponed (until ____ )
6. To be repeated now (or at ____ )
7. To be resumed now (or at ____ )
8. To cease now (or at ____ )
9. To commence now (or at ____ )

EX4 . . . . . EXERCISE INDEPENDENTLY, (remain within ____ range of this unit or unit
indicated).
1. Radar
2. UHF
3. VHF
4. Visual signaling
5. ____ miles

EX5 . . . . . EXPLOSIVE SIGNAL. Fire ____ explosive signal charges.

21-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

EX6 . . . . . OPERATE IN AREA ____ (type of training or exercise from Table X to be

conducted).

EX7 . . . . .

EX8 . . . . . RUN is ____ .

1. Completed
2. To be carried out as a dummy run
3. To be repeated
4. To cease now (or at ____ )
5. To commence now (or at ____ )

EX9 . . . . . TACTICAL MANEUVERS by flaghoist are to commence now (or at ____ ).

EX10 . . . . TARGET. Take target in tow (or ____ ) (distance ____ hundred yards target is to
be astern).
1. Abandon target
2. Pick up target
3. Stream target sled
4. Transfer target to this unit or unit indicated
5. Veer target

EX11 . . . . TRIALS. Carry out trials or tests of ____ equipment (at ____ ).
1. Antiaircraft battery
2. Close-range weapons
3. Guided missile battery
4. Main battery
5. Primary steering
6. Searchlights
7. Secondary battery
8. Secondary steering
9. Sirens/whistles
10. Smoke-making
11. Steering by main engines
12. Other equipment (from Table E, U, or Y)

EX12 . . . .

21-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 GUN/
MISSILE
GM
 GUN/
MISSILE
GM
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 22

GUNNERY AND MISSILES

2200 Ballistic Signals

2201 General Signals
2202 Naval Gunfire Support
2200 BALLISTIC SIGNALS

GM1 . . . . .

GM2 . . . . .

GM3 . . . . . BALLISTIC WIND. Find the ballistic wind at height of ____ thousand feet.

GM4 . . . . . BALLISTIC WIND (or ____ ) is from ____ at ____ knots (at height of ____ thou-
sand feet).
1. Surface wind

GM5 . . . . .

GM6 . . . . .

22-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2201 GENERAL SIGNALS

GM7 . . . . . RANGE FOULED (by ____ from Supplementary Tables).

GM8 . . . . . CLEAR THE RANGE (or ____ ) from this unit or unit indicated (on bearing ____ ).
1. Line of fire

GM9 . . . . . FIRING LIMIT BEARING(S) is ____ (or are from ____ to ____ ).

GM10 . . . . RANGE CLEAR.

GM11 . . . . MALFUNCTIONS. I have a ____ .

1. Hangfire
2. Loaded gun
3. Misfire
4. Missile hangfire on launcher
5. Missile misfire

GM12 . . . . BORES CLEAR. ( ____ expended rounds).

GM13 . . . . RAKE CODE. Code groups following this signal are from the Rake Code below
and are intended for transmission by Morse or voice. Each shot is raked unless
the mean point of impact of the salvo is requested. Numeral preceding the letters
indicates the salvo number.
Example: GM13—1—A—AM—M—N . . . The four shots of salvo 1 landed: over 50 yards, hit,
short 50 yards, and short 100 yards.

RAKE CODE
AM . . . Hit
S . . . . More than 1,000 yards short of target
O . . . . More than 1,000 yards beyond target
A . . . Over 50 yards M . . . Short 50 yards
B . . . Over 100 N . . . Short 100
C . . . Over 150 P . . . Short 150
D . . . Over 200 Q . . . Short 200
E . . . Over 300 R . . . Short 300
F . . . Over 400 T . . . Short 400
G . . . Over 500 U . . . Short 500
H . . . Over 600 V . . . Short 600
I . . . Over 700 W . . . Short 700
J . . . Over 800 X . . . Short 800
K . . . Over 900 Y . . . Short 900
L . . . Over 1,000 Z . . . Short 1,000

22-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

GM14 . . . . TARGET ____ .

1. Range is ____ thousand yards
2. Identified — Ready to observe
3. Identified — I am able to spot for you and will pass reports on circuit or frequency
indicated
4. Obscured
5. Destroyed

GM15 . . . .

GM16 . . . .

GM17 . . . . AMMUNITION. ____ (List A) _____ (List B) fuzes.

List A List B
1. Change to A. Impact/time
2. Reload with B. Proximity
3. Select

2202 NAVAL GUNFIRE SUPPORT

GM18 . . . .

GM19 . . . .

GM20 . . . . FIRE into grid area ____ .

GM21 . . . . GRID REFERENCE for gunfire support is ____ .

GM22 . . . . GUNFIRE SUPPORT. Commence the scheduled gunfire support for landing
beach ____ from Table Z).

GM23 . . . . SPOTTER. Call spotter on frequency allocated (or frequency ____ ) and carry out
naval gunfire support task allocated.

GM24 . . . . TARGET for gunfire support is ____ .

1. Buildings
2. Gun emplacements
3. Rail/locomotive
4. Road/bridge
5. Soft-skinned vehicles
6. Tanks in open ground
7. Troop concentration

22-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

22-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
HARASS-
MENT
HA
HARASS-
MENT
HA
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 23

HARASSMENT

2300 Shadowing, Marking, and

Countermarking
2301 Harassing and Hampering

2300 SHADOWING, MARKING, AND COUNTERMARKING

HA1 . . . . . SHADOW, MARK, OR COUNTERMARK (as indicated List A) OPPONENT (bear-

ing ____ ) (as indicated List B).
List A List B
1. Shadow A. At close range
2. Mark B. At distant range
3. Countermark C. At optimum range
D. Covertly
E. Overtly

HA2 . . . . .

2301 HARASSING AND HAMPERING

HA3 . . . . . HARASS OPPONENT (bearing ____ (distance ____ ) by maneuvering in accor-

dance with the Rules of Engagement or OTC’s policy and acting strictly in
accordance with the Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea, unless other-
wise ordered.
1. Maneuver to obtain right of way, applying international Rules of the Road.
2. Close opponent with varying speeds. Avoid ‘in extremis’ situation.
3. Approach at high speed and make close passes in order to disturb operations on deck
or alongside.
4. Join with opponent’s main force without hampering maneuvers (minimum range ____ ).
5. Join with opponent’s main force and conform to maneuvers.
6. Disregard Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea.
7. Ram opponent (bearing ____ ) (with unit indicated).

23-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

HA4 . . . . . HARASS OPPONENT (bearing ____) (distance ____ ) by use of weapons ____
(List A) and sensors ____ (List B) as indicated.
List A List B
1. Crew at battle stations A. Turret/launcher aimed
2. SSM B. Turret/launcher not aimed
3. SAM C. Associated control radar
4. Main battery C. aimed but not activated
5. Secondary battery D. Associated control radar aimed
6. Other ____ (from Table A) and activated in tracking mode
E. Associated control radar aimed
and activated in acquisition mode

HA5 . . . . . HARASS OPPONENT (bearing ____ ) (distance ____ ) by use of aircraft.

1. Overfly target at low level (minimum height ____ ).
2. Overfly target with bomb doors open.
3. Close target flying missile launch pattern. Radar activated in tracking or acquisition
mode.
4. Jam ____ (from Table E) band radars.
5. Jam ____ (from Table E) communications.

HA6 . . . . . HARASS SUBSURFACE CONTACT by ____ (List A) (using ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Make sudden and significant A. Noisemaker
course alterations in B. Torpedo decoy
direction of contact. C. UWT
2. Make every effort short of
attack to induce the submarine
to surface.
3. Throw explosive charges
close to contact (but not
closer than ____ yards).
4. Change sonar transmission
interval and carry out sonar
in-contact procedure.
5. Activate equipment ____
(from List B or Table U).

23-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

HA7 . . . . . HAMPER OPPONENT’s OPERATIONS or MOVEMENTS (by ____ (List A)) (us-
ing ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Maneuvering A. Explosive signal charges
2. Taking station on designated B. Pyrotechnics
opponent’s aircraft approach C. Searchlights
or glidepath D. UWT
3. Laying smoke screen E. Use International Code of Signals
4. Using cables or nets to foul F. Do not use International Code of Signals
propellers
5. Simulate exercise ____ (from
Table X) on opponent’s MLA
6. Imaginative use of ____
(from List B or Table U)

HA8 . . . . .

HA9 . . . . .

23-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 INTER-
DICTION
IN
 INTER-
DICTION
IN
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 24

INTERDICTION AND EMBARGO OPERATIONS

2400 GENERAL SIGNALS

2400 GENERAL SIGNALS

IN1 . . . . . Contact (name/track number) is a ( ____ ) (from List A) ( ____ ) (from List B).
List A List B
1. Critical contact of interest A. Tanker
2. Contact of interest B. Cargo
3. Potential violator vessel C. Tug
4. Assumed cleared vessel D. Fishing vessel
5. Cleared vessel E. Ferry
6. Military vessel F. Pleasure craft
7. Civil vessel G. Other ____
8. Friendly vessel

IN2 . . . . . You are directed to (track number/vessel name) for ____ .

1. Query
2. Board
3. Escort
4. Divert

IN3 . . . . . My query/challenge is ( ____ ) (from List A) via ( ____ ) (from List B).
List A List B
1. In progress A. VHF
2. Completed B. Flashing light

IN4 . . . . . My boarding party is ____ .

1. Onboard my vessel
2. Enroute to conduct boarding
3. Onboard potential violator
4. Returning from potential violator
5. In distress

IN5 . . . . . Vessel (name/track number) is ( ____ ) (from List A) ( ____ ) (from List B).
List A List B
1. Cooperating (with) A. My boarding
2. Not cooperating (with) B. My boarding party
3. Opposing
4. Obstructing

24-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

IN6 . . . . . Boarding is ____ .

1. ( ____ ) percent completed
2. Not possible
3. Other ____ .

IN7 . . . . . Vessel’s (name/track number) cargo is ____ .

1. Arms/weapons
2. Asylum seekers
3. Chemicals
4. Crude oil
5. Foodstuffs
6. General cargo
7. Illegal drugs
8. In ballast
9. Liquified gas
10. Livestock
11. Medical supplies
12. People
13. Petroleum
14. Radioactive material
15. Toxic material
16. Vehicles
17. Other ____

IN8 . . . . . Assume tracking/boarding responsibility for contact (name/track number).

IN9 . . . . . Vessel (name/track number) is ____ .

1. Cleared to proceed
2. Diverted
3. Under my control
4. Arrested
5. Other ____

IN10 . . . . . In my area I hold (number) unknown vessels.

IN11 . . . . .

IN12 . . . . . My method of boarding will be ____ .

1. Boat
2. Helicopter
3. Other

IN13 . . . . . Preferred method of boarding is ____ .

1. Boat
2. Helicopter
3. Other

24-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
METEOR-
OLOGY
ME
METEOR-
OLOGY
ME
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 25

METEOROLOGY

2500 General Signals

2500 GENERAL SIGNALS

ME1 . . . . . CEILING is ____ hundred feet.

ME2 . . . . . CLOUD COVER is ____ eighths (at ____ hundred feet).

ME3 . . . . . FOG. ____ from the OTC (or from ____ ).

1. Fog in sight bearing ____ (or between bearings ____ and ____ ) distance ____ miles
2. Depth of fog in direction ____ (or between bearings ____ and ____ ) is ____ miles

ME4 . . . . . SEA STATE is ____ .

1. Calm
2. Choppy
3. Moderate swell
4. Heavy swell
5. Rough
6. Very rough

ME5 . . . . .

ME6 . . . . . STORM WARNING. Storm or line squall of ____ severity may be expected within
____ hours.
1. Intense
2. Moderate
3. Violent

ME7 . . . . . VISIBILITY is ____ miles.

ME8 . . . . . VISIBILITY is ____ (on bearing ____ ) from OTC or unit indicated.
1. Deteriorating
2. Improving
3. Not changing

ME9 . . . . . WEATHER REPORT. Make weather report ( ____ ).

1. Encrypted
2. Forecast
3. In international code (FM ____ )
4. In plain language
5. Of surface wind observation
6. Of upper wind at ____ thousand feet

ME10 . . . . WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION. Wind speed is ____ knots from direction ____ .

25-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

ME11 . . . . ENVIRONMENTAL DATA obtained by radiosonde launched in position ____ (in

latitude and longitude) at ____ (date-time group). Radiosonde launch height
above MSL is ____ feet. Wind speed is ____ knots. Evaporation duct height is
____ feet. The radiosonde data are entered in groups at each significant level se-
quentially as level, height, pressure, temperature, and relative humidity,
beginning with the first level above launch height. The first two figures in the group
indicate the level, the following five figures indicate the level height in feet, the fol-
lowing five figures indicate the pressure in millibars (mb) with one decimal, and the
following three figures indicate temperature in degrees Celcius with one decimal.
For temperatures below zero, the group will have four figures and the first will be
zero. The last three figures indicate relative humidity with one decimal.
Example: ME11—3215N—2030W—231230MAR—27 —50—13—01 00050 10090 256
772—02 00150 10000 252 443—03 00300 09860 264 320 . . . Radiosonde
data obtained from a Meteo balloon launched in position 32°15’N 20°30’W
at 231230 March from 27 feet above mean sea level, where wind speed is 15
knots and an evaporation duct of 50 feet is present, are as follows:
Level Height Pressure Temperature Relative Humidity
(FT) (MB) (°C) (%)

01 50 1009.0 25.6 77.2

02 150 1000.0 25.2 44.3

03 300 986.0 26.4 32.0

ME12 . . . .

ME13 . . . .

ME14 . . . .

25-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 MINE
WARFARE
MW
 MINE
WARFARE
MW
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 26

MINE WARFARE

2600 Safety Measures

2601 Mines/Minefields
2602 Minelaying
2603 Cleared Channel/Area
2604 Leadthrough Signals
2605 Track Policy
2606 Dan Laying/Dan Running
2607 Minesweeping
2608 Minehunting/Mine Disposal
2609 Tasking and Reporting

2600 SAFETY MEASURES

MW 1 . . . .

MW 2 . . . . DECK. All men are to remain on deck.

MW 3 . . . . DEGAUSSING. Use degaussing equipment.

MW 4 . . . .

MW 5 . . . . WATCH. Set mine watch.

2601 MINES/MINEFIELDS

MW 6 . . . . AIRCRAFT MINES. Object ____ was dropped by aircraft in position indicated.

1. Identified as a parachute mine
2. Believed to be a mine

MW 7 . . . . CUT. I have cut a mine (type ____ Table M) adrift (in position indicated).

MW 8 . . . . DANGEROUS AREA. Area is dangerous on account of mines (type ____ from

Table M) and enclosed in a circle of ____ miles radius with center in position indi-
cated.

26-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 9 . . . . ENEMY MINEFIELD POSITION. Enemy minefield is bounded by lines joining po-

sitions indicated.

MW 10 . . .

MW 11 . . . MINE is ____ (in position indicated).

1. Drifting
2. Exploded
3. Just awash
4. Neutralized
5. Of type ____ from Table M
6. Sinking slowly

MW 12 . . . MINES (type ____ from Table M) have been ____ in position indicated (number of
mines ____ ).
1. Found
2. Reported

MW 13 . . .

MW 14 . . . MINEFIELD FIRING. Controlled minefield number ____ is about to be fired (or

was fired at ____ ).

MW 15 . . . MINEFIELD SETTING. All controlled minefields are set to ____ .

1. Active
2. Automatic, and are dangerous to friendly ships
3. Safe

MW 16 . . .

MW 17 . . .

MW 18 . . . OWN MINEFIELD’S POSITION. This unit or unit indicated established a mine-

field. ____ .
1. Line number ____ is between positions indicated.
2. Corners of the area mined are at positions indicated.

MW 19 . . .

MW 20 . . .

26-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2602 MINELAYING

MW 21 . . .

MW 22 . . . LAY MINES as previously ordered (or ____ ) on arrival at position where laying is
to commence (or in position indicated).
1. Employing the spread line method.
2. In a continuous line. A single line is to be laid unless otherwise ordered.
3. In groups ( ____ number per group, each group ____ hundred yards apart). A single
line is to be laid unless otherwise ordered.
4. In parallel lines ( ____ number per line), lines ____ yards apart.
5. Irregularly, some single, some in groups (line length is ____ hundreds of yards in
direction ____ ). A single line is to be laid unless otherwise ordered.
6. By ships in column, laying from the rear ships.
7. By ships in single line abreast.

MW 23 . . . LEFT TO LAY. There are ____ mines left to lay.

MW 24 . . . MINELAYING ____ .
1. Arming delays are to be set at ____ (date-time group).
2. Commence mining: plan may be indicated.
3. All mine rails (or ____ number) are jammed.
4. Jettison all mines. (Mines are to be made ____ .)
A. Active
B. Safe
5. Lay mines (type ____ from Table M) (from position or in area indicated). (Plan number
may be added.)
6. Unit indicated launched first mine in the line ____ seconds after time zero.
7. You are assigned to line number ____ (DESIG ____ unit indicated in tactical sequence).
8. Line of mines bears ____ length ____ hundred yards form position indicated.
9. Use mine launching interval of ____ seconds (in line number ____ ).
10. Number of mines (and obstructors if applicable) in each line (or line number ____ )
is ____ .
11. Fit mines.
12. Setting of mine depth (or ____ ) is to be ____ feet.
A. Plummet
B. Obstructor
13. Lay mines ____ hundred yards apart in each line (or in line number ____ ).
14. Spacing of lines is to be ____ hundred yards (between line number ____ and line
number ____ ).
15. Cease mining (at ____ ).

MW 25 . . . MINELAYING REPORT ____.

1. OPTASK mining number.
2. Number of mines correctly laid ____.
3. Number of mines jettisoned ____.
4. LRNs ____ of jettisoned mines (and depths ____).
5. LRNs ____ of unlaid mines.
6. LRNs ____ of incorrectly laid mines (and depths ____).
7. Limits of minefield ____.
8. Limits of jettisoned area ____.
9. Time of completion ____.
10. Position of first mine in mine line and LRN (air laid).
11. Position of last mine in mine line and LRN (air laid).

26-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 26 . . .

MW 27 . . .

MW 28 . . .

MW 29 . . .

2603 CLEARED CHANNEL/AREA

MW 30 . . . AREA. The area to be swept/hunted is ____ (or ____ ).

1. An area of width ____ hundred yards, the centerline of which lies between positions
indicated
2. Area/channel number/letter ____
3. Extend area to be swept in direction ____ from position ____ (for ____ miles)

MW 31 . . .

MW 32 . . . BUOY ____ .
1. Position of mine
2. Safe channel
3. Swept/hunted channel

MW 33 . . .

MW 34 . . . CHANNEL/AREA is clear of mines (or ____ ). NEGAT preceding means “Chan-

nel/ area is not clear of mines.”
1. Has been searched
2. Is swept/hunted

MW 35 . . .

MW 36 . . .

MW 37 . . . SWEPT CHANNEL. MCM vessels are approaching entrance (or ____ ) of swept
channel.
1. End

MW 38 . . .

MW 39 . . .

26-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2604 LEADTHROUGH SIGNALS

a. This article provides the special signals used by lead ship and shore establishments in a
leadthrough operation. When using flashing light, guidance signals are to be flashed continuously
until RRRR is received. When a numeral group follows any letters, the whole group (e.g.,
XET270) will be flashed repetitively until RRRR is received. Leadthrough signals are normally
only signaled between the guiding vessel and the leading vessel of the group being guided.

XAR ___ Make ___ anchor(s) ready for letting go.

1. One
2. Both

XAS ___ (TACK ___ ) (TACK ___ ) Anchor ___ .

1. As previously directed
2. In position ____ (at ____ )
3. Be ready to weigh anchor (at ____ )
4. Shorten cable in to short stay (by ____ )
5. Use both bower anchors
6. Drop second anchor under foot
7. As convenient

XAV Let go anchor.

XAW ( ___ ) Weigh anchor (at ___ ).

XAX ___ My anchor is ___ .

1. Aweigh
2. Foul
3. Clear

XCK Form single column.

26-5 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

XDY Maintain radio silence (including handheld

systems).

XEA ___ Maintain silence on all electronic emitters.

(This includes external and internal radio
systems, radars, echo sounders, doppler
logs, etc.)
1. Total
2. Exempt convoy ops/admin VHF

XEC ___ TACK ___ ( ___ ) Set watch on ___ .

1. VHF channel ____ (at ____ )
2. Frequency ____ (at ____ )

XED Use visual signals only.

XEQ Unable to communicate by flashing light.

XES ___ Base course is ___ .

XET ___ Adjust base course to ___ . (May only be used

for adjustments up to 10°.)

XEW ___ Adjust course so that I bear ___ (degrees true

to you).

XEX ___ (TACK ___ ) Prepare to alter course by wheeling to ___

(at ___ ).

XHA Energize degaussing equipment.

XHB Switch off degaussing equipment.

XHG ___ Ships are to be ___ hundred yards apart.

XHD ___ Distance between first unit to be led and lead-

through vessel (LTV) is to be ___ hundred yards.

XHZ ___ Submarine transit will take place ___ .

1. On the surface
2. At periscope depth
3. Dived at ____ meters depth

26-6 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

XIA ___ (TACK ___ ) Exercise is ___ .

1. To commence (at ____ )
2. Completed
3. Cancelled.

XIX I have ceased to lead you.

XIY I am approaching the end of the channel.

XIZ ___ TACK ___ I am ___ yards off the centerline to the ___ .
1. Right
2. Left

XJA ___ TACK ___ You are ___ yards off the centerline to the ___ .
1. Right
2. Left

XJB ____ TACK ____ You are ___ yards off the centerline to the ___ .
1. North
2. South
3. East
4. West

XJC ___ (TACK ___ ) (TACK ___ ) Resume lead through at ___ (position)
___ (latitude/longitude) at ___ (time).
NOT RELEASABLE

XJD ___ (TACK ___ ) (TACK ___ ) Discontinue lead through at ___ (position)
___ (latitude/longitude) at ___ (time).
NOT RELEASABLE

XJE I am on the centerline.

XJF Follow your column leader.

XJG Follow mine countermeasures vessel (MCMV).

26-7 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

XJH ( ___ [c/s] ) Follow me (or ____ [call sign] ).

XJI Follow in the wake of the next ahead.

XJJ Follow in the wake of mine countermeasures

vessel (MCMV).

XJK ( ___ [c/s] ) Follow in my wake (or ___ [call sign] ).

XJL You have left the channel.

XJM Follow next ahead, adjusting your course to

pass over the same ground.

XJN Follow mine countermeasures vessel (MCMV),

adjusting your course to pass over the same
ground.

XJO ( ___ [c/s] ) Follow me (or ____ [call sign]), adjusting your
course to pass over the same ground.

XJP Follow your column leader, adjusting your course

to pass over the same ground.

XJQ Follow in the wake of your column leader.

XJR Request lead through.

XJS I am ready to be led through.

XJT ( ___ ) I will lead you (or units indicated) through the
channel.

XJU I cannot/can no longer lead you through the

channel.

XJV ___ Number of units to be led through is ___ .

(Maximum of three per leadthrough vessel
(LTV) and optimum of one).

26-8 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

XJW I am approaching entrance to the channel.

XJX ___ (TACK ___ ) (TACK ___ ) I will be at ___ (position) ___ (latitude/longitude)
at ___ (time).
NOT RELEASABLE

XJY ___ (TACK ___ ) (TACK ___ ) You (or ship indicated) are to be at ___
(position) ___ (latitude/longitude) at ___
(time).
NOT RELEASABLE

XJZ ___ (TACK ___ ) (c/s) Report time of entering and leaving channel
of ___ .
1. Your ship
2. First ship in column
2. Last ship in column
4. Call sign

XKM I am resuming station.

XMH Indicate your call sign.

XMI ___ Your call sign is ___ .

XMJ ___ My call sign is ___ .

XMK I cannot see you.

XML I can see you. You are identified.

XMP Indicate your position by flashing light/searchlight.

XMQ First unit of column to be led is to show three

white lights displaced vertically at the bow.

XMR Leadthrough vessel (LTV) is showing white light

over red.

26-9 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

XMS Switch off lead through identification lights.

XNU Disregard my movements.

XNV Your movements are not understood.

XQE ___ (TACK ___ ) I am passing position ___ (at ___ ).

XQJ You are clear of the minefield, Proceed as

previously directed.

XRF ( ___ ) Maintain radar silence (on ___ ).

1. 3 cm (I)
2. 10 cm (E/F)

XSA ( ___ [c/s] ) I am (or ___ [call sign] is) entering the channel.

XSB ( ___ [c/s] ) You have (or ____ [call sign] has) entered the
channel.

XSC___ You are ____ the centerline.

1. Right of
2. Left of
3. On

XSD___ You have a tendency toward ____ of the

centerline.
1. Right
2. Left

XWD ___ My speed is ___ knots.

XWI What is your minimum speed under present

conditions?

XWF ___ My minimum speed is ___ knots.

XWL Stop your ship. Remain in the channel.

XWM ___ Speed during the lead through will be ___ knots.

Pennant 3 (TACK ___ ) (TACK ___ ) Mine sighted (bearing ___ ) (range ___ yards).

26-10 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

b. When either the tactical situation of COMSEC policy precludes the overt use of ships names or
international call signs on uncovered VHF/UHF voice circuits, then the following brevity code
words should be used:

UNIT CALL SIGN REMARKS

LTV GUIDEDOG If more than one LTV is operating in the same area,
suffix ALFA/BRAVO/CHARLIE, etc., should be used.
VTM SHEEP If more than one LTV is operating in the same area,
then a suffix ALFA/BRAVO/CHARLIE, etc., should be
added to the call sign to match the Guidedog suffix.
If more than one vessel is being led through, then a
suffix ONE/TWO/THREE, etc., should be added to
match the respective Guidedog suffix.

c. There is no special NEGAT flag in the International Code of Flags. If visual INTERCO signals
have to be used then FLAG N followed by Tack is to be used for the purpose of expressing the con-
verse meaning of a signal. However, if using voice INTERCO procedure, the word Tack must not
be used: FLAG N will be substituted by the proword NEGAT.

Example: N - XJS - Meaning I am not ready to be lead through.

26-11 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2605 TRACK POLICY

MW 40 . . . PORT/STBD . . . ADJUST SWEEP. (Or ____ .) (PORT/STBD may be used to indi-

cate sides.)
1. Leave sweep fully veered and unchanged
2. Recover sweep
3. Recover sweep and stream opposite side
4. Recover wire sweep and stream influence sweep
5. Shorten in as required
6. Stream and veer sweep
7. Veer sweep to full length or length indicated (meters)

MW 41 . . .

MW 42 . . .

MW 43 . . . RUN COMMENCED. Entered track ____ (at ____ ).

MW 44 . . . RUN COMPLETED. Effective (or ____ ) run has been completed in track ____ (at
____ ).
1. Partially effective
2. Completely ineffective

MW 45 . . . RUN NUMBER. Present run is last of this task (or ____ ).

1. Run just completed by this unit or unit indicated in track ____ is allocated run number.
2. Number of runs in track will be ____.

MW 46 . . . LEAVING CHANNEL. ____ channel.

1. Report when leaving
2. I have left

MW 47 . . . TRACK. ____.
1. My next track is ____
2. My present track is ____
3. Report when entering track
4. Report when leaving track
5. Request next track assignment
6. Resweep this track
7. Take track ____
8. Upon leaving present track, clear area and repair defects
9. Upon leaving present track, proceed as indicated in signal following
10. What is your present track
11. Your next track is ____

MW 48 . . . TRACK SEQUENCE/SEPARATION. Tracks are to be swept in succession at

2,000 yards interval (or using ____ ) in following sequence ____ (track designa-
tors separated by TACK) by all ships of this unit (or ship indicated). Ships are to
navigate independently.
1. Lateral separation ____ yards
2. Longitudinal separation ____ yards

MW 49 . . .

26-12 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2606 DAN LAYING/DAN RUNNING

MW 50 . . . DANBUOY (number ____ following DESIG) is/has ____ .

1. Adrift 12. Sunk
2. Broken stave 13. The first
3. Cut 14. The last
4. Datum dan 15. To be cut
5. Deep danbuoy 16. To be lifted
6. In my sweep 17. To be passed ____ yards
7. Lifted 18. To be pointed
8. Lying flat 19. To be recovered
9. Not watching 20. To be repaired
10. Out of position 21. Unlit
11. Scope of ____ yards 22. Without ____ from Table Y

MW 51 . . . DANBUOY (number ____ following DESIG) is to be laid with ____ (List A) (posi-
tioned with reference to ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Blue light 9. Lamp A. Danbuoy indicated
2. Bright 10. Medium B. Decca chain indicated
3. Constant tension gear 11. Radar reflector C. Geographic position
4. Dim 12. Red light D. Reference point indicated
5. Double 13. Single E. Route buoy indicated
6. Flag (to be indicated) 14. Transponder
7. Flashing light 15. White light
8. Green light

MW 52 . . . DANBUOY. Let go danbuoy (or ____ ).

1. Short scope buoy

MW 53 . . . DANBUOY POSITION INDICATION. ____ .

1. Bearing of danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG) is ____ degrees from this unit,
unit indicated, or danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG). (Distance ____ yards.)
2. Check position of danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG).
3. Danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG) is ____ degrees ____ yards from correct
position.
4. Danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG) is within 25 yards of my bow.

MW 54 . . .

MW 55 . . . DANLINE. ____.
1. Danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG) is ____ yards further from the center of the
channel than the mean danline.
2. Danbuoy (number ____ following DESIG) is ____ yards nearer to the center of the
channel than the mean danline.
3. Following danbuoy (numbers ____ following DESIG) are on the mean danline.
4. Leave line indicated down.
5. Line is ____ yards from channel center.
6. Straighten the line.
7. Straighten the line next track.

26-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 56 . . . DAN RANGE. Range on passing danbuoy number ____ following DESIG is ____
yards.

MW 57 . . . DAN RANGE. Report is to be made by ship indicated of range to danbuoy

(number ____ following DESIG) on passing.

MW 58 . . . DAN RUNNING. Take up dan running duties ____ .

1. Keeping abreast of ship indicated
2. Keeping astern of ship indicated and be prepared to lay danbuoys if mines are cut
3. Passing ____ yards from the line of buoys off the edge of the channel
4. Passing ____ yards from the line of buoys off the opposite edge of the channel

MW 59 . . .

MW 60 . . .

MW 61 . . . LAY DANBUOYS. Ship indicated lay ____ .

1. Danbuoys ____
(a) Number of dans
(b) Bearing from datum danbuoy
(c) Interval between dans ____ miles
2. Datum dan (in position ____)
3. Line of dans ____
(a) Number of dans
(b) Distance from center of channel ____ hundred yards
(c) First dan abreast channel point ____
(d) Interval between dans ____ miles from dan ____ to dan ____
(e) Direction of line from dan ____ to dan ____
(f) Position of line relative to channel (N, S, E, W)

MW 62 . . .

MW 63 . . .

MW 64 . . .

26-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2607 MINESWEEPING

MW 65 . . . ACOUSTIC GEAR OPERATION. Operate ____ (List A) gear in ____ (List B)

mode with standard settings (or with settings ____ (List C)).
List A List B List C
1. Audio frequency A. Continuous 31. Build up ____ seconds
hammer B. Modulated 32. Build up to _____ percent
2. Cavitating C. Pulsed of maximum output
3. Combination acoustic D. Warbled 33. Cycle time ____ seconds
4. Explosive 34. Decay and low ____
5. Low frequency (dis- seconds
placer with long 35. High frequency ____, low
eccentric) frequency ____
6. Low frequency (dis- 36. High ____ seconds
placer with short 37. Interval between individual
eccentric) charges ____ seconds,
7. Oscillator interval between initial
8. Pipe noisemaker charges of each complete
9. Very low frequency set ____ seconds
10. ____ from Table Y 38. Modulated cycle build
up ____high ____
low ____ (seconds)
39. ON ____ seconds,
OFF ____ seconds
Example: MW 65—1—B—38—6—4—20 . . . Operate audio frequency hammer gear in modu-
lated mode with settings modulated cycle build up 6 seconds, high 4 seconds,
low 20 seconds.

MW 66 . . . ARMING. Sweeps are to be armed with ____ (List A) cutters as indicated (List B).
List A List B
1. Anti-obstructor A. As previously directed
2. Explosive B. Heavy arming
3. Mark ____ following DESIG C. Light arming
4. Static D. Medium arming
E. To a total of ____

MW 67 . . . CALIBRATE. Proceed to calibrate ____.

1. Kite/depressor
2. Otters for deep sweeping
3. Otters for normal sweeping

MW 68 . . . CHANGE GEAR (US timer equipment). Use cam number ____ following DESIG.

MW 69 . . . CUT/SLIP. Cut sweep (or ____ ).

1. Cut sweep and mark position with danbuoy
2. Slip my sweep
3. Slip your sweep

MW 70 . . . DIAPHRAGM. Use diaphragm of ____ inches of diameter.

26-15 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 71 . . . DEPRESSOR/KITE/OTTER. Adjust to same depth as in previous track (or ____ ).

(PORT/STBD may be added to indicate side of sweep.)
1. Adjust gear to give swept depth of ____ meters for speed ____ through the water.
2. Adjust gear to give swept depth of ____ meters for normal sweeping speed.
3. Raise depressor/kite.

MW72 . . . . DEPRESSOR/KITE/OTTER. ____ . (PORT/STBD may be added to indicate side

of sweep.)
1. Your depressor/kite is surfacing
2. Your otter is surfacing
3. Spread of your sweep is ____ yards

MW 73 . . . DUTY ASSIGNMENT. Take duty as ____ .

1. Center ship (when there is more than one center ship, call signs are to be used to
indicate sequence from left to right)
2. Mine disposal ship
3. Mine recovery ship
4. Slip ship
5. Winch ship

MW 74 . . . ENERGIZE (or _____ ) sweeps.

1. De-energize
Note: Red and black flags are to be used as directed in ATP 24.

MW 75 . . . EXPLOSIVE SWEEP. Fire explosive sweep salvoes at intervals of ____ .

1. ____ minutes
2. ____ hundred yards

MW 76 . . .

MW 77 . . .

MW 78 . . . FLOAT/DIVERTER is to carry light.

MW 79 . . . MAGNETIC GEAR OPERATION. Operate ____ (List A) gear, with ____ (List B)
pulse sequence, and ____ (List C) wave form; ON ____ seconds, OFF ____ sec-
onds, cycle time ____ seconds, at ____ hundred amperes sweep current.
List A List B List C
1. Asymmetrical closed A. All forward 31. Continuous
loop B. All reverse 32. Sawtooth
2. Asymmetrical di- C. Forward-Forward- 33. Sine
verted electrode Reverse-Reverse 34. Square
3. Solenoid (towed) D. Forward-Reverse 35. Trapezoidal
4. Straight electrode E. Standard pulsing wave form
5. Symmetrical close sequence
loop F. Synchronized, opposite
6. Symmetrical diverted polarity on first pulse
electrode G. Synchronized, same
7. ____ from Table Y polarity on first pulse
Example: MW 79—1—C—34—4—6—40—15 . . . Operate asymmetrical closed
loop gear, with forward-forward-reverse-reverse pulse sequence and square
wave form: ON 4 seconds, OFF 6 seconds, cycle time 40 seconds, at 1,500
AMP sweep current.

26-16 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 80 . . . MECHANICAL SWEEP ORDER. Stream mechanical sweep in accordance with

task order (or use ____ ). (PORT or STBD to be added if only one side is to be
streamed or if the sweeps are veered to a different length.) (Type of sweep to be
indicated from Table Y.)
1. ____ meters of float wire.
2. ____ meters of kite wire.
3. ____ meters of sweep wire.
4. Float pendants and depressor tow wire lengths to sweep to a depth of ____ meters at
a speed of ____ through the water.

MW 81 . . .

MW 82 . . . OBSTRUCTION. Strain indicates obstruction being dragged in sweep (or ____ ).

1. Haul out of formation and clear sweep.

MW 83 . . . OVERLAP. ____ .
1. Maintain overlap of ____ tens of yards.
2. Maintain true overlap of ____ tens of yards.
3. You are maintaining an overlap that is ____ tens of yards less than ordered overlap.
4. You are maintaining an overlap that is ____ tens of yards more than ordered overlap.

MW 84 . . . PASSING IN THE TRACK. Ships are to de-energize sweeps when within ____
hundred yards of each other.

MW 85 . . . PULSING. Carry out static pulsing at ____ minute intervals.

MW 86 . . .

MW 87 . . .

MW 88 . . . SIGHT SWEEPS (and/or ____ ).

1. Slip
2. Close in on guide to turning distance and slip
3. On completion of present track, sight sweeps and slip independently

MW 89 . . . SWEEP with ship indicated (or ____ ).

1. Over position where sweep parted (or position indicated)
2. Round buoy number ____ (to radius of ____ yards)

MW 90 . . . SWEEP DEPTH. Sweep running depth is to be set/adjusted to ____ meters for

sweep indicated (Table Y) (at speed ____ ).

MW 91 . . . SWEEP PARAMETERS. Characteristic actuation width for ____ sweep is ____

tens of yards and characteristic actuation probability is ____ percent.
1. Acoustic
2. Combination acoustic-magnetic.
3. Magnetic

26-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 92 . . . SWEPT PATH of formation is estimated to be ____ hundred yards.

MW 93 . . . TURNED. I am being turned by sweep wire (“DOGGO”).

MW 94 . . .

MW 95 . . .

MW 96 . . .

MW 97 . . .

MW 98 . . .

MW 99 . . .

2608 MINEHUNTING

MW 100 . . . BOTTOM CONDITIONS in this area for minehunting are ____ .

1. Average
2. Good
3. Poor

MW 101 . . . GROUND MINE (in position ____ ) (or bearing ____ range ____ yards from this
ship or ship indicated) will be countermined at ____ .

MW 102 . . . LINE OF MINES is ____ bearing ____ from this ship or ship indicated (or from po-
sition ____ ) (number of mines in line is ____ ).
1. Detected
2. Revealed
3. Suspected

MW 103 . . . MARK mines cut with floating dan.

MW 104 . . .

MW 105 . . . MINE CONTACT (in position indicated) is to be ____ .

1. Allocated MRN following DESIG
2. Classified as possible mine (or ____ from Table M)
3. Destroyed
4. Identified as ____ from Table M
5. Investigated by divers (or ROV following DESIG)
6. Investigated by trained Marine Mammals
7. Left for subsequent recovery and/or investigation
8. Located
9. Marked by ____ from Table Y
10. Neutralized
11. Recovered
12. Removed from channel
13. Reported

26-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 106 . . . MINE DANGER. Mines in area are dangerous to divers. No diving is to take place.
(Mine disposal weapons and markers are NOT to be dropped closer than ____
yards from minelike contacts.)

MW 107 . . . MINEHUNTER PROTECTION. Ships conduct continuous acoustic sweep with

____ (from Table Y) while hunting.

MW 108 . . .

MW 109 . . . MINEHUNTING. Underway minehunting is not possible due to ____ .

1. Bottom conditions
2. Weather

MW 110 . . . MINEHUNTING TASK ALLOCATION. Ship indicated is to search ____.

1. Between channel points ____ and ____ following DESIG (or position indicated).
2. For mine type ____ from Table M (reported in position ____ ) (or allocated MRN
____ ).
3. In area indicated.
4. Round buoy number ____ (or position ____ ) to radius of ____ yards.

MW 111 MINEHUNTING TASK SITUATION REPORT. State of task is ____ .

1. ____ percent complete.
2. Channel is clear of mines from ____ to ____ (or position indicated)
3. Channel is mined from ____ to ____ (or position indicated)
4. Channel is mined (position of MRN is ____ ).

MW 112 . . .

MW 113 . . .

MW 114 . . . MINEHUNTING TRACKS. Conduct minehunting on track designator ____ following

DESIG (or use ____ tracks to cover the channel). (Track spacing is ____ yards.)

MW 115 . . . MINE REFERENCE NUMBER (MRN) following DESIG is allocated to ____ .

1. Last mine report
2. Last mine swept/hunted (by ships indicated)

MW 116 . . . MINE SWEPT/HUNTED (or ____ ) (bearing ____ range ____ yards from this or
unit indicated) (or in position ____ ) (bearing ____ from reference point ____
range ____ yards.)
1. Sighted

MW 117 . . . OBSTRUCTOR is/has been ____ .

1. Bouquet
2. Chain mooring
3. Cut in position ____
4. Explosive cutter
5. Grapnel
6. Static cutter

26-19 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 118 . . .

MW 119 . . .

MW 120 . . . RECOVER MCM equipment (or ____ from Table Y) (or personnel ____ from Ta-
ble P).

MW 121 . . . SONAR MCM SEARCH PROCEDURE. Conduct sonar search by ____ method
in channel or area coordinates ____ (or codename following DESIG).
1. Attrition
2. Breakthrough
3. Clearing
4. Exploratory

MW 122 . . .

MW 123 . . .

MW 124 . . . MCM OPERATIONS DIRECTIONS. MCMOPDIR number ____ .

A. 1. Time to commence task (stop time may be added).
2. MCM units or elements detailed for the operation. (Optional if these units/elements
are action addressees.)
3. Covering force
4. Units detailed for logistic support.
B. 1. Area, routes or parts of routes where MCMOPS are to be carried out.
2. Priorities (anchorage, deployment areas, routes, etc.)
C. 1. MCM directive in force
2. Type of MCM operation
D. Intelligence (estimate of threat)
E. Shipping management (e.g., convoy schedule and leadthrough policy)
F. 1. Estimate of the situation
2. Intentions
G. Report to be sent and when. Additional information required.
H. Movements on completion
I. Effort required:
1. Exploratory operations: confidence level (CL) and maximum acceptable number
of mines (t).
2. Clearance hunting/mechanical sweeping: percentage clearance
3. Attrition influence/short-term operations: (plain text)
X. Miscellaneous
Y. References
Z. Acknowledge

26-20 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2609 TASKING AND REPORTING

MW 125 . . . TASK ORDER. Task order number ____ . Carry out elements of tasks ordered be-
low:
A. Units (not necessary when addressed unit is to perform task)
1. Discretion of CTU
2. Call sign of unit(s) to carry out task
3. ____ number of units to be on task
B. Time to commence
1. Immediately
2. Upon completion of present task
3. Upon completion of off-task period
4. ____ (DTG)
5. Complete prior to passenge of convoy
6. Upon completion of repairs
7. To be signaled
8. As soon as weather permits
9. DESIG ____
C. Area or channel
1. Route number ____
2. Channel number ____
3. Anchorage name ____
4. Between points ____
5. Position within 3 miles of position ____
6. Within 3 miles of junction on Q-routes
7. Harbor name ____
8. DESIG ____
D. Type of MCM operations
1. ____(use ATP-24 standard letter suffix/two-digit stage number)
2. Digit code group from appropriate OPORD
3. Danlaying
4. Mine recovery
5. DESIG ____
E. Mine types that may be encountered
1. ____ (from ATP 24 mine index)
2. As indicated in OPORD
3. No intelligence available
4. DESIG ____
F. Convoy information — Leadthrough order
1. Convoy title, name(s) of independent(s) or task organization number.
2. Arrival position ____ .
3. ETA (Zulu time) ____ .
4. ____ Lead ship (number of convoy ships ____ ).
5. Leadthrough channel.
6. Stop convoy or independent unit until required clearance is obtained (two figures
indicate required percentage where different from standard).
7. Do not lead through but pass required formations for transit of channel.
8. A. Call sign Convoy Commodore/OTC naval force ____ on board ____ (name/call
sign of ship).
B. Call signal convoy vice commodore/designated substitute of OTC ____ on
board ____ (name/call sign of ship)
9. Ship data
A. Name ____ type ____ IRCS ____ maneuvering/navigation limitations ____ .
B. Name ____ type ____ IRCS ____ maneuvering/navigation limitations ____ .
C. Etc.
10. Establish contact on ____ (name HF/UHF/VHF communications) at ____ (DTG).
11. DESIG ____ .
SIGNAL MW 125 CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

26-21 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

G. Communication instructions for MCM forces ____ (List A) and for unit(s) to be guided
____ (List B).
List A List B
1. As indicated in COMPLAN 1. As indicated in COMPLAN
2. Line ____ 2. Line ____
3. UHF ____ 3. UHF ____
4. VHF ____ 4. VHF ____
5. HF ____ 5. HF ____
6. DESIG ____ 6. DESIG ____
H. MCM reports
1. MINEREP — report each mine swept/hunted
2. MCMSITREP — daily by time indicated ____
3. Start/stop time ____
4. Obstacle report
5. DESIG ____
I. Movements upon completion
1. Return to port
2. Return to support ship
3. Anchor (in position ____ )
4. Commence off-task period (at ____ )
5. New task to follow
6. If mine is swept/hunted, commence clearance operations
7. Stop present task at ____
8. Commence task number ____ (or DTG)
9. DESIG ____
J. Effort requested
1. ____ runs per track
2. ____ runs on track
3. AMRAP (as many runs as possible)
4. ____ percentage coverage
5. ____ percentage clearance
6. ____ number of units on task continuously
7. ____ number of tracks
8. Track spacing ____ tens of yards
9. DESIG ____
K. Coordination orders
1. Coordinating authority
2. Keep clear of convoy
3. Hunters keep clear of sweepers
4. Sweepers keep clear of hunters
5. Sweepers keep clear of hunters having divers in the water
6. In accordance with ATP 24
7. DESIG ____
N. Danlaying — lay danbuoys
1. Number of danbuoys
2. Position ____ (or first dan abreast channel point ____ )
3. Offset ____ tens of yards ____ (A plus, B minus)
4. Interval between dans ____ hundreds of yards
5. Direction between the dans and lettered
6. Lift danbuoy(s) in position ( ____ )
7. Are laid
8. From Table Y
9. Discretion of call sign
SIGNAL MW 125 CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

26-22 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

U. Mechanical
1. Single oropesa
2. Double oropesa
3. ____ meters depth setting
4. Not be armed
5. To be armed ____ (List A) with ____ cutters (List B)
List A List B
1. Light A. Explosive
2. Medium B. Static
3. Heavy C. Type
6. Length of sweep wire ____ meters
V. Acoustic
1. Low-frequency sweep
2. Audio-frequency sweep
3. ____ inch diaphragm
4. ____ inch crankshaft
5. Continuous running
6. Modulating — build up ____ maximum ____ minimum ____ seconds
7. Alternating ships LF/AF
8. As indicated in OPORD
W. Magnetic
(a) Wave Form
1. Square
2. One-half sinusoidal
3. Sinusoidal
4. One and one-half sinusoidal
5. One-half triangular
6. Triangular
7. One and one-half triangular
8. Trapezoidal
(b) Change gear
1. 4 seconds
2. 8 seconds
3. 12 seconds
4. 16 seconds
5. 20 seconds
6. 24 seconds
7. ZOS
(c) ____ seconds on ____ seconds off
(d) Pulsing sequence
(e) Amperage F or R F or R F or R F or R
1. Maximum
2. ____ AMPS
3. Safe current against mine of ____nT
X. Miscellaneous information following DESIG
Y. References following DESIG
Z. Acknowledge (if required)

26-23 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 126 . . . BUOY REPORT (MCMR 1, 2, 3). Ship indicated has laid/checked/discovered/

____ .
1. In accordance with task order number ____ (or DTG)
2. Number of danbuoys
3. Position ____ (or first buoy abreast channel point ____ )
4. Offset ____ tens of yards ____ (A plus, B minus)
5. Interval between buoys ____ hundreds of yards
6. Direction between buoys and lettered
7. Distinguished by flag DESIG ____
8. From Table Y
9. Missing or malfunctioning or ____
A. Not watching
B. Dragged direction ____ distance ____ yards
C. Unlighted
D. Adrift
E. From Table Y

MW 127 . . . START/STOP TIME (MCMR 10). Task order number ____ has ____ (List A) due
to ____ (List B) at ____ .
List A List B
1. Will start at (DTG) A. Sea state
2. Has started (DTG) B. Visibility
3. Has stopped (DTG) C. Breakdown of ____
4. Has been suspended (DTG) D. In accordance with task order
5. Has resumed (DTG) number ( ____ ) or DTG
6. Will resume at (DTG) E. Off task period
7. Will be completed at (DTG) F. Other mission (reference)
G. DESIG ____

26-24 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 128 . . . MINE DETECTION/EXPLOSION REPORT

1. Mine ____, MRN ____
A. Swept
B. Hunted
C. Visual observed
D. Exploded
2. DTG (of the event) ____
3. Mine type (from ATP 24 mine index ____ )
4. Position ____ (geographic)
5. Location relative bearing ____ and range ____ to ship/helicopter ____
6. Course and speed of ____ name/number of ship/helicopter ____
7. LRN ____
8. Status
A. Located ___ (confidence 1 to 5)
B. Married to sinker
C. Identified by divers
D. Identified by ROV/underwater vehicle
E. Disposed of by
1. Neutralization
2. Render safe
3. Countermining
4. Recovery
5. Removal
F. Sinker removed
G. Sinker in position ____
H. Sinker at depth ____ (meters)
J. Mine case at depth ____ (meters)
K. Destroyed by sweep (Table Y)
L. Destroyed by gunfire and exploded
M. Destroyed by gunfire and sunk in position
N. Destroyed and exploded with charge by divers
9. DESIG ____

MW 129 . . . MCM OPDEF (MCM OPERATIONAL DEFECTS) (MCMR 13A, 13B, 42)
1. Call sign(s) of unit(s) concerned
2. Position ____
3. ETA support ship/base ____
4. Defective equipment ____ (from Table E, P, U or Y)
5. Repairs can be effected by ship’s crew
6. Non-operational
7. Equipment ____ (from Table E, P, U or Y) operating at reduced efficiency
8. Request divers on arrival
9. Request replacement on arrival of damaged/defective equipment ____ (from Table E,
P, U, or Y)
10. Request replacement on arrival of lost ____ (from Table Y)
11. Request base assistance on arrival
12. Estimated time of back on task is ____
13. Rectified time of back on task is ____
14. Remarks following DESIG

26-25 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 130 . . . MCM SITREP. Task order number/sequence number ____

A. Channel by channel, area by area, route by route, port by port MCMSITREP.
Note: Paragraph A to be repeated for each channel, area, route, or
port or part of channel, area, route, or port.
1. Channel, area, route, or port (or part of channel, area, route, or port)
a. Type(s) and time(s) of task(s) completed ____
b. Type(s) and time(s) of commencement of task(s) in operation ____
c. Percentage of clearance achieved ____
d. Percentage coverage achieved ____
e. Total number of runs achieved ____
f. Intentions about type(s) of task(s) and times to commence ____
g. Estimated time(s) of completion of task(s) ____
2. Mines/obstacles swept, hunted, or identified since last MCMSITREP. Read in columns:
MRN/type (from Mine Index in ATP 24)/DTG/status/position
a. DESIG ____
3. Contact marker
a. Position of the marker(s) ____
b. Direction(s) and distance(s) in meters of the contact(s) from the marker(s)
c. DTG(s) of marker(s) placed ____
d. Description of markers
e. DESIG ____
4. Buoyage
a. Position of buoy(s)
b. Description of buoy(s)
c. DESIG ____
5. Expected mine risk (high, medium, low, DESIG ____)
a. At time of MCMSITREP
b. After next 12 hours
c. After next 24 hours
d. At ____ (DTG)
e. DESIG ____
6. Minehunting conditions
a. Position related to data below ____
b. DTG of observation ____
c. Bottom type (mine hunters use Table 5-1 of ATP 24, clearance diving team
use plain language) ____
d. Bottom composition
e. Clutter density ____
f. NOMBO density ____ (NOMBOs per square mile)
g. MILEC density ____ (MILECs per square mile)
h. Underwater visibility (meters) (1 or 2/horizontal/vertical) where 1 stands for
human eye and 2 for ROV
j. Current direction ____ speed ____ (knots)
k. Reverberation level (high, medium, low)
l. Area suitable for minehunting (yes, partly (percent of surface), no)
m. Estimated diving time per 24 hours ____
n. DESIG
SIGNAL MW 130 CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

26-26 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

7. Additional information for risk evaluation

a. Number of sweepers operating in the channel, area, route, or port ____
b. Task cycle of sweepers
c. Aggregate actuated width against mine types to be countered ____
d. Actual navigation error/standard deviation error/CEP of sweepers ____
e. Sweeping speed ____
f. Track distance (D) of sweepers ____ number of tracks (N) ____
g. Runs per track (J) achieved ____
h. Number of hunters operating in the channel, area, route, or port ____
j. Task cycle of hunters
k. Actual navigation error/standard deviation navigation error/CEP of hunters ____
l. Effective hunting speed ____
m. Track distance (D) of hunters ____ number of tracks (N) ____
n. Estimated mine density (mines per square mile) ____
p. DESIG ____
B. Operational status of MCMV/support vessel
1. Fully operational (FOP)
2. Partly operational (POP) Read in columns:
Name of unit/detect/estimate DTG becoming POP/FOP
3. DESIG ____.
C. Logistic situation
1. Remaining provisions ____ (percent), fuel ____ (percent), water ____ (percent),
ammunition ____ (percent), breathing gas ____ (percent), CO2 scrubber ____
(percent)
2. Number of remaining mine disposal weapons/charges ____
3. Logistic requirements
4. DESIG ____
D. Additional information (e.g., indication of new mine types, use of obstructors,
casualties, etc.)

MW 131 . . . RELIEF REPORT

1. Task order number ____
2. Number of runs ____ on track ____ (A plus, B minus) ____ tens of yards
3. Track spacing ____ tens of yards
4. Number of mines disposed of ____, MRN ____, position ____
5. Number of mines identified but not disposed of ____, MRN ____, position ____
6. Minelike contact(s) identified as nonmine in position(s) ____
7. Minelike contact(s) located as possible mine and not identified in position(s) ____
8. Contact(s) classified as nonmine in position(s) ____ and identified as ____
A. Rock
B. Drum
C. Sinker
D. Wreck
9. Bottom conditions ____ (ATP 24)
10. Remarks following DESIG

MW 132 . . . TASK CYCLE to be used ____ .

1. At your discretion (or ____ )
2. ____ on, ____ off
3. All units continuously on task
4. ____ percentage on task

MW 133 . . . ALL TASKS are ____ now (or at ____ ).

1. To cease
2. To be resumed

26-27 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MW 134 . . . STOP PRESENT TASK and proceed as indicated.

1. To off-task period, resume present task at ( ____ ) or end of off-task period
2. To off-task period, commence task number ____ at end of off-task period
3. To off-task period, instructions or new task to follow
4. Commence as soon as possible task order number ____
5. To anchorage
6. To call sign ____
7. To port
8. As previously directed (or ordered by ____ )
9. DESIG ____

MW 135 . . . DIVING INCIDENT

1. Recompression required
2. PIM ____
3. ETA ____

MW 136 . . . ANTILANDING OBSTRUCTION. ____, located in position ____.

1. Tetrahedron
2. Hedgehog
3. Japanese Scully
4. New Jersey Barrier
5. Wire
6. Concrete blocks
7. Desig ____

MW 137 . . .

MW 138 . . . Environment at position ____ and DTG ____ .

1. Wind direction/speed (knots) ( ___ / ___ )
2. Sea state ( ___ )
3. Direction/height (m) of swell ( ___ / ___ )
4. Current direction/speed (knots) ( ___ / ___ )
5. Water depth (m) ( ___ )
6. Burying conditions
a. Centimeters ( ___ )
b. Percentage ( ___ )
7. Visibility on the bottom (m) ( ___ )
8. Suspended matter – height (cm) above bottom ( ___ )
9. Soundspeed conditions
a. Negative
b. Positive
c. Isothermal
d. Layer exists (depth)
10. Bottom reverberation
a. High
b. Medium
c. Low
11. Bottom composition
a. Hard mud
b. Firm mud – thickness (cm) ( ___ )
c. Soft mud – thickness (cm) ( ___ )
d. Fine sand
e. Coarse sand
f. Gravel
g. Pebbles
h. Scattered rocks/stones
i. Rocky
j. Ridges – orientation/height (cm) ( ___ / ___ )
k. Seaweeds/kelp
l. Sea grasses
m. Shells/broken shells
n. Coral

26-28 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

12. Bottom clutter

a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
13. Remarks
Note: The data contained in this signal are useful on the scene of action
to conduct minehunting operations. They may later be processed in a
database and utilized for operation planning purposes.

26-29 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

26-30 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NAVIG-
ATION
NA
NAVIG-
ATION
NA
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 27

NAVIGATION

2700 Charts/Compasses
2701 Conditions
2702 Lights
2703 Miscellaneous
2704 Position/PIM
2705 Time
2700 CHARTS/COMPASSES

NA1 . . . . .

NA2 . . . . .

NA3 . . . . . COMPASS CHECK. Check compasses with me or unit indicated by reciprocal

bearing. Unit addressed report “BF” when ready to carry out compass check.
When this signal is executed observation is to be made and each ship is to signal a
bearing to indicate results of observations.

NA4 . . . . .

NA5 . . . . .

2701 CONDITIONS

NA6 . . . . . CURRENT. Direction and speed of current are as indicated.

NA7 . . . . .

NA8 . . . . . DEPTH of water is ____ meters.

NA9 . . . . .

NA10 . . . . FOG. Take fog precautions indicated ____ .

1. Sound fog signals
2. Stream fog buoy (at ____ hundred yards astern)

NA11 . . . .

NA12 . . . .

27-1 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2702 LIGHTS

NA13 . . . . LIGHTS. Your ( ____ ) light(s) (List A) is (are) ____ (List B).
List A List B
1. Anchor aft A. Correct
2. Anchor forward B. Not showing/cannot be seen
3. Man overboard C. To be dimmed
4. Masthead D. To be taken at full brilliance
5. Minesweeping (Green) E. To be turned on
6. Minesweeping station keeping F. To be turned out
7. Navigation/running G. Too bright
8. Out-of-command/breakdown H. Too dim
9. Range I. To compy with ____ (publication/article
10. Red mast/obstruction/red truck following DESIG)
11. Shaded/blue stern J. To be verified for correct showing (feature
12. Side (PORT or STBD may be added) to be verified following DESIG)
13. Towing
14. Other (following DESIG)

NA14 . . . . TURN ON NAVIGATION LIGHTS (or ____ lights (List A)) ( ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Anchor A. At full brilliance
2. Minesweeping (Green) B. Using dimming feature
3. Minesweeping station keeping C. Shaded/blue
4. Overtaking/stern
5. Red mast/obstruction
6. Side
7. Other (following DESIG)

NA15 . . . .

2703 MISCELLANEOUS

NA16 . . . . HEIGHT. My (or unit indicated) ____ is ____ meters above waterline.
Height may be reported in feet. This must be specified by adding
DESIG FEET.
1. Mainmast
2. Foremast
3. Funnel (forward funnel if more than one)
4. Antenna platform (of largest antenna if more than one)
5. Stern/quarterdeck
6. Upper masthead steaming light
7. Lower steaming light
8. Side light
9. Red masthead obstruction light
10. Horizon bar

NA17 . . . . PILOT FLAG. Hoist Pilot Flag ( ____ ) as required.

1. Starboard Yardarm
2. Port Yardarm

27-2 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2704 POSITION/PIM

NA18 . . . . DATA LINK REFERENCE POINT is located at ____ latitude and ____ longitude.

NA19 . . . . GRID ORIGIN. The grid origin is centered on ____ .

1. Position( ____ ) latitude and ( ____ ) longitude
2. Unit indicated
3. Datum ____ (inferior to DESIG)

NA20 . . . . GRID POSITION. My (or unit indicated) ____ grid position is ____ (and my refer-
ence position is ____ ) (at time ____ ).
1. CCG (XY grid)
2. GEOREF
3. UTM

NA21 . . . . INITIAL POSITION for scheduled exercise or exercise event indicated from Table
X is ____ .

NA22 . . . . MY POSITION (or ____ ) is as indicated by accompanying position signal. Time

may be indicated by time signal.
1. Point of origin
2. Reference point indicated by numeral(s) or letter(s) following DESIG
3. Reference position of OTC or unit indicated
4. Rendezvous
5. Your position
6. Position of unit indicated
7. Position of formation center
8. Position of disposition center
9. Post-action rendezvous
10. Start position for serial/exercise
11. End position for serial/exercise

NA23 . . . . CONTROL POINT. Position of control point is at ____ position indicated.

1. Grid
2. Geographic

NA24 . . . . PIM. Position and intended movement (PIM) is as indicated.

(a) Position
(b) Time of position in whole hours
(c) Course
(d) Speed
(e) Period in hours for which preceding course and speed are in force
If the period covered by the PIM includes several changes of course
and speed, (c), (d), and (e) may be repeated as necessary as shown in
example below.
Example: NA24—110 KK 5—08—135—10—2—110—12—1 . . . Reference position at 0800 is
110°, 5 miles from point KK. Intended movements are: (1) course 135°,
speed 10 knots for 2 hours; (2) course 110°, speed 12 knots for 1 hour.

NA25 . . . . PIM. Extend duration of course and speed now steaming until ____ .

NA26 . . . .

27-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NA27 . . . . POSITION OBTAINED BY ____ .

1. Bearings
2. Consol
3. Dead reckoning
4. Decca
5. Direction Finder
6. Loran
7. Observation
8. Omega
9. Radar ranges and bearings
10. Satellite
11. Shoran
12. Sins
13. Soundings

NA28 . . . . POSITION SYSTEM. Accompanying position signal is based on ____ system.

1. CCG (XY grid)
2. GEOREF
3. Latitude and longitude
4. Military grid reference
5. UTM

NA29 . . . . POSITION XX for enemy reporting is established as ____ .

1. The reference position of the OTC now (or at ____ )
2. Geographic position indicated
3. Lettered position ____ , previously issued

NA30 . . . .

NA31 . . . . REFERENCE POINT. This unit or unit indicated will pass through reference posi-
tion identified by letter and/or numeral following DESIG at ____ (course ____ and
speed ____ ).

NA32 . . . . NAVTRACK. Responsibility for maintaining NAVTRACK lies with this unit or unit indicated.

NA33 . . . . FOLLOW NAVTRACK.

1. So as to pass Points ____ at times indicated
2. Rejoining along NAVTRACK, or at Point ____ along NAVTRACK
3. Follow NAVTRACK at ____ knots over the ground
4. Keep within ____ miles of the NAVTRACK

2705 TIME

NA34 . . . . ESTIMATED TIME of ____ is ____ .

1. Arrival
2. Commencement of flight operations
3. Commencement of serial or event (number ____ )
4. Completion of flight operations
5. Completion of serial or event (number ____ )
6. Departure
7. Rejoining
8. Time on target (TOT)

27-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NA35 . . . . SYNCHRONIZE ____ . Plan time may be indicated.

If a zigzag diagram is in force, this signal is to be executed at the time
a turn is due to be made.
1. Watches
2. Zigzag clock

NA36 . . . . ZERO TIME. Zero time will be indicated by the execution of this signal or by nu-
merals following.

NA37 . . . . ZONE TIME. Use zone time indicated by letter following DESIG (at ____ ).

NA38 . . . .

NA39 . . . .

NA40 . . . .

27-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NBC
NB
NBC
NB
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 28

N.B.C.

2800 Nuclear
2801 Chemical
2802 Biological
2800 NUCLEAR

NB1 . . . . . CONTAMINATED AREA. Area (enclosed by positions indicated) or sector (be-

tween bearings ____ and ____ to a distance ____ from position indicated) has
undergone nuclear attack recently (or at ____ ). Contamination by radioactivity
probably exists.

NB2 . . . . . CONTAMINATED SHIP. This ship or unit indicated is contaminated by radioactiv-

ity. Degree of necessity for evacuation of present crew is ____ .
1. Crew members have become casualties and cannot operate ship.
2. Personnel heavily exposed; can operate ship but will soon become casualties and
should evacuate as soon as possible.
3. Crew should be evacuated by time indicated by accompanying time signal.
4. Some casualties should be transferred but general evacuation is not required.
5. No necessity for evacuation.

NB3 . . . . . CONTAMINATED WATER. Water of anchorage and its vicinity is radiologically

contaminated. (Do not ____ .)
1. Eat fresh fish caught in the area
2. Retrieve any floating objects
3. Run any evaporators
4. Swim in the area
5. Wash down decks with salt water
6. Do any of the above items

NB4 . . . . .

NB5 . . . . . CUMULATIVE DOSE received by ____ is ____ roentgens.

1. Exposed personnel (weapons, flight deck crews)
2. Protected personnel (control spaces, communications, magazines, shelter stations)
3. Machinery space crews
4. Monitoring and decontamination crews

NB6 . . . . . DOSE RATE at weather deck level in this area or area indicated is ____ roentgens
per hour.

NB7 . . . . .

NB8 . . . . . FALLOUT. Forecast EDW (effective downwind) is from direction ____ at speed
____ . Duration of forecast may be indicated by time signal.

NB9 . . . . .

NB10 . . . .

28-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

NB11 . . . .

NB12 . . . . PROBABLE YIELD in ____ tons is ____ .

1. Kilo
2. Mega

NB13 . . . .

NB14 . . . . GROUND ZERO bears ____ from guide or unit indicated distance ____ .

NB15 . . . .

NB16 . . . .

NB17 . . . .

2801 CHEMICAL

NB18 . . . . CHEMICAL WARFARE ATTACK is ____ (List A) (expected method of delivery is

____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Possible A. Low-level aircraft spray
2. Probable B. Guided missile
3. Imminent C. Airburst bomb
D. Chemically filled shell

NB19 . . . . CHEMICAL AGENT. This ship or unit indicated has been attacked with chemical
agent ( ____ (List A)) (and is ____ contaminated (List B)) (which has been identi-
fied as ____ agent (List C)).
List A List B List C
1. Liquids A. Heavily 31. Nerve
2. Aerosol B. Moderately 32. Blister
3. Vapor C. Lightly 33. Harassing
D. Not 34. Unidentified

NB20 . . . . CHEMICAL ATTACK CEASED.

NB21 . . . .

NB22 . . . .

NB23 . . . .

2802 BIOLOGICAL

NB24 . . . . BIOLOGICAL ATTACK. Attack by biological agent is probable.

NB25 . . . .

NB26 . . . .

NB27 . . . .

28-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
RADAR
RA
RADAR
RA
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 29

RADAR

2900 General Signals

2900 GENERAL SIGNALS

RA1 . . . . . RADAR GUARD DUTY. Assume radar guard duty (as ____ ).
1. Air search (between ____ and ____ miles)
2. Air search (between ____ and ____ degrees)
3. Surface search (between ____ and ____ miles )
4. Surface search (between ___ and ____ degrees)
5. Scan in elevation (between ____ and ____ degrees)
6. Recognition guard
7. In current EMCON plan

RA2 . . . . . CALIBRATION. Carry out radar calibration (run number ____ ).

RA3 . . . . .

RA4 . . . . . CONTACT. Have radar contact (believed to be ____ (List A) ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Aircraft A. Enemy
2. Land B. Friendly
3. Radar beacon C. Unidentified
4. Snort or periscope
5. Submarine
6. Surface craft

RA5 . . . . .

RA6 . . . . . IFF/SIF. Operate IFF/SIF ( ____ ) (in sector ____ ).

1. Airborne
2. At discretion
3. Shipborne
4. To challenge and identify target
5. Using mode ____ (and code ___ )

RA7 . . . . .

RA8 . . . . .

RA9 . . . . .

29-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

29-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
READY
RE
READY
RE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 30

READINESS

3000 Casualties
3001 Damage
3002 Degrees of Readiness
3003 Equipment Readiness
3004 Fuel State
3005 Miscellaneous
3006 Readiness for Sea/Steaming
3007 Towing Signal Table

3000 CASUALTIES

RE1 . . . . . OFFICER DISABLED. Officer ____ (from Table P) is disabled.

RE2 . . . . . PERSONNEL CASUALTIES. ____ . Numeral(s) following TACK may be added to

indicate number of casualties.
1. Prepare to receive personnel casualties
2. Hoist flag M at yardarm when ready to receive personnel casualties
3. This unit or unit indicated has ____ personnel casualties.

RE3 . . . . . PERSONNEL REMAINING available for duty is ____ percent of original comple-
ment ( ____ from Table P).

RE4 . . . . .

RE5 . . . . .

30-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3001 DAMAGE

RE6 . . . . . DAMCAT. This unit (or unit indicated) has sustained ____ (List A) category dam-
age, including ( ____ (List B)); assessment of damage to indicated unit (by ____
(List C) (DESIG ____ number of percentage damaged)).
List A List B List C
A. Sunk 1. AAW capability A. Acoustic assessment
B. Imminent loss 2. Amphibious or logistics B. ESM assessment
C. Inoperable support capability C. Independent observer
D. Mission aborted 3. ASUW capability D. Post-action visual
E. Immobilized 4. ASW capability observation
F. Major damage 5. Communications and E. Radar assessment
G. Medium damage navigation impaired F. Visual observation
H. Minor damage 6. Flight operations capability G. Infrared assessment
J. No damage 7. Loss of sensors
8. Major fire
9. Major flooding
10. Major propulsion damage
11. Mine warfare capability
12. Minor fire
13. Minor flooding
14. Onboard repairs
15. Personnel
16. Speed reduced
17. Underwater penetration

RE7 . . . . . ASSISTANCE. Require ( ____ ) assistance.

1. Decontamination party
2. Explosive ordnance disposal (EOD) team
3. Fire and rescue party
4. Fire tug
5. Firefighting equipment (type indicated following DESIG)
6. Medical
7. Medical/casualty evacuation (MEDEVAC/CASEVAC)
8. No
9. Salvage party
10. Towing

RE8 . . . . . ANTINUCLEAR EFFECT PRECAUTIONS. Activate ____ system.

1. Prewetting
2. Washdown

RE9 . . . . . CONTAMINATED. This ship or unit indicated is being contaminated by fallout.

(Results are as indicated ____ .) Inferior to NEGAT means: “Fallout has ceased.”
1. Cannot complete an immediate operation
2. Can complete an immediate operation
3. Can complete current mission
4. Can undertake a subsequent operation without delay

RE10 . . . . ABLE TO CONTINUE. This unit or unit indicated is able to continue on assigned
mission.

30-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RE11 . . . . DAMAGED. This ship or ship(s) indicated has (have) been damaged by ____ (List
A) resulting in ____ (List B). (A time signal indicates time at which damage will be
repaired.)
List A List B
A. Bombs 1. No restriction
B. Collision 2. Reduced AAW capability
C. Fire 3. Reduced ASUW capability
D. Grounding 4. Reduced ASW capability
E. Guns 5. Reduced mobility
F. Heavy leakage 6. Sinking
G. Mines 7. Withdrawing
H. Missiles
I. Storm
J. Torpedo (PORT or STBD
may be indicated)
K. Underwater explosion

RE12 . . . . FIRE ON BOARD. Ship indicated has a fire on board.

RE13 . . . . FIRE is (flames are) ____ .

1. Extinguished
2. Increasing
3. Serious
4. Under control

RE14 . . . . FRIENDLY UNIT SUNK (in position ____ ) (call sign ____ ).

RE15 . . . . FLIGHT DECK DAMAGE. Flight deck has been damaged (and ____ ).
1. Aircraft can land
2. Aircraft can take off
3. Aircraft can take off and land with difficulty
4. Is beyond repair by this ship
5. Repairs can be effected by time indicated

RE16 . . . . REPORT DAMAGE or what is wrong with you.

RE17 . . . . SEND RESCUE AND ASSISTANCE DETAIL/TEAM to this unit or unit indicated.

RE18 . . . . FLOODING. Ship or unit indicated is flooding. (Flooding is ____ .)

1. At the rate of ____ gallons per minute
2. Being dewatered
3. Beyond the capacity of ship’s pumps
4. Progressive from frame ____ forward
5. Progressive from frame ____ aft
6. From frame ____ to frame ____
7. Out of control
8. Under control

30-3 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3002 DEGREES OF READINESS

RE19 . . . .

RE20 . . . . DEGREE OF READINESS. Assume ____ (from List A) ____ (from List B) degree
of readiness (at ____ ).
List A List B
1. First A. General
2. Second B. AAW
3. Third C. ASW
4. Fourth D. ASUW
5. Fifth E. NBCD
F. Engineering
G. MW self-protective
H. Asymmetric warfare
Example: RE20—3A—1B . . . Assume third general degree of readiness and first AAW degree of
readiness.

RE21 . . . .

RE22 . . . . WEAPON ALERT STATE. Weapon(s) indicated from Table A ____ .

1. Can be brought into action in ____ minutes
2. Is (are) ready

RE23 . . . . HEAVY WEATHER. Prepare for heavy weather (about ____ ).

RE24 . . . .

RE25 . . . . MISSILE ATTACK. Prepare for attack by self-propelled or guided missile.

RE26 . . . . SECURITY ALERT STATE. Assume security alert state as indicated ____ .
A. Alpha
B. Bravo
C. Charlie
D. Delta

RE27 . . . .

3003 EQUIPMENT READINESS

RE28 . . . .

RE29 . . . . AMMUNITION. ____ . Use types from Table A.

1. Amount of ____ ammunition remaining is ____ percent
2. Conserve ( ____ ) ammunition
3. Have ( ____ ) ammunition ready for immediate use
4. Number of rounds or units of ____ ammunition remaining or onboard is ____

RE30 . . . . EFFICIENCY REDUCED. Equipment indicated is operating at reduced effi-

ciency.

30-4 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RE31 . . . . INOPERATIVE. Equipment indicated is inoperative (for ____ ). (A time signal indi-
cates estimated time at which repairs will be completed.)
1. Routine maintenance
2. Urgent corrective maintenance

RE32 . . . . OPERATE ____ equipment indicated.

1. Continuously
2. Intermittently

RE33 . . . . REPAIRS can be effected ( ____ ). (A time signal indicates time at which repairs
will be completed.)
1. But must stop for repairs
2. By ship’s crew
3. Only by dry docking
4. With shipyard help
5. With repair ship help
6. On receipt of spare parts

RE34 . . . . REPAIRS COMPLETED. Repairs have been completed on equipment indicated.

RE35 . . . . MCM EQUIPMENT REMAINING. Number of usable items of MCM equipment

(type from Table Y) is ____ .

RE36 . . . . UNRELIABLE. Equipment indicated is unreliable.

RE37 . . . . EQUIPMENT LIFE. Total number of running hours on equipment indicated is ____ .
(Estimated life remaining is ____ hours.)

RE38 . . . .

3004 FUEL STATE

RE39 . . . .

RE40 . . . . PERCENTAGE REMAINING. Percentage of ____ remaining on board is ____

percent at noon (or ____ ).
1. AVCAT
2. Aviation gasoline
3. Burnable oil
4. F-75
5. F-76
6. F-77
7. F-44 (JP-5)
8. Marine gas oil
9. Diesel oil
10. Distillate fuel/DFM
11. Gasoline
12. Lubricating oil
13. Feed water
14. Potable water
15. DESIG ____ type of liquid (NATO symbol if one exists)
Example: RE40—4—75 . . . 75 percent of diesel oil remains on board at noon.

RE41 . . . .

30-5 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3005 MISCELLANEOUS

RE42 . . . . READINESS (or condition) of this ship or unit indicated is ____ .

(a) Antiaircraft guns usable
(b) List in degrees (PORT or STBD may be added)
(c) Main battery guns usable
(d) Missile battery usable
(e) Maximum draft in feet
(f) Maximum speed possible

RE43 . . . . Tow. ____ .

1. Require tug to tow this ship or unit indicated
2. Take this ship or unit indicated in tow
3. This ship or unit indicated will take you in tow
4. Tow has parted
5. Tow this ship or unit indicated into shallow water
6. Transfer tow to this ship or unit indicated

RE44 . . . .

RE45 . . . .

3006 READINESS FOR SEA/STEAMING

RE46 . . . . LIGHT SUPERHEATERS.

RE47 . . . . SHAFT POWER. Have shaft power available for ____ (at ____ hours notice).
1. Ensuring safety
2. Flying operations
3. Maximum fuel economy (single boiler/trail shaft operation permitted)
4. Maximum speed
5. Speed in knots indicated by numeral group following TACK
6. Working anchors/cables

RE48 . . . . DELAY getting underway ( ____ ).

1. Remain at ____ hours notice
2. Remain at ____ minutes notice
3. Until ____
4. Until further notice

RE49 . . . . NOTICE. Come to or revert to ____ hours notice for getting underway (at ____
knots).

RE50 . . . . ESTIMATED TIME of ____ is ____ .

1. Readiness for sea
2. Steam (being at new notice for)

RE51 . . . .

RE52 . . . .

30-6 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 FLAG 6
TOWING
TABLE
 FLAG 6
TOWING
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3007 TOWING SIGNAL TABLE

The numerical flag indicator for the table (Flag 6) may be left flying in a superior position when
successive signals from the same table are being made.

6A . . . . . . TOW me (or unit indicated). (Gear provided by ____ .)

1. Ship being towed
2. Ship towed

6B . . . . . . DRIFT SPEED AND DIRECTION is ____ knots to ____ .

6C . . . . . . SHIP’S HEAD is ____ . (PORT or STBD may be added to indicate direction paying
off.)

6D . . . . . . WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION is ____ knots from ____ .

6E . . . . . . TOWING PLAN. Will take you under tow with my stern to your bow (or ____ ).
1. With my stern to your stern
2. With my (or designated unit’s) bow to your stern to act as rudder

6F . . . . . . TOW APPROACH. Will close your (or close my) (PORT or STBD) side (or ____ ).
1. Bow
2. Stern

6G . . . . . . READY. I am ready (or ____ ).

1. Not ready (until ____ )
2. Do not agree

6H . . . . . . COMMENCING APPROACH. I am commencing (or commence) approach (or

____ ).
1. I am making (or make) another approach

6I . . . . . . STOP YOUR ENGINES.

6J . . . . . . MY ENGINES are ____ .

1. Stopped
2. Turning ahead
3. Turning astern

30-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

6K . . . . . . DISTANCE. ____ .
1. Move out (or I am moving out) ( ____ feet)
2. Move closer (or I am moving closer) ( ____ feet)
3. Move ahead (or I am moving ahead) ( ____ feet)
4. Move astern (or I am moving astern) ( ____ feet)
5. You are (or I am) in position

6L . . . . . . STOP. The way is off my ship.

6M. . . . . .

6N . . . . . . BOLO/GUNLINE. Pass bolo/gunline (or ____ ).

1. I will pass bolo/gunline
2. Bolo/gunline parted/missed; try again

6O . . . . . . LIGHT MESSENGER (is ____ (List A)). ( ____ (List B)).

List A List B
1. Outboard A. Avast
2. Inboard B. Heave around
3. Foul C. Slack off
4. Parted D. Let go

6P . . . . . . HEAVY MESSENGER (is ____ (List A)). ( ____ (List B)).

List A List B
1. Outboard A. Avast
2. Inboard B. Heave around
3. Foul C. Slack off
4. Parted

6Q . . . . . . TOWING HAWSER (is ____ (List A)). ( ____ (List B)).

List A List B
1. Outboard A. Avast
2. Inboard B. Heave around
3. Foul C. Slack off
4. Parted D. Pay out (or I am paying out)
5. Secure E. Shorten in (or I am shortening in)
6. Connected F. Cast off/trip slip (or I have
7. Disconnected cast off/tripped slip)
8. Riding well
9. In need of freshening

30-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

6R . . . . . . CHAIN (is ____ (List A)). ( ____ (List B)).

List A List B
1. Outboard A. Avast
2. Inboard B. Shorten in (or I am shortening in)
3. Foul (to ____ feet of chain)
4. Parted C. Veer (or I am veering)
5. Secure (to ____ feet of chain)
6. Connected D. Recover (or I am recovering)
7. Disconnected
8. Riding well
9. In need of freshening

6S . . . . . . TOW. I am ____ .
1. Ready to commence tow
2. Commencing tow

6T . . . . . .

6U . . . . . . SPEED THROUGH THE WATER. ____ .

1. I am increasing (or increase) speed (to ____ )
2. I am decreasing (or decrease) speed (to ____ )
3. My engines have (or make) turns for ____ knots
4. My speed is ____ (or make your speed ____ )

6V . . . . . . PORT or STBD . . . COURSE. I am adjusting (or adjust) course PORT or STBD (to
____ ).

6W . . . . . CONDITIONS. ____ .
1. Conditions are fine
2. All gear is recovered and inboard
3. I am encountering difficulties

6X . . . . . .

6Y . . . . . . AFFIRMATIVE.

6Z . . . . . . NEGATIVE.

30-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

30-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
RAS
RS
RAS
RS
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 31

REPLENISHMENT/TRANSFER

3100 Replenishment Signals

3101 Signals Relating to Replenishment
3102 Helicopter Transfer/Vertical Replen-
ishment Signals
3103 Night Replenishment

3100 REPLENISHMENT SIGNALS

RS1 . . . . . CLOSE FOR TRANSFER. Close me or unit indicated for transfer (of ____ (List A))
(at ____ transfer station (List B)) (ship to provide gear or boat is ____ (List C)).
(PORT or STBD may be added to indicate side of ship being closed.)
List A List B List C
1. Fuel A. FWD 21. Closing ship(s)
2. Guard mail B. AMID 22. Ship being closed
3. Mail C. AFT 23. Ship designated by
4. Movies D. Boat call sign
5. Officer courier mail E. Light line
6. Personnel F. Highline rig*
7. Stores G. Light jackstay rig**
H. VERTREP
*Support line with pelican hook
**Support line without pelican hook

RS2 . . . . . FUEL to capacity (or ____ percent).

RS3 . . . . . MAIL/LIGHT MATERIAL.I have mail/light material for ____ transfer.

1. Light line, my STBD side
2. Light line, my PORT side
3. Manila highline rig*, my STBD side
4. Manila highline rig*, my PORT side
5. Light jackstay rig**, my STBD side
6. Light jackstay rig**, my PORT side
*Support line with pelican hook
**Support line without pelican hook

31-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RS4 . . . . . POL/WATER REQUIRED. I require ____ (List A), quantity ____ units ____ (List
B) by ____ (List C).
List A List B List C
1. AVCAT A. Tons 21. Probe coupling
2. Aviation gasoline B. Liters 22. NATO B-end
3. Burnable oil C. Cubic meters 23. Admiralty screwed con-
4. Diesel oil D. US gallons nection (ASC)
5. Distillate fuel/DFM E. Imperial gallons 24. Quick-release coupling
6. Gasoline F. US barrels (QRC)
7. JP-5
8. Lubricating oil
9. Feed water
10. Potable water
11. DESIG type of liquid
(NATO symbol if one
exists)

RS5 . . . . . POL/WATER RECEIVED/SUPPLIED. I received/supplied ____ (List A), quantity

____ units ____ (List B).
List A List B
1. AVCAT A. Tons
2. Aviation gasoline B. Liters
3. Burnable oil C. Cubic meters
4. Diesel oil D. US gallons
5. Distillate fuel/DFM E. Imperial gallons
6. Gasoline F. US barrels
7. JP-5
8. Lubricating oil
9. Feed water
10. Potable water
11. DESIG type of liquid
(NATO symbol if one
exists)

RS6 . . . . . PROVISION OF TRANSFER RIG. ____ rig for transfer.

1. I will provide
2. You provide

RS7 . . . . . REPLENISH ( ____ (List A)) ( ____ call sign of receiving ship) ( ____ position des-
ignation from RAS planning sheet) ( ____ time ZULU).
List A
1. Fuel
2. Stores
3. Ammunition
4. Potable water

31-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RS8 . . . . . REPLENISH/TRANSFER ( ____ (List A)) (by ____ rig or means (List B)) (at ____
transfer station (List C)) (from PORT or STBD side of supplying ship or ship indi-
cated).
List A List B List C
1. Ammunition A. Abeam 31. FWD
2. Aviation gasoline B. Astern fueling 32. AMID
3. Burnable oil C. Boat 33. AFT
4. Diesel oil D. Breakable-spool coupling 34. Station No. ____
5. Distillate fuel/DFM E. Burton
6. Feed water F. Close-in
7. Fleet freight G. Double Burton
8. General stores H. Heavy jackstay
9. JP-4 J. Helicopter
10. JP-5 K. Housefall
11. Lube oil L. Jackstay fueling
12. Mail M. Large derrick
13. Movies N. Light jackstay
14. Personnel P. Light line
15. Potable water Q. Manila/synthetic highline
16. Provisions R. Modified housefall
17. Retrograde/empties S. Probe coupling
18. DESIG type of liquid T. Spanwire
(NATO symbol if one W. Wire highline
exists)
Example: PREP RS8—13P—31 PORT . . . Prepare to receive movies by light line at forward
PORT transfer station.
RS8—3S—34—3 . . . Replenish burnable oil by probe coupling at transfer station 3.

RS9 . . . . . REPLENISHMENT. Control of alterations of course and speed by replenishment

unit is to be by Method ALFA, BRAVO, or CHARLIE (Flag A, B, or C following
DESIG) (in ____ steps, using ANSWER for 5° steps, ONE for 10° steps, ONE
ANSWER for 15° steps, or TWO for 20° steps. To be used when zigzagging.).
Note: See CORPEN chapter for control method procedures.
Method:
ALFA Telephone/loud hailer
BRAVO Voice radio
CHARLIE Visual (flags by day, light by night)

RS10 . . . . REPLENISHMENT SEQUENCE. Sequence of replenishment (from ship ____ ) is

to be ____ .
1. STBD side (in order of call signs)
2. PORT side (in order of call signs)
3. ASTERN (in order of call signs)
Example: RS10 c/s 9TP—1 c/s 4VX c/s 6XR—2 c/s 4AH c/s 1MR . . . Sequence of replenishment
from ship holding call sign 9TP is to be: STBD side, ship holding call sign
4VX, then ship holding call sign 6XR; PORT side, ship holding call sign
4AH, then ship holding call sign 1MR.

31-3 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

RS11 . . . . ASTERN FUELING RIG. ____ astern fueling rig.

1. Stream (PORT or STBD may be indicated)
2. Recover
3. Veer marker float ____ metres.
4. Heave in marker float ____ metres.

RS12 . . . . REPLENISHMENT TIME. Estimated ____ .

1. Duration of RAS is ____ minutes
2. Time of commencement of RAS is ____
3. Time of completion of RAS is ____

RS13 . . . .

RS14 . . . .

RS15 . . . . DISPLACEMENT. Estimated displacement is ____ .

1. Deep laden
2. Medium
3. Light

31-4 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3101 SIGNALS RELATING TO REPLENISHMENT

STATION L. . . TAKE ____ STATION on ship assigned or indicated for replenishment or trans-
fer. PORT or STBD may follow.
1. Abeam 5. Quarter
2. Alongside 6. Standby (300 to 500 yards astern)
3. Astern 7. Standby (400 yards abeam)
4. Lifeguard (1,000 yards astern 8. VERTREP
unless otherwise indicated)

R CORPEN . . REPLENISHMENT COURSE is ____ (speed is ____ ).

R SPEED. . . . REPLENISHMENT SPEED is ____ .

CORPEN N . . REPLENISHMENT UNITS alter course when ordered by their control ship(s)
to ____ degrees PORT/STBD as indicated in ____ steps. Use ANSWER
for 5° steps, ONE for 10° steps, ONE ANSWER for 15° steps, or TWO for
20° steps.
Ships not in replenishment units are to preserve true bearings and dis-
tances from the formation guide. Ships in replenishment units alter
course as directed by their control ship(s) so as to preserve relative
bearings and distances from their replenishment unit guide. Replenish-
ment unit guide will not change during the course alteration(s).

SPEED L . . . . REPLENISHMENT UNITS alter speed when ordered by control ships to ____
knots in ____ steps. Use ANSWER for 0.5-knot steps or ONE for 1-knot steps,
etc.
Ships not in replenishment units are to alter speed similarly, preserv-
ing true bearings and distances from the formation guide. Ships in
replenishment unit(s) preserve relative bearings and distances from
unit guide.

SPEED R2 . . . REDUCE SPEED to stream/recover astern fueling rig (to ____ knots).

CORPEN N and SPEED L Procedure

WHEN ORDERED OR REQUIRED TO ALTER COURSE OR SPEED, THE CONTROL SHIP EXE-
CUTES THE ALTERATION USING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.

1. The control ship orders a CORPEN N or a SPEED L to the replenishment unit, as described above.

2. On receipt of the signal CORPEN N or SPEED L, ships replenishing alongside and/or astern report
BF to the control ship when ready to commence the alteration. (BF is also required from the replenish-
ment unit guide if he is not the control ship.) When the ships replenishing have reported READY, the
control ship will alter the course or the speed of its replenishment unit by using Method A, B, or C.

3. Ships in waiting/lifeguard station will not report BF but will follow in order to preserve relative bear-
ings and distances from the replenishment unit guide.

4. As applicable, on reaching the new course or the new speed the control ship reports completion of al-
teration to the OTC.

31-5 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3102 HELICOPTER TRANSFER/VERTICAL REPLENISHMENT SIGNALS

FLAG INDICATION NORMALLY DIS- MEANING

PLAYED

H1 VERTREP BY CUSTOMER/ AT DIP CLOSE UP HAULED

SUPPLYING DOWN
SHIP:

Where best seen. I am preparing to re- Helicopter may Transfer completed.

ceive/ close now/
commence VER- commencing
TREP. VERTREP.

HELICOPTER AC-
TION:
Position for transfer.

H1 TACK T VERTREP BY CUSTOMER WHILE FLYING: Desire transfer.

SHIP:
HELICOPTER ACTION: Orbit ship.
Where best seen.

H1 TACK B TORPEDO Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Indicates number of units for transfer.
plus numer- TRANSFER
als

H1 TACK D DELAY IN Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Delay in transfer. Numerals indicate minutes
plus numer- TRANSFER. of delay.
als

H1 TACK K MAIL/CARGO Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Indicates weight of mail/cargo in increments of
plus numer- FOR 10 kilograms.
als TRANSFER

H1 TACK M MAIL/CARGO Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Indicates weight of mail/cargo in increments of
plus numer- FOR 10 pounds.
als TRANSFER

H1 TACK P PASSEN- Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Indicates number of passengers for transfer.
plus numer- GERS FOR
als TRANSFER

H1 TACK Q PATIENTS Where best seen. WHILE FLYING: Indicates number of patients for transfer.
plus nuem- FOR
rals TRANSFER

BEANBAG* DELIVERY HELICOPTER ACTION: Approach ship with helicopter flood-

lights ON.

EMERGENCY BREAKAWAY SHIP ACTION: Use standard wave-off.

HELICOPTER ACTION: Turn ON hover lights.

*A small canvas (weighted) bag used to transfer small objects from ship to helicopter or helicopter to ship.

31-6 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3103 NIGHT REPLENISHMENT

By night the morse equivalents of ROMEO and PREP may be flashed four times without call or
ending during replenishment operations, using the following colored lights, as appropriate:

WHITE Light Signal at the DIP

RED Light Signal CLOSE UP

31-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

31-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
ASUW
SU
ASUW
SU
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 32

ANTISURFACE WARFARE

3200 Attack
3201 Command
3202 Gunnery and Missile
3203 Plan
3204 Torpedo
3205 TORPEDO ACTION TABLE
3206 Special Night Torpedo Firing Signals
3207 Special Day Torpedo Firing Signal
3208 SURFACE ACTION TABLES
3209 Special FPB Maneuvering Signals
3210 SAG Signal Table

3200 ATTACK

SU1 . . . . . ACTION. ____ (until/when conditions exist as indicated from Table W).
1. Avoid action
2. Commence action
3. Chase enemy (type or force may be indicated from Table F)
4. Do not commence surface fire until identity is established

SU2 . . . . . ACTION. Aim of action is ____ of enemy surface forces.

1. Containment
2. Destruction
3. Diversion
4. Repelling

SU3 . . . . . ATTACK. ____ (until/when conditions exist as indicated from Table W).
1. Attack from direction ____ is being carried out by unit indicated
2. Break off the attack
3. Delay attack (until ____ )
4. Carry out feint attack on enemy from bearing ____ (bearing is to be taken from
center of enemy)
5. Close and attack
6. Attack completed

SU4 . . . . . CLOSE RANGE ( ____ ).

1. As rapidly as possible
2. Consistent with keeping all guns bearing
3. To effective missile range
4. To effective torpedo range
5. To maximum effective gun range
6. To maximum gun range
7. To maximum missile range
8. To maximum torpedo range
9. To ____ thousand yards

SU5 . . . . . COORDINATED ATTACK. Attack is to be coordinated at time indicated.

32-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SU6 . . . . . CONCENTRATE ____ .

1. At time indicated
2. In position ____
3. On enemy as indicated (from Table F)
4. On enemy bearing ____
5. On unit indicated

SU7 . . . . . OPEN RANGE ( ____ ).

1. As rapidly as possible
2. Beyond effective gun range of enemy
3. Beyond maximum gun range of enemy
4. Beyond maximum missile range of enemy
5. Consistent with keeping all guns bearing
6. To maximum gun range
7. To maximum missile range
8. To maximum torpedo range
9. To ____ thousand yards

SU8 . . . . . WARNING FIRE. Fire warning shot across contact’s bow.

SU9 . . . . . I AM MANEUVERING TO UNMASK ( ____ ).

1. Guns
2. Missile launcher
3. Rocket-assisted ASW weapon
4. Torpedo tubes

SU10 . . . . SAG COMMANDER. Assume command as SAG commander (or)

1. SAG commander is ____

3201 COMMAND

SU11 . . . . FORM SAG and clear the force in direction ____ (List A) (or on bearing ____ ) to
investigate ____ (List B).
List A List B
1. North A. Skunk indicated
2. East B. Racket indicated
3. South C. Visual sighting
4. West

SU12 . . . . INVESTIGATE. Investigate track identity ____ , be prepared to illuminate and en-
gage.

SU13 . . . . FORM HAG and clear the force in direction ____ (List A) (or on bearing ____ ) to
investigate ____ (List B).
List A List B
1. North A. Skunk indicated
2. East B. Racket indicated
3. South C. Visual sighting
4. West

32-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3202 GUNNERY AND MISSILE

SU14 . . . . CLEAR LINE OF FIRE from this unit or unit indicated (on bearing ____ ).

SU15 . . . .

SU16 . . . . TARGET RANGE is ____ thousand yards.

SU17 . . . .

SU18 . . . .

3203 PLAN

SU19 . . . . ACTION. Fight a ____ action.

1. Delaying
2. Harassing
3. Pursuit
4. Retiring
5. Surface, detaching SAG
6. Surface, using all forces
7. Withdrawing

SU20 . . . .

SU21 . . . .

SU22 . . . .

SU23 . . . . POSITION. Surface action plan is based on keeping our force in position ____ .
1. Between the enemy and his base
2. Between the enemy and our base
3. Between the enemy and our convoy
4. Between the enemy and our high value unit(s)
5. To leeward of enemy
6. To windward of enemy

SU24 . . . .

SU25 . . . .

32-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3204 TORPEDO

SU26 . . . .

SU27 . . . . ATTACK SECTOR. Your sector of attack will be (from the ____ of the enemy) with
the enemy as the reference point. A group of three numerals following the basic
group, separated by TACK, indicates true bearing from which to attack.
1. Northward
2. Southward
3. Eastward
4. Westward
Example: SU27—3 . . . Your sector of attack will be from the eastward of the target with the tar-
get as the reference point.
SU27—0508 ANS . . . Your sector of attack will be between 050° and 085° true with
the enemy as the reference point.
SU27—170 . . . Attack enemy from bearing 170° true.

SU28 . . . .

SU29 . . . . FIRED. Torpedoes have just been fired (or were fired at time indicated) by ships of
my unit (on torpedo course ____ ).

SU30 . . . . PROCEED TO POSITION. Proceed to most advantageous position for torpedo

attack and ____ .
1. Attack with torpedoes
2. Do not attack until ordered

SU31 . . . . PROCEED TO SECTOR. Proceed to your sector(s) (or to sector(s) ____ with the
enemy as reference point). A group of three numerals indicates true bearing from
which to attack.

SU32 . . . .

SU33 . . . . RECOVERED. All torpedoes (or ____ number) have been recovered. Ships to
whom they belong may be indicated.

SU34 . . . .

SU35 . . . . TORPEDOES. Chase and recover torpedoes (or torpedoes ____ ).

1. Are in sight bearing ____
2. Are to be recovered
3. Have sunk

SU36 . . . .

SU37 . . . .

32-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FLAG 9
ACTION
TABLE
FLAG 9
ACTION
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3205 TORPEDO ACTION TABLE

The numerical flag indicator for the table (Flag 9) may be left flying in a superior position when
successive signals from the same table are being made.

9A . . . . . . FIRE TORPEDOES ( ____ ) (to PORT or STBD as indicated). Number to be fired

may be indicated by numerals following DESIG.
1. Using base torpedo course plan
2. Using coordinated attack plan
3. Using individual target plan
4. Using mutual target plan
5. As soon as enemy is sighted
6. At maximum torpedo range
7. At range of ____ hundred yards
8. For exercise
9. From as close as possible
10. Outside visibility range; firing by radar

9B . . . . . .

9C . . . . . . ATTACK with torpedoes (in sector ____ ).

9D . . . . . . TIME OF FIRING will be as indicated.

9E . . . . . . PLAN. Use torpedo attack plan indicated.

9F . . . . . . PROCEED to attack sectors (or sector ____ ). (Remain outside ____ thousand
yards from nearest enemy unit.)

9G . . . . . . SECTOR. Attack with torpedoes in sector ____ .

9H . . . . . . METHOD of attack will be ____ .

1. Formation attack in close formation
2. Formation attack in open formation
3. Independent
4. Sector
5. Spread

9I . . . . . . CONTINUE TO CLOSE ENEMY after the attack to disguise moment of firing tor-
pedoes.

9J . . . . . . POINT OF AIM. Enemy ship to be used as point of aim for torpedo firing bears
____ from this unit or unit indicated range ____ thousand yards.

9K . . . . . .

9L . . . . . . COURSE. Base torpedo course is as indicated (torpedo speed is as indicated by

suffix below following TACK).
1. High
2. Intermediate
3. Low

9M. . . . . . COURSE. Mean torpedo course for this unit or unit indicated is ____ .

32-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

9N . . . . . . SHOT ANGLE. Use ____ shot angle to PORT or STBD as indicated.

1. Bow
2. Beam
3. Quarter

9O . . . . . . DEPTH. Set torpedoes to run at depth of ____ feet.

9P . . . . . . TORPEDO SPEED. Set torpedo for ____ speed ( ____ knots).

1. High
2. Intermediate
3. Low

9Q . . . . . . TARGET SPEED ACROSS to be used for firing is ____ knots.

9R . . . . . . DEFLECTION ANGLE to be used for firing is ____ degrees.

9S . . . . . . SETTINGS. Use individual settings for target speed across or deflection angle.

9T . . . . . . TIME of hitting is to be synchronized so that all torpedoes will hit at ____ .

9U . . . . . . TARGET. Torpedoes will strike target at ____ .

9V . . . . . . TURN AS REQUIRED (to PORT or STBD) and fire torpedoes, returning to original
course (or course ____ ) after firing.

9W . . . . . TURN IN SUCCESSION (to PORT or STBD) and fire torpedoes, returning to origi-
nal course (or course ____ ) after firing.

9X . . . . . . TURN TOGETHER (to PORT or STBD) and fire torpedoes, returning to original
course (or course ____ ) after firing.

9Y . . . . . . RETIRE on approximate course ____ after firing.

9Z . . . . . . STEADY BEARING. Close target by steady bearings (present bearings).

32-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3206 SPECIAL NIGHT TORPEDO FIRING SIGNALS

These signals may be used independently or in conjunction with torpedo action signals. The OTC
will endeavor to lead on to a course suitable for firing before making the “turn and fire” signal.

Long RED flashes Contact has been made with the enemy on the PORT side.

Long GREEN flashes Contact has been made with the enemy on the STBD side.

Steady RED light Stand by to fire torpedoes — PORT side.

Steady GREEN light Stand by to fire torpedoes — STBD side.

Short RED flashes Turn as required and fire torpedoes to port. OTC intends to steady on
a course that is the reciprocal of the bearing of the enemy on firing, un-
less otherwise ordered.

Short GREEN flashes Turn as required and fire torpedoes to starboard. OTC intends to
steady on a course that is the reciprocal of the bearing of the enemy
on firing, unless otherwise ordered.

GREEN Very Star Exercise signal to indicate that torpedoes have been fired.

3207 SPECIAL DAY TORPEDO FIRING SIGNAL

GREEN or BLACK Exercise signal to indicate that torpedoes have been fired.
Smoke Grenade

32-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

32-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FLAG 2
ACTION
TABLE
FLAG 2
ACTION
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3208 SURFACE ACTION TABLES

A. Flag 2 Surface Action Table — General

The numerical flag indicator for the table (Flag 2) may be left flying in a superior position when
successive signals from the same table are being made.

2A . . . . . . REFERENCE POINT. The reference point for all contacts reported by this unit or
unit indicated is ____ .
1. TT
2. XX
3. YY
4. ZZ
5. SIM (submarine position and intended movement)
6. DLRP (data link reference position)
7. ____

2B . . . . . . REFERENCE POINT POSITION. The position of reference point ____ (from List A)
is ____ (from List B) and is effective at ____ (time).
List A List B
1. TT A. ____ (latitude) ____ (longitude)
2. XX B. ____ (bearing) ____ (distance)
3. YY C. Reference point ____ previously issued
4. ZZ D. Cartesian coordinate (xy) grid ____
5. SIM
6. DLRP
7. ____

2C . . . . . . CONTACT DESIGNATION. Designations for contacts held by this unit are ____ .
1. Force track numbers ____
2. Local track designations ____
3. Other track numbers ____

2D . . . . . . CONTACT REDESIGNATION. Redesignate your contact or contact indicated as

_____ .
1. Force track number ____
2. Local track designation ____
3. Other track number ____

2E . . . . . . CONTACT DATA. All contact data following this signal pertains to _____ .
1. Force track number ____
2. Local track designation ____
3. Other track number ____

32-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2F . . . . . . CONTACT IDENTITY. Designated contact is unknown or ____ (from List A) ____

(from List B) (and is further identified as ____ (from List C)).
List A List B List C
1. Certain A. Hostile 31. Carrier
2. Probable B. Friendly 32. Large combatant
3. Possible C. Neutral 33. Small combatant
34. Patrol
35. Surfaced submarine
36. AGI
37. Naval auxiliary
38. Amphibious
39. Merchant
40. Unknown
41. PIF/SIF ____

2G . . . . . . CONTACT LOCATION. Contact ____ (designation) is located on bearing _____

(degrees true) from this unit or unit/reference point indicated, distance ____ (nm),
at ____ (time). Position is estimated to be accurate within a distance of ____ (nm).

2H . . . . . . LOST CONTACT. Have lost ____ contact with target or target indicated (last
bearing ____ ) (last distance _____ ) (time ____ ).
1. ESM
2. Sonar
3. Radar
4. FLIR
5. Visual
6. All sensors

2I . . . . . . CONTACT BEARING AND BEARING ACCURACY. Bearing of designated contact

from this unit or unit indicated is ____ (degrees true) by ____ (from List A) with ac-
curacy within ____ (degrees true) based on ____ (from List B).
List A List B
1. ESM A. Measured system error
2. Sonar B. Estimated system error
3. RDF C. Target motion analysis (TMA)
4. Radar jamming spike
5. FLIR
6. Visual

2J . . . . . . COURSE AND SPEED. Contact course is ____ (degrees true) and speed is ____
(knots).
If course and speed cannot be determined accurately, a cardinal or inter-
cardinal heading and descriptive speed preceded by DESIG may be given.

32-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2K . . . . . . SENSOR. Contact ____ (designation) is held by this unit or unit indicated on ____ .
1. ESM
2. Active sonar
3. Passive sonar
4. RDF
5. Radar (airborne)
6. Radar (air search)
7. Radar (surface search)
8. Intelligence
9. IR/EO
10. Visual

2L . . . . . . INVESTIGATE. Investigate contact ____ (designation) using ____ (from List A) to

determine ____ (from List B). Permitted degree of risk to investigating unit is ____
(from List C).
List A List B List C
1. Helicopter A. Type of ship 31. Low
2. Maritime patrol aircraft B. Class of ship 32. Medium
3. Tactical aircraft C. Nationality 33. High
4. Submarine D. Hull number
5. Surface ship E. Battle damage assessment

2M. . . . . . IDENTIFICATION. Your contact or contact indicated is ____ .

1. Correctly identified
2. Incorrectly identified

2N . . . . . . ENGAGE target (bearing ____ ) or target indicated _____ .

1. As soon as possible
2. When weapons bear
3. When ready
4. At maximum weapon range
5. At maximum effective range
6. When range closes to ____ thousand yards
7. When target is visible
8. If target is identified as hostile
9. If target commits a hostile act
10. If target demonstrates hostile intent
11. For harassment

2O . . . . . . CONCENTRATE fire on target(s) or target(s) indicated.

2P . . . . . . TARGET is within my maximum ____ range.

1. Gun
2. Missile
3. Torpedo

32-11 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

2Q . . . . . . TARGET indicated has opened fire with ____ .

1. Guns
2. Missiles
3. Torpedoes

2R . . . . . . DECOY. Contact is using ____ decoys.

1. Acoustic
2. Chaff
3. Electronic
4. Infrared
5. Mechanical

2S . . . . . . CHAFF CONFUSION. Fire chaff for confusion (bearing ____ ) (range ____ thou-
sand yards) (or ____ ).
1. In accordance with plan previously ordered

2T . . . . . . CHAFF. Fire chaff for ____ .

1. Distraction
2. Seduction

2U . . . . . . DECOYS. Release/fire ____ decoys (from List A) ( ____ (from List B)).
List A List B
1. Infrared A. Bearing ____ (range ____ thousand yards)
2. Radar B. In accordance with plan previously ordered

2V . . . . . . DETECTED. This unit or unit indicated ____ been detected by the enemy.
1. Has
2. Has not
3. May have

2W . . . . . DAMAGE. This unit (or indicated unit) has suffered damage and is ____ .
1. Continuing action
2. Withdrawing
3. Neutralized

2X . . . . . .

2Y . . . . . .

2Z . . . . . .

32-12 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FLAG 3
ACTION
TABLE
FLAG 3
ACTION
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

B. Flag 3 Surface Action Table — Over-the-Horizon (OTH)

Engagement

The numerical flag indicator for the table (Flag 3) may be left flying in a superior position when
successive signals from the same table are being made.

3A . . . . . . PREPARE TO ENGAGE with OTH ASSM on target or target indicated using ____
(from List A) in accordance with surface action plan ____ (from List B).
List A List B
1. Designated missile firing unit(s) and A. GREYHOUND
target reporting unit(s) B. DESIG ____ (OPGEN
2. Designated missile firing unit(s) using serial)
own sensors only C. ____
3. Designated missile firing unit(s) and forward
observer(s) to control flight of missile
Example: 3A—2134—1—DESIG c/s 1PD—DESIG c/s 3NF—A . . . Prepare to engage with
OTH ASSM track 2134 with call sign 1PD as firing unit and call sign 3NF as
target reporting unit in accordance with surface action plan GREYHOUND.

3B . . . . . . ATTACK. Conduct OTH attack ____ (from List A) against target or target indi-
cated (using surface action plan ____ (from List B) (as coordinated by ____ (from List
C)).
List A List B List C
1. Immediately A. GREYHOUND 31. OTC
2. Launch time ____ B. DESIG ____ (OPGEN 32. SWC
3. When ready serial) 33. SAGC
4. To achieve time on C. ____ 34. Designated firing unit
target of ____ 35. Designated target
5. As previously directed reporting unit
6. As directed by attack 36. Designated forward
coordinator observer
37. Designated unit
38. Independently
39. ____
Example: 3B3—2134—A—37—DESIG c/s ZIA . . . Conduct OTH attack when ready against
track 2134 using surface action plan GREYHOUND as coordinated by unit
with call sign ZIA.

3C . . . . . . ATTACK. I am conducting OTH attack using surface action plan ____ (from List A)
against target or target indicated using ____ (from List B) as follows ____ (from
List C).
List A List B List C
A. GREYHOUND A. Designated target 10. Immediately
B. DESIG ____ (OPGEN reporting unit(s) 11. Launch time ____
serial) B. Own sensors only 12. When ready
C. ____ C. Designated forward 13. To achieve time on
observer(s) target of ____
14. As previously directed

32-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3D . . . . . . SSM FIRE. ____ fire on target or target indicated.

1. Commence (commence previously directed fire mission or an urgent attack)
2. Hold (stop launch and destroy all missiles in flight)
3. Cease (stop launch, do not destroy missiles in flight)
4. Check (stop launch, stand by to resume)
5. Resume (launch remainder of missiles allocated for this fire mission)
6. Repeat (repeat fire mission with same number of missiles at the same target)

3E . . . . . . SSM FIRE. I have ____ fire on target or target indicated.

1. Commenced ( ____ launched ASSM)
2. Held (stopped launch and destroyed all missiles in flight)
3. Ceased (fired ordered number of missiles)
4. Checked (stopped launch, standing by to resume)
5. Resumed (launching remaining allocated missiles)
6. Repeated (launching same number of allocated missiles)

3F . . . . . . SALVOS. When ordered to engage, unit(s) indicated attack target or target indi-
cated with ____ missile(s). Number may be indicated by numeral following
DESIG.
1. Exocet
2. Gabriel
3. Harpoon
4. Penquin
5. Sea Dart (SASS mode)
6. Sea Killer
7. Standard (SASS mode)
8. Terrier (SASS mode)
9. Teseo
10. Tomahawk
11. ____

3G . . . . . . FIRING UNIT POSITION. Designated firing unit’s position is ____ .

3H . . . . . . TARGET REPORTING STATION. Target reporting unit is to take station for re-
porting data on target or target indicated as required, reporting own position in
____ (from List A).
List A List B
1. ____ (latitude) ____ (longitude) A. Reference position
2. ____ (x coordinate) ____ (y coordinate) B. Firing unit
3. Bearing ____ (degrees true) and range ____ C. Indicated unit
(thousand yards) from ____ (from List B)

3I . . . . . . TARGET REPORTING STATION. I am reporting data on target or target indi-

cated from position ____ (from List A).
List A List B
1. ____ (latitude) ____ (longitude) A. Reference position
2. ____ (x coordinate) ____ (y coordinate) B. Firing unit
3. Bearing ____ (degrees true) and range ____ C. Indicated unit
(thousand yards) from ____ (from List B)

3J . . . . . . LINE OF FIRE. Intended long-range ASSM line of fire is ____ (degrees true).

3K . . . . . . LINE OF FIRE. Request intended long-range ASSM line of fire ____ (degrees
true).

32-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3L . . . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

3M. . . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

3N . . . . . . FREQUENT TARGET REPORTING. Using ‘Mark’ procedures, target or target in-

dicated is on bearing ____ (degrees true), range ____ (nm) from reference
position (unit or point as indicated in previous 3L or 3M signal), course ____ (de-
grees), speed ____ (knots) (add any additional information).
Example: 3N—2134—STANDBY—MARK—230— 75—120—20 . . . Using ‘Mark’ procedures,
track 2134 is on bearing 230° true, range 75 nm, course 120°, speed 20 knots.

3O . . . . . . CEASE FREQUENT TARGET REPORTING. Unit designated is to cease fre-

quent target reporting.

32-15 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3P . . . . . . REPORT ATTACK RESULTS. Unit designated is to report attack results.

3Q . . . . . . ATTACK RESULTS. Estimate of results of attack on target by designated firing

unit(s) is ____ .
1. Sunk
2. Sinking
3. Heavily damaged
4. Lightly damaged
5. Undamaged
6. Dead in the water
7. Underway but hit
8. Miss
9. Missile unobserved
10. Unable to assess

3R . . . . . . SEEKER SETTINGS. Use ____ (from List A) terminal guidance with ____ (from
List B) search pattern.
List A List B
1. Active A. Small
2. Passive B. Medium
3. Active/passive C. Large
4. Passive/active D. BOL unmodified
5. ____ E. BOL with minimum attack range of ____ thousand yards
F. BOL with maximum attack range of ____ thousand yards
G. Mode ____

3S . . . . . . SEEKER SETTINGS. I am using ____ (from List A) terminal guidance and ____
(from List B) search pattern.
List A List B
1. Active A. Small
2. Passive B. Medium
3. Active/passive C. Large
4. Passive/active D. BOL unmodified
5. ____ E. BOL with minimum attack range of ____ thousand yards
F. BOL with maximum attack range of ____ thousand yards
G. Mode _____

3T . . . . . . AREA OF PROBABILITY. The area of probability for target or target indicated is

as follows:
(a) Bearing, latitude, or x coordinate
(b) Reference point
(c) Distance, longitude, or y coordinate
(d) Semi-major axis
(e) Semi-minor axis
(f) Orientation of ellipse
(g) Time ellipse is valid
(h) Target course
(i) Target speed
(j) Probability of containment
Example: 3T—125—A—45—15—30—0 45—1215—NEGAT—NEGAT—90—DESIG 2164 . . .
The area of probability for track 2164 is 125° true from reference point A,
distance 45 nm. The ellipse is 30 nm X 60 nm, oriented 045° true, at time 1215
ZULU. Target course and speed are unknown. Probability that the target is
within the ellipse is 90 percent.

32-16 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3U . . . . . . CLEAR RANGE. Range within 10 degrees of the line of fire is ____ (from List A)
and within a 20-nm radius of the target is ____ (from List B).
List A List B
1. Clear A. Clear
2. Foul by ____ (number of ships B. Foul by ____ (number of ships
or radar contacts) or radar contacts)
3. Unable to assess C. Unable to assess

3V . . . . . . OBSERVE MISSILE STRIKE. ____ (number) of ASSM fired by designated firing

unit(s) will be at target in ____ (seconds); prepare to observe.

3W . . . . . COORDINATED FIRE. Long-range ASSMs are to be fired on target or target indi-

cated to achieve a time on target of ____ .

3X . . . . . .

3Y . . . . . . FORWARD OBSERVER. Unit designated is to take station on bearing ____ (de-

grees true) from firing unit or unit indicated, distance ____ (nm), (and/or in position
____ ) to act as forward observer for controlling missile flight against target indi-
cated.

3Z . . . . . .

32-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

32-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
FLAG 4
ACTION
TABLE
FLAG 4
ACTION
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C. Flag 4 Surface Action Table — To-the-Horizon Range

Engagement

The numerical flag indicator for the table (Flag 4) may be left flying in a superior position when
successive signals from the same table are being made.

4A . . . . . . ACTION PLAN. Carry out action plan ____ against target or target indicated.
1. GROUSE
2. SNIPE
3. DESIG ____ (OPGEN serial)
4. ____

4B . . . . . .
ENGAGE (with ____ ) on target indicated (or target bearing ____ from this unit or
unit indicated) (range ____ thousand yards).
1. Short-range SSMs 7. Rockets
2. Long-range SAMs 8. Close-range guns
3. Medium-range SAMs 9. Machineguns
4. Short-range SAMs 10. Torpedoes
5. Main gun battery 11. All weapons
6. Secondary gun battery

4C . . . . . . CEASE FIRE (with ____ ) on target indicated (or target bearing ____ from this unit
or unit indicated) (range ____ thousand yards).
1. Short-range SSMs 7. Rockets
2. Long-range SAMs 8. Close-range guns
3. Medium-range SAMs 9. Machineguns
4. Short-range SAMs 10. Torpedoes
5. Main gun battery 11. All weapons
6. Secondary gun battery

4D . . . . . . ENGAGING. I am engaging target or target indicated with ____ .

1. Short-range SSMs 7. Rockets
2. Long-range SAMs 8. Close-range guns
3. Medium-range SAMs 9. Machineguns
4. Short-range SAMs 10. Torpedoes
5. Main gun battery 11. All weapons
6. Secondary gun battery

4E . . . . . . CEASED FIRING. I have ceased firing on target or target indicated with ____ .
1. Short-range SSMs 7. Rockets
2. Long-range SAMs 8. Close-range guns
3. Medium-range SAMs 9. Machineguns
4. Short-range SAMs 10. Torpedoes
5. Main gun battery 11. All weapons
6. Secondary gun battery

32-19 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

4F . . . . . . ILLUMINATE target or sector ____ (with ____ ) (bearing _____ ) (range ____
thousand yards).
1. Starshells
2. Rockets
3. Searchlights
4. Flares
5. In accordance with fire plan (or plan ____ )

4G . . . . . . ILLUMINATING. I am illuminating (with ____ ).

1. Starshells
2. Rockets
3. Searchlights
4. Flares
5. In accordance with fire plan (or plan ____ )

4H . . . . . . SPREAD. Fire starshell search spread to ____ . Upon attaining satisfactory ad-
justment, maintain continuous illumination of target. Suspected range and
bearing may be added.
1. Illuminate suspected target
2. Locate suspected target

4I . . . . . . FOLLOW MOVEMENTS of this unit or unit indicated in opening fire.

4J . . . . . . FIRE DISTRIBUTION is ____ .

1. Normal fire distribution
2. Concentrate fire on target indicated
3. Split fire distribution
Example: 4J2—DESIG 1234 . . . Concentrate fire on track 1234.

4K . . . . . . FIRE INDEPENDENTLY (at ____ ).

1. Targets of opportunity
2. Nearest enemy
3. FPB targets

4L . . . . . . SHIFT FIRE ____ .

1. To target bearing ____ from this unit or unit indicated
2. To right of target being engaged
3. To left of target being engaged

4M. . . . . . FIRE on ____ .

1. Center of enemy formation
2. Leading ship of enemy formation
3. Left of enemy formation
4. Right of enemy formation
5. Ship number ____ in enemy line counting from left to right
6. Ship number ____ in enemy line counting from right to left
7. Nearest enemy
8. On track number ____
9. On target bearing ____ from reference point ____ at ____ thousand yards

32-20 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

4N . . . . . . TARGET. Track target or target indicated and be prepared to engage.

4O . . . . . . CALIBRATION. Fire pre-action calibration (bearing ____ ) (range _____ thou-

sand yards).

4P . . . . . . AMMUNITION. Use ammunition with ____ fuzes.

1. Airburst
2. Impact
3. Mixed impact and airburst
4. Proximity
5. Proximity/time

4Q . . . . . . GUNNERY RADAR. My gunnery control radar is being jammed. The effect is

____ .
1. Negligible
2. To prevent ranging
3. To prevent auto follow

4R . . . . . . FALL OF SHOT. Verify fall of shot using standard procedure.

4S . . . . . . FALL OF SHOT is ____ .

1. Over ( ____ hundred yards)
2. Short ( ____ hundred yards)
3. Right ( ____ tens of yards)
4. Left ( ____ tens of yards)
5. Far over
6. Far short
7. Far right
8. Far left
9. Unobserved
10. Straddle

4T . . . . . . COORDINATED FIRE. Short-range SSMs are to be fired on target or target indi-

cated to achieve a time on target of ____ .

4U . . . . . .

4V . . . . . .

4W . . . . .

4X . . . . . .

4Y . . . . . .

4Z . . . . . .

32-21 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

32-22 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 FPB
SIGNAL
TABLE
 FPB
SIGNAL
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3209 SPECIAL FPB MANEUVERING SIGNALS

LIGHT/ ALTERNATE HAND MEANING

VOICE AND ARM SIGNAL
SIGNAL

AAAA Extend arm overhead, then point arm Form COLUMN in the QUICKEST
astern. SEQUENCE on the most advanced
ship.

BBBB Form SINGLE LINE ABREAST in the

QUICKEST SEQUENCE on the
guide.

CCCC Face aft and cross extended arms CUT engines, change engines.
above the head.

DDDD Extend arms in direction of new WHEEL to STARBOARD.

course.

GGGG TURN TOGETHER 180 degrees to

STARBOARD.

IIII Move extended arm in a circle above INCREASE speed ONE STEP. (See
the head. Note 3.)

JJJJ CLOSE ME for loudhailer conference.

KKKK SPLIT as ordered or in next lower

unit.

LLLL Extend arms in direction of new WHEEL to PORT.

course.

MMMM BREAKDOWN. Keep clear and con-

tinue operation.

NNNN Form COLUMN in ORDER of se-

quence numbers.

OOOO OPEN UP to 1,000 yards between

ships.

PPPP Extend arms vertically above head, Form PORT QUARTER LINE. (See
then bring left arm down to horizontal. Note 4.)

QQQQ Extend arms vertically above head, Form STARBOARD QUARTER LINE.
then bring right arm down to horizontal. (See Note D.)

32-23 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

LIGHT/ ALTERNATE HAND MEANING

VOICE AND ARM SIGNAL
SIGNAL

RRRR Extend arm with palm of hand down, REDUCE speed ONE STEP. (See
move up and down at a right angle to Note 3.)
the fore-and-aft line.

SSSS Face aft, hold arm vertically over- STOP ENGINES.

head, palm aft.

UUUU TURN TOGETHER 45 degrees to

PORT (or as ordered).

VVVV Face aft, extend arms up to a 45- Form ARROWHEAD on squadron

degree angle, then bring arms up and (division) leader, divisions (subdivi-
down to horizontal. ions) in QUARTER LINE, with even
numbered division (subdivision) to
PORT. (See Note 4.)

WWWW TURN TOGETHER 180 degrees to

PORT.

XXXX Rotate both arms above the head. Form DIAMOND formation.

ZZZZ TURN TOGETHER 45 degees to

STARBOARD (or as ordered).

NOTES:

1. Light/voice signals from this table are to be flashed/spoken without a preliminary call or ending.
The end of the transmission indicates execution.

2 The range of the hand and arm signals can be increased by making them with hand flags.

3. Amount of knots in one step will vary depending on the FPB class.

4. When ordered to form quarter line, ships are to form in order of sequence numbers on a line of
bearing that will keep them clear of the wash of the next ahead.

32-24 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 SAG
SIGNAL
TABLE
 SAG
SIGNAL
TABLE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3210 SAG SIGNAL TABLE

INSTRUCTIONS

1. The SAG single-letter signals come into force and may be used between ships without further
orders only when the signal, Form SAG (SU11), has been passed. SAG single-letter signals
that order maneuvers are to be used only when the ordered distance apart of ships is 1,000
yards or more.

2. The single-letter meaning does not use (nor is it intended to use) the full range of meanings of-
fered by the nearest equivalent normal flag signal.

3. Single letters will be flashed continuously until RRRR is received. When a numeral group fol-
lows the single letter, the whole group (e.g., G270) will be flashed repetitively until RRRR is
received. The SAG commander will attempt to flash to all ships in the group; but when in line,
intervening ships astern are to flash the signal along the line. Signal lamps are to be adjusted to
the minimum required brilliance at night.

4. Use of single-letter signals does not preclude use of normal visual signaling procedures and
signals as well, if the situation demands it.

5. Numerals are to be transmitted very deliberately as their Morse symbols. They are not to be
spelled phonetically.

6. Ships should not acknowledge receipt until signals have been received at least twice.

7. All maneuvering signals are “for information” and are designed to aid ships in conforming to
the movements of the Guide and remaining in their loose stations. They do not relieve individ-
ual ships of the responsibility for observing closely and conforming to the movements of the
Guide. The SAG commander need not wait for the signal to be receipted before altering course
or speed. The extent to which he uses this dispensation must depend upon the disposition at the
time, amount of alternation, tactical urgency, and state of training of units concerned.

8. The SAG single-letter signals shall not be used by, and/or in cooperation with, fast patrol
boats.

32-25 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SINGLE-LETTER MANEUVERING SIGNALS

SIGNAL MEANING

ALFA (followed by range in numerals) Distance between ships in SAG is to be ____ thousand
yards.

BRAVO Guide (or I am) altering course to PORT.

CHARLIE (followed by course in numerals Commence zigzag plan YANKEE on present course (or
and speed in numerals if required) course indicated). Reduce to optimum speed (or speed
indicated).

FOXTROT Guide is (or I am) altering course to STBD.

GOLF (followed by course in numerals) Guide’s course is ____ or Guide is altering course to
____ .

KILO (followed by speed in numerals) Guide’s speed (or my speed) is ____ .

TANGO By receiving ship(s) to transmitting ship: I am reading

your light. (To be made as soon as light is noticed, to
help transmitter train his light.) This does not negate the
requirement for a ROGER.

UNIFORM (followed by bearing in numer- The threat bearing is ____ .

als)

ZULU (followed by bearing in numerals) Form loose line of bearing in quickest sequence initially on
____ . (Ships subsequently adjust automatically the line of
bearing to be at right angles to the threat bearing (sig-
naled by UNIFORM).)

SINGLE-LETTER ACTION SIGNALS

SIGNAL MEANING

DELTA Engage (with ____ ).

1. ASMs
2. Guns
3. Helicopters
4. Torpedoes

HOTEL Assume EMCON plan for SAG action.

INDIA (followed by nickname of enemy ra- Jam enemy radar indicated on bearing ____ .
dar followed by bearing in numerals)

JULIETT (followed by nickname of enemy ESM detection of enemy radar indicated on bearing ____ .
radar followed by bearing in numerals)

JULIETT (inferior to NEGAT) ESM detection has ceased.

32-26 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

SINGLE-LETTER ACTION SIGNALS

SIGNAL MEANING

LIMA FIRE CHAFF ( ____ ) (bearing ____ ) (range ____ ).

1. Charlie (confusion)
2. Delta (distraction)
3. Foxtrot (funnel dispersed)
4. Hotel (helicopter dispersed)
5. Sierra (seduction)
6. As previously directed

MIKE Close range on enemy.

NOVEMBER Open range from enemy.

OSCAR Fire pre-action calibration.

QUEBEC (followed by numeral) 1. Operate fire control radar.

2. Illuminate target (on bearing ____ from you).

SIERRA Action ordered has been completed.

VICTOR Follow movements of SAG commander in opening fire.

WHISKEY Fire on ____ .

1. Center of enemy formation
2. Leading ship of enemy formation
3. Left of enemy formation
4. Right of enemy formation
5. The designated priority target (see SAGPOL)
6. Opposite numbers

X-RAY Open fire as soon as possible, at maximum range.

YANKEE (followed by numeral) 1. Cease fire. Do not fire.

2. I have ceased firing.

32-27 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

32-28 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
TACTICAL
TA
TACTICAL
TA
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 33

TACTICAL

3300 Attack
3301 Bearing and Distance
3302 Intelligence/Data
3303 Lights
3304 Miscellaneous
3305 Mission/Task/Duty
3306 Movements
3307 Operations/Intentions
3308 Identification/Recognition
3309 Scouting/Patrol
3310 Smoke/Making Smoke
3311 Weather/Meteorology

3300 ATTACK

TA1 . . . . .

TA2 . . . . . ATTACK ( _____ with weapon(s) or by using the method of attack indicated).
Type of enemy unit(s) to be attacked may be indicated from Table F.
1. According to plan indicated following DESIG
2. Coordinated attack with this unit or unit indicated
3. Deliberate
4. In accordance with previous instructions
5. Independently
6. Repeated attacks
7. Simultaneous
8. Under smoke screen
9. Urgent
10. Weapon-carrying helicopter
11. Weapon(s) ____ from Table A

TA3 . . . . . ATTACKED. I am being attacked with ____ . Type of enemy unit(s) attacking may
be indicated from Table F.
1. Biological weapons
2. Bombs
3. Chemicals
4. Guided missiles
5. Naval gunfire
6. Nuclear weapons
7. Rockets
8. Shore batteries
9. Torpedoes

33-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA4 . . . . .

TA5 . . . . .

TA6 . . . . .

TA7 . . . . . SIMULATE ATTACK ( ____ with weapon(s) or by using the method of attack indi-
cated from TA2 list).

TA8 . . . . .

TA9 . . . . .

TA10 . . . .

3301 BEARING AND DISTANCE

TA11 . . . . BEARINGS AND DISTANCES. ____ .

1. Relative bearings and distances are to be preserved
2. Relative bearings and distances are to be resumed
3. True bearings and distances are to be preserved
4. True bearings and distances are to be resumed

TA12 . . . . DISTANCE. Maintain present distance (or take ____ ).

1. Distance of ____ hundred yards
2. Distance of ____ miles
3. Double standard distance
4. Standard distance
5. Proper distance
6. One-half standard distance

TA13 . . . .

TA14 . . . . DISTANCE/DIAMETER/INTERVAL. ____ is ____ hundred yards.

1. Circle spacing
2. Distances between guides of units
3. Distance between units
4. Extended maneuvering interval
5. Interval
6. Maneuvering interval
7. Reduced tactical diameter
8. Standard distance
9. Standard tactical diameter

TA15 . . . . INTERVAL. Take ____ .

1. Extended maneuvering interval
2. Interval of ____ hundred yards
3. Interval of ____ hundred yards between service and waiting lines
4. Interval of ____ hundred yards between service lines
5. Interval of ____ thousand yards
6. Maneuvering interval
7. Proper interval

33-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA16 . . . .

TA17 . . . . YOU BEAR ____ from this unit or unit indicated or position indicated (distance
____ miles).

TA18 . . . . YOUR RANGE or that of unit indicated is ____ hundred yards from this or unit indi-
cated.

TA19 . . . .

TA20 . . . .

TA21 . . . .

3302 INTELLIGENCE/DATA

TA22 . . . . ATTACK EXPECTED. Attack by ____ may be expected now (or at ____ ). Type of
attacking unit may be indicated from Table F or V.
1. Aircraft
2. Missiles
3. Submarine
4. Surface vessels
5. Torpedo
6. Asymmetric

TA23 . . . . ENEMY CONTACT. I have contact with enemy or unit indicated (by ____ ).
1. Radar
2. Sonar
3. Visual
4. ESM

TA24 . . . . ENEMY CONTACT. Last reported contact with enemy or unit indicated is as indi-
cated by time and position signals following.

TA25 . . . .

TA26 . . . . FRIENDLY FORCE or unit indicated is ____ .

1. Joining up (from direction indicated) (at time ____ )
2. May be encountered (at about ____ ) (in position ____ )
3. Operating in vicinity (or position ____ )
4. Sighted
5. Temporarily detached

TA27 . . . .

TA28 . . . . OBJECTIVE’S POSITION. Objective’s last known position (or point of origin of
search) is ____ (at ____ ).

TA29 . . . . SHIPS IN COMPANY are ____ .

33-3 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA30 . . . . SIGHTED ____ .

1. Antiaircraft fire 15. Rocket
2. Buoy 16. Rocks
3. Colored water 17. Ships without lights
4. Flashes of guns 18. Shoals
5. Flare 19. Small boat
6. Floating object 20. Smoke
7. Glare of searchlight 21. Smoke bomb
8. Iceberg 22. Starshell
9. Land 23. Star (Very’s)
10. Lights 24. Submarine, unidentified
11. Lighthouse 25. Survivors (number may be indicated
12. Lightship following TACK)
13. Oil patch 26. Wreckage
14. Reefs

TA31 . . . .

TA32 . . . . UNIT BEARS. ____ unit or unit indicated bears ____ from this or unit indicated
(distance ____ miles).
1. Enemy
2. Friendly
3. Neutral
4. Unidentified

TA33 . . . .

TA34 . . . .

TA35 . . . .

3303 LIGHTS

TA36 . . . . DARKEN SHIP. Show no light (or only ____ lights (List A)) ( ____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. Blue riding A. During night air operations
2. Blue stern B. To indicate position
3. Dimmed navigation
4. Dimmed riding
5. Float
6. Minesweep station keeping
7. Modified darken ship
8. Navigation
9. Red truck
10. Riding
11. Shaded (screen stern)
12. Side
13. Special
14. Task

33-4 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA37 . . . . LIGHT SHOWING. You or unit indicated have light showing ____ (PORT or STBD
to indicate side).
1. Aft
2. Aloft
3. Amidships
4. Forward
5. Superstructure

TA38 . . . . TURN ON LIGHTS. Turn on ____ lights.

1. In-contact flasher
2. Search
3. Submarine identification
4. Task

TA39 . . . . RIG DECEPTIVE LIGHTING.

TA40 . . . .

TA41 . . . .

3304 MISCELLANEOUS

TA42 . . . . ATTENTION is called to bearing ____ .

TA43 . . . . BLOW TUBES ( ____ ).

1. Maneuver as necessary to blow tubes

TA44 . . . . EXPEDITE ( ____ ).

1. Action
2. Answer to signal
3. Maneuver
4. Operation

TA45 . . . . NOT RELEASABLE

TA46 . . . . MAN OVERBOARD has been ____ .

1. Given up for lost
2. Picked up
3. Sighted bearing ____ (range ____ )

TA47 . . . . OBJECT OF SEARCH is ____ .

1. Disabled ship
2. Downed aircraft
3. Man overboard
4. Raft
5. Small boat
6. Submarine
7. Survivors
8. Torpedo
9. Wreckage

TA48 . . . . SCUTTLE/DESTROY your ship or unit indicated.

33-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA49 . . . . EMPHASIZE ACTIONS by use of ____ .

1. Pyrotechnics
2. Searchlights
3. Siren

TA50 . . . .

TA51 . . . .

3305 MISSION/TASK/DUTY

TA52 . . . . ASSIST this unit or unit indicated

TA53 . . . . ASSIST DAMAGED SHIP or ships(s) indicated.

TA54 . . . . ASSUME DUTY of or act as ____ (from Table D) (sector ____ ).

TA55 . . . .

TA56 . . . .

TA57 . . . . DETAIL A SHIP or direct ship indicated to carry out the duty of/act as/or carry out
the following signals ____ . Numeral(s) from Table D, or another signal, may be
used to complete this signal.
Example: TA57—60D—Dp4p7 . . . Detail/direct D47 to act as tactical picture coordinator air
(TPC-A).

TA58 . . . .

TA59 . . . . DUTY as ____ (from Table D) is held in this ship or unit indicated.

TA60 . . . . DUTY COMPLETED.

TA61 . . . . ESCORT STRAGGLERS. Drop astern and escort stragglers or ship indicated (or
____ ).
1. Round up stragglers

TA62 . . . . INVESTIGATE ( ____ ).

1. Buoy 13. Reefs
2. Flare 14. Rocks
3. Floating object 15. Ships without lights
4. Goblin 16. Shoals
5. Iceberg 17. Skunk
6. Land 18. Small boat
7. Lights 19. Smoke
8. Lightship 20. Sonar contact
9. Oil patch 21. Star (Very’s)
10. Periscope (snort) 22. Suspicious ship
11. Racket 23. Wreckage
12. Radar contact

33-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA63 . . . . RESCUE CREW of ship or aircraft indicated, which has sunk (or is sinking).

TA64 . . . . SUPPORT this unit or unit indicated (against ____ attack). Type of attacking unit
may be indicated from Table F or V.
1. Aircraft
2. Missile
3. Submarine
4. Surface vessel
5. Torpedo

TA65 . . . .

TA66 . . . . WITHDRAW PICKETS ( ____ ).

1. From station(s) ____
2. From sector(s) ____
3. Whose call sign(s) is (are) ____

TA67 . . . .

3306 MOVEMENTS

a. General.

TA68 . . . . BE IN POSITION (or position ____ ) at ____ . (NEGAT following means, “Unable
to arrive in position (or position ____ ) at prescribed time. Can arrive at _____ .”)

TA69 . . . . CONCENTRATE. ____ . Numerals following indicate speed required.

1. Destroyers having expended torpedoes concentrate on this unit or unit indicated
2. Destroyers having torpedoes concentrate on this unit or unit indicated
3. Concentrate in position ____
4. Concentrate on enemy or enemy indicated
(a) Bearing from enemy
(b) Distance from enemy
(c) Speed required
5. Concentrate on unit indicated

TA70 . . . . CONFORM TO MOVEMENTS. Conform to general movements of this unit or unit

indicated.

TA71 . . . . FORMATION RENDEZVOUS (POINT ROMEO). Formation rendezvous in event

of nuclear attack will bear ____ from position ZZ distance ____ . Course of this
rendezvous after bomb burst will be ____ speed ____ .

TA72 . . . . KEEP ____ on to sea.

1. Beam
2. Head
3. Port bow
4. Starboard bow
5. Stern

33-7 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA73 . . . . KEEP WITHIN RANGE. Keep within ____ range of this unit or unit indicated.
1. Radar
2. Ultra high frequency
3. Underwater telephone
4. Very high frequency
5. Visual signaling
6. ____ miles

TA74 . . . .

TA75 . . . . NEAR YOUR POSITION. I will be near your position at ____ .

TA76 . . . . PURPOSE OR REASON for present movement of this unit or unit indicated (or
movement previously reported) is ____ .
1. Enemy-inflicted damage
2. To attack enemy

TA77 . . . . REGAIN POSITION ( ____ ).

1. In formation
2. In formation when orders have been carried out

TA78 . . . . REMAIN IN POSITION. Remain in your present position (or ____ ).

1. With this unit or unit indicated
2. Wait for further orders

TA79 . . . . RENDEZVOUS (in position ____ ) (at ____ ) (with ____ ).

TA80 . . . . FOLLOW NAVTRACK so as to pass points ____ at time indicated.

1. Region along NAVTRACK or at point ____ along NAVTRACKS.
2. Follow NAVTRACK at ____ knots over the ground.
3. Keep within ____ miles of NAVTRACK.

TA81 . . . . PORT/STARBOARD. Commence sailport to port/starboard IAW setting signal.

TA82 . . . .

TA83 . . . .

TA84 . . . .

b. Joining/Leaving/Rejoining.

TA85 . . . . CLEAR THE FORMATION or unit indicated (on course ____ or in general direc-
tion ____ ).

TA86 . . . . JOIN or rejoin ( ____ ).

1. This unit or unit indicated (station may be indicated)
2. As leading ship of this unit or unit indicated and conform to movements of this unit
3. As rear ship of this unit or unit indicated and conform to movements of this unit
4. Formation or formation indicated when practicable, falling in astern or taking any
station open
5. When conditions exist as indicated
6. When present orders have been carried out
7. Your own senior officer

33-8 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA87 . . . . LEAVE FORMATION.

TA88 . . . . PROCEED ( ____ ).

1. And report for duty to (designated commander)
2. As necessary to pass through formation or to reach position indicated (at ____ )
3. As previously directed
4. In accordance with operation order or serial number indicated
5. In company (with ____ )
6. Independently
7. Independently into port and take berth assigned
8. Independently to assigned station
9. On duty assigned
10. Out of port
11. To ____
12. To anchorage
13. To attack
14. To contact area
15. To FPB laying-up position
16. To FPB waiting position
17. To foul-weather anchorage
18. To port
19. To position ( ____ )
20. To recover man overboard (from ____ )
21. To regular station
22. To rendezvous
23. To side of screen indicated by PORT or STBD
24. With dispatch
25. Without regard to formation

TA89 . . . . YOU ARE DETACHED.

TA90 . . . .

TA91 . . . .

c. Maneuvering.

TA92 . . . . ACT INDEPENDENTLY ( ____ )

1. For meteorological tasks
2. To conduct helicopter operations
3. To launch/recover VDS/towed array
4. To pass clear of ship(s) or unit indicated and resume station when clear
5. To proceed through IMCO separation zone in accordance with regulations
6. To repair damage or defects
7. To take bathythermograph readings
8. For engine testing/clearing/calibration

TA93 . . . . AVOID. Maneuver independently to avoid ( ____ ) attack. Type of attacking unit
may be indicated from Table F or V.
1. Aircraft
2. Missile
3. Submarine
4. Surface vessel
5. Torpedo

33-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA94 . . . . CLOSE ME or unit indicated (to ____ hundred yards).

TA95 . . . . CLOSE UP ( ____ ).

1. Leaving places vacant for ships temporarily out of formation
2. Without regard for ships out of formation

TA96 . . . .

TA97 . . . . DISENGAGE ( ____ ) (on course ____ ).

1. Ahead
2. Astern
3. To port
4. To starboard

TA98 . . . . FOLLOW MOVEMENTS of this or unit indicated (or of ____ ).

1. Column leader or unit indicated in conforming to channel, by adjusting course and
speed as necessary to pass over the same ground
2. OTC
3. OTC, in altering course and speed

TA99 . . . . FORM PART OF THIS UNIT or unit indicated for maneuvering purposes.

TA100 . . . . KEEP ____ .

1. Ahead
2. Astern
3. Between this unit or unit indicated and contact indicated
4. Clear during maneuvers
5. In wake of this unit or unit indicated
6. Just clear of the wake of next ahead
7. Out of the way
8. To port of this unit or unit indicated
9. To starboard of this unit or unit indicated

TA101 . . . . MANEUVER your unit(s) to avoid shipping.

TA102 . . . . MANEUVER. Circumstances connected with the maneuver just carried out are to
be noted with a view to subsequent discussion in harbor.

TA103 . . . . PASS ____ .

1. Ahead of this unit or unit indicated
2. Astern of this unit or unit indicated
3. Between lines
4. Ships unable to keep station
5. Through formation
6. Through lines
7. To port of this unit or unit indicated
8. To starboard of this unit or unit indicated

33-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA104 . . . . RUDDER. Use ____ rudder.

1. Degrees indicated for standard tactical rudder until further orders
2. Emergency
3. Full (5 degrees less than maximum)
4. Less
5. Maximum (hard rudder or hard over)
6. More
7. Proper
8. Rudder as necessary to give a tactical diameter of ____ hundred yards.

TA105 . . . . SHEER OUT ( ____ ).

1. Odd-numbered ships to starboard, even-numbered ships to port
2. Odd-numbered ships to port, even-numbered ships to starboard
3. To starboard
4. To port

TA106 . . . .

TA107 . . . .

TA108 . . . .

3307 OPERATIONS/INTENTIONS

TA109 . . . . NIGHT INTENTIONS. Remain ____ during the night (or until ____ ).
1. At present speed
2. In assigned area or area indicated
3. In present formation
4. In present formation, on present course, and at present speed
5. In present disposition
6. On present base course
7. On ordered Navtrack

TA110 . . . . OPERATIONS. Commence operations (or ____ ).

1. Cease operations
2. Delay operations until further orders (or until ____ )
3. Expedite operations
4. Operations completed

TA111 . . . . OPERATIONS. Unable to carry out operations or operation indicated due to ____ .
1. Damage
2. Decontamination in progress
3. Lack of services
4. Prior commitments
5. Weather

TA112 . . . .

TA113 . . . .

TA114 . . . .

33-11 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3308 IDENTIFICATION/RECOGNITION

TA115 . . . . IDENTIFY UNIT (bearing ____ ) (to level of identification ____ (List A)) (using
____ (List B)).
List A List B
1. County of origin A. Aircraft
2. Class B. ESM
3. Unit C. Visual

TA116 . . . . CHARACTER of contact reported by radar is ____ . Raid designation may be

added.
1. Believed enemy
2. False
3. Friendly
4. Land
5. Lost
6. Unimportant objects (rain squall, birds, etc.)
7. Without confirmation

TA117 . . . . IDENTITY of unit is ____ .

1. Enemy
2. Friendly
3. Neutral
4. Suspicious
5. Unknown

TA118 . . . . RECOGNITION. Use ____ means of recognition.

1. ESM
2. IFF
3. Nancy
4. Radar
5. Sonar
6. Visual

TA119 . . . .

TA120 . . . . ILLUMINATE (with ____ ) (bearing ____ ) (range ____ ).

1. Searchlight (directed at ____ (from Table L))
2. Starshell
3. Ship-launched pyrotechnic
4. Air-launched pyrotechnic

TA121 . . . .

TA122 . . . .

33-12 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3309 SCOUTING/PATROL

TA123 . . . . AREA is ____ .

1. Circle of radius ____ miles with center in present position (or at position ____ )
2. Quadrilateral drawn between following four positions ____ , ____ , ____ , and ____
3. Sector included between ____ and ____ with radius of ____ miles from present position
(or position ____ )
4. Sector between ____ and ____ between ____ miles and ____ miles from position ____
5. Rectangle of width ____ miles and depth ____ miles centered on position ____

TA124 . . . . ESTABLISH ____ SEARCH (List A) of ____ type (List B).

List A List B
1. AAW A. Expanding square
2. ASW B. Intercepting
3. ASUW C. Intercepting from ahead
4. Multithreat D. Intercepting from rear
E. Intercepting from the flank
F. Rectangular
G. Sector
H. Random

TA125 . . . . DISTANCE between units on scouting line is ____ miles.

TA126 . . . . ESTABLISH ____ PATROL (List A) of ____ type List B).

List A List B
1. AAW A. Area
2. ASW B. Cross-over
3. ASUW C. Linear
4. Multithreat D. Fixed station

TA127 . . . . LINE OF BEARING of scouting line is ____ .

TA128 . . . . ORDER OF UNITS in scouting line is as indicated by call signs or sequence num-
bers commencing from the left.

TA129 . . . . PATROL ORDERS are as indicated. Information not being passed may be omit-
ted.
1. Aim
2. Type
3. Limits of barrier line or location and dimensions of area
4. Sequence of ships and their initial position
5. Guide
6. Time to start and duration of patrol
7. Speed
8. Assumed enemy course and speed
9. Sweep width
10. Direction and length of first leg; when using a crossover barrier patrol, include direction
and length of second (and fourth) leg and direction and length of third leg
11. EMCON plan
12. Reporting procedures
13. Action on gaining contact
14. Action on completing patrol

33-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA130 . . . . PATROL ____ (using plan ____ ).

1. Anchorage
2. Boom (nets or gates)
3. Channel
4. Harbor entrance

TA131 . . . . PATROL IN VICINITY of position ____ or between positions ____ and ____ .

TA132 . . . . PATROL LEG. Direction and length of leg number ____ is ____ degrees and ____
miles.

TA133 . . . . REMAIN ON PATROL (or ____ ).

1. Continue search or patrol (until ____ )
2. Rejoin your patrol
3. Resume patrol
4. Return to your station

TA134 . . . . SCOUTING LINE OF BEARING. Scout on a line of bearing ____ ( ____ departure
time) ( ____ return time).

TA135 . . . . SCOUTING LINE. Form a scouting line on an arc in accordance with the following:
(a) First true bearing from center of circle
(b) Second true bearing (arc is drawn clockwise from first bearing)
(c) Radius in miles
(d) Number of ships on a scouting line.
Center from which arc is struck is indicated by separate position signals.

TA136 . . . . SCOUTING LINE. Change the direction of the line of bearing of the scouting line
to ____ . Course and speed of guide may be indicated by two groups of numerals
following.

TA137 . . . .

TA138 . . . . SEARCH ORDERS are as indicated. Information not being passed may be omitted.
1. Aim
2. Type
3. Assumed position of enemy at a stated time, or the geographic area to be searched.
4. Limiting enemy courses and speeds for intercepting search
5. Direction of search line
6. Order of ships if other than standard
7. Track spacing
8. Guide’s position at start of search
9. Time to start and duration of search
10. Course and speed
11. EMCON plan
12. Reporting procedures
13. Action on gaining contact
14. Action on completing search

33-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA139 . . . . SPREAD ____ .

1. As previously directed
2. On line of bearing
(a) Line of bearing to which ships are to spread
(b) Order of ships spreading from left to right if other than the present sequence
(c) Scouting axis
(d) Distance apart of ships when spread
(e) Guide while spreading, if other than Senior Officer
(f) Course and speed of the unit guide while spread
(g) Time by which the spread is to be completed

TA140 . . . . SPREAD on an arc in the order indicated. Left-hand ship in the direction of ad-
vance while spreading is to steer ____ , right-hand ship is to steer ____ , speed
____ knots.

TA141 . . . . SPREAD on an arc in the quickest sequence (or sequence ordered). Ships are to
keep the same distance from the target as the guide.
(a) Distance apart of ships when spread
(b) Bearing and range of target
(c) Guide of ships spreading if other than present guide
(d) In ordered sequence of ships from left to right looking toward the target

TA142 . . . . SWEEP WIDTH is ____ miles.

TA143 . . . . TRACK SPACING is ____ miles.

TA144 . . . .

TA145 . . . .

TA146 . . . .

3310 SMOKE/MAKING SMOKE

TA147 . . . . DROP SMOKE FLOATS (on course ____ ) ( ____ hundred yards apart).

TA148 . . . . MAKE SMOKE ( ____ ).

1. All types available except projectile
2. As little as possible
3. Chemical
4. For approximately ____ minutes
5. Funnel
6. Less smoke
7. More smoke
8. Oil fog
9. With smoke floats or pots

33-15 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

TA149 . . . . SMOKE PREVIOUSLY REPORTED is ____ .

1. Being investigated
2. From a few vessels
3. From enemy
4. From enemy indicated
5. From friendly force indicated
6. From friendly ships
7. From one vessel
8. From own ships
9. No longer visible

TA150 . . . .

TA151 . . . .

TA152 . . . .

3311 WEATHER/METEOROLOGY

TA153 . . . . VISIBILITY. Wait for visibility conditions to improve.

TA154 . . . . WEATHER IS SUITABLE (or is suitable for ____ ).

1. Air operations 12. Mechanical minesweeping
2. Boatwork 13. Mine hunting
3. Chemical warfare attack 14. Minelaying
4. Dan laying 15. Mine recovery
5. Diving 16. Precision gunfire exercises
6. Entering port 17. Pressure mine countermeasures
7. Fueling 18. Recovery of torpedoes
8. Helicopter operations 19. Replenishment
9. Highline transfer 20. Sonar operations
10. Influence minesweeping 21. Towing
11. Maneuvering 22. Transfer by small boat

TA155 . . . .

TA156 . . . .

3312 HYDROGRAPHY

TA160 . . . . OPERATIONS. I am conducting ____ (List A) ____ (List B) operations utilizing

a ____ (List C) lowered/streamed to a depth/length of ____ meters.
List A List B List C
1. Hydrographic A. Beach Survey 1. Oceanographic Probe
(lowered)
2. Oceanographic B. Route Survey 2. Magnetometer (towed)
3. General Survey C. Area Survey 3. Side Scan Sonar (towed)
4. Meteorology D. Wreck/Obstruction Survey 4. Seabed Sampler

TA161 . . . . OPERATIONS. My survey craft is conducting ____ (List A) ____ (List B) opera-
tions utilizing a ____ (List C) lowered/streamed to a depth/length of ____
meters.
List A List B List C
1. Hydrographic A. Beach Survey 1. Oceanographic Probe
(lowered)
2. Oceanographic B. Route Survey 2. Side Scan Sonar (towed)
3. General Survey C. Area Survey
D. Wreck/Obstruction Survey

33-16 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
SUPPLE-
MENTARY
TABLES
SUPPLE-
MENTARY
TABLES
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 34

SUPPLEMENTARY TABLES

3400 Table A — Ammunition and Weapons

3405 Table B — Battle
3410 Table C — Command Plans
3415 Table D — Duty
3420 Table E — Electronics
3425 Table F — Forces
3430 Table L — Compartment Locator
3435 Table M — Mines
3440 Table P — Personnel
3445 Table U — Equipment
3450 Table V — Aircraft
3455 Table W — When
3460 Table X — Exercises
3465 Table Y — MCM Equipment
3470 Table Z — Beach

NOTE
1. The supplementary tables are primarily intended to expand the meaning of certain
basic groups, but they may be used with any signal from this publication. When add-
ing an item from the supplementary tables to the basic group as indicated in its mean-
ing, the letter identifying the table must follow the item number. When a signal from
the supplementary tables is used with a basic group which contains alphabetical let-
ters in the suffix, or when alphabetical letters complete the basic group, the governing
group, BV, must precede the supplementary table signal in cases where confusion
could exist. When a signal from the supplementary tables is used by itself, the govern-
ing group, BV, must precede it.
2. In all tables, spare numbers or additional numbers may be used for local assignment.

34-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3400 TABLE A — AMMUNITION AND WEAPONS

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 19. Not to be used; allocated for use 33. Torpedo, antiship

in action tables and ASW attack 34. High effect
and support methods. 35. Semi-armour piercing
36. Small arms
SURFACE TO AIR 37. Direct action
20. Missile, long-range (over 50 miles) 38. Medium-caliber guns
21. Missile, medium-range (10 to 50 39. Small-caliber guns
miles)
22. Missile, short-range (under 10 miles) SURFACE TO SUBSURFACE
23. Chaff, distraction 40. Torpedo, helicopter-launched
24. Chaff, confusion 41. Torpedo, ship-launched
25. Chaff, seduction 42. Torpedo, rocket-launched
26. Inrared decoys 43. Torpedo, fixed-wing aircraft-
27. Antiaircraft launched
28. __________ 44. Depth charge
29. __________ 45. Mine disposal charge
46. Mine disposal weapon
SURFACE TO SURFACE 47. Mortar
30. Missile, over-the-horizon range or 48. Scare(ing) charge
long-range (over 20 miles) 49. Hedgehog
31. Missile, to-the-horizon range or 50. Nuclear depth bomb
short-range (below 20 miles) 51. Rocket-thrown depth charge
32. Illuminant

34-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3405 TABLE B — BATTLE

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 31. Engage more closely

32. Engage from widely different bearings
10. Assist units engaged in scouting 33. Investigate and board if necessary
11. Attack 34. Movements. Report movements of
12. Attack at once enemy
13. Attack independently 35. Night Attack. Deliver night attack on
14. Attack. Make night attack objective after contact
15. Attack or trail at discretion 36. Offensively. Operate offensively
16. Attack when conditions are favorable 37. Prevent enemy escaping
17. Avoid action 38. Protectively. Operate protectively
18. Concentrate and attack 39. Retire toward own main body or as
19. Contact and attack planned
20. Contact. Maintain contact and report 40. Screen. Penetrate screen
21. Contact. Orders will be given after 41. Screen. Prevent enemy penetrating
contact is made screen
22. Contact. Report contact 42. Shadow objective
23. Contact. Report contact only with 43. Shadow and make night attack if
designated objective conditions are favorable
24. Contact. Report contact and await 44. Shadow and report movement of en-
further orders emy
25. Defensively. Operate defensively 45. Support vessels being attacked
26. Delay enemy 46. Support vessels indicated
27. Delaying. Employ delaying tactics in 47. Supporting. Remain within support-
avoiding decisive action ing distance (of task force desig-
nated)
28. Drive off enemy scouts
48. Track
29. Enemy. Keep enemy on present
bearing (or on bearing ____ ) 49. __________
30. Engage enemy 50. __________

34-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3410 TABLE C — COMMAND PLANS

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 50. Interference plan

51. Landing force plan
10. AA coordination plan 52. Loading plan
11. AAW plan 53. Logistics plan
12. Administrative plan 54. Medical plan
13. Air attack plan 55. Mine countermeasures task order
14. Air cruising plan 56. Mining/minelaying order
15. Air operations plan 57. (Not to be used)
16. Air patrol plan 58. (Not to be used)
17. Alternate plan 59. Movement plan
18. Antiaircraft fire plan 60. Naval gunfire support plan
19. Anti-small boat plan 61. Observation plan
20. Anti-suicide boat search plan 62. Operation order
21. Approach plan 63. Operation plan
22. Area screening plan 64. Patrol order
23. Arming plan 65. Patrol plan
24. Assault plan 66. Planning memoranda
25. Attack plan 67. Protective plan
26. Base defense plan 68. Pursuit plan
27. Base occupation plan 69. Radio search plan
28. Blockage plan 70. Relief aircraft spotting plan
29. Boat pool plan 71. Replenishment plan
30. Bombing plan 72. Retirement plan
31. Communication plan 73. Scouting order
32. Contact scouting plan 74. Scouting plan
33. Counterattack plan 75. Screen plan
34. Countermeasures plan 76. Search plan
35. Cover plan 77. Ship-to-shore plan
36. Deception plan 78. Shore bombardment plan
37. Defense plan 79. Smoke plan
38. Demonstration plan 80. Smoke screen plan
39. Departure plan 81. Smoking plan
40. Direction finder plan 82. Sneak attack plan
41. Dispersal plan 83. Sortie plan
42. Embarkation plan 84. Spotting plan
43. Entrance order 85. Strategic plan
44. Entrance plan 86. Surface action plan
45. Exercise plan 87. Tactical plan
46. Fueling plan 88. Torpedo plan
47. Heavy weather plan 89. Torpedo sector attack plan
48. Illumination plan 90. Withdrawal plan
49. Intelligence plan

34-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3415 TABLE D — DUTY

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used.

NOTE
For standby duties, use (S) when promulgating the duty list.

COMMAND 44. Senior officer FPBs (SOFPB)

10. Officer in tactical command (OTC) 45. ASUW picket
11. Composite warfare commander 46 — 49. Spare
(CWC)
12. Screen commander (SC) ELECTRONIC WARFARE (EW)
13 — 19. Spare 50. EW coordinator (EWC)
51. Chaff guard ship
ANTIAIR WARFARE (AAW) 52. COMSEC guard ship
20. AAW commander (AAWC) 53. EMCON guard ship
21. Sector AAW coordinator (SAAWC) 54. Duty fire control ship
22. Local AAW coordinator (LAAWC) 55 — 59. Spare
23. AAW picket (WATCHDOG)
24. TOMCAT AMPHIBIOUS WARFARE
25 — 29. Spare 60. Supporting arms coordination center
(SACC)
ANTISUBMARINE WARFARE (ASW) 61. Tactical air coordination center
(TACC)
30. ASW commander (ASWC)
62. Primary control ship (PCS) (specify
31. Sector ASW commander (SASWC)
beach color)
32. Local ASW commander (LASWC)
63. Secondary control ship (specify
33. Search and attack unit commander beach color)
(SAUC)
64. Helicopter control ship (HCS)
34. SSN link ship
65. Helicopter direction center (HDC)
35. Submarine element coordinator (SEC)
66. Boat haven (specify beach color)
36 — 39. Spare 67. Primary casualty receiving and
evacuation control ship (PCRS)
ANTISURFACE WARFARE (ASUW) 68. Secondary casualty receiving and
evacuation control ship (SCRS)
40. ASUW commander (ASUWC)
69. Central control ship (CCS)
41. Sector ASUW commander
(SASUWC) 70. Direct support naval gunfire support
ship (DSNGSS)
42. Surface action group commander
(SAGC) 71. General support naval gunfire sup-
port ship (GSNGSS)
43. Helicopter action group commander
(HAGC) 72 — 79. Spare

34-5 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

DATA COMPILATION 814. MIDS net control station (MNCS)

80. Force track coordinator (FTC-A) 815. Initial entry MIDS unit (IEJU)
81. Force track coordinator subsurface 816 — 819. Spare
(FTC-SS)
82. Force track coordinator surface (FTC-S) LINK 16 DUTIES
83. Grid reference unit (GRU) 820. Link 16 change data authority
84. Link 11 data net control station (L11 (L16CDA)
DNCS) 821. Link 16 navigation controller (NC)
85. Link 11 broadcast unit (L11BU) 822. Link 16 secondary navigation con-
troller (SECNC)
86. Link 4 control unit (L4CU) 823. Link 16 data forwarding unit Link 11
87. Link 14 broadcast unit (L14BU) (FJUA)
88. DLRP transmit unit (DLRPTRU) 824. Link 16 data forwarding unit Link
89. Link 11 to Link 11 gateway 11B (FJUB)
(L11GWAY) 825. Link 16 data forwarding unit Link
11A/B (FJUAB)
MULTILINK MANAGEMENT 826. Link 16 position reference (L16PR)
827. Link 16 cryptonet manager
800. Multilink manager (MLM)
(L16CRYPT)
801. Track data coordinator (TDC)
828. __________
802. Regional track data coordinator
829. __________
(RTDC)
803. Sector track data coordinator
(STDC) IJMS DUTIES
804. Interface control officer (ICO) 830. IJMS change data authority (ICDA)
805. Joint interface control officer (JICO) 831 — 839. Spare
806. Regional interface control officer
(RICO)
LINK 22 DUTIES
807. Combined interface control officer
(CICO) 840. L22 super network manager
808. Sector interface control officer (NSNMU)
(SICO) 841. L22 forwarding unit A to Link 11 and
809. Change data order authority (CDOA) Link 16 (FNUAJ)
842. L22 forwarding unit B to Link 11 and
Link 11B (FNUAB)
MIDS DUTIES
843. L22 net management unit (NNMU)
810. MIDS network management station 844. Relay nile unit (RLYNU)
(JNETMAN) 845. L22 late net entry support unit
811. MIDS sub network management sta- (LNESU)
tion (JSUBNETMAN) 846 — 899. Spare
812. Net time reference unit (NTR)
813. MIDS relay unit (MRLYU)

34-6 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

MINE WARFARE 219. Meteorological guard

90. Mine Warfare Coordinator 220. Military guard
221. Net control station (NCS) (circuit/line
91 — 99. Spare
____ )
222. Officer conducting exercise (OCE)
AIR COORDINATION/CONTROL 223. Officer conducting serial (OCS)
100. Air coordinator (AC) 224. Physical barrier (between unit indi-
101. Force marshaller (FM) cated and unit bearing ____ )
102. Air resource element coordinator 225. Radar guard ship
(AREC) 226. Radar picket
103. Helicopter element coordinator (HEC) 227. RADHAZ relay
104. Helicopter control unit (HCU) 228. Radio link (on circuit ____ )
105. ASW aircraft control unit (ASWACU) 229. Ready duty ship
106. AAW aircraft control unit (AAWACU) 230. Receiving ship
107. Attack aircraft control unit (AACU) 231. Recovery ship
108. AEW control unit (AEWCU) 232. Replenishment unit guide
109. Aircraft control unit (ACU) 233. Rescue destroyer (station number
110. Air safety cell (EAGLE) ____ ) (duration of duty ____ hours)
111. Air safety contact cell (FALCON) (unit on which to take station may be
indicated). Rescue destroyer is to
112 — 119. Spare take station when carrier indicates
readiness to operate aircraft.
SPECIAL DUTIES 234. Scene of action commander (SAC)
200. Airstrike safety ship (SAFETY CELL) 235. Search and rescue (SAR) ship
201. Ballistic wind-finding guard ship 236. Senior Officer Present Afloat (SOPA)
202. Bathythermographic guard 237. Tacan guard
203. Consort 238. Target ship
204. Control ship 239. Tattletale
205. Deception group commander (DCGC) 240. Towing ship
206. Delivering ship 241. Underway replenishment group
commander (URGC)
207. Disabled ship
242. Unit responsible for surfacing the
208. Duty carrier
submarine
209. Emergency landing carrier
243. Visual communication duty ship for
210. Firing ship ship alongside (or for ____ )
211. Flank marking or rake ship 244. Visual link between ships indicated
212. Goalkeeper on HVU or unit indicated 245. Weapon-carrying helicopter standby
213. Hose ship ship
214. IFF guard ship 246. Weather balloon tracking ship
215. Illuminating ship 247. __________
216. Main body group commander (MBGC) 248. __________
217. Man-overboard recovery ship 249. __________
218. Medical guard 250. __________

34-7 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3420 TABLE E — ELECTRONICS

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used 49. Navigation, inertial

50. Navigational radar
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT 51. Power Supply
52. Radar
10. Acoustic
53. Receiver
11. Acoustic gram recorder
54. Satellite communications
12. Acoustic marker
55. Satellite navigation
13. Acoustic range prediction table
56. Secure communications
14. Airborne communications
57. Secure voice communications
15. Airborne radar
58. Sonar, attack
16. Air warning radar
59. Sonar, depth-determining
17. Antenna
60. Sonar, hull-mounted
18. Approach radar
61. Sonar, reflector
19. Command, control and information
62. Sonar, search
system (CCIS)
63. Sonar, towed
20. Communications
64. Sonar, transponder
21. Computer
65. Sonar, variable depth
22. Computer, tactical data system
66. Sonobuoys
23. D/F
67. Surface search radar
24. ECM
68. Tacan
25. Electro-optical
69. Teletype/RATT
26. EPM
70. Towed array
27. ESM
71. Transceiver
28. ESM analyzer
72. Transmitter
29. Facsimile
73. UHF communications
30. Fathometer
74. UHF homer
31. Fire control radar
75. Underwater communications
32. Height-finding radar
76. VHF communications
33. HF communications
77. VHF homer
34. IFF interrogator
78. VML (voice modulated light)
35. IFF/SIF
79. __________
36. IFF transponder
80. __________
37. LF communications
81. __________
38. LF homer
39. Link 10
40. Link 11 ECM TECHNIQUES/DEVICES
41. Link 14 82. Barrage jamming
42. Message handling system 83. Blip enhancer
43. Meteorological 84. Countdown
44. MF communications 85. Decoy
45. Missile control radar 86. Distraction
46. Nancy 87. False target generator
47. Nancy point of train (POT) light 88. Inverse gain
48. Navigation 89. Range gate pull-off

34-8 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

90. Seduction 109. Frequency band in GHz, whose

91. Spot jamming lower and upper limits are ____ and
92. Swept audio ____ .
93. Swept jamming 110. Frequency of ____ kHz
94. Track breaker 111. Frequency of ____ MHz
95. Velocity gate pull-off 112. Frequency of ____ GHz
96. Chaff 113. A band (0-250 MHz)
97. Chaff Charlie 114. B band (250-500 MHz)
98. Chaff Delta 115. C band (500-1000 MHz)
99. Chaff Sierra 116. D band (1000-2000 MHz)
100. Wobbulation 117. E band (2000-3000 MHz)
101. __________ 118. F band (3000-4000 MHz)
119. G band (4000-6000 MHz)
120. H band (6000-8000 MHz)
POLARIZATION
121. I band (8000-10,000 MHz)
102. Circular 122. J band (10,000-20,000 MHz)
103. Horizontal 123. K band (20,000-40,000 MHz)
104. Random 124. L band (40,000-60,000 MHz)
105. Vertical 125. M band (60,000-100,000 MHz)
106. __________ 126. Line number ____
107. Frequency band in kHz, whose 127. __________
lower and upper limits are ____ and 128. ___________
____ .
129. ___________
108. Frequency band in MHz, whose
130. ___________
lower and upper limits are ____ and
____ .

34-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3425 TABLE F — FORCES

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 49. Forces making or about to make

torpedo attack
10. Antiair warfare force (group) 50. Forces repelling or about to repel
11. Air search attack unit (ASAU) torpedo attack
12. Aircraft 51. Formation
13. Aircraft carrier(s) 52. Frigate(s)
14. Amphibious force (group) 53. Fueling (replenishing) group
15. Amphibious vehicle(s) 54. Goblin
16. Assault craft 55. Guide, disposition
17. Attack group (unit) 56. Guide, formation
18. Auxiliaries 57. Guide, unit
19. Barrier patrol 58. Guided missile ship(s)
20. Bogey 59. Helicopter action group (HAG)
21. Bombardment group(s) 60. Inshore patrol
22. Carrier task group(s) 61. Investigating ship
23. Center (forces in the center) 62. Landing craft
24. Center (of own disposition) 63. Leading ship of enemy column
25. Center (of enemy’s disposition) 64. Light group(s)
26. Close covering group 65. Main body
27. Communication linking ship (unit) 66. Man-of-war
28. Consort for submarine(s) 67. Marker
29. Control vessel 68. Merchant ship
30. Convoy 69. Mine countermeasures vessel
31. Convoy escort (MCMV) group
32. Cruiser(s) 70. Minehunter
33. Cruiser(s), AA 71. Minelayer
34. Cruiser(s), heavy 72. Minelayer group
35. Cruiser(s), light 73. Minesweeper
36. Demonstration group 74. Missile-firing fast patrol boats (FPBs)
37. Destroyer(s) 75. Mobile inshore undersea warfare
surveillance unit (MIUWSU)
38. Destroyer escort(s)
76. Naval beach group
39. Detached force (group)
77. Offshore patrol
40. Disabled ship
78. Oiler(s)
41. Disposition
79. Patrol vessel(s)
42. Escort(s)
80. Picket(s)
43. Explosive ordnance disposal (EOD)
teams 81. Picket line
44. Farthest column 82. Picket, radar
45. Fast patrol boats (FPBs) 83. Picket, tomcat
46. Firing group 84. Picket, watchdog
47. Forces ahead/advance force 85. Protective group
48. Forces engaging light forces (or 86. Racket designation indicated
interfering with attack) 87. Raiding group

34-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

88. Rear (forces in the rear) 120. Ships that have fallen behind
89. Reconnaissance group 121. Shore batteries
90. Rescue destroyer 122. Skunk
91. Rescue force (group) 123. Special rescue ship
92. Rescue ship 124. Speed boat/small boat
93. Rescue tug 125. SSM-firing submarines
94. Rocket-launching 126. SSM ships
95. SAM ships 127. Striking force (group)
96. Scout(s) 128. Submarine(s), diesel-electric
97. Scouting group 129. Submarine(s), nuclear
98. Screen 130. Support force (group) (ships)
99. Screen, AAW 131. Surface action force
100. Screen, advanced 132. Surface action group (SAG)
101. Screen, anti-destroyer 133. Surface groups
102. Screen, anti-small craft 134. Suspicious ship(s)
103. Screen, antisubmarine 135. Tactical deception unit(s)
104. Screen, departure 136. Target group(s) unit(s)
105. Screen, entry 137. Torpedo-firing fast patrol boats
106. Screen, helicopter windline (FPBs)
107. Screen, inner 138. Torpedo-firing submarines
108. Screen, outer 139. Towing ship(s)
109. Screen, sector 140. Tracking group
110. Screen unit(s) 141. Trailer
111. Search and rescue group 142. Training group
112. Search attack unit (SAU) 143. Transport(s)
113. Searchers 144. Transport group
114. Sector patrol 145. Waiting line (1st)
115. Service group (unit) 146. Waiting line (2nd)
116. Service line (1st) 147. Waiting line (3rd)
117. Service line (2nd) 148. __________
118. Shadower 149. __________
119. Ships engaged in ASW action 150. __________

34-11 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3430 TABLE L — COMPARTMENT LOCATOR

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 27. Laundry

28. Machinery control room
10. After deck 29. Magazine
11. Auxiliary machinery compartment 30. Mast structures
12. Boiler room 31. Messdeck ____ (number)
13. Bridge 32. Operations room
14. Cafeteria 33. Radar room
15. Chart room 34. Radio room
16. CO’s cabin 35. Sickbay
17. Communications control room 36. Steering gear compartment
18. Computer room 37. Store rooms ____ (number)
19. Deck spaces 38. Superstructure
20. Engine room 39. Wardroom
21. EW control compartment 40. _____________
22. Flight deck 41. _____________
23. Fore deck 42. _____________
24. Gyro room 43. _____________
25. Hangar 44. _____________
26. Hull 45. _____________

34-12 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3435 TABLE M — MINES

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 28. Ground

29. Homing
10. Acoustic (active) 30. Magnetic
11. Acoustic (passive) 31. Magnetic induction
12. Acoustic (subsonic) 32. Magnetic needle
13. Acoustic (sonic) 33. Mine-like decoy
14. Acoustic (suprasonic) 34. Mobile
15. Antennae 35. Moored
16. Bouquet 36. Obstructors
17. Combination 37. Oscillating
18. Contact 38. Pressure
19. Controlled 39. Remoored
20. Deep-laid 40. Self-propelled
21. Drifting 41. Snagline
22. Drill 42. Thermal delay
23. Dummy 43. Unknown
24. Equipped with delayed arming 44. Anti-invasion
25. Equipped with delayed rising 45. Anti-landing
26. Equipped with ship counter 46. __________
27. Exercises 47. __________

34-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3440 TABLE P — PERSONNEL

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 45. Officer of the watch

46. Officer under training
OFFICERS 47. Operations officer
48. OTC
10. AIC officer
49. Padre
11. Air force officer
50. Personnel officer
12. Air officer
51. Radiological officer
13. Air wing/general commander
52. Recreation-athletics officer
14. Antiair warfare officer
53. Shore patrol officer
15. Antisurface warfare officer
54. Supply officer
16. Army officer
55. Torpedo officer
17. ASW officer
56. Watch officer
18. Aviation officer (senior naval)
57. Weapons officer
19. Chaplain
58. __________
20. Chief of staff
59. __________
21. CIC officer
22. Combat cargo officer
23. Command duty officer RATINGS/ENLISTED MEN
24. Commanding officer 60. Administrative personnel
25. Communication officer 61. ASW personnel
26. Countermeasures officer 62. Aviation personnel
27. Damage control officer 63. Communications personnel
28. Dental officer 64. Damage control personnel
29. Disbursing (pay) officer 65. Divers
30. Diving officer 66. Dutymen
31. Electronics officer 67. Electronics personnel
32. Engineer officer 68. Gunnery personnel
33. Executive officer 69. Junior ratings/rank
34. First lieutenant 70. Libertymen
35. Flag lieutenant 71. Marine personnel
36. Flag officer 72. Propulsion personnel
37. Guard officer 73. Radar plot personnel
38. Gunnery officer 74. Seamen
39. Logistics officer 75. Senior ratings
40. Medical officer 76. Shore patrol
41. Navigation officer 77. Sonar personnel
42. OCE 78. Supply and secretariat personnel
43. OCS 79. __________
44. Officer commanding marines 80. __________

34-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3445 TABLE U — EQUIPMENT

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used 39. Generator, main

40. Helicopter hauldown
41. Log
10. Active rudder 42. Mount, gun, AA
11. Air compressor 43. Mount, gun, main
12. Anchor windlass/capstan 44. Mount, rocket, chaff
13. Assault craft 45. Mount, rocket, illuminating
14. Automatic pilot 46. Noisemaker
15. Bathythermograph/bathycelerimeter 47. Optical
16. Boat 48. Pitch control
17. Boiler 49. Plotting table
18. Bow ejectors 50. Propeller
19. Catapult 51. Pump
20. Compass, gyro 52. Rudder
21. Compass, gyro magnetic 53. SAM battery
22. Compass, magnetic 54. Shaft, main propulsion
23. Compression chamber 55. Shaft, port/starboard
24. Compression chamber, multiplace 56. Ship’s task lights
25. Constant tension gear 57. Signaling lights
26. Davit/boom 58. SSM battery
27. Day shapes 59. Stabilization
28. Degaussing 60. Station, replenishment
29. Derrick/crane 61. Steering, gear
30. Director 62. Switchboard, electrical
31. Diving 63. Torpedo tubes
32. Elevator 64. Ventilation
33. Engine, cruise 65. Washdown equipment
34. Engine, main 66. Winch
35. Evaporator 67. __________
36. Gastight citadel 68. __________
37. Gearing, main propulsion 69. __________
38. Generator, auxiliary 70. __________

34-15 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3450 TABLE V — AIRCRAFT

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 51. Illuminating helicopter

52. Inner air patrol
10. Aerial pickets 53. Interceptor
11. AEW aircraft 54. Intermediate air patrol
12. Air search attack unit (ASAU) 55. Jet
13. Aircraft 56. Land-based
14. Aircraft carrier(s) 57. Low air patrol
15. Aircraft forced down 58. Man-overboard recovery helicopter
16. Aircraft on board 59. Maritime patrol
17. Amphibious vehicle 60. Mine countermeasures helicopter
18. Antisubmarine patrol 61. Mine countermeasures hovercraft
19. ASM-carrying helicopter 62. Minelaying
20. Assault/transport helicopter 63. Night strike group
21. ASW aircraft 64. Observation
22. ASW aircraft, carrier-based 65. Outer air patrol
23. ASW aircraft, shore-based 66. Own aircraft
24. ASW dunking helicopter 67. Patrol
25. ASW weapon-carrying helicopter 68. Photographic
26. Attack 69. Pickets
27. Attacking 70. Pilotless
28. Automatic relay 71. Pluto
29. Bombing 72. Probe
30. Camera observation 73. Radar picket
31. Carrier-based 74. Reconnaissance
32. Combat air patrol (CAP) 75. Relief spotting
33. Communication linking 76. Rescue
34. Dawn and dusk patrol 77. Returning
35. Defensive fighters 78. Rocket-carrying
36. Depth charge alert 79. Scouting helicopter
37. Dive bombers 80. Scouts (aerial)
38. Drone 81. Seaplanes
39. Dumbo 82. Search
40. Enemy 83. Search and rescue
41. EW aircraft 84. Search helicopter
42. EW helicopter 85. Single engine
43. Experimental 86. Smoking
44. Fighting 87. Sortie
45. Float type 88. Spotting (gunnery)
46. Gunnery spotting 89. Strafing
47. Helicopter(s) 90. Strange aircraft
48. Hospital 91. Strike aircraft
49. Hunter/Killer 92. Strike/reconnaissance aircraft
50. Illuminating 93. Suicide aircraft

34-16 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

94. Support aircraft 100. Unidentified aircraft

95. Target air patrol 101. Upper air data
96. Target dawn and dusk 102. V/STOL
97. Target night patrol 103. Weather reconnaissance
98. Torpedo 104. __________
99. Transport 105. __________

34-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3455 TABLE W — WHEN

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 51. Noon

52. On arrival (at ____ )
10. After 53. On completion (serial/exercise/event
11. After air operations now in progress number may be indicated following
12. After completing current operations DESIG)
13. After completing today’s air operations 54. On completing replenishment
14. After event number ____ 55. On entering harbor
15. After next air operations 56. On entering the contact area
16. Afternoon 57. On entering torpedo danger area
17. After serial number (TDA)
18. As previously directed 58. On gaining sonar contact
19. As soon as convenient 59. On joining
20. At earliest possible moment 60. On leaving harbor
21. At earliest suitable moment 61. On passing reference point
22. At first light tomorrow 62. On passing the furthest-on circle
23. At same time as 63. Own aircraft have gained control of the
air
24. At the commencement
64. Own destroyers attack
25. At the time of
65. Own units designated have com-
26. Before
pleted attack
27. Conditions are favorable
66. Own units designated have
28. Dawn launched attack
29. During 67. Position (all forces are in favorable)
30. During aircraft movements on deck 68. Position (attack groups are in)
31. During decontamination 69. Position (you or units designated are
32. During period of flight operations in favorable)
33. During the delay/postponement 70. Prior to next air operations
34. During the night 71. Reinforcements arrive
35. Dusk 72. Smoke screens are dissipated
36. Enemy destroyers attack 73. Smoke screens are laid (refers to
37. Enemy follows our retirement own smoke screens)
38. Enemy is detected 74. Sunrise
39. Enemy is disorganized 75. Sunrise to sunset
40. Enemy is sighted 76. Sunset
41. Enemy reaches our minefield 77. Sunset to sunrise
42. Enemy retires 78. Until
43. Enemy still in sight 79. Until further orders
44. Enemy turns away 80. Upon anchoring (mooring)
45. Evening 81. Upon clearing channel
46. First light 82. Upon completion
47. Forenoon 83. Upon getting underway
48. Hourly (or every ____ hour) 84. When directed
49. Morning 85. When ready
50. Necessary

34-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3460 TABLE X — EXERCISES

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

Note: Second substitute preceding nu- 33. Gunnery (AA)

meral(s) and table identifying letter “X” indi- 34. Gunnery (surface)
cates the signal is for general information 35. Helicopter deck landings
and that the originator is carrying out the ex- 36. Individual ship exercises
ercise indicated.
37. Leapfrogs
38. Low-visibility piloting
1 — 9. Not to be used. 39. Man overboard
40. Mine warfare
10. Abandon ship 41. Mooring
11. Amphibious 42. Nancy
12. ASW 43. Non-delaying emergency drills
13. Aviation 44. Officer of the watch/officer of the
14. CIC deck maneuvers
15. Collision 45. Radar calibration drill (run number
16. Coming alongside ____ )
17. Communication 46. Replenishment approaches without
18. Damage control passing gear
19. Diving incidents 47. Rescue
20. Dry hookups 48. Seamanship
21. Emergency breakaway 49. Semaphore
22. Emergency drills 50. Serial No ____
23. Emergency flying stations 51. Shore bombardment
24. Engineering 52. Small arms familiarization
25. Engineering casualty control drills 53. Steering breakdown
(which affect the speed of the ship) 54. Tactical maneuvers
26. Engineering economy trial 55. Torpedo
27. Engineering full power trial 56. Towing
28. Fire 57. Verification muster
29. Flaghoist drill 58. Watch drill
30. Flashing light 59. __________
31. General drill 60. __________
32. General quarters 61. __________

34-19 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3465 TABLE Y — MCM EQUIPMENT

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

Note: 1. Use the group from this table to supplement any group from the
preceding chapters.

2. If it is necessary further to identify equipment, specify by adding

DESIG and the appropriate type number or maker’s name.

1 — 9. Not to be used. 45. Sonar, mine detection

46. Sonar, near field
10. Anchor 47. Sonar, parametric
11. Buoy 48. Sonar, reflector/Diablo
12. Buoy, dan 49. Sonar, towed sidescan
13. Buoy, datum 50. Staff/stave
14. Buoy, master reference 51. Sweep
15. Buoy, position marker 52. Sweep, acoustic
16. Buoy, short scope 53. Sweep, acoustic AF
17. Cable 54. Sweep, acoustic combined
18. Cable, reel 55. Sweep, acoustic explosive
19. Charge, mine disposal 56. Sweep, acoustic LF
20. Cutter 57. Sweep, acoustic monitor
21. Cutter, end 58. Sweep, acoustic oscillator
22. Cutter, explosive 59. Sweep, helicopter acoustic
23. Cutter, remotely operated vehicle 60. Sweep, helicopter magnetic
24. Cutter, static 61. Sweep, helicopter mechanical
25. Diaphragm 62. Sweep, hovercraft acoustic
26. Diverter 63. Sweep, hovercraft magnetic
27. Electrode 64. Sweep, hovercraft mechanical
28. Flag 65. Sweep, magnetic closed loop
29. Float 66. Sweep, magnetic electrode
30. Kite/depressor 67. Sweep, magnetic open loop
31. Lamp 68. Sweep, magnetic solenoid
32. Line 69. Sweep, mechanical antenna
33. Marker 70. Sweep, mechanical chain
34. Mine disposal vehicle 71. Sweep, mechanical net
35. Otter 72. Sweep, mechanical Oropesa
36. Pellets 73. Sweep, mechanical snagline
37. Radar reflector 74. Sweep, mechanical team
38. Remotely operated vehicle 75. Sweep, pressure
39. Rope 76. Sweep, protection combination (me-
40. Rubber mooring chanical/influence)
41. Sinker 77. Swell recorder
42. Sonar, hand-held 78. Weight
43. Sonar, mine avoidance 79. Wire
44. Sonar, mine classification 80. __________

34-20 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

3470 TABLE Z — BEACH

(See NOTE, page 34-1, for details of use.)

1 — 9. Not to be used. 23. Purple one

24. Purple two
10. Blue 25. Purple three
11. Blue one 26. Red
12. Blue two 27. Red one
13. Blue three 28. Red two
14. Green 29. Red three
15. Green one 30. Yellow
16. Green two 31. Yellow one
17. Green three 32. Yellow two
18. Orange 33. Yellow three
19. Orange one 34. White
20. Orange two 35. White one
21. Orange three 36. White two
22. Purple 37. White three

34-21 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

34-22 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
STANDARD
POSITION
QQ-ZZ
STANDARD
POSITION
QQ-ZZ
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

CHAPTER 35

STANDARD POSITION INDICATORS

3500 TABLE OF MEANINGS

(See also Article 165c.)

QQ. . . . The center of the front of the main body or convoy

when not in circular formation.

TT . . . . Originator’s present position.

XX . . . . The standard position established by the OTC on

which a search, enemy report, and so forth, is to be
based.

YY . . . . Addressee’s present position.

ZZ . . . . The center of the force.

35-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

35-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INDEX
INDEX
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

INDEX

WARNING

This index is not to be used alone to encode signals.

Any instructions pertaining to the execution of the
signal have been omitted and only a basic meaning
is given. The basic group is listed for each signal
only to assist in locating the signal on the page re-
ferred to. In most cases, the basic group requires the
addition of a numeral or letter in order to convey the
specific meaning. Therefore, reference must always
be made to the main vocabulary chapters when en-
coding and decoding signals.

A
Signal Page

ABANDON (ED)
aircraft, rescue personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2
exercise/event is abandoned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1

ABEAM METHOD (See REPLENISHMENT)

ABORTED ATTACK (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19

ABSENTEE (S)
indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 204) 2-12
number of absentees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD38 11-5

ACCELERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 123) 1-15

ACKNOWLEDGED (ING) (MENT)

expedite signals by acknowledging more promptly. . . . . . . . . . . . . CM11 16-2
separate acknowledgment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Y 2-6
signal acknowledged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANS 2-8
signal following is acknowledged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Y 2-6
signal lantern, acknowledging day light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESIG 2-8

ACORN
NOT RELEASABLE
lost contact, carry out ASW search plan ACORN (ASW ACTION) . . . . . 1C 13-19

ACOUSTIC
arrays, towed acoustic (See TOWED ARRAYS)
decoys, contact is using acoustic (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . 2R 32-12
emission precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW45 20-5
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

Index-1 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

emissions, cease all acoustic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 2 3-5

gear operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW65 26-15
interference, I am experiencing acoustic (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 1I 13-20
silence lifted on acoustic emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW2 20-1
sweep, actuation width for acoustic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW91 26-17
sweep while hunting, ships conduct continuous acoustic . . . . . . . . . MW107 26-19

ACT
as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA54 33-6
independently. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
detail a ship to act as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA57 33-6
relay ship, act as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4

ACTION
carried out, action is being (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BA 15-1
carried out, action is not being (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . BI 15-1
commence/avoid action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
completed, action is (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BB 15-1
emphasize action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA49 33-6
enemy surface forces, aim of action against . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1
expedite action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA44 33-5
fight action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3
plan, carry out action (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A 32-19
report when action is completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BY 15-1
take action (aircraft operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
take action from table (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BV 15-1
take individual avoiding action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 1 3-5

ACTIVE SONAR CONTACT (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1L 13-20

ACTUATION width for sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW91 26-17

ADDRESSEE
exempted addressee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9
information addressee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag W 2-6
present position of addressee (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . YY 35-1

ADJUST (ING)
base course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CORPEN B. .
7-4 . . . . . . . . . .
course (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6V . . .
30-9 . . . . . . . . . .
I am adjusting course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P CORPEN 7-10 . . . . . . . . . .
station to admit ship/close gap in screen . . . . . . .
STATION I .
5-3 . . . . . . . . . .
SCREEN J 9-4
station to facilitate signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION I 5-3
sweep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW40 26-12
sweep depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW90 26-17

Index-2 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

ADVANCED
hour is advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM7 12-2
landing schedule is advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM15 12-3
pre-H-hour transfers are advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM16 12-4

AFFIRMATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag C 2-2

affirmative (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Y 30-9

AHEAD
disengage ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA97 33-10
keep ahead/just clear of wake of next ahead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
mine detected/sighted ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG M 3-3
my engines are turning ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SPEED 8-5
pass ahead of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA103 33-10
screen ahead of main body/convoy/unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN N 9-5
take station from Guide/unit ahead at standard distance. . . . . . . . . . STATION A 5-3

AIR
defense, take loose station on carrier for air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION W 5-5
plan number, carry out air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS96 13-16
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

AIRCRAFT
abandon aircraft, rescue personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
alert state (readiness) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV35 14-6
attack (See AIRCRAFT ATTACK)
contact, aircraft holds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
control (advisory/positive) of aircraft, assume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV1 14-1
cover withdrawal by aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM19 12-4
crashed, friendly aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG V 3-4
detected bearing, friendly aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA2 10-1
detected bearing, hostile aircraft sighted or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG A 3-2
detected bearing, unidentified aircraft sighted or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG B 3-2
distress, aircraft in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2
downed aircraft, object of search is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
emergency, I have aircraft landing in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG F 3-2
emergency landing of aircraft, make a slick for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
emergency landing signals (aircraft use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1400) 14-1
emergency procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
harass opponent using aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA5 23-2
marking unit, enemy aircraft is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN30 19-4
mine dropped by aircraft in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW6 26-1
mines, enemy aircraft is laying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN8 19-2
operations (See FLIGHT OPERATIONS)
over-the-horizon targeting, utilize aircraft for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV43 14-7
patrols, establish and maintain aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
radar contact is believed to be aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1

Index-3 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

radiation hazard precautions taken on own aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . CM20 16-3

recover aircraft, rescue personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
reported unit, enemy aircraft has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN25 19-4
rescue crew of aircraft sinking/sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA63 33-7
safety sectors for friendly aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA4 10-1
scouting aircraft, provide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7
scouting area, center of aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV40 14-6
scouting area is circle, aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV39 14-6
shadowing unit, enemy aircraft is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN29 19-4
splashed (AAW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7S 10-4
submarine, aircraft has indicated contact with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS31 13-6
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table V 34-16
tactical direction of aircraft, assume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV2 14-1
threat assessed is aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2
unable to operate aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5

AIRCRAFT ATTACK
make deliberate/urgent/vector aircraft attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS1 13-1
maneuver independently to avoid aircraft attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
may be expected now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
screen unit against aircraft attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN I 9-4
support unit against aircraft attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA64 33-7
unit is screened against aircraft attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SCREEN 9-7

ALERT STATE
aircraft readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV35 14-6
weapon readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE22 30-4

ALONGSIDE
going alongside (in port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag I 2-3
secure alongside me/berth/ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED28 18-4
take alongside station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4

ALTER (ING) COURSE

clear obstruction, alter course as necessary to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED45 18-5
direction, alter course in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN L 7-6
Guide alter course; remaining units conform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN K 7-6
I am about to alter course to port/starboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X CORPEN 7-10
intend altering course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CORPEN 7-9
main body is to alter course for employment of chaff. . . . . . . . . . . . TURN K, L, M 6-4
main body is to alter to the promulgated ASMD course . . . . . . . . . . TURN J 6-4
replenishment units alter course when ordered by control ships . . . . . . CORPEN N 7-6
restrictions, limits, and requirements for altering course . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 134) 1-21
special methods for altering course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 150) 1-39
together and carry out maneuver previously ordered, alter course. . . . . TURN C 6-4
wheeling, alter course by (See WHEEL)

ALTER COURSE TO COURSE INDICATED AND

rotate formation axis same number of degrees and direction . . . . . . . CORPEN G 7-5
rotate formation axis to same true direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN H 7-5

Index-4 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

screen units continue patrol/maintain station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN X 7-8

units maintain relative bearings and distances from Guide. . . . . . . . . CORPEN J 7-5
units maintain true bearings and distances from Guide . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN F 7-4

AMBIENT NOISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS51 13-9

AMMUNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM17 22-3

RE29 30-4
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A 34-2
transfer ammunition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
use ammunition with fuzes (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4P 32-21

ANCHOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1

anchor is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
bearing of anchor from foremast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED3 18-2
ceremonially . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD10 11-2
line of direction between anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED12 18-3
moor with anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED10 18-2
shaft power available for working anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6
ship is at anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED7 18-2
short stay, shorten anchor to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED13 18-3
veer anchor chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED16 18-3
watch, set anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED4 18-2
weigh anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED18 18-3

ANCHORAGE
patrol anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA130 33-14
proceed to anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
water of anchorage radiologically contaminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB3 28-1

ANCHORING/WEIGHING ANCHOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag U 2-6

ANSWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANS 2-8

expedite answer to signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA44 33-5
expedite signals by answering more promptly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM11 16-2
in proper alpha/numeric sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM16 16-3

ANTIAIR WARFARE
axis is bearing, direction of AAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
axis to bearing, rotate AAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8
commander, assume command as AAWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
commander is held in unit, command as AAWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
particular degree of readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
patrol, establish AAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA126 33-13
search, establish AAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA124 33-13

ANTINUCLEAR EFFECT PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE8 30-2

Index-5 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

ANTISHIP MISSILE DEFENSE COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A CORPEN 7-9

for confusion/distraction/seduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K, L, M TURN 6-6
force ASMD course is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A CORPEN 7-9
main body is to alter to the promulgated ASMD course . . . . . . . . . . TURN J 6-4

ANTISHIP TORPEDO DEFENSE GRID

is in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS46 13-9
is modified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS47 13-9

ANTISUBMARINE AIRCRAFT PATROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7

ANTISUBMARINE WARFARE
attack (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19
attack method, use ASW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS2 13-1
commander, assume command as ASWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
commander is held in unit, command as ASWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
conduct attack (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1E 13-19
lights, use ASW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS52 13-9
particular degree of readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
patrol, establish ASW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA126 33-13
practice number, carry out ASW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS62 13-11
result of ASW attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS6 13-2
search, establish ASW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA124 33-13
search plan (See PLAN)
stand by for nuclear depth charge/bomb attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS4 13-1
support method, carry out ASW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS105 13-18

ANTISURFACE WARFARE
commander, assume command as ASUWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
commander is held in unit, command as ASUWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
particular degree of readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
patrol, establish ASUW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA126 33-13
search, establish ASUW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA124 33-13

NOT RELEASABLE

APPROACH
datum/contact information, approach to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS83 13-14
datum, intend direct/intercepting/offset approach to . . . . . . . . . . . . AS82 13-14
do not approach without positive clearance (RADHAZ/HERO) . . . . . . Flag L 2-4
tow approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6F 30-7

ARC
form scouting line on an arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA135 33-14
spread on an arc in order of ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA140 33-15
spread on an arc in the quickest sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA141 33-15

AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA123 33-13

aircraft scouting area (See AIRCRAFT)
amphibious area, operate in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM11 12-3
clear of mines/searched/swept or hunted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4

Index-6 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

contact area, proceed to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9

coordination method in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA7 10-2
dangerous on account of mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW8 26-1
dangerous to divers due to mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW106 26-19
exercise area, operate in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX6 21-2
helicopter random dip within area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS87 13-15
probability, area of (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3T 32-16
radioactivity probably exists, area contaminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB1 28-1
remain in area during the night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
search area, ship is to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW110 26-19

ARRESTED, vessel is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN9 24-2

ARRIVAL, estimated time of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4

ASPECT of submarine (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1K 13-20

ASSIGN (ED) (MENT)

investigate datum/track, leave present assignment to . . . . . . . . . . . AS16 13-3
investigate, leave present assignment to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
station assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION S 5-5
station, proceed independently to assigned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
station, take assigned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 2-10
5-2
unit, you are assigned to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO1 17-1

ASSIST (ANCE)
boat in trouble on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD1 11-1
damaged ship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA53 33-6
require assistance/no assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
send rescue and assistance detail/team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE17 30-3
unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA52 33-6

ASSISTING SHIP
assume duties of assisting ship (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B 13-19
I am the assisting ship (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A 13-19

ASSUME
command (See COMMAND)
control (See CONTROL)
duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA54 33-6
NOT RELEASABLE
sequence number and take station accordingly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION F 5-3
tactical direction of aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV2 14-1
task or type organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO10 17-2
type organization following . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO11 17-2
readiness (general degree) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
readiness (particular degree) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4

ASTERN
disengage astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA97 33-10

Index-7 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

drop astern and escort/round up stragglers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA61 33-6

keep astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
maintain minesweeping station astern of float of next ahead . . . . . . . STATION O 5-5
my engines are turning astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SPEED 8-5
pass astern of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA103 33-10
rescue destroyer form astern of carrier by quickest means . . . . . . . . FORM L 4-7
submarine is close astern (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X 13-22
take station from Guide/unit astern at standard distance, . . . . . . . . . STATION B 5-3
take astern station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4

ASTERN FUELING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag R 2-5

reduce speed to stream/recover rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED R 8-4
stream/recover rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS11 31-4

ASYMMETRIC
attack expected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
degree of readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

ATTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1

aircraft attack (See AIRCRAFT ATTACK)
antisubmarine warfare attack (See ANTISUBMARINE WARFARE)
biological attack (See BIOLOGICAL)
carried out, attack is being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
chemical attack (See CHEMICAL)
coordinated at time, attack is to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU5 32-1
expected now, attack may be. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
missile, prepare for attack by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE25 30-4
nuclear attack (See NUCLEAR)
over-the-horizon attack (See OVER-THE-HORIZON)
proceed to attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
simulate attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA7 33-2
stand by for nuclear depth charge/bomb attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS4 13-1
torpedo attack (See TORPEDO)

ATTACKING SHIP
assume duties of attacking ship (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B 13-19
I am the attacking ship (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A 13-19

ATTENTION IS CALLED TO
bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA42 33-5
danger or emergency on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3-2
publication, plan, order, or message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD32 11-4

AUTHENTICATION (See RADIO)

AVOID
action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
attack, maneuver independently to avoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
damage, reduce speed to avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED R 8-4
shipping, maneuver your unit to avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA101 33-10

Index-8 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

A
Signal Page

AVOIDING ACTION, take individual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 1 3-5

NOT RELEASABLE

AXIS
direction of axis is bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
rotate axis to bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8

B
BALLISTIC WIND
direction at knots, ballistic wind is from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM4 22-1
find ballistic wind for height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM3 22-1

BARRIER
aircraft barrier patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
carry out towed array barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS106 13-18

BASE COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B CORPEN 7-9

adjust base course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN B 7-4
base course will be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J CORPEN 7-9
cease zigzagging and resume base course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN X 6-5
remain on present base course during the night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
resume base course, signaled speed, and zigzag together after
aircraft operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN V 6-5
resume base course together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN E 6-4

BASE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B SPEED 8-5

BATHYTHERMOGRAPH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS24 13-4

act independently to take readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS25 13-4

BATTERY (IES)
carry out trials or tests of battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
shore batteries, I am being attacked with. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1

BATTLE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B 34-3

BEACH (ING)
beaching conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM3 12-1
causeways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2
landing beach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM1 12-1
move in off beach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM12 12-3
recall beach guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD27 11-4
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table Z 34-21
take station from center of beach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM12 12-3

NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE

Index-9 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

B
Signal Page

NOT RELEASABLE

BEAR (S) (ING) (direction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 166) 1-46

attention is called to bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA42 33-5
contact bearing and bearing accuracy (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 2I 32-10
contact/datum bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS85 13-14
danger or emergency on bearing, attention is called to . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3-2
direction of axis is bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
firing limit bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM9 22-2
preserved/resumed, bearings and distances are to be . . . . . . . . . . . TA11 33-2
relative bearing (See RELATIVE BEARING)
rotate axis to bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8
take station on circle and bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 5-2
torpedo misfire bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS12 13-2
true bearing (See TRUE BEARING)
unit bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA32 33-4
you bear from position/unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA17 33-3

NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE

BERTH
anchor in berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED22 18-3
assignment, hoist your berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED23 18-3
clear berth for unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED26 18-3
moor with anchors in berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED10 18-2
occupied, berth assigned me is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED24 18-3
proceeding to berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESIG 2-8
secure at berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED28 18-4
shift berth to berth/buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED31 18-4

BIOLOGICAL
attacked with biological weapons, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
attack probable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB24 28-2
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

BLOW TUBES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA43 33-5

BOARDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN6 24-2

my method of boarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN12 24-2
party is enroute/onboard/returning/in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN4 24-1
preferred method of boarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN13 24-2
responsibility for contact, assume tracking/boarding . . . . . . . . . . . . IN8 24-2
vessel is cooperating/not cooperating/opposing/obstructing my
boarding/boarding party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN5 24-1
you are directed to track/vessel for boarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 24-1

Index-10 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

B
Signal Page

BOAT (ING)
assist boat in trouble on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD1 11-1
capsized or in danger on bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD2 11-1
hoist all boats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD6 11-2
investigate small boat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
lower boats to waterline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD4 11-1
object of search is small boat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
my method of boarding is boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN12 24-2
preferred method of boarding is boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN13 24-2
recall (return to ship) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Q 2-5
refuse boat required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 2-9
send boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
sighted small boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
signals (steering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 8 2-7
slip boats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD4 11-1
suspend all boating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD6 11-2
tender boat (causeways) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2
turn out boats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD4 11-1
weather is suitable for boat work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

BOLO/GUNLINE (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6N 30-8

BOMB (S)
attacked with bombs, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
ship is damaged by bombs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
threat assessed is free-fall bombs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

BORES CLEAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM12 22-2

BOTTOM BOUNCE
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS26 13-5
sonar mode of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS60 13-10

BOTTOM CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED5 18-2

for minehunting (See MINEHUNTING)

BOUNDARIES, shift sector screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN P 9-5

BREAK
lock countermeasures, enemy use of break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
marriage (causeways) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2
off ASW operation (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Z 13-22
off surface attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
silence/transmit on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW1 20-1

BREAKAWAY procedure, use emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 6 3-5

BREAKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 5 2-7

unable to keep station/carry out movements due to breakdown . . . . . . B STATION 5-7

Index-11 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

B
Signal Page

BULGE the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN W 9-6

screen is bulged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W SCREEN 9-8

BUOY (S) (See also DANBUOY, SONOBUOY)

aircraft holds contact on buoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
investigate buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
mine position/channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW32 26-4
report (MCMR 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW126 26-24
secure to buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED29 18-4
shift berth to buoy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED31 18-4
ship is to search round buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW110 26-19
sighted buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
stream fog buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA10 27-1
sweep with ship round buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW89 26-17

C
CALIBRATE (ION)
carry out radar calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA2 29-1
fire preaction calibration (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4O 32-21
kite/depressor/otters, proceed to calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW67 26-15

CALL SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 113) 1-8

hoist your visual call sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM38 16-5
scouting line order by call signs, commencing from the left . . . . . . . . TA128 33-13
sequence numbers are in order of call signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S FORM 4-10
radio call signs (See RADIO)

CALLS may be dispensed with, routine/official . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD9 11-2

CANCEL (ED)
all signals flying without a call are canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9
exercise/event is canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
sortie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5

CAPSIZED BOAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD2 11-1

CARGO of vessel is as indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN7 24-2

NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE

CARRY (IED) OUT

action is being carried out (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BA 15-1
action is not being carried out (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . BI 15-1

Index-12 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

air plan number, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS96 13-16

ASW practice number, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS62 13-11
ASW search plan, carry out (See PLAN)
ASW support method, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS105 13-18
attack is being carried out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
detail a ship to carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA57 33-6
exercise the signal following, carry out for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag X 2-6
intercepting search, carry out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS99 13-16
speed changes, carry out frequent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED F 8-1
weave, carry out a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN W 6-5
zigzag, carry out a (See ZIGZAG)

CARTWHEEL disposition/formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM K 4-7

CAST SHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED6 18-2

CASUALTIES
dispatching casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD17 11-3
personnel casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE2 30-1

CAUSEWAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2

CAVITATION SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED C 8-1

maximum speed without cavitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C SPEED 8-5
proceed clear of submarine, maintain/operate below cavitation speed . . . . AS65 13-11

CEASE (D)
acoustic emissions, cease all. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 2 3-5
all tasks are to cease now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW133 26-27
cease, do not (governing pennant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9
(Art. 111) 1-6
electromagnetic emissions, cease all. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3 3-5
fire (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7C 10-3
fire (emergency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 4 3-5
fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4C 32-19
fire, cease surface-to-surface missile (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . 3D 32-14
fire, I have ceased surface-to-surface missile (SURFACE ACTION). . . . 3E 32-14
firing, I have ceased (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4E 32-19
frequent target reporting (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3O 32-15
exercise/event is to cease now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
laser emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM25 16-4
operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
passive search and commence active search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS22 13-4
RADHAZ/HERO exists, cease transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM22 16-3
run is to cease now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX8 21-2
zigzag (see ZIGZAG)

Index-13 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

CEILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME1 25-1

CENTER OF
aircraft scouting area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV40 14-6
force (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZZ 35-1
formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K FORM 4-9
front of main body/convoy (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . . QQ 35-1
screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREEN 9-7
search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS102 13-16

CENTER SHIP, take duty as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16

CEREMONY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP 2-9

AD10 11-2

CHAFF
confusion, fire chaff for (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2S 32-12
decoys, contact is using chaff (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2R 32-12
distraction/seduction, fire chaff for (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 2T 32-12
enemy use of chaff detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
fire chaff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW41 20-5
fire chaff (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7L 10-4
main body alter course for employment of chaff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN K, L, M 6-4
protection, fire shell chaff for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW42 20-5
protection, use aircraft dispensed chaff for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW35 20-5

CHAIN (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6R 30-9

CHALLENGE
in progress/completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN3 24-1

CHANGE (ING)
changing speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D SPEED 8-5
gear (US timer equipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW68 26-15
limits of sector screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN Q 9-5

CHANNEL
buoy hunted/swept channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW32 26-4
clear/closed/obstructed/swept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED36 18-4
clear obstruction in channel, alter course to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED45 18-5
clear of mines/mined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW111 26-19
clear of mines/searched/swept/hunted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4
depth of channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED36 18-4
direction of channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED38 18-5
follow my movements in channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED44 18-5
guide unit through swept channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED42 18-5

Index-14 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

lead down channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED35 18-4

leaving channel, report when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW46 26-12
left channel, I have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW46 26-12
mine contact is to be removed from channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
patrol channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA130 33-14
search between channel points, ship is to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW110 26-19
swept channel, mine countermeasures vessels approaching
entrance/end of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW37 26-4
swept channel, remain in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED37 18-5
swept channel, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED35 18-4

CHASE
and recover torpedoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU35 32-4
enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1

CHEER SHIP CEREMONIALLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD10 11-2

CHEMICAL
alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG L 3-3
attack, chemical warfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB18 28-2
attacked with chemical agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB19 28-2
attacked with chemical, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
ceased, chemical attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB20 28-2
smoke, make chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA148 33-15
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
weather is suitable for chemical warfare attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

CIRCLE
aircraft scouting area is circle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV39 14-6
area is circle of radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA123 33-13
mines enclosed in circle, area is dangerous due to . . . . . . . . . . . . MW8 26-1
spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
take station on circle and bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 5-2
take station from contact/unit on circle (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . 1T 13-22

CIRCUIT (See RADIO)

CIVIL VESSEL, contact is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN1 24-1

CLEAR (ED) (ING)

anchor is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
area is clear of mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4
berth for unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED26 18-3
bores clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM12 22-2
channel is clear (See CHANNEL)
emergency breakaway, clear all sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 6 3-5
expedite signals by clearing hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM11 16-2
formation/unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA85 33-8

Index-15 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

line of fire from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU14 32-3

kedge is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED9 18-2
keep clear during maneuvers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
keep clear, helicopter at hover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
keep clear of contact/position/unit (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
keep clear, suspect submarine has fired torpedo . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS44 13-8
keep clear, you are on collision course with me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG C 3-2
obstruction in channel, alter course to clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED45 18-5
pass clear of shipping, act independently to; resume station
when clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
proceed clear of submarine, stop engines, and tap hull . . . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM8 22-2
range (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3U 32-17
range clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM10 22-2
sweep, haul out of formation and clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW82 26-17
vessel, contact is assumed cleared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN1 24-1
vessel is cleared to proceed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN9 24-2

CLOSE (D)
attack, close and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
bay/channel/entrance/gate/harbor/port/river is closed . . . . . . . . . . . ED56 18-6
channel is closed by boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED36 18-4
enemy after attack (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I 32-5
gap in screen, adjust station to close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN J 9-4
STATION I 5-3
me or unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA94 33-10
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU4 32-1
screen ships close to distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 8 3-5
submarine is close astern/to side (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X 13-22
target by steady bearings (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Z 32-6
transfer, close for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA95 33-10

CLOUD COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME2 25-1

COLLISION
keep clear, you are on collision course with me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG C 3-2
ship has been in a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG D 3-2
ship is damaged by collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3

COLORS
clear/dip/half mast/haul down/hoist/shift colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD11 11-2
morning and evening colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP 2-9
size of colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD12 11-2

COLUMN
form column (See FORM)
wheeling in single column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 144) 1-34

Index-16 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

COLUMN OPEN ORDER

form column open order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM E 4-6
wheeling in column open order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 145) 1-34

COMBAT AIR PATROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7

COMEX TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS76 13-12

COMMAND
assume command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
assume tactical command (or I am assuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO14 17-3
command as, is held in unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
plan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C 34-4
resume tactical command (or I am resuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO14 17-3
scene of action commander, assume command as . . . . . . . . . . . . AS20 13-3
search attack unit commander, assume command as . . . . . . . . . . . AS18 13-3
surface action group commander, assume command as . . . . . . . . . SU10 32-2

COMMENCE (D) (ING)

action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
active search, cease passive search and commence . . . . . . . . . . . AS22 13-4
approach (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6H 30-7
commencing attack (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19
do not commence surface fire until identity is established . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
exercise/event is to commence now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
gunfire support, commence scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM22 22-3
operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX1 21-1
run commenced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW43 26-12
run is to commence now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX8 21-2
tow, I am commencing/ready to commence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6S 30-9
unloading/re-embarkation at beach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM2 12-1

COMMENCEMENT, estimated time of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4

COMMUNICATION (S) (See also RADIO, UNDERWATER

TELEPHONE)
countermeasures detected, enemy communication . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
deception, enemy communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW18 20-3
difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2 16-1
emissions intercepted, enemy communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
emissions intercepted, unauthorized friendly communication . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
establish communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Z 2-6
link, provide scouting aircraft for communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7
method, use communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
order submarine to close for communications/come to communication
depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
plan in force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM9 16-2

Index-17 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

relay ship, act as communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4

security, communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM37 16-5
security, increased attention to communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM32 16-4
sonar watch for communication purposes, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10
submerge to communication depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS69 13-12
surface (come to) communication depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS70 13-12
transmissions are interfering with communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . CM17 16-3
underwater communications with submarine (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . 1N 13-20

COMPANY
proceed in company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
ships in company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA29 33-3

COMPARTMENT LOCATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table L 34-12

COMPASS CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA3 27-1

COMPLETED
action is completed (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BB 15-1
aircraft/helicopters, I have completed operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
attack completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
attack completed (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19
duty completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA60 33-6
evolution or exercise completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag X 2-6
exercise/event is completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
operations completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
pre-H-hour transfers are completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM16 12-4
repairs on equipment completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE34 30-5
report when action is completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BY 15-1
run completed (exercise) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX8 21-2
run completed (minesweeping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW44 26-12

COMPLETION, estimated time of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4

COMPLY with my message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO4 17-1

COMPOSITE WARFARE COMMANDER

assume command as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
command as, is held in unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1

CONCENTRATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU6 32-2

TA69 33-7
fire on target (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2O 32-11
fire on target, fire distribution is concentrate (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . 4J 32-20

CONDUCT (ED)
attack (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1E 13-19
barge ferry operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2
evacuation of personnel/landing force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM17 12-4

Index-18 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

exercise/event is being conducted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1

exercise, take charge and conduct the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3
sonar search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS93 13-15

CONFIRM (ED) (ATION)

hour is confirmed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM7 12-2
radar contact is without confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA116 33-12

CONFORM to movements (See MOVEMENT)

CONFUSION
antiship missile defense course for confusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K TURN 6-6
fire chaff for confusion (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2S 32-12
main body alter course for employment of chaff for confusion . . . . . . . TURN K 6-4

CONSERVE AMMUNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE29 30-4

CONTACT
active sonar contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1L 13-20
aircraft holds contact on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
approach to contact/datum information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS83 13-14
bearing and bearing accuracy of contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 2I 32-10
bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS85 13-14
consider your present contact is (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S 13-21
contact is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS32 13-6
IN1 24-1
course and speed (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2J 32-10
data (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2E 32-9
decoys, contact is using (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2R 32-12
designations (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C 32-9
disappearing radar contact detected bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG W 3-4
enemy or unit, have contact with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
enemy or unit, last reported contact with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA24 33-3
harass subsurface contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA6 23-2
held by unit on, contact is (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2K 32-11
identification of contact correct/incorrect (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 2M 32-11
identity of contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2F 32-10
intercept contact, detach and take position to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS21 13-4
interest, contact is contact/critical contact of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN1 24-1
investigate contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2L 32-11
investigate contact, designate and dispatch search attack unit to . . . . . AS14 13-3
investigate contact, form search attack unit and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3
investigate radar/sonar contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
investigate sonar contact, leave present assignment to . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
investigating unclassified contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
keep between unit and contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
keep clear of contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
location of contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2G 32-10

Index-19 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

lost contact, carry out search plan (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1C 13-19

lost contact, I have (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Y 13-22
lost contact, I have (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
maneuvering to maintain contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1G 13-19
mine contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
mine contact is to be classified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
passive sonar contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J 13-20
POSSUB/PROBSUB contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG R 3-4
proceed to contact area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
radar, character of contact reported by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA116 33-12
radar contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
radar contact bearing, holding (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H 13-20
redesignate contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D 32-9
reference point for contacts (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A 32-9
responsibility for contact, assume tracking/boarding . . . . . . . . . . . . IN8 24-2
sonar contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1R 13-21
sonar contact (quality) (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1U 13-22
sonobuoy contact bearing, holding (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1F 13-19
sonobuoy is in/not in contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS39 13-8
submarine, aircraft has indicated contact with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS31 13-6
take station from contact on circle (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1T 13-22

CONTAINMENT, aim of action is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1

CONTAMINATED (See NUCLEAR)

CONTINUE
able to continue mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE10 30-2
search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS84 13-14

CONTROL
assume control (advisory/positive) of aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV1 14-1
assume tactical control (or I am assuming). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO15 17-3
position of control point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA23 27-3
resume tactical control (or I am resuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO15 17-3
ship not under control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 5 2-7
vessel is under my control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN9 24-2
withdraw control groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM18 12-4

CONVERGENCE ZONE
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS26 13-5
sonar mode of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS60 13-10

CONVOY
center of front of convoy (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . QQ 35-1
course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z CORPEN 7-10

Index-20 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

screen ahead of convoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN N 9-5

screened in sector, convoy is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B SCREEN 9-7
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z SPEED 8-6
zigzag plan, convoy is carrying out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y TURN 6-7

COOPERATING/NOT COOPERATING with my boarding/boarding

party, vessel is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN5 24-1

COORDINATE (D) (ION)

attack is to be coordinated at time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU5 32-1
attack with unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
fire of long-range antisurface ship missiles (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 3W 32-17
fire of short-range surface-to-surface missiles (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 4T 32-21
flight operations with unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
weapon coordination method in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA7 10-2

CORDON
carry out ASW search plan CORDON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS103 13-17
carry out ASW support method CORDON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS105 13-18
lost contact, carry out ASW search plan CORDON (ASW ACTION) . . . . 1C 13-19
use ASW attack method CORDON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS2 13-1

COUNTERMARK OPPONENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA1 23-1

COUNTERMEASURES
effectiveness of enemy countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW20 20-3
enemy use of countermeasures detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
keep clear and take torpedo countermeasures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS44 13-8
take torpedo countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS43 13-8
use communication/electronic countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW36 20-5

COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 167) 1-47

adjusting course, I am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P CORPEN 7-10
adjusting course (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6V 30-9
alter course (See ALTER COURSE and WHEEL)
alter the direction of the search to course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN S 7-8
antiship missile defense course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A CORPEN 7-9
base course (See BASE COURSE)
collision course, keep clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG C 3-2
contact course and speed (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2J 32-10
convoy course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z CORPEN 7-10
course is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K CORPEN 7-9
enemy course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN6 19-1
extend duration of course and speed now steaming . . . . . . . . . . . . NA25 27-3
flight operations course (See FLIGHT OPERATIONS)
Guide’s course (See GUIDE)
main body is to alter course for employment of chaff. . . . . . . . . . . . TURN K, L, M 6-4
main body is to alter to the promulgated ASMD course . . . . . . . . . . TURN J 6-4
make course good through the water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN M 7-6
maneuver ordered is to be executed without further signaling . . . . . . . W CORPEN 7-10

Index-21 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

C
Signal Page

my course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CORPEN 7-9

present course, maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN U 7-8
remain on course being steered, cease zigzagging and . . . . . . . . . . TURN S 6-5
replenishment course (See REPLENISHMENT)
resume previous course together. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN D 6-4
safety course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E CORPEN 7-9
safety course, order submarine to steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
safety course, steer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN E 7-4
safety course, submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS67 13-11
steady on course, stop the turn and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN 2-8
6-2
7-4
steady on course indicated, stop the turn and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN C 7-4
steer course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN A 7-4
submarine diving course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS73 13-12
submarine’s course (location) (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P 13-21
submarine’s limiting courses and speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS94 13-15
throw off course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T CORPEN 7-10
torpedo course (See TORPEDO)
track course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L CORPEN 7-9
turn together to course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN 6-2
what is your course? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT CORPEN 7-4

COVER WITHDRAWAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM19 12-4

CRASHED
friendly aircraft crashed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG V 3-4
number of occupants rescued from crashed aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . AV10 14-2

CRITICAL CONTACT OF INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN1 24-1

CRYPTO (See RADIO)

CURRENT, direction and speed of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA6 27-1

CUT
sweep and mark position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW69 26-15
I have cut a mine adrift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW7 26-1

CUTTERS, arming sweeps with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW66 26-15

D
DAMAGE (D)
assist damaged ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA53 33-6
electromagnetic pulse may cause damage on equipment . . . . . . . . . CM18 16-3

Index-22 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

enemy inflicted damage, purpose of movement is . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA76 33-8

flight deck has been damaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE15 30-3
maximum speed on present course without risk of damage . . . . . . . . T SPEED 8-6
reduce speed to avoid damage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED R 8-4
repair damage, act independently to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
report damage or what is wrong with you . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE16 30-3
ship is damaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
unable to carry out operations due to damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA111 33-11
unable to operate aircraft due to damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5
unit has suffered damage (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2W 32-12

DAMCAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE6 30-2

DANGER (OUS)
attention is called to danger on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3-2
boat in danger on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD2 11-1
mines, area is dangerous on account of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW8 26-1
mines in area are dangerous to divers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW106 26-19
no RF danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAG E 2-2
you are standing into danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG U 3-4

DAN (S)
mark mines cut with floating dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW103 26-18
ship lay datum dan/line of dans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW61 26-14
take up dan running duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW58 26-14
weather is suitable for dan laying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

DANBUOY
cut sweep and mark position with danbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW69 26-15
danbuoy is/has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW50 26-13
laid with, danbuoy is to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW51 26-13
lay danbuoys, ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW61 26-14
let go danbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW52 26-13
passing danbuoy number, range on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW56 26-14
passing danbuoy, report range on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW57 26-14
position indication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW53 26-13

DANLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW55 26-13

DARKEN SHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA36 33-4

DATA LINK REFERENCE POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA18 27-3

DATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 164) 1-43

DATUM
approach to datum/contact information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS83 13-14
approach to datum, intend direct/intercept/offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS82 13-14
bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS85 13-14

Index-23 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

drop a marker at datum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS89 13-15

grid origin is centered at datum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA19 27-3
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS86 13-14
investigate contact or datum, designate and dispatch search attack
unit to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS14 13-3
investigate datum, form search attack unit and. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3
investigate datum, leave present assignment to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS16 13-3
lay datum dan, ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW61 26-14
search for submarine at datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS92 13-15

DAWN AND DUSK PATROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7

DECELERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 123) 1-15

DECEPTION
communication deception, enemy is using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW18 20-3
communication/radar deception detected, enemy use of. . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
use deception electronic countermeasures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW36 20-5
use deception repeaters for protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW39 20-5

DECEPTIVE LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA39 33-5

DECIMAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANS 2-8

(Art. 163) 1-43

DECONTAMINATION
require decontamination party assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
unable to carry out operations due to decontamination . . . . . . . . . . TA111 33-11
unable to operate aircraft due to decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5

DECOY (S)
contact is using decoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2R 32-12
enemy use of decoys detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
protection, use infrared decoys for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW38 20-5
release/fire decoys (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7N 10-4
release/fire decoys (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2U 32-12
simulation, use decoys for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW37 20-5
submarine has released decoy (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1W 13-22
torpedo decoys, operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS43 13-8
torpedo decoys; stream, launch, or recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8

DE-ENERGIZE
sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW74 26-16
sweeps when passing, ships are to de-energize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW84 26-17
variable depth sonar transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10

DEFLECTION ANGLE (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9R 32-6

individual settings for deflection angle (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . 9S 32-6

Index-24 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

DEGAUSSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag D 2-2

use degaussing equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW3 26-1

DELAY (ED)
attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
flight operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
getting underway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED48 18-5
RE48 30-6
launching aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
my flight operations are delayed temporarily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
operations until further orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
hour indicated is delayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM7 12-2
pre-H-hour transfers are delayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM16 12-4
wheel ordered by higher authority, delay execution of . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN O 7-8

DELAYING ACTION, fight a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3

DELEGATION of OTC’s functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO5 17-2

DELIBERATE ATTACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS1 13-1

TA2 33-1

DENTAL GUARD DUTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag M 2-4

DEPARTURE
estimated time of departure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4
intervals, units pass point “A” at departure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED39 18-5
screen, form departure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN D 9-2
screen is formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D SCREEN 9-7

DEPRESSOR
calibrate depressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW67 26-15
raise depressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW71 26-16
surfacing, depressor is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW72 26-16

DEPTH
ASW weapon to depth, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS8 13-2
channel, depth of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED36 18-4
come to surface or depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS70 13-12
fog, depth of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME3 25-1
layer depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS30 13-5
order submarine to remain at safe depth/come to communication depth . . . . AS64 13-11
submarine depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS33 13-6
submarine’s depth (location) (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P 13-21
submerge to depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS69 13-12
sweep depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW90 26-17

Index-25 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

torpedoes to floor/ceiling/initial search depth, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS7 13-2

torpedoes to run at depth, set (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 9O 32-6
water, depth of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA8 27-1
water, sounding indicates depth of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM5 12-2

DESIGNATIONS for contacts (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C 32-9

DESIRE
if you desire (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BJ 15-1
when you desire (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK 15-1

DESTROY (ED) (ER)

concentrate on unit, destroyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA69 33-7
enemy is destroyed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN26 19-4
mine contact is to be destroyed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
rescue destroyer form astern of carrier by quickest means . . . . . . . . FORM L 4-7
target destroyed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM14 22-3
unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA48 33-5

DETACH (ED)
friendly force/unit is temporarily detached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA26 33-3
intercept contact, detach and take position to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS21 13-4
you are detached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA89 33-9

DETAIL A SHIP to act as/carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA57 33-6

DETECTED
aircraft presumed hostile detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG A 3-2
disappearing radar contact detected bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG W 3-4
enemy missile detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG G 3-2
enemy underwater demolition personnel detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3
enemy use of countermeasures detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
fallout detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG N 3-3
friendly aircraft detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA2 10-1
mine detected ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG M 3-3
surface craft detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG J 3-3
torpedo detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG T 3-4
unidentified aircraft detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG B 3-2
unit detected by enemy (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2V 32-12

DIAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 122) 1-13

reduced/standard tactical diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
turn together using reduced tactical diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN 6-2
use rudder as necessary for tactical diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11

DIAMOND
form diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM D 4-5
wheeling in diamond formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 148) 1-36

Index-26 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

DIAPHRAGM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW70 26-15

DIRECT (ED)
act as/carry out the duty of/carry out following signals, direct ship to . . . TA57 33-6
approach to datum, intend direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS82 13-14
spread as previously directed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA139 33-15
take charge and proceed as previously directed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3
you are directed to track/vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 24-1

DIRECTING SHIP
assume duties of directing ship (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B 13-19
I am the directing ship (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A 13-19

DIRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 166) 1-46

alter course in direction (See ALTER COURSE and WHEEL)
attack from direction is being carried out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
axis is bearing, direction of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
channel, direction of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED38 18-5
drift speed and direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6B 30-7
line of direction between anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED12 18-3
patrol leg, direction and length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA132 33-14
scouting line, change direction of line of bearing of . . . . . . . . . . . . TA136 33-14
search to course, alter the direction of the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN S 7-8
turn together in the direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN 6-2

DIRECTION FINDING
bearing of racket by D/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW23 20-3
submarine indications by D/F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
submarine’s position was obtained by D/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
watch, set D/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4

DISABLED
enemy is disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN26 19-4
officer is disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE1 30-1
ship, object of search is disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5

DISAPPEARING radar contact detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG W 3-4

DISCRETION, AT YOUR
anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
dispose of refuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD26 11-3
moor with anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED10 18-2

DISENGAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA97 33-10

DISPATCH (ED)
authority to dispatch surface action group/search attack unit is
delegated to screen commander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO7 17-2
designate and dispatch search attack unit to investigate contact . . . . . AS14 13-3

Index-27 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

pre-H-hour transfers are dispatched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM16 12-4

proceed with dispatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9

DISPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS15 31-4

DISPOSAL
friendly explosive ordnance disposal personnel down . . . . . . . . . . . Flag A 2-1
refuse disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD26 11-3
take duty as mine disposal ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16

DISPOSITION
axis, direction of disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
axis to bearing, rotate disposition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8
center, position of disposition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
course, disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN Q 7-8
enemy force is in AAW/ASW disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN20 19-3
force is in disposition number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A FORM 4-9
form CARTWHEEL disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM K 4-7
form disposition number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM M 4-7
Guide of disposition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G FORM 4-9
outer limit of area in approach disposition group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION Y 5-6
present disposition, remain in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM Z 4-8
present disposition during the night, remain in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
speed, disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED Q 8-4
station assignments in disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION S 5-5
take station in approach disposition area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION Z 5-6

DISREGARD my movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag M 2-4

DISRUPTION electronic countermeasures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW36 20-5

DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 166) 1-46

from Guide/guides (See GUIDE)
maintain present distance/take distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA12 33-2
maneuvering distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 121) 1-13
preserved/resumed, bearings and distances are to be . . . . . . . . . . . TA11 33-2
scouting line, distance between units on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA125 33-13
towing distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6K 30-8
units/guides of units/standard distance, distance between . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2

DISTRACTION
antiship missile defense course for distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L TURN 6-6
fire chaff for distraction (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2T 32-12
main body alter course for employment of chaff for distraction. . . . . . . TURN L 6-4

DISTRESS
aircraft in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2
boarding party in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN4 24-1
recover aircraft in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2

DISTRIBUTED; envelopes, orders, or hand messages are . . . . . . . . AD33 11-4

Index-28 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

DITCHED, aircraft in distress has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2

DIVERS DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag A 2-1

DIVERT (ED) (SION)

aim of action is diversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1
vessel is diverted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN9 24-2
you are directed to track/vessel for divert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 24-1

DIVING
incident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW135 26-28
no diving, mines in area are dangerous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW106 26-19
send diving boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
serial, diving for; report when ready to start exercise. . . . . . . . . . . . AS75 13-12
submarine diving course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS73 13-12
take submarine diving station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS71 13-12
weather is suitable for diving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

DIVISION, form (See FORM)

DOMES, lower/raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS49 13-9

DOPPLER EFFECT (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1V 13-22

DOSE (RADIOACTIVE)
cumulative dose received by personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB5 28-1
weather deck level, dose rate at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB6 28-1

DRAGGING, anchor is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1

DRESS SHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD13 11-2

DRIFT SPEED AND DIRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6B 30-7

DROP
astern and escort/round up stragglers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA61 33-6
bathythermograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS24 13-4
marker in position/at datum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS89 13-15
smoke floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA147 33-15

DUMMY RUN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX8 21-2

DUMP TRASH AND GARBAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD26 11-3

DUTY (IES)
assume duty of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA54 33-6
completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA60 33-6
dan running duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW58 26-14
detail a ship to carry out the duty of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA57 33-6
guard duty (See GUARD)
held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA59 33-6

Index-29 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

D
Signal Page

minesweeping duty assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16

personnel remaining available for duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE3 30-1
proceed on duty assigned/report for duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
provide scouting aircraft for special duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7
ready duty ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag R 2-5
reporting for duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD41 11-5
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D 34-5

E
ECONOMICAL SPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V SPEED 8-6
proceed at economical speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED O 8-4

EFFECTIVE FALLOUT WIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB8 28-1

ELECTROMAGNETIC
emission precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW45 20-5
emissions, cease all electromagnetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3 3-5
pulse may cause interference or damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM18 16-3
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

ELECTRONIC
countermeasures, use electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW36 20-5
decoys, contact is using electronic (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 2R 32-12
emissions indicating an immediate threat, suspicious electronic . . . . . . EMERG I 3-3
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TABLE E 34-8

ELECTRONIC SUPPORT MEASURES

aircraft holds contact on ESM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
contact held by unit on ESM (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2K 32-11
contact with enemy or unit, I have ESM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
lost ESM contact, I have (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
recognition, use ESM means of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12
submarine’s position was obtained by ESM bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
watch, set ESM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4

EMBARK CAUSEWAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2

EMERGENCY
aircraft landing in emergency, I have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG F 3-2
attention is called to emergency on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3-2
clear all sides, using emergency breakaway procedure . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 6 3-5
EMERG, instructions for using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 300) 3-1
execute all signals flying under a similar call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3-1
helicopter landing in emergency, I have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG H 3-2
landing of aircraft, make a slick for emergency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2

Index-30 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

E
Signal Page

landing signals (aircraft use), emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1400) 14-1

rudder, use emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11
stand-off range, emergency (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21

EMISSION (S)
cease all acoustic emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 2 3-5
cease all electromagnetic emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 3 3-5
control plan (See PLAN)
enemy emissions intercepted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
maintain silence on acoustic/electronic emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW7 20-1
operation of/silence all sonar emission equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW45 20-5
radar emission instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW9 20-2
set ESM watch for enemy emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4
silence lifted on emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW2 20-1
suspicious electronic emissions indicating an immediate threat . . . . . . EMERG I 3-3
unauthorized friendly emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
use emission diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW10 20-2

EMPLACE CAUSEWAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2

ENEMY
aim of action against enemy forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1
aircraft presumed hostile sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG A 3-2
attacked by enemy, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
chase enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
communication deception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW18 20-3
concentrate on enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU6 32-2
TA69 33-7
contact reported by radar is believed to be enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA116 33-12
contact with enemy, I have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
countermeasures detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
countermeasures, effectiveness of enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW20 20-3
course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN6 19-1
damaged by enemy action, ship is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
emissions, set intercept or direction finding watch for enemy . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4
enemy is (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BM 15-1
feint attack on enemy, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
fire on enemy (See FIRE)
forces are operating in vicinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN18 19-3
formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN20 19-3
formation, number of ships in enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN21 19-3
hold down enemy submarine following force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS3 13-1
identity of unit is enemy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA117 33-12
last reported contact with enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA24 33-3
make enemy (amplifying) report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN23 19-3
marking unit, enemy is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN30 19-4

Index-31 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

E
Signal Page

mean line of advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN7 19-1

minefield boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW9 26-2
mines, enemy is laying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN8 19-2
missile detected or sighted bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG G 3-2
missile platform/site located . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN22 19-3
operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN10 19-2
positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN12 19-2
purpose of present movement is enemy-inflicted damage/
to attack enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA76 33-8
reconnaissance by enemy has reported this force . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN25 19-4
reconnaissance of enemy, provide scouting aircraft for . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7
report, position for enemy (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . . XX 35-1
report, position XX for enemy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA29 27-4
report, use position for enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN24 19-3
shadowing unit, enemy is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN29 19-4
smoke previously reported is from enemy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA149 33-16
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E SPEED 8-5
status (destroyed/disabled/still engaged). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN26 19-4
submarines believed in this vicinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS77 13-13
sunk, enemy ships have been . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN27 19-4
surface craft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG E 3-2
underwater demolition personnel detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3
unit bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA32 33-4
unit detected by enemy (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2V 32-12

ENERGIZE
sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW74 26-16
variable depth sonar transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10

ENGAGE (D) (ING) (MENT)

aircraft/missile/track (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7E 10-3
enemy is still engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN26 19-4
I am engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA1 10-1
investigate track, be prepared to illuminate and engage . . . . . . . . . . SU12 32-2
prepare to engage with over-the-horizon antisurface ship missile
(SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 3A 32-13
rules of engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . CO17 17-3
target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 2N 32-11
4B 32-19
target, I am engaging (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4D 32-19
target when ordered with missiles (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . 3F 32-14
track target and be prepared to engage (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . 4N 32-21

ENGINE (S)
aircraft in distress has engine failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2
carry out trials or tests of steering by main engines . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
my engines are (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6J 30-7
my engines are turning ahead/astern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SPEED 8-5

Index-32 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

E
Signal Page

stop engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED S 8-4

stop engines, and tap hull; proceed clear of submarine . . . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11
stop engines, Guide is to; other ships maintain station. . . . . . . . . . . SPEED 0 8-1
stop ship by reversing engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED A 8-1
stop your engines (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6I 30-7

ENGINEERING
assume degree of readiness for engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
maximum speed with present engineering configuration . . . . . . . . . . W SPEED 8-6
proceed at maximum speed with present engineering configuration . . . . SPEED M 8-4
unable to keep station or carry out movements due to
engineering restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B STATION 5-7

ENTER HARBOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED53 18-6

ENTRANCE, patrol harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA130 33-14

ENTRY
intervals, units pass point X at entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED40 18-5
screen, form entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN E 9-2
screen is formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E SCREEN 9-7

ENVELOPES
are being distributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD33 11-4
have been received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD34 11-4

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME11 25-2

EQUIPMENT
acoustic gear operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW65 26-15
change gear (US timer equipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW68 26-15
degaussing equipment, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW3 26-1
high-power equipment (RADHAZ/HERO warning), operating . . . . . . . CM21 16-3
inoperative, equipment is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE31 30-5
interference or damage on equipment, electromagnetic pulse
may cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM18 16-3
interfering with equipment, transmissions are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM17 16-3
life of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE37 30-5
magnetic gear operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW79 26-16
mine countermeasures equipment (See MINE COUNTERMEASURES)
operate equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE32 30-5
radiation hazard precautions taken on own equipment. . . . . . . . . . . CM20 16-3
reduced efficiency, equipment is operating at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE30 30-4
repairs to equipment can be effected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE33 30-5
repairs to equipment completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE34 30-5
self-generated noise-reduction equipment, operate . . . . . . . . . . . . AS45 13-9
sonar equipment (See SONAR)
sonobuoy is operating/not operating efficiently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS39 13-8
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table U 34-15

Index-33 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

E
Signal Page

trials or tests of equipment, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2

torpedo detection equipment, operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS43 13-8
unreliable, equipment is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE36 30-5

ESCORT
stragglers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA61 33-6
track/vessel for escort, you are directed to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 24-1

EVACUATION, conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM17 12-4

EVASIVE STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 151) 1-41

EVOLUTION COMPLETED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag X 2-6

EXCHANGE STATIONS, ships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION J 5-4

EXECUTE (D)
maneuver ordered is to be executed without further signaling . . . . . . . W CORPEN 7-10
plan or order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO12 17-2
signals flying under a similar call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 2-8
3-1

EXEMPTED ADDRESSEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9

EXERCISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1

assume command as officer conducting exercise/serial . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
come to exercise depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS70 13-12
command as officer conducting exercise/serial is held in unit . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
diving for serial, report when ready to start exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . AS75 13-12
exercise at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX2 21-1
fire for exercise (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A 32-5
flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag X 2-6
flag signals for submarine/antisubmarine exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1306b) 13-12
independently. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX4 21-1
initial position for scheduled exercise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA21 27-3
submarines are exercising in area, proceed with caution . . . . . . . . . CODE NE2 13-12
submerge to exercise depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS69 13-12
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table X 34-19
take charge and conduct the exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3

EXPLOSIVE (S)
ordnance disposal personnel down, friendly explosive . . . . . . . . . . . Flag A 2-1
ordnance disposal team assistance, require explosive. . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
signal charges, fire explosive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS63 13-11
EX5 21-1
sweep salvos, fire explosive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW75 26-16
transferring/transporting explosives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2

NOT RELEASABLE

Index-34 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

E
Signal Page

EXTEND (ED)
aircraft/helicopter operations, I have extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
maneuvering interval, extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
(Art. 121) 1-13
maneuvering interval, take extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA15 33-2
NOT RELEASABLE
swept, extend area to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW30 26-4

FACSIMILE
establish communications by facsimile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
use facsimile method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

FALL OF SHOT (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4S 32-21

verify fall of shot using standard procedure (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 4R 32-21

FALLOUT (See NUCLEAR)

FAST PATROL BOAT

laying up/waiting position, proceed to FPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
maneuvering signals, special FPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3209) 32-23
targets, fire independently at FPB (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . 4K 32-20
threat assessed is missile-armed FPBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2

FATHOMETER operation is authorized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10

FEINT ATTACK, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1

FINEX TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS76 13-12

FIRE (flames) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE13 . . . 30-3

aircraft in distress is on fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 . . . 14-2
require fire and rescue party/fire tug/fire fighting equipment assistance . RE7 . . . 30-2
ship has a fire on board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG P . . . 3-3
RE12 30-3
ship is damaged by fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3

FIRE (D) (ING) (weapons)

ceased firing, I have (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4E 32-19
cease fire (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7C 10-3
cease fire (emergency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 4 3-5
cease fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4C 32-19
chaff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW41 20-5
chaff (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7L 10-4
chaff for confusion (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2S 32-12
chaff for distraction/seduction (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2T 32-12
concentrate fire on target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2O 32-11
coordinate fire of long-range antisurface ship missiles (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3W 32-17
coordinate fire of short-range surface-to-surface missiles (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4T 32-21

Index-35 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

cover withdrawal by fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM19 12-4

decoys (AAW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7N 10-4
decoys (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2U 32-12
deflection angle for firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9R 32-6
disguise moment of firing, close after attack to (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . 9I 32-5
distribution of fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4J 32-20
do not commence surface fire until identity is established . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
enemy, fire on (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4M 32-20
explosive signal charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS63 13-11
EX5 21-1
explosive sweep salvoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW75 26-16
grid area, fire into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM20 22-3
hangfire/misfire/loaded gun, I have a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM11 22-2
hold fire (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7H 10-3
independently (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4K 32-20
limit bearings, firing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM9 22-2
line of fire, clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM8 22-2
line of fire for long-range antisurface ship missiles (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3J 32-14
line of fire for long-range antisurface ship missiles, request
(SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3K 32-14
minefield is about to be fired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW14 26-2
opened fire, target has (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Q 32-12
open fire (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7O 10-4
opening fire, follow movements of unit in (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 4I 32-20
point of aim for firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9J 32-5
position, firing unit (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3G 32-14
preaction calibration (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4O 32-21
protection, fire rocket chaff for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW41 20-5
protection, fire shell chaff for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW42 20-5
rake code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM13 22-2
retire on course after firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Y 32-6
shift fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4L 32-20
sighted antiaircraft fire/gun flashes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
surface-to-surface missile fire (order) (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . 3D 32-14
surface-to-surface missile fire (status) (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 3E 32-14
stand by for weapon firing (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19
starshell search spread (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4H 32-20
support area, operate in fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM11 12-3
target speed across for firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Q 32-6
time of firing (TORPEDO ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9D 32-5
torpedo firing signal, special day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3207) 32-7
torpedo firing signals, special night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3206) 32-7
torpedo, suspect submarine has fired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS44 13-8
torpedoes (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A 32-5
torpedoes have just been fired by ships of my unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU29 32-4
turn as required and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9V 32-6
turn in succession and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9W 32-6

Index-36 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

turn together and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9X 32-6

warning shot across contact’s bow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU8 32-2
withdraw fire support groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM18 12-4

FLAGHOIST
establish communications by flaghoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
expedite flaghoist signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM11 16-2
flag for flaghoist drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag S 2-5
tactical maneuvers by flaghoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX9 21-2
transmissions other than by flaghoist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 119) 1-11
use flaghoist method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
use flaghoist only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM39 16-5

FLARE (S)
illuminate target/sector with flares (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . 4F 32-20
illuminating with flares, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4G 32-20
investigate flare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
sighted flare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

FLASHING LIGHT
establish communications by flashing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
my query/challenge is in progress/completed via flashing light . . . . . . IN3 24-1
use flashing light method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

FLEET FREIGHT, transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3

FLIGHT OPERATIONS
carry out flight operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
course for flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F CORPEN 7-9
course for out-of-wind flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D CORPEN 7-9
fixed-wing aircraft operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag F 2-3
lighting measures, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV24 14-4
progress of flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
resume base course, signaled speed, and zigzag together after
flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN V 6-5
shaft power available for flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6
speed for launching/recovery of aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F SPEED 8-5
take action (aircraft operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
take charge of force and maneuver as necessary for flight operations. . . CO16 17-3
time into wind for flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV29 14-5
turn to the course for flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN F 6-4
turn to the course for out-of-wind flight operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN A 6-4
unable to operate aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5
weather is suitable for flight operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

FLOAT (ING)
drop smoke floats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA147 33-15
investigate floating object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6

Index-37 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

light, float is to carry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW78 26-16

make smoke with smoke floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA148 33-15
sighted floating object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

FLOODING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE18 30-3

FLYING CONTROL FAILURE, aircraft in distress has . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2

FOG
anchor on account of fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
depth of fog in direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME3 25-1
in sight on bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME3 25-1
make oil fog smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA148 33-15
sound fog signals/stream fog buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA10 27-1

FORCE (S)
center of the force, screen center bears from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREEN 9-7
center of the force (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZZ 35-1
enemy forces are operating in the vicinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN18 19-3
enemy surface forces, aim of action against . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1
disposition number, force is in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A FORM 4-9
formation number, force is in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B FORM 4-9
friendly force is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA26 33-3
landing force (See LANDING)
maneuvers, take charge of the force for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3
surface action is based on keeping our force in position . . . . . . . . . . SU23 32-3
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table F 34-10
zigzag plan, force is carrying out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z TURN 6-7

FORCED DOWN, aircraft in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2

FORECAST, make weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME9 25-1

FORM (ED) (ING)

amphibious formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 70–79 4-3
CARTWHEEL disposition/formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM K 4-7
column in order of sequence numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 1 4-2
column in order of sequence numbers/in quickest sequence, get
underway and form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED49 18-6
column in quickest sequence on most advanced ship . . . . . . . . . . . FORM A 4-5
column in reverse order of sequence numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 2 4-2
column open order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM E 4-6
destroyer type formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 20–29 4-3
diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM D 4-5
disposition number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM M 4-7
divisions in column to port, division guides bearing abeam . . . . . . . . FORM 6 4-2
divisions in column to starboard, division guides bearing abeam . . . . . FORM 5 4-2
divisions in line abreast to port, division guides bearing astern . . . . . . FORM 10 4-2
divisions in line abreast to starboard, division guides bearing astern . . . FORM 9 4-2

Index-38 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

FORM, instructions for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 400) 4-1

form pre-ordered formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM R 4-8
form pre-ordered screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN R 9-6
helicopter action group and clear the force to investigate . . . . . . . . . SU13 32-2
large combatant ship formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 30–39 4-3
line abreast in quickest sequence on the Guide, form single. . . . . . . . FORM B 4-5
line abreast to port in order of sequence numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 4 4-2
line abreast to starboard in order of sequence numbers . . . . . . . . . . FORM 3 4-2
line formations, forming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 401) 4-2
line guides are to form on true/relative bearing from the Guide . . . . . . FORM G 4-6
line guides forming on a bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 406) 4-6
line of bearing, forming on a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 403) 4-4
loose line abreast in quickest sequence on the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . FORM Y 4-8
loose line of bearing in quickest sequence on the Guide. . . . . . . . . . FORM O 4-7
loose line of column to port/starboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM C 4-5
main body is formed (See MAIN BODY)
maneuvering purposes, form part of unit for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA99 33-10
mine countermeasures formation, form preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM H 4-7
miscellaneous formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 90–99 4-3
operational dispositions and formations, forming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 402) 4-3
quickest sequence, forming in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 404) 4-5
quickest sequence, forming lines in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 140) 1-30
replenishment formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 60–69 4-3
rescue destroyer form astern of carrier by quickest means . . . . . . . . FORM L 4-7
reverse the order of ships in column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM F 4-6
scouting line on an arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA135 33-14
screen (See SCREEN)
search attack unit and investigate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3
sequence numbers, forming lines in order of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 139) 1-29
ships form on true/relative bearing on course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 4-4
spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 40–49 4-3
subdivisions in column to port, subdivision guides bearing abeam . . . . . . FORM 8 4-2
subdivisions in column to starboard, subdivision guides bearing abeam . . . FORM 7 4-2
subdivisions in line abreast to port, subdivision guides bearing astern . . . . FORM 12 4-2
subdivisions in line abreast to starboard, subdivision guides bearing
astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 11 4-2
surface action formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 80–89 4-3
surface action group and clear the force to investigate. . . . . . . . . . . SU11 32-2
transport/logistic formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 50–59 4-3
type formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM N 4-7
unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO6 17-2

FORMATION
axis is bearing, direction of formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
axis the same number of degrees and direction; alter course, rotate
formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN G 7-5
axis to bearing, rotate formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8
axis to the same true direction; alter course, rotate formation . . . . . . . CORPEN H 7-5
anchor in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
assuming formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 137) 1-28

Index-39 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

attack by formation method (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9H 32-5

center of formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K FORM 4-9
center of formation, position of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
clear formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA85 33-8
close up formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA95 33-10
enemy formation appears to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN20 19-3
enemy formation, number of ships in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN21 19-3
forming formation (See FORM)
guide of formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G FORM 4-9
(Art. 132) 1-20
join/rejoin formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8
leave formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA87 33-9
line formation, types of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 136) 1-22
line formation, wheeling in multiple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 149) 1-36
line formations, altering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 141) 1-31
line formations, formations derived from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 142) 1-33
mine countermeasures formation (See MINE COUNTERMEASURES)
number, force is in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B FORM 4-9
pass through formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA103 33-10
pass through without regard to formation, proceed as necessary to . . . . TA88 33-9
present formation, remain in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM Z 4-8
present formation during the night, remain in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
previous formation, resume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM W 4-8
quickest sequence, forming lines in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 140) 1-30
regain position in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA77 33-8
rendezvous from ZZ after nuclear attack (point ROMEO) . . . . . . . . . TA71 33-7
sequence numbers, forming lines in order of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 139) 1-29
station assignments in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION S 5-5

FORWARD OBSERVER (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Y 32-17

FOUL (ED)
anchor is foul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
deck, unable to operate aircraft due to foul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5
hawse, have foul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED8 18-2
kedge is foul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED9 18-2
range fouled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM7 22-2

FOUND, mines have been . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW12 26-2

FRACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANS 2-8

(Art. 163) 1-43

FREE
AAW weapons free (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7F 10-3
ASW weapons free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS11 13-2

Index-40 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

FREQUENCY
bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E 34-8
break silence/transmit on frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW1 20-1
call spotter on frequency for naval gunfire support . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM23 22-3
enemy countermeasures detected on frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
Hertz, frequency in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM12 16-3
high-power equipment on frequency, unit operating . . . . . . . . . . . . CM21 16-3
propagation conditions for frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM19 16-3
set direction finding or intercept watch on frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4
shift frequency on circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM8 16-2
shift to frequency in communication plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM10 16-2
sonar equipment frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS50 13-9
switch plan, use frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW5 20-1

FREQUENT TARGET REPORTING

cease reporting (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3O 32-15
NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE
target report using “Mark” procedures (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 3N 32-15

FRIENDLY
aircraft crashed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMERG V . . . . . 3-4
aircraft detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AA2 . . . . . . 10-1
contact is friendly vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IN1 . . . . . . 24-1
contact reported by radar is friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TA116 . . . . . . 33-12
force or unit is, friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TA26 . . . . . . 33-3
identity of unit is friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TA117 . . . . . . 33-12
intercept classified friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EW26 . . . . . . 20-3
safety sector(s) for friendly aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AA4 . . . . . . 10-1
smoke previously reported is from friendly ships . . . . . . . .
TA149 . . . . . . 33-16
submarine bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMERG Z . . . . . 3-4
AS78 13-13
unit bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA32 33-4
unit sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE14 30-3

FUEL (ING)
astern fueling (See ASTERN FUELING)
capacity/percent, fuel to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS2 31-1
close for transfer of fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
intend to conduct helicopter in-flight refueling operations . . . . . . . . . AV17 14-3
percentage of fuel on board at noon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE40 30-5
present speed, fuel will last at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J SPEED 8-5
received/supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS5 31-2
receiving and delivering ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2
receiving ship disengaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP 2-9
replenish fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS4 31-2
shaft power available for maximum fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6

Index-41 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

F
Signal Page

transporting fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2

weather is suitable for fueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

FULL RUDDER, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11

FURL AWNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD22 11-3

FUZE (S)
enemy proximity fuze emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
use ammunition with fuzes (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4P 32-21

G
GENERAL
degree of readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2nd 2-11
information and action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3rd 2-11

GEOGRAPHIC POSITION
control point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA23 27-3
grid position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA20 27-3
screen center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREEN 9-7
system on which signals are based . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA28 27-4
XX for enemy report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA29 27-4

NOT RELEASABLE

GET UNDERWAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED49 18-6

GOALKEEPING STATION, ship take . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION H 5-3

GOBLIN
form SAU and investigate GOBLIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3
investigate GOBLIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
leave present assignment to investigate GOBLIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3

GOVERNING
groups (See Art. 112). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BA to BZ 15-1
(Art. 112) 1-7
pennants (See Art. 111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP 2-9
INT 2-9
NEGAT 2-9
(Art. 111) 1-6

GRID
antiship torpedo defense grid in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS46 13-9
antiship torpedo defense grid is modified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS47 13-9
control point, grid position of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA23 27-3
departure screen, form grid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN D 9-2
entry screen, form grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN E 9-2

Index-42 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

G
Signal Page

fire into grid area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM20 22-3

gunfire support, grid reference for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM21 22-3
my grid position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA20 27-3
origin of grid is centered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA19 27-3
screen center, grid position for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREEN 9-7
signals based on grid system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA28 27-4

GROUND (ING)
mine will be countermined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW101 26-18
ship is damaged by grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB14 28-2

GROUPS
end of groups governed by governing group (governing group) . . . . . . BX 15-1
governing groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BA to BZ 15-1
(Art. 112) 1-7
signals following, groups from publication used for. . . . . . . . . . . . . CM13 16-3

GUARD
assume bathythermograph guard duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS24 13-4
assume radar guard duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA1 29-1
communication guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Z 2-6
guard mail duty boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 0 2-7
maintain radio guard watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM7 16-2
medical/dental guard duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag M 2-4
military guard duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 0 2-7
send guard boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1

GUIDE (S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 130) 1-19

alter course, Guide; remaining units conform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN K 7-6
announcement by the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 133) 1-21
automatic changing of the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 131) 1-20
course, Guide’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G CORPEN 7-9
disposition/formation/unit, guide of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G FORM 4-9
distances between unit guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
formation center bears from the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K FORM 4-9
formation guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 132) 1-20
line guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 132) 1-20
line guides form on true/relative bearing from the Guide . . . . . . . . . . FORM G 4-6
line guides resume previous bearings and distances from the Guide . . . FORM V 4-8
ship is Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag G 2-3
ships resume previous bearings and distances from their guides . . . . . FORM U 4-8
speed, Guide proceed at; other ships maintain station . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED 8-1
speed, Guide’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G SPEED 8-5
speed on passing point, Guide proceed at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED G 8-2
steer course, Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN P 7-8
stop engines, Guide; other ships maintain station . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED 0 8-1
swept channel, guide unit through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED42 18-5

Index-43 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

G
Signal Page

take station and become Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION G 5-3

take station from Guide ahead at standard distance . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION A 5-3
take station from Guide astern at standard distance . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION B 5-3
unit guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 132) 1-20

GUN (S)
close range, keeping all guns bearing/to maximum gun range. . . . . . . SU4 32-1
engaging with guns, I am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA1 10-1
loaded gun, I have a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM11 22-2
open range, keeping all guns bearing/to maximum gun range/
beyond enemy’s gun range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU7 32-2
trials or tests of gun battery, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
unmask guns, I am maneuvering to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU9 32-2

GUNFIRE
attacked with naval gunfire, I am being. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
call spotter on frequency allocated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM23 22-3
commence the scheduled gunfire support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM22 22-3
fire into grid area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM20 22-3
grid reference for gunfire support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM21 22-3
sighted gunfire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
target for gunfire support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM24 22-3
weather is suitable for gunfire exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

GUNLINE/BOLO (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6N 30-8

GUNNERY RADAR JAMMED (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 4Q 32-21

H
HAMPER opponent’s operations or movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA7 23-3

HANDS FALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED51 18-6

HANGFIRE (gun/missile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM11 22-2

HARASS (ING)
aircraft, harass opponent by use of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA5 23-2
fight a harassing action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3
maneuvering, harass opponent by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA3 23-1
subsurface contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA6 23-2
weapons/sensors, harass opponent by use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA4 23-2

HARBOR ENTRANCE, patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA130 33-14

HAWSER (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Q 30-8

HEAVE, astern fueling rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS11 31-4

HEIGHT above waterline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA16 27-2

Index-44 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

H
Signal Page

HELICOPTER
act independently to conduct helicopter operations . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
assume command as helicopter action group commander. . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
at hover, keep clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
attack with weapon-carrying helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
command as helicopter action group commander is held in unit . . . . . . CO3 17-1
condition of helicopter sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS48 13-9
form helicopter action group and clear the force to investigate. . . . . . . SU13 32-2
form helicopter windline screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN H 9-4
intend to conduct helicopter operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV17 14-3
landing in emergency, I have helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG H 3-2
my method of boarding is helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN12 24-2
number of helicopters assigned to screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SCREEN 9-8
operation of helicopters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag H 2-3
preferred method of boarding is helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN13 24-2
progress of helicopter operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
random dip in sector/area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS87 13-15
scramble weapon-carrying helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV11 14-2
screen formed is helicopter windline screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SCREEN 9-7
screening helicopters proceed to/remain in station. . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN S 9-6
send helicopter to ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
status of helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV27 14-5
transfer signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3102) 31-6
weather is suitable for helicopter operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

HERO WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag L 2-4

CM21 16-3

HOIST
all boats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD6 11-2
all landing craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM6 12-2
flag M for receiving personnel casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE2 30-1
pilot flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA17 27-2
your berth assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED23 18-3
your sequence/station number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION V 5-5
(Art. 127) 1-17

HOLD (ING)
active sonar, holding contact by (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1L 13-20
enemy submarine, hold down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS3 13-1
fire (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7H 10-3
fire, hold surface-to-surface missile (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 3D 32-14
held surface-to-surface missile fire, I have (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 3E 32-14
radar, holding contact by (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H 13-20
sonobuoy, holding contact by (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1F 13-19
unknown vessels, in my area I hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN10 24-2

HOUR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM7 12-2

Index-45 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

H
Signal Page

HUNTED
area to be hunted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW30 26-4
buoy hunted channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW32 26-4
channel/area is hunted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4
mine hunted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW116 26-19

HYDROGRAPHY operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA160 33-16

HYDROPHONE
submarine indications by hydrophone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
submarine has released hydrophone decoy (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . 1W 13-22

I
I
am (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BA 15-1
am assuming (or have resumed) tactical command . . . . . . . . . . . . CO14 17-3
am assuming (or have resumed) tactical control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO15 17-3
am being (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BM 15-1
am not (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BI 15-1
am ready (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6G 30-7
have (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BB 15-1
recommend (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BC 15-1

IDENTIFICATION FRIEND OR FOE

aircraft in distress showing IFF distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2
emissions intercepted, unauthorized friendly IFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
operate IFF/SIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA6 29-1
use IFF means of recognition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12

IDENTIFICATION SAFETY RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA3 10-1

IDENTIFY (IED)
contact is correctly/incorrectly identified (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 2M 32-11
mine contact is to be identified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
target identified, ready to observe/able to spot and pass reports . . . . . GM14 22-3
unit bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA115 33-12

IDENTITY
contact identity (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2F 32-10
do not commence surface fire until identity is established . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
unit’s identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA117 33-12

IF YOU DESIRE (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BJ 15-1

ILLUMINATE (ING)
as indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA120 33-12
fire starshell search spread to illuminate target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . 4H 32-20
illuminating, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4G 32-20
investigate track, be prepared to illuminate and engage . . . . . . . . . . SU12 32-2

Index-46 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

I
Signal Page

ship ceremonially . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD10 11-2

target/sector (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4F 32-20

INDEPENDENT (LY)
act independently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
attack by independent method (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 9H 32-5
attack independently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
exercise independently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX4 21-1
fire independently (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4K 32-20
flight operations independently, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
maneuver independently to avoid attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
proceed independently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
screen ships carry out independent zigzag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN H 6-4

INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL, transferring/transporting . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2

INFORMATION
general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2nd 2-11
general information and action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3rd 2-11
information addressee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag W 2-6
joining information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J TURN 6-6
take information from table (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BV 15-1

INFRARED
aircraft holds contact on infrared system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
contact using infrared decoys (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2R 32-12
enemy infrared emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
release/fire infrared decoys (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7N 10-4
release/fire infrared decoys (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2U 32-12
use infrared decoys for protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW38 20-5

INOPERATIVE EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE31 30-5

INTEGRATED SCREEN
form integrated screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN H 9-4
screen formed is integrated screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SCREEN 9-7

INTEND
altering course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CORPEN 7-9
direct/intercept/offset approach to datum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS82 13-14

INTENTION (S)
my present intention is to (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BG 15-1
night intentions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
scene-of-action/search attack unit commander’s intentions . . . . . . . . AS88 13-15

INTERCEPT (ED) (ING)

approach to datum, intend intercept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS82 13-14
carry out intercepting search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS99 13-16

Index-47 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

I
Signal Page

classified friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW26 20-3

detach and take position to intercept contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS21 13-4
enemy emissions intercepted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
friendly emissions intercepted, unauthorized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
predicted submarine intercept range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS23 13-4
suspicious electronic emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG I 3-3
watch, set intercept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4

INTERFERENCE
acoustic interference, I am experiencing (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 1I 13-20
electromagnetic pulse may cause interference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM18 16-3
transmissions are causing interference with communications or
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM17 16-3

INTERNATIONAL Code of Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CODE 2-8

(Art. 117) 1-10

INTERROGATIVE (governing pennant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT 2-9

(Art. 111) 1-6

INTERVAL (S)
departure intervals, units pass point A at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED39 18-5
entry intervals, units pass point X at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED40 18-5
get underway and proceed at intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED49 18-6
interval is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
maneuvering interval (See MANEUVER)
take interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA15 33-2

INVESTIGATE (D) (ING)

contact, designate and dispatch search attack unit to investigate . . . . . AS14 13-3
contact, I am investigating unclassified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2L 32-11
form helicopter action group and clear the force to investigate. . . . . . . SU13 32-2
form search attack unit and investigate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3
form surface action group and clear the force to investigate . . . . . . . . SU11 32-2
hazard/object/sonar contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
leave present assignment to investigate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
leave present assignment to investigate datum/track . . . . . . . . . . . AS16 13-3
mine contact is to be investigated/left for investigation . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
smoke previously reported is being investigated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA149 33-16
track and be prepared to illuminate and engage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU12 32-2

J
JAMMED (ERS) (ING)
enemy jamming emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
enemy use of communications/radar jamming detected . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3

Index-48 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

J
Signal Page

engaging with jammers, I am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA1 10-1

friendly jamming emissions intercepted, unauthorized . . . . . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
gunnery control radar is being jammed (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 4Q 32-21

JOINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 129) 1-19

as indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8
friendly force/unit is joining up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA26 33-3
information, joining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J TURN 6-6

K
KEDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED9 18-2

KEEP
a ready deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
ahead/astern/clear/in wake of/out of the way. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
between unit and contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
clear (See CLEAR)
on to sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA72 33-7
within range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA73 33-8

KITE
calibrate kite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW67 26-15
raise kite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW71 26-16
surfacing, kite is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW72 26-16

L
LAND
contact reported by radar is land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA116 33-12
investigate land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
radar contact is believed to be land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
sighted land. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

LANDING (aircraft emergency)

aircraft landing in emergency, I have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG F 3-2
emergency landing signals (aircraft use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1400) 14-1
helicopter landing in emergency, I have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG H 3-2
make a slick for emergency landing of aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2

LANDING (amphibious)
beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM1 12-1
evacuation of landing force, conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM17 12-4
facilitate landing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM12 12-3
hoist/recover all landing craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM6 12-2
land the landing force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM9 12-3
operate in landing ship area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM11 12-3

Index-49 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

L
Signal Page

schedule is advanced/retarded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM15 12-3

successful . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM10 12-3
withdraw the landing force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM18 12-4

LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 165a) 1-45

for data link reference point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA18 27-3
on which grid origin is centered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA19 27-3
on which signals are based. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA28 27-4

LASER HAZARD
exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM25 16-4
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM24 16-4
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM23 16-4

LASER THREAT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

LAUNCH (ING)
aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
carry out flight operations independently to launch aircraft. . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
delay launching aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
number of aircraft/helicopters to launch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
protective devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8
speed for impending launching of aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F SPEED 8-5
variable depth sonar/towed array, act independently to launch . . . . . . TA92 33-9

LAY
danbuoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW61 26-14
mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW22 26-3

LAYER DEPTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS30 13-5

LEAD DOWN CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED35 18-4

LEADTHROUGH SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 2604) 26-5

LEAKAGE, ship is damaged by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3

LEAVE
formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA87 33-9
harbor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED54 18-6
present assignment to investigate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
present assignment to investigate datum/track. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS16 13-3

LEAVE AND LIBERTY may be granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD23 11-3

LEAVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 129) 1-19

LEFT
I have left channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW46 26-12
mines left to lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW23 26-3

Index-50 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

L
Signal Page

LIFEGUARD STATION, take . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4

LIGHT (ING)
deceptive lighting, rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA39 33-5
float/diverter is to carry light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW78 26-16
investigate lights/lightship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
measures (flight operations), lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV24 14-4
show no light/only lights indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA36 33-4
sighted lights/lighthouse/lightship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
turn on lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA38 33-5
turn on navigation lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA14 27-2
use ASW lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS52 13-9
use directional lights only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM39 16-5
you have a light showing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA37 33-5
your lights are. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA13 27-2

LIGHT MATERIAL for transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS3 31-1

LIGHT SUPERHEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE46 30-6

LIMITS, change sector screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN Q 9-5

LINE ABREAST
form line abreast (See FORM)
wheeling in single line abreast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 147) 1-35

LINE OF BEARING
anchor on line of bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
form loose line of bearing in quickest sequence on the Guide . . . . . . . FORM O 4-7
forming on a line of bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 403) 4-4
scouting line, change direction of line of bearing of . . . . . . . . . . . . TA136 33-14
scouting line, line of bearing of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA127 33-13
scout on a line of bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA134 33-14
spread on a line of bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA139 33-15

LINE OF COLUMN
form loose line of column to port/starboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM C 4-5
wheeling in loose line of column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 146) 1-34

LINE OF DANS, ship lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW61 26-14

LINE OF FIRE (See FIRE (weapons))

LINE OF MINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW102 26-18

LINK
data link reference point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA18 27-3
establish communications by Link 11/14/16/22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1

Index-51 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

L
Signal Page

provide scouting aircraft for communication/special link . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7

simulate SSN-link procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW46 20-5
use Link 11/14/16/22 method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

LISTENING WATCH
maintain radio listening watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM7 16-2
set sonar listening watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10

LOCATE (D) (ION)

contact location (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2G 32-10
fire starshell search spread to locate target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 4H 32-20
mine contact is to be located . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18

LOGSPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SPEED 8-5

LOST
anchor is lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
contact reported by radar is lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA116 33-12
I have lost contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Y 13-22
I have lost contact (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
lost contact, carry out search plan (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1C 13-19
man overboard has been given up for lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA46 33-5

LOUDHAILER
establish communications by loudhailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
use loudhailer method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

LOW AIRCRAFT PATROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7

LOWER domes/variable depth sonar transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS49 13-9

M
MAGNETIC
actuation width for magnetic sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW91 26-17
aircraft holds contact on MAD gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
gear operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW79 26-16
submarine’s position was obtained by MAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8

MAIL
close for transfer of mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
guard mail duty boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 0 2-7
intend to conduct helicopter operations for mail transfer . . . . . . . . . . AV17 14-3
send boat for mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
transfer mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
transfer, mail for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS3 31-1

Index-52 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M
Signal Page

MAIN BODY
alter course for employment of chaff, main body is to . . . . . . . . . . . TURN K, L, M 6-4
center of front of main body (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . QQ 35-1
formed, main body is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y FORM 4-10
is to alter to the promulgated ASMD course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN J 6-4
screen ahead of main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN N 9-5
screened in sector, main body is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B SCREEN 9-7
sector method, main body is formed by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z FORM 4-10
stationed by sector method, main body is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V STATION 5-8
stationed by sector method, main body is to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION K 5-4

MAINTAIN
aircraft patrols, establish and maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
cavitation speed, proceed clear of submarine and maintain . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11
course, maintain present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN U 7-8
distance, maintain present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA12 33-2
maximum speed (See MAXIMUM SPEED)
overlap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW83 26-17
silence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW7 20-1
station, ships maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION P 5-5
watch (See WATCH)

MAINTENANCE
equipment inoperative for corrective maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE31 30-5
helicopter is down for routine maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV27 14-5
unable to operate aircraft due to maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5

MALFUNCTION (gun/missile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM11 22-2

MAN OVERBOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag O 2-4

given up for lost/picked up/sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA46 33-5
object of search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
proceed to recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9

MAN SHIP CEREMONIALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD10 11-2

MANEUVER (ING)
alter course together to carry out maneuver previously ordered . . . . . . TURN C 6-4
avoid attack, maneuver independently to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
blow tubes, maneuver as necessary to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA43 33-5
contact, maneuvering to maintain (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1G 13-19
distances, intervals, and speeds; maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 121) 1-13
expedite maneuver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA44 33-5
fast patrol boat maneuvering signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3209) 32-23
form part of unit for maneuvering purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA99 33-10
harass opponent by maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA3 23-1
interval/extended maneuvering interval, maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
keep clear during maneuver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
note circumstances of maneuver to discuss in harbor . . . . . . . . . . . TA102 33-10
orders and instructions, maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 135) 1-22

Index-53 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M
Signal Page

principal rules for maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 120) 1-13

signaling, maneuver ordered is to be carried out without further . . . . . . W CORPEN 7-10
speeds while maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 124) 1-16
tactical maneuvers by flaghoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX9 21-2
take charge of force for maneuvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3
take maneuvering interval/extended maneuvering interval. . . . . . . . . TA15 33-2
unmask weapon, maneuvering to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU9 32-2
weather is suitable for maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16
your unit to avoid shipping, maneuver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA101 33-10

MARK (ED) (ER) (ING)

drop marker at datum/in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS89 13-15
enemy is marking unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN30 19-4
mine contact is to be marked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
mines cut with floating dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW103 26-18
opponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA1 23-1
search center is marked with smoke marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS102 13-16

MARRIAGE (CAUSEWAYS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2

MASKING
operate masking devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS45 13-9
use turn count masking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED T 8-4

MAXIMUM RANGE
close range to maximum range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU4 32-1
open range to maximum range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU7 32-2
target is within my maximum range (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 2P 32-11

MAXIMUM RUDDER, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11

MAXIMUM SPEED
all ships scatter, move out at maximum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 0 3-5
proceed at maximum speed/maximum speed with present
engineering configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED M 8-4
maintained, maximum speed which can be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C SPEED 8-5
maintained without risk of damage, maximum speed which can be . . . . T SPEED 8-6
maintained with present engineering configuration, maximum speed
which can be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W SPEED 8-6
required during the night, maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U SPEED 8-6
shaft power available for maximum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6
ship, maximum speed of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V SPEED 8-6

MEAL BREAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD24 11-3

MEAN LINE OF ADVANCE

enemy’s mean line of advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN7 19-1
sequence of screen units clockwise from mean line of advance . . . . . . J SCREEN 9-7

MECHANICAL SWEEP ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW80 26-17

Index-54 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M
Signal Page

MEDICAL
duty ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag M 2-4
require medical assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
send medical officer as soon as possible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD18 11-3

MERSHIP guidance signals (See LEADTHROUGH SIGNALS)

MESSAGE (S)
attention is called to message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD32 11-4
comply with my message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO4 17-1
hand messages are being distributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD33 11-4
hand messages have been received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD34 11-4
semaphore message to transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag J 2-4

MESSENGER (towing), heavy/light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6P/6O 30-8

METEOROLOGY (See WEATHER)

MILITARY
guard duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 0 2-7
contact is military vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN1 24-1

MINE (S) (ED)

adrift, I have cut a mine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW7 26-1
area is dangerous on account of mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW8 26-1
buoy position of mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW32 26-4
channel/area is clear of mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4
channel is clear of mines/mined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW111 26-19
contact is to be (action) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
countermeasures (See MINE COUNTERMEASURES)
detected/sighted ahead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG M 3-3
detection/explosion report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW128 26-25
divers, mines in area are dangerous to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW106 26-19
drifting/just awash/neutralized/sinking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW11 26-2
dropped by aircraft in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW6 26-1
ground mine will be countermined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW101 26-18
laying mines (See MINELAYING)
line of mines bears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW102 26-18
mark mines cut with floating dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW103 26-18
position, mines have been found/reported in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW12 26-2
reference number (MRN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW115 26-19
set mine watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW5 26-1
ship is damaged by mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
sighted or swept/hunted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW116 26-19
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table M 34-13
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
weather is suitable for mine recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

MINE COUNTERMEASURES
after the turn, take up MCM formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M FORM 4-9
angle in degrees to port/starboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H FORM 4-9

Index-55 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M
Signal Page

equipment table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table Y 34-20

form preliminary MCM formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM H 4-7
haul out of MCM formation and clear sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW82 26-17
OPDEF (MCMR 13A, 13B, 42), . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW129 26-25
open from Guide and take station, MCM ships are to . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION N 5-5
operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag R 2-5
operations directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW124 26-20
recover MCM equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW120 26-20
remaining, MCM equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE35 30-5
safe MCM speed over the ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q SPEED 8-6
situation report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW130 26-26
sonar search procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW121 26-20
swept channel, MCM vessels approaching of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW37 26-4
swept path of MCM formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW92 26-18
weather is suitable for pressure MCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

MINE WARFARE, degree of readiness, self-protective . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4

MINEFIELD (S)
controlled minefield is about to be fired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW14 26-2
controlled minefields are set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW15 26-2
position of enemy minefield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW9 26-2
position of own minefield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW18 26-2

MINEHUNTER PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW107 26-19

MINEHUNTING (See also HUNTED)

bottom conditions for minehunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW100 26-18
task allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW110 26-19
task situation report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW111 26-19
tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW114 26-19
underway minehunting is not possible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW109 26-19
weather is suitable for minehunting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

MINELAYING
enemy is laying mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN8 19-2
lay mines (details from commence to cease). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW24 26-3
mines left to lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW23 26-3
position, lay mines on arrival in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW22 26-3
report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW25 26-3
weather is suitable for minelaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

MINESWEEPING
duty assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16
station astern of float of next ahead, maintain minesweeping . . . . . . . STATION O 5-5
weather is suitable for minesweeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

MISFIRE (gun/missile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM11 22-2

torpedo misfire bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS12 13-2

Index-56 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M
Signal Page

MISSILE
attack by missile (See MISSILE ATTACK, OVER-THE-HORIZON
ATTACK)
close range to effective/maximum missile range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU4 32-1
enemy missile detected or sighted bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG G 3-2
enemy missile emissions intercepted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
enemy missile platform/site location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN22 19-3
engaging with surface-to-air missiles/fighter-launched weapons, I am . . . . AA1 10-1
maneuvering to unmask missile launcher, I am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU9 32-2
open range to maximum/beyond maximum missile range . . . . . . . . . SU7 32-2
ship is damaged by missile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
splashed (AAW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7S 10-4
threat assessed is missile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
trials or tests of missile battery, carry out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2

MISSILE ATTACK (See also OVER-THE-HORIZON ATTACK)

attack by missiles may be expected now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
attacked with missiles, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
coordinate fire of short-range surface-to-surface missiles (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4T 32-21
maneuver independently to avoid missile attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
prepare for attack by missiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE25 30-4
screen unit against missile attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN I 9-4
surface-to-surface missile fire (order) (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . 3D 32-14
surface-to-surface missile fire (status) (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 3E 32-14
submarine’s position was obtained by missile attack. . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
support unit against missile attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA64 33-7
unit is screened against missile attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SCREEN 9-7

MOOR (ED) (ING)

anchors, moor with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED10 18-2
flag for mooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag U 2-6
ship is moored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED7 18-2
unmoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED14 18-3

MOVEMENT
conform to general movements of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA70 33-7
disregard my movements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag M 2-4
extend duration of course and speed now steaming (PIM). . . . . . . . . NA25 27-3
follow movements in conforming to channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED44 18-5
follow movements of column leader/OTC/unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA98 33-10
follow movements of unit in opening fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 4I 32-20
hamper opponent’s movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA7 23-3
join as leading/rear ship and conform to movements. . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8
position and intended movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA24 27-3
purpose or reason for present movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA76 33-8
submarine’s movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS36 13-7
your movements are not understood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag N 2-4

Index-57 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

M
Signal Page

MOVIES
close for transfer of movies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
send boat for movies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
transfer movies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3

N
NAME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD25 11-3

NANCY
act as Nancy relay ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4
establish communications by Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
method, use Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
recognition, use Nancy means of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12
traffic lists broadcast hourly on hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM14 16-3
use Nancy only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM39 16-5

NATIONAL senior officer present afloat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBD 2-10

NAVIGATION
enemy navigation aid emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
set sonar watch to assist navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10
sonar emission equipment may be used for navigation . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
turn on navigation lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA14 27-2

NAVTRACK
follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA33 27-4
follow so as to pass points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA80 33-8
responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA32 27-4

NBC DEFENSE, readiness for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4

NEGATIVE (governing pennant) (See Art. 111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9

(Art. 111) 1-6
negative (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Z 30-9

NEUTRAL
bearing of neutral unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA32 33-4
identity of unit is neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA117 33-12

NEUTRALIZED, mine contact is to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18

NIGHT
aircraft night patrols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
maximum speed required during the night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U SPEED 8-6
remain during the night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
signals for night replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3103) 31-7

NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9

Index-58 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

N
Signal Page

NOISE (MAKERS)
ambient noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS51 13-9
operate self-generated noise-reduction equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . AS45 13-9
operation of noisemakers is authorized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
predicted submarine intercept range of self-radiated noise . . . . . . . . AS23 13-4
stream, launch, or recover noisemaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8
submarine has released noisemaker (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 1W 13-22

NORMAL FIRE DISTRIBUTION (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . 4J 32-20

NORMAL SPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N SPEED 8-6

proceed at normal speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED N 8-4

NOTICE FOR
getting underway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE49 30-6
steam (estimated time of being at new notice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE50 30-6

NUCLEAR
activate prewetting/washdown system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE8 30-2
area/sector has undergone nuclear attack/contaminated, radioactivity
probably exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB1 28-1
attack is possible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG O 3-3
attacked with nuclear weapons, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
beaching hazardous due to radioactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM3 12-1
fallout detected bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG N 3-3
fallout is from direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB8 28-1
formation rendezvous from ZZ (point ROMEO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA71 33-7
ground zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB14 28-2
probable yield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB12 28-2
re-embarking troops are contaminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM13 12-3
ship/unit contaminated by radioactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB2 28-1
ship/unit is being contaminated by fallout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE9 30-2
stand by for nuclear depth charge/bomb attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS4 13-1
threat assessed is nuclear/nonnuclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
water of anchorage is radiologically contaminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB3 28-1

NUMBER
aircraft to launch/recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
NOT RELEASABLE
mine reference number, mine contact is allocated . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
mines left to lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW23 26-3
rounds of ammunition remaining on board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE29 30-4
run number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW45 26-12
sequence number (See SEQUENCE)
station number (See STATION)

Index-59 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

O
Signal Page

OAKTREE
carry out ASW search plan OAKTREE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS100 13-16
AS103 13-17
lost contact, carry out ASW search plan OAKTREE (ASW ACTION) . . . 1C 13-19

OBJECTIVE’S last known position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA28 33-3

OBSCURED TARGET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM14 22-3

OBSERVE MISSILE STRIKE (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3V 32-17

OBSTRUCTED (ING) (ION)

alter course as necessary to clear obstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED45 18-5
antilanding obstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW136 26-28
channel is obstructed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED36 18-4
strain indicates obstruction is being dragged in sweep. . . . . . . . . . . MW82 26-17
vessel is obstructing my boarding/boarding party . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN5 24-1

OBSTRUCTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW117 26-19

OFFICER
absence of flag officer (in port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1st . . . . 2-12
absentee indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Art. 204) . . 2-12
assume command as OCE/OCS/OTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 . . . . 17-1
boat for officers, send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 . . . . 11-1
calls by officers may be dispensed with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD9 . . . . 11-2
command as OCE/OCS/OTC is held in unit . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 . . . . 17-1
delegation of OTC’s functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO5 . . . . 17-2
disabled officer(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE1 . . . . 30-1
follow movements of OTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA98 . . . . 33-10
join/rejoin your senior officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 . . . . 33-8
medical officer as soon as possible, send . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD18 . . . . 11-3
next meal, officers will have time for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD24 . . . . 11-3
recall officer(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD27 . . . . 11-4
reference position of OTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 . . . . 27-3
reference position XX of OTC for enemy report . . . . . . . . . . NA29 . . . . 27-4
report on board, officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD40 . . . . 11-5
senior officer present afloat, national . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBD . . . . 2-10
standard position established by OTC (standard position indicator) XX . . . . 35-1
(Art. 165c) 1-46
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table P 34-14
take charge, officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO8 17-2

OFFSET APPROACH to datum, intend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS82 13-14

Index-60 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

O
Signal Page

OIL PATCH
investigate oil patch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
sighted oil patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

OPEN (ED) (ING)

bay/channel/entrance/gate/harbor/port/river is open . . . . . . . . . . . . ED56 18-6
fire (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7O 10-4
follow movements of unit in opening fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 4I 32-20
mine countermeasures ships are to open from Guide and take station . . . . STATION N 5-5
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU7 32-2
target has opened fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Q 32-12

OPERATION (S) (AL)

acoustic gear operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW65 26-15
cease, delay, or expedite operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
enemy operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN10 19-2
expedite operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA44 33-5
facilitate landing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM12 12-3
flight operations (See FLIGHT OPERATIONS)
hamper opponent’s operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA7 23-3
magnetic gear operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW79 26-16
operational speed will be required at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SPEED 8-5
operation completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
sonar mode of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS60 13-10
speed, operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X SPEED 8-6
speed, proceed at operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED X 8-4
stand-off range, operational (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21

OPPOSING my boarding/boarding party, vessel is . . . . . . . . . . . . IN5 24-1

ORDER (S)
attention is called to operation order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD32 11-4
delay getting underway until further orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED48 18-5
delay operations until further orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA110 33-11
distributed, orders are being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD33 11-4
execute/use order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO12 17-2
forming in order of (See FORM)
join/rejoin when present orders are carried out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8
mechanical sweep order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW80 26-17
patrol orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA129 33-13
proceed in accordance with operation order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
received, orders have been. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD34 11-4
regain position in formation when orders are carried out . . . . . . . . . . TA77 33-8
remain in present position and wait for further orders . . . . . . . . . . . TA78 33-8
scouting line, order of units in; commencing from the left . . . . . . . . . TA128 33-13
search orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA138 33-14

Index-61 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

O
Signal Page

sequence numbers are in order of call signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S FORM 4-10

spread on an arc in order of ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA140 33-15
submarine to, order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
task order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW125 26-21

ORIGIN
grid origin, center of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA19 27-3
point of origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
search, point of origin of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA28 33-3

ORIGINATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1st 2-11

present position of originator (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . TT 35-1

OTTER
adjust depth of otter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW71 26-16
calibrate otter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW67 26-15
surfacing, otter is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW72 26-16

OVERDUE, aircraft in distress is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV7 14-2

OVERLAP, sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW83 26-17

OVER-THE-HORIZON
check/commence surface-to-surface missile fire (SURFACE ACTION). . . . 3D 32-14
checked/commenced surface-to-surface missile fire, I have (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3E 32-14
conduct OTH attack (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B 32-13
conducting OTH attack, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C 32-13
coordinated fire of long-range antisurface ship missiles (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3W 32-17
engage target, when ordered, with missiles (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . 3F 32-14
forward observer for antisurface ship missile control (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Y 32-17
line of fire for long-range antisurface ship missile (SURFACE ACTION) . . . 3J 32-14
observe antisurface ship missile strike (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 3V 32-17
prepare to engage with OTH antisurface ship missile (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A 32-13
request line of fire for long-range antisurface ship missile (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3K 32-14
results of attack on target by firing unit (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 3Q 32-16
targeting (aircraft). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV43 14-7

P
PARADE GUARD/BAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD10 11-2

PARTICULAR degree of readiness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4

Index-62 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

P
Signal Page

PASS (ING)
act independently to pass shipping, resume station when clear . . . . . . TA92 33-9
ahead/astem/between lines/through formation or lines/ships . . . . . . . TA103 33-10
departure intervals, pass point A at. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED39 18-5
entry intervals, pass point X at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED40 18-5
proceed as necessary to pass through formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
track, passing in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW84 26-17
unit will pass through reference point at time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA31 27-4

PASSIVE SONAR CONTACT (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J 13-20

PATROL (LING)
alter course, screen units continue to patrol sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN X 7-8
sequence numbers are in order of call signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S FORM 4-10
spread on an arc in order of ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA140 33-15
cease patrolling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN U 9-6
continue patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA133 33-14
direction and length of patrol leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA132 33-14
establish and maintain aircraft patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
establish patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA126 33-13
number of assigned patrol lines in screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N SCREEN 9-8
orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA129 33-13
rejoin/remain on/resume patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA133 33-14
resume patrolling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN V 9-6
take screen patrol line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN O 9-5
vicinity of position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA131 33-14
your stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN Z 9-6

PATTERN, sonobuoy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS90 13-15

PENNANTS, governing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 111) 1-6

PERISCOPE
come to periscope depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS70 13-12
investigate periscope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
leave present assignment to investigate periscope . . . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
radar contact is believed to be periscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG S 3-4
submerge to periscope depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS69 13-12

PERMISSION
granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag C 2-2
not granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9
request permission to (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BH 15-1

Index-63 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

P
Signal Page

PERSONNEL
all men remain on deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW2 26-1
available for duty, percentage of personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE3 30-1
casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE2 30-1
cumulative dose received by personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB5 28-1
degree of evacuation necessity for personnel contaminated by
radioactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB2 28-1
divers/friendly explosive ordnance disposal personnel down . . . . . . . Flag A 2-1
evacuation of personnel, conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM17 12-4
general recall (return to ship) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag P 2-4
number of absentees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD38 11-5
radiation hazard precautions taken on own personnel . . . . . . . . . . . CM20 16-3
recall personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD27 11-4
re-embarking troops are contaminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM13 12-3
rescue crew of aircraft/ship sinking/sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA63 33-7
rescue personnel of aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
rescued personnel of aircraft, number and state of health . . . . . . . . . AV10 14-2
send boat for personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table P 34-14
transfer of personnel, close for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
transfer of personnel, intend to conduct helicopter operations for . . . . . AV17 14-3
transfer personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
working aloft and/or over the side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag K 2-4

PETROLEUM OIL LUBRICANT

received/supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS5 31-2
replenish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS4 31-2

PHYSICAL THREAT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

PICK (ED) UP
aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
man overboard has been picked up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA46 33-5
target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2

PICKET (S)
aircraft radar picket patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
direction of picket axis is bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
rotate picket axis to bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8
stationed, pickets are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T SCREEN 9-8
stationed, pickets are to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN T 9-6
take picket station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION T 5-5
withdraw pickets from stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA66 33-7

PINEAPPLE
NOT RELEASABLE
lost contact, carry out ASW search plan PINEAPPLE (ASW ACTION) . . . . 1C 13-19

Index-64 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

P
Signal Page

PLAIN TEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESIG 2-8

(Art. 115) 1-9

PLAN
action plan, carry out (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A 32-19
air plan number, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS96 13-16
ASW search plan, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS103 13-17
ASW search plan; in event of lost contact, carry out (ASW ACTION) . . . . . 1C 13-19
ASW search plan OAKTREE, carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS100 13-16
NOT RELEASABLE
attack according to plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
attention is called to plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD32 11-4
BLACK (SAC’s/SAUC’s intentions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS88 13-15
command plan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C 34-4
communication plan in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM9 16-2
EMCON plan modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW13 20-2
EMCON plan promulgation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW12 20-2
EMCON plan now in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW11 20-2
EMCON plan, unit is to use line in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW3 20-1
execute/use plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO12 17-2
frequency switch plan, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW5 20-1
RED (SAC’s/SAUC’s intentions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS88 13-15
torpedo attack plan (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E 32-5
towing plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6E 30-7
zigzag plan (See ZIGZAG)

POINT SHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED6 18-2

PORT
get underway and proceed out of port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED49 18-6
open/closed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED56 18-6
proceed out of/to port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
take charge and proceed to port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3
weather is suitable for entering port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 165) 1-45

addressee’s present position (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . YY 35-1
anchor in present/indicated position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
be in position at time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA68 33-7
center of the force (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZZ 35-1
center of the front of main body/convoy (standard position indicator) . . . QQ 35-1
concentrate in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU6 32-2
TA69 33-7
control point, position of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA23 27-3
danbuoy position indication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW53 26-13
detach and take position to intercept contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS21 13-4
disposition center, position of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
drop marker in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS89 13-15

Index-65 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

P
Signal Page

enemy position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN12 19-2

enemy report, position of XX for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA29 27-4
enemy report, use position for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN24 19-3
extend duration of course and speed now steaming (PIM). . . . . . . . . NA25 27-3
firing unit position (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3G 32-14
formation center, position of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
grid origin is centered on position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA19 27-3
indicator flag (See Art. 165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag P 2-4
(Art. 165) 1-45
initial position for scheduled exercise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA21 27-3
investigate datum/track in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS16 13-3
keep clear of position (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
minefield (enemy) position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW9 26-2
minefield (own) established in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW18 26-2
mines have been found/reported in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW12 26-2
moor with anchors in present/indicated position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED10 18-2
my grid position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA20 27-3
my position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
near your position, I will be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA75 33-8
objective’s last known position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA28 33-3
obtained by method, position was . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA27 27-4
order submarine to indicate position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
originator’s present position (standard position indicator) . . . . . . . . . TT 35-1
patrol in vicinity of position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA131 33-14
point of origin of search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA28 33-3
point of origin, position of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
position and intended movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA24 27-3
post-action rendezvous, position of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
proceed as necessary to reach position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
proceed to most advantageous torpedo attack position . . . . . . . . . . SU30 32-4
proceed to position/rendezvous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
reference point position (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B 32-9
reference point, position of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
reference position of OTC or unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
regain position in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA77 33-8
remain in your present position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA78 33-8
rendezvous from ZZ after nuclear attack (point ROMEO) . . . . . . . . . TA71 33-7
rendezvous in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA79 33-8
rendezvous position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
screen center is in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREEN 9-7
signal based on position system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA28 27-4
sonobuoy position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS91 13-15
standard position for search or enemy report (standard position
indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XX 35-1
standard position indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 165c) 1-46
submarine’s position was obtained by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
surface action plan is based on keeping our forces in position. . . . . . . SU23 32-3
sweep with ship over position where sweep parted . . . . . . . . . . . . MW89 26-17

Index-66 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

P
Signal Page

unable to arrive in position at prescribed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA68 33-7

unit’s position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
you bear from position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA17 33-3
your position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3

POSTPONE (D)
exercise/event is postponed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
flight operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3

PRECAUTIONS
antinuclear effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE8 30-2
emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW45 20-5
fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA10 27-1
laser hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM24 16-4
radiation hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM20 16-3

PREDICTED RANGE
sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS27 13-5
submarine intercept. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS23 13-4

PREPARE TO (Governing Pennant) (Art. 111). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP 2-9

(Art. 111) 1-6
prepare to engage with over-the-horizon antisurface ship missile
(SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A 32-13

PRESENT
anchor in present position/sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
course, maintain present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN U 7-8
disposition/formation, remain in present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM Z 4-8
distance, maintain present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA12 33-2
moor with anchors in present position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED10 18-2
my present intention is to (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BG 15-1
position, remain in present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA78 33-8
station, remain in present. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION U 5-5

PRESERVE bearings and distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA11 33-2

PROBABLE YIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB12 28-2

PROBABILITY, area of (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3T 32-16

PROCEED (ING)
act independently to proceed through IMCO separation zone . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
as indicated/previously directed/with dispatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
attack sectors, proceed to (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F 32-5
causeways, proceed to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2
clear of submarine, stop engines, and tap hull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11

Index-67 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

P
Signal Page

get underway and proceed out of port/at intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED49 18-6

Guide proceed (See GUIDE)
screening helicopters proceed to station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN S 9-6
sectors, proceed to your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU31 32-4
speed, proceed at (See SPEED)
station or berth, proceeding to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESIG 2-8
stop present task and proceed as previously directed/to port . . . . . . . MW134 26-28
submarines are exercising in area, proceed with caution . . . . . . . . . CODE NE2 13-12
torpedo attack position, proceed to most advantageous . . . . . . . . . . SU30 32-4

PROPAGATION conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM19 16-3

PROPER
distance, take proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA12 33-2
interval, take proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA15 33-2
rudder, use proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11
station, take proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 2-10
5-2

PROTECTIVE devices, stream/launch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8

PROVIDE
aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
scouting aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7
transfer rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS6 31-2

PROVISIONS, transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3

PUBLICATION
ATP 2, Vol. II, indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4th 2-11
attention is called to publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD32 11-4
following signals taken from publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM15 16-3
groups from publication used for the following signals . . . . . . . . . . . CM13 16-3

PULSING, carry out static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW85 26-17

PUMP BILGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD26 11-3

PURSUIT ACTION, fight a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3

PYROTECHNIC (S)
emphasize actions by use of pyrotechnics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA49 33-6
illuminate with pyrotechnics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA120 33-12
submarine pyrotechnic signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1306c) 13-13

Index-68 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

Q
Signal Page

QUADRILATERAL area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA123 33-13

QUARTER STATION, take . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4

QUERY
in progress/completed, query is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN3 24-1
you are directed to track/vessel for query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 24-1

QUICKEST SEQUENCE (See SEQUENCE)

form in the quickest sequence (See FORM)

R
RACKET
bearing of racket by D/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW23 20-3
form SAU and investigate racket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3
classified friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW26 20-3
investigate racket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6

RADAR
aircraft holds contact on radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
aircraft radar picket patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
calibration, carry out radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA2 29-1
character of radar contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA116 33-12
contact held by unit on radar (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2K 32-11
contact, I have lost radar (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
contact, I have radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
contact is believed to be radar beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
contact with enemy or unit, I have radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
detection is submarine or small battle unit approaching harbor, . . . . . . AS110 13-18
disappearing radar contact detected bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG W 3-4
emission instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW9 20-2
enemy radar deception/jamming detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW19 20-3
enemy radar emissions intercepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW28 20-4
exercise independently, remain within radar range. . . . . . . . . . . . . EX4 21-1
friendly radar emissions intercepted, unauthorized. . . . . . . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
guard duty, assume radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA1 29-1
gunnery control radar is being jammed (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 4Q 32-21
holding radar contact bearing (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H 13-20
investigate radar contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
investigating unclassified radar contact, I am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
keep within radar range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA73 33-8
recognition, use radar means of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12
release/fire radar decoys (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7N 10-4
release/fire radar decoys (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2U 32-12
submarine has released radar decoy (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 1W 13-22
submarine indications by radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
submarine’s position was obtained by radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8

Index-69 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

RADIATION HAZARD (RADHAZ/HERO/LASER)

exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CM22 . . . . . . 16-3
exists (laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CM25 . . . . . . 16-4
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CM20 . . . . . . 16-3
precautions (laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CM24 . . . . . . 16-4
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flag L . . . . . 2-4
CM21 16-3
warning (laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM23 16-4

RADIO
ACP/authentication/call signs/code/crypto channel/procedure/signal
publication, use proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM37 16-5
authenticated transmissions, answer only properly . . . . . . . . . . . . CM37 16-5
authentication policy on circuit, assume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM36 16-4
call periods will be established . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM14 16-3
call signs, activate daily changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM35 16-4
call sign, sound your visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM38 16-5
call signs, your are compromising radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM37 16-5
cease transmission, radio hazard/HERO exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM22 16-3
challenge/reply, use correct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM37 16-5
check your keymat/receiver/steady key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2 16-1
circuit discipline is poor, your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM32 16-4
crypto restart, take circuit for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM34 16-4
enemy is using our call signs/authentication system or sending
false traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW18 20-3
establish communications by radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
establish radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM5 16-1
frequency (See FREQUENCY)
method, use radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
Nancy (See NANCY)
no RF dander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag E 2-2
not in radio communication with you . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2 16-1
radiation hazard precautions taken on own receivers . . . . . . . . . . . CM20 16-3
relay ship, act as radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4
repeat all visual signals by radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM27 16-4
security and procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM37 16-5
signal is from ACP 131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2 16-1
transmissions are interfering with communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . CM17 16-3
watch, close down radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1 16-1
watch, maintain radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM7 16-2

RADIOACTIVITY (See NUCLEAR)

RADIOSONDE, environmental data obtained by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME11 25-2

RADIUS of station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U STATION 5-8

RAFT, object of search is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5

Index-70 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

RAISE
domes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS49 13-9
kite/depressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW71 26-16

RAKE CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM13 22-2

RANDOM DIP in sector, helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS87 13-15

RANGE
bottom bounce range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AS26 . . . . . . . . . 13-5
clear range (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 3U. . . . . . . . . . 32-17
clear, range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GM10 . . . . . . . . . 22-2
clear the range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GM8 . . . . . . . . . 22-2
close range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SU4 . . . . . . . . . 32-1
convergence zone range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AS26 . . . . . . . . . 13-5
danbuoy, range on passing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MW56 . . . . . . . . . 26-14
danbuoy, report range on passing . . . . . . . . . . . .
MW57 . . . . . . . . . 26-14
emergency stand-off range (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . 1O. . . . . . . . . . 13-21
firing range (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 9A. . . . . . . . . . 32-5
fouled, range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GM7 . . . . . . . . . 22-2
identification safety range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AA3 . . . . . . . . . 10-1
keep within range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TA73 . . . . . . . . . 33-8
open range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SU7 . . . . . . . . . 32-2
operational stand-off range (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . 1O. . . . . . . . . . 13-21
predicted sonar ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AS27 . . . . . . . . . 13-5
predicted submarine intercept range . . . . . . . . . . .
AS23 . . . . . . . . . 13-4
tactical sonar range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AS28 . . . . . . . . . 13-5
target is within maximum range (SURFACE ACTION) . 2P. . . . . . . . . . 32-11
target range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GM14 . . . . . . . . . 22-3
SU16 32-3
units make sonar range predictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS29 13-5
weapon safety range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS10 13-2
your range from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA18 33-3

READINESS
able to continue mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE10 30-2
aircraft alert state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV35 14-6
estimated time of readiness for steam/sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE50 30-6
degree of readiness to be assumed, general. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
degree of readiness to be assumed, particular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE20 30-4
ship’s readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE42 30-6
weapon alert state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE22 30-4

READY
aircraft/helicopters, ready to operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
ammunition ready for immediate use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE29 30-4
attack, ready to (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19
duty ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag R 2-5

Index-71 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

I am ready (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6G 30-7

keep a ready deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
ready (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BF 15-1
report time you will be ready (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BD 15-1
report when ready (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BE 15-1
report when ready to start exercise; diving for serial . . . . . . . . . . . . AS75 13-12
when ready (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL 15-1

REAR, take station in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION D 5-3

RECALL
aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
boat recall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Q 2-5
general recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag P 2-4
personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD27 11-4

RECEIVED
petroleum oil lubricant/water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS5 31-2
orders, envelopes, or hand messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD34 11-4
pre-H-hour transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM16 12-4

RECEIVER (See RADIO)

RECOGNITION, use means of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12

RECOMMEND (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BC 15-1

RECONNAISSANCE
provide scouting aircraft for reconnaissance of enemy. . . . . . . . . . . AV42 14-7
threat assessed is reconnaissance aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2

RECOVER (ED) (ING)

aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
aircraft, carry out flight operations independently to recover . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
aircraft/helicopters to recover, number of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
aircraft in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
anchor is recovered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
astern fueling rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS11 31-4
landing craft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM6 12-2
man overboard, proceed to recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
mine countermeasures equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW120 26-20
protective devices already streamed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8
sweep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW40 26-12
torpedoes (See TORPEDO)
towed arrays (See TOWED ARRAYS)
variable depth sonar transducer (See VARIABLE DEPTH SONAR)
speed, recovering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y SPEED 8-6
weather is suitable for recovering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

Index-72 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

RECOVERY
speed for impending recovery of aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F SPEED 8-5
take duty as mine recovery ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16

RECTANGLE, area is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA123 33-13

REDESIGNATE CONTACT (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D 32-9

RED THREAT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

REDUCE
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED R 8-4
tactical diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
(Art. 122) 1-13

RE-EMBARK (ING) (ATION)

causeways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2
commence re-embarkation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM2 12-1
troops are contaminated, re-embarking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM13 12-3

REFERENCE
attack sector with enemy as reference point . . . . . . . . .
SU27 . . . . . . . 32-4
data link reference point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NA18 . . . . . . . 27-3
harbor reference point for screen center . . . . . . . . . . . .
L SCREEN . . . . . . 9-7
point for contacts (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . 2A. . . . . . . . 32-9
point position (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B. . . . . . . . 32-9
point/position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NA22 . . . . . . . 27-3
(Art. 166a) 1-46
position XX for enemy report is OTC’s reference position . . . . . . . . . NA29 27-4
unit will pass through reference point at time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA31 27-4
units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 162) 1-43

REFORM the present screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN X 9-6

REFUELING, intend to conduct helicopter operations for . . . . . . . . . AV17 14-3

REFUSE
boat required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 2-9
disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD26 11-3

REGAIN POSITION in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA77 33-8

REINFORCEMENTS needed at beach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM14 12-3

REJOIN (ING)
estimated time of rejoining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4
patrol, rejoin your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA133 33-14
rejoin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8

Index-73 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

RELATIVE BEARINGS (AND DISTANCES)

alter course, screen units maintain relative bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN X 7-8
alter course, units maintain relative bearings and distances from
the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN J 7-5
attention is called to danger or emergency on relative bearing. . . . . . . EMERG 3-2
line guides form on relative bearing from the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM G 4-6
line guides resume previous relative bearings and distances from
the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM V 4-8
relative bearings and distances are to be preserved/resumed . . . . . . . TA11 33-2
ships form on relative bearings from the Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 4-4
ships resume previous relative bearings and distances from their
guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM U 4-8
take station on relative bearing from the Guide at standard distance . . . . . STATION 5-2

RELAY (ING)
act as relay ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4
expedite signals by relaying more promptly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM11 16-2

RELEASE (ED)
decoys (AAW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7N 10-4
decoys (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2U 32-12
submarine has released decoy (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1W 13-22

RELIEF REPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW131 26-27

REMAIN (ING)
all men remain on deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW2 26-1
ammunition remaining on board, rounds/percent of . . . . . . . . . . . . RE29 30-4
cease zigzagging, remain on course being steered . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN S 6-5
formation/disposition, remain in present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM Z 4-8
fuel remaining on board at noon, percent of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE40 30-5
getting underway, remain at notice for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED48 18-5
mine countermeasures equipment remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE35 30-5
night, remain during the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
patrol, remain on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA133 33-14
personnel remaining available for duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE3 30-1
position, remain in present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA78 33-8
safe depth, order submarine to remain at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
screening helicopters remain on station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN S 9-6
station, remain in present. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION U 5-5
swept channel, remain in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED37 18-5

RENDEZVOUS (See POSITION)

REPAIR (S)
act independently to repair damage or defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
completed, repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE34 30-5
effected, repairs can be. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE33 30-5
helicopter is down for repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV27 14-5

Index-74 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

REPEAT (ED)
attack by repeated attacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
exercise/event is to be repeated now. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
run is to be repeated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX8 21-2
search using previous search center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS101 13-16
surface-to-surface missile fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D 32-14
surface-to-surface missile fire, I have repeated (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . 3E 32-14
visual signals by radio, repeat all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM27 16-4

REPELLING, aim of action is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1

REPLENISH (MENT) (See also TRANSFER)

abeam method (ship indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag R 2-5
alter course when ordered by control ships, replenishment units . . . . . CORPEN N 7-6
alter speed when ordered by control ships, replenishment units . . . . . . SPEED L 8-2
clear all sides, using emergency breakaway procedure . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 6 3-5
control method for course and speed alterations for replenishment . . . . . . RS9 31-3
course for replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R CORPEN 7-10
disengaging (receiving ship) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP 2-9
estimated time of replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS12 31-4
helicopter transfer/vertical replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3102) 31-6
method at station, replenish by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
night replenishment, signals for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3103) 31-7
other signals relating to replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3101) 31-5
replenish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS7 31-2
sequence of replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS10 31-3
speed for replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R SPEED 8-6
take abeam station for replenishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4
intend to conduct helicopter operations for VERTREP . . . . . . . . . . . AV17 14-3
take vertical replenishment station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4
weather is suitable for replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

REPORT (ED) (ING)

action is completed, report when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BY 15-1
attack results (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3P 32-16
bathythermograph readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS24 13-4
buoy report (MCMR 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW126 26-24
channel, report when leaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW46 26-12
damage or what is wrong with you . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE16 30-3
diving for serial; report when ready to start exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . AS75 13-12
duty, proceed and report for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
duty, reporting for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD41 11-5
enemy (amplifying) report, make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN23 19-3
enemy reconnaissance has reported unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN25 19-4
enemy report, position XX for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA29 27-4
enemy report (standard position indicator), position for . . . . . . . . . . XX 35-1
enemy report, use position for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN24 19-3

Index-75 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

last reported contact with enemy or unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA24 33-3

make report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD39 11-5
MCM OPDEF (MCMR 13A, 13B, 42). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW129 26-25
MCM SITREP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW130 26-26
mine contact is to be reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW105 26-18
mine detection/explosion report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW128 26-25
minehunting task situation report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW111 26-19
minelaying report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW25 26-3
mines reported in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW12 26-2
officer report on board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD40 11-5
range to danbuoy on passing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW57 26-14
ready, report when (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BE 15-1
relief report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW131 26-27
routine reports, make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANS 2-8
smoke previously reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA149 33-16
start/stop time (MCMR 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW127 26-24
station, report when you are in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION R 5-5
target reporting (See TARGET)
time you will be ready, report (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BD 15-1
weather report, make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME9 25-1

REQUEST PERMISSION (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BH 15-1

REQUIRE (D)
assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
petroleum oil lubricant/water required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS4 31-2
tug for tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE43 30-6

RESCUE (D)
aircraft rescue patrols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7
crew of aircraft/ship sinking/sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA63 33-7
destroyer form astern of carrier by quickest means . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM L 4-7
number of occupants rescued from crashed aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . AV10 14-2
personnel, abandon/recover aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV8 14-2
require fire and rescue party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
send rescue and assistance detail/team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE17 30-3

RESUME (D)
act independently to clear shipping, resume station when clear . . . . . . TA92 33-9
base course (See BASE COURSE)
bearings and distances are to be resumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA11 33-2
break off ASW operation, maneuver, resume action (ASW ACTION) . . . 1Z 13-22
course together, resume previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN D 6-4
exercise/event is to be resumed now. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX3 21-1
flight operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV16 14-3
formation, resume previous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM W 4-8
patrolling (See PATROL)

Index-76 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

relative bearings and distances from the Guide, line guides resume
previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM V 4-8
relative bearings and distances from their guides, ships resume
previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM U 4-8
sector, resume previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN A 9-2
station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION E 5-3
surface-to-surface missile fire, I have resumed (SURFACE ACTION) . . . 3E 32-14
surface-to-surface missile fire, resume (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . 3D 32-14
tactical command (or I am resuming). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO14 17-3
tactical control (or I am resuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO15 17-3
zigzag (See ZIGZAG)

RETARDED, landing schedule is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM15 12-3

RETIRE (ING)
course after firing, retire on (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Y 32-6
fight a retiring action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3

RETRACT CAUSEWAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2

RETROGRADE, transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3

RETURN to your station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA133 33-14

REVERSE (ING)
form column in reverse order of sequence numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 2 4-2
order of ships in column in succession from the rear. . . . . . . . . . . . FORM F 4-6
stop ship by reversing engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED A 8-1

ROCKET
attacked with rockets, I am being. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
illuminate target/sector with rockets (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 4F 32-20
illuminating with rockets, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4G 32-20
sighted rocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
threat assessed is rocket-firing aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2

ROTATE AXIS to bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8

ROUND UP STRAGGLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA61 33-6

ROUTINE, ship out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PORT 2-10

RUDDER
my rudder is left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X TURN 6-7
use rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11

RULES OF ENGAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO17 17-3

Index-77 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

R
Signal Page

RUN
commence run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX1 21-1
commenced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW43 26-12
completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW44 26-12
degaussing runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag D 2-2
run is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX8 21-2
number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW45 26-12

S
SABOTEURS DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3

SAFE (TY)
buoy safe channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW32 26-4
follow at safe speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED U 8-4
identification safety range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA3 10-1
mine countermeasures speed over the ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q SPEED 8-6
order submarine to remain at safe depth/steer safety course . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
safety course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E CORPEN 7-9
safety sector(s) for friendly aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA4 10-1
shaft power available for ensuring safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6
steer safety course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN E 7-4
submarine safety course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS67 13-11
submarine safety, length of variable depth sonar cable for. . . . . . . . . AS66 13-11
weapon safety range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS10 13-2

SALUTE CEREMONIALLY, fire a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD10 11-2

SALVAGE PARTY, require . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2

SALVOS (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3F 32-14

SCATTER, all ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 0 3-5

SCENE OF ACTION COMMANDER

assume command as SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS20 13-3
CO2 17-1
command as SAC is held in unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
SAC is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS20 13-3
SAC’s intentions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS88 13-15

SCHEDULE (D)
commence the scheduled gunfire support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM22 22-3
hour can be met on schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM7 12-2
initial position for scheduled exercise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA21 27-3
landing schedule is advanced/retarded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM15 12-3

Index-78 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SCOUTING AIRCRAFT (See AIRCRAFT)

SCOUTING LINE
change direction of line of bearing of scouting line . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA136 33-14
distance between units on scouting line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA125 33-13
form scouting line on an arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA135 33-14
line of bearing of scouting line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA127 33-13
order of units in scouting line, commencing from the left . . . . . . . . . . TA128 33-13
scout on a line of bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA134 33-14

SCREEN (ED) (ING)

adjust station to close gap in screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN J 9-4
STATION I 5-3
ahead of main body/convoy/unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN N 9-5
bulge the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN W 9-6
bulged, screen is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W SCREEN 9-8
center is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREEN 9-7
change limits of screen sector assigned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN Q 9-5
coordinator (See SCREEN COORDINATOR)
departure screen, form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN D 9-2
departure screen is screen formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D SCREEN 9-7
entry screen, form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN E 9-2
entry screen is screen formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E SCREEN 9-7
form screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN H 9-4
formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SCREEN 9-7
instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 900) 9-1
main body/convoy/unit is screened in sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B SCREEN 9-7
number of assigned screen sectors or stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N SCREEN 9-8
number of helicopters/ships assigned to screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SCREEN 9-8
patrolling in the screen (See PATROL)
picket stations (See PICKET)
proceed to side of screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
reform the present screen in sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN X 9-6
screening helicopters proceed to/remain in station. . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN S 9-6
sector screen is formed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K SCREEN 9-7
sector screen using screen center, form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN K 9-4
sequence of screen units clockwise from mean line of advance . . . . . . J SCREEN 9-7
shift boundaries of screen sector assigned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN P 9-5
ships carry out independent zigzag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN H 6-4
ships close to distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 8 3-5
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A SPEED 8-5
take screen sector or station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN O 9-5
take screen station while unit is absent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN L 9-4
unit is screened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SCREEN 9-7
unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN I 9-4

Index-79 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SCREEN COMMANDER
assume command as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
authority to dispatch surface action group/search attack unit is
delegated to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO7 17-2
command as, is held in unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1

SCREW COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS38 13-8

SCUTTLE SHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA48 33-5

SEA
operate in sea echelon area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM11 12-3
sea state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME4 25-1

SEARCH (ED)
aircraft search (air plan number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS96 13-16
alter the direction of the search to course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN S 7-8
assume radar guard duty as air/surface search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA1 29-1
ASW search plan (See PLAN)
cease passive search and commence active search. . . . . . . . . . . . AS22 13-4
channel/area has been searched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4
continue search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS84 13-14
TA133 33-14
direction of search axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P FORM 4-10
establish search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA124 33-13
intercepting search, carry out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS99 13-16
mine countermeasures sonar search procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW121 26-20
minehunting ship is to search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW110 26-19
object of search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA138 33-14
point of origin of search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA28 33-3
position on which a search is based (standard position indicator) . . . . . XX 35-1
repeat search using previous search center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS101 13-16
rotate search axis to bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM P 4-8
search attack unit (See SEARCH ATTACK UNIT)
search center location at zero time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS102 13-16
sonar search, conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS93 13-15
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O SPEED 8-6
stop machinery for passive search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS53 13-10
submarine at datum, search for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS92 13-15
submarine indications on search receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7

SEARCH ATTACK UNIT

assume command as SAU commander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS18 13-3
CO2 17-1
authority to dispatch SAU is delegated to screen commander . . . . . . . CO7 17-2
command as SAU commander is held in unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
designate and dispatch SAU to investigate contact . . . . . . . . . . . . AS14 13-3

Index-80 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

form SAU and investigate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS19 13-3

SAU commander is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS18 13-3
SAU commander’s intentions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS88 13-15
terminate SAU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS17 13-3

SEARCH LIGHT (S)

carry out trials or tests of search lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
emphasize actions by use of search light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA49 33-6
illuminate target/sector with search light (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . 4F 32-20
illuminate with search light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA120 33-12
illuminating with search light, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 4G 32-20
sighted glare of search light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
turn on search light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA38 33-5

SEARCH TURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN S 7-8

SECTOR
area is sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA123 33-13
attack in sector (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G 32-5
change limits of screen sector assigned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN Q 9-5
contaminated, radioactivity probably exists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB1 28-1
departure screen, form sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN D 9-2
entry screen, form sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN E 9-2
formed by sector method, main body is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z FORM 4-10
helicopters random dip in sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS87 13-15
method of attack (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9H 32-5
number of assigned screen sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N SCREEN 9-8
proceed to attack sectors (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F 32-5
proceed to your attack (torpedo) sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU31 32-4
reform the present screen in sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN X 9-6
resume previous sector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN A 9-2
safety sector(s) for friendly aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA4 10-1
screened in sector, main body/convoy/unit is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B SCREEN 9-7
screen formed is sector screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SCREEN 9-7
screen, form sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN H 9-4
screen is formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K SCREEN 9-7
screen using screen center, form sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN K 9-4
shift boundaries of screen sector assigned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN P 9-5
standard sector system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 168) 1-47
stationed by sector method, main body is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V STATION 5-8
stationed by sector method, main body is to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION K 5-4
take screen sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN O 9-5
take station in sectors (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1T 13-22
take station within your sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN M 9-5
threat sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA6 10-2
withdraw pickets from sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA66 33-7
your sector for attack (torpedo) will be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU27 32-4

Index-81 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SECURE (D)
anchor is secured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
alongside me/berth/unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED28 18-4
anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED18 18-3
buoys, secure to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED29 18-4
visual watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM3 16-1

SEDUCTION
antiship missile defense course for seduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M TURN 6-6
fire chaff for seduction (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2T 32-12
main body alter course for employment of chaff for seduction . . . . . . . TURN M 6-4

SEEKER SETTINGS
I am using seeker settings (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3S 32-16
use seeker settings (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3R 32-16

SEMAPHORE
establish communications by semaphore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
message to transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag J 2-4
use semaphore method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
use semaphore only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM39 16-5

SEPARATION, track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW48 26-12

SEQUENCE
anchor in present sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
assume sequence number and take station accordingly . . . . . . . . . . STATION F 5-3
form in order of sequence numbers/in the quickest sequence (See FORM)
hoist your sequence number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION V 5-5
replenishment sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS10 31-3
scouting line order by sequence numbers, commencing from the left . . . TA128 33-13
numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 113) 1-8
numbers are in order of call signs following . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S FORM 4-10
screen units clockwise from mean line of advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . J SCREEN 9-7
spread on an arc in the quickest sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA141 33-15
track sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW48 26-12
units clockwise from station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J STATION 5-7
units from left to right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I STATION 5-7

SERVICE LINES, take interval between . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA15 33-2

SET
all controlled minefields are set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW15 26-2
ASW weapon to depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS8 13-2
echo sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10
sweep depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW90 26-17
watch (See WATCH)

Index-82 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SHADOW (ING)
enemy is shadowing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN29 19-4
opponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA1 23-1

SHAFT POWER available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6

SHEER OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA105 33-11

SHIFT
berth to berth/buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED31 18-4
boundaries of screen sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN P 9-5
fire (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4L 32-20
frequency on circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM8 16-2
to frequencies in communication plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM10 16-2

SHIP (PING)
act independently to clear shipping, resume station when clear . . . . . . TA92 33-9
adjust station to admit ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION I 5-3
all ships scatter and move out at maximum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 0 3-5
anchor/moored, ship is at. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED7 18-2
attack by surface ship (See SURFACE ATTACK)
close up, leaving places vacant/without regard for ships out of formation . . . TA95 33-10
collision, ship has been in a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG D 3-2
company, ships in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA29 33-3
contaminated by fallout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE9 30-2
contaminated by radioactivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB2 28-1
damaged ship, assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA53 33-6
damaged, ship is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
darken ship (show no light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA36 33-4
detail a ship to act as/carry out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA57 33-6
enemy ships sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN27 19-4
fire on board, ship has a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG P 3-3
RE12 30-3
flooding, ship is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE18 30-3
goalkeeping station, ship take . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION H 5-3
head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED12 18-3
head (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6C 30-7
investigate suspicious ship/ship without lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
join/rejoin as leading/rear ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8
maneuver your unit to avoid shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA101 33-10
number of ships assigned to screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SCREEN 9-8
number of ships in enemy formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN21 19-3
pass ships unable to keep station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA103 33-10
readiness of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE42 30-6
relay ship, act as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4
rescue crew of ship sinking/sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA63 33-7
scuttle ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA48 33-5
sighted ships without lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
station, ships maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION P 5-5

Index-83 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

stations, ships exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION J 5-4

submarine is under ship (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X 13-22
take station and become Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION G 5-3
tow ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE43 30-6

SHORE THREAT WARNING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

SHORT SCOPE BUOY, let go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW52 26-13

SHORT STAY
anchor is at short stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
shorten in to short stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED13 18-3

SHOT
angle (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9N 32-6
fall of shot (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4S 32-21
fire a warning shot across contact’s bow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU8 32-2
verify fall of shot using standard procedure (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 4R 32-21

SHOW (ING)
no light (or only lights) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA36 33-4
speed flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED K 8-2
you have a light showing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA37 33-5

SIDE, SUBMARINE is close to my (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X 13-22

SIGHT (ED) (ING)

aircraft presumed hostile sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG A 3-2
enemy missile sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG G 3-2
enemy surface craft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG E 3-2
fog in sight in direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME3 25-1
friendly force/unit sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA26 33-3
hazard (iceberg/reefs/rocks/shoals) sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
man overboard has been sighted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA46 33-5
mine sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW116 26-19
mine sighted ahead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG M 3-3
object sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
sighting is submarine or small battle unit approaching harbor . . . . . . . AS110 13-18
submarine indications by sighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
submarine sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG S 3-4
submarine signal sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS68 13-11
submarine’s position was obtained by sighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
survivors sighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW88 26-17
torpedoes are in sight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU35 32-4
torpedo sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG T 3-4
unidentified aircraft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG B 3-2
unidentified surface craft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG E 3-2

Index-84 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SIGNAL (S) (ING)

acknowledging (See ACKNOWLEDGED)
ATP 2, Vol. II, signals taken from. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4th 2-11
adjust station to facilitate signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION I 5-3
affirmative reply to signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag C 2-2
answering (See ANSWER)
canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9. . . . NEGAT
description signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9. . . . (Art. 114)
detail a ship to carry out signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-6. . . . TA57
emergency landing signals (aircraft use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14-1. . . . (Art. 1400)
execute all signals flying under a similar call . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8. . . . EMERG
3-1
expedite signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM11 16-2
fast patrol boat maneuvering signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3209) 32-23
fire explosive signal charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS63 13-11
EX5 21-1
flag signals for submarine and antisubmarine exercises . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1306b) 13-12
general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2nd 2-11
general information and action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3rd 2-11
helicopter transfer/vertical replenishment signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3102) 31-6
International Code of Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 117) 1-10
International Code of Signals, group following from . . . . . . . . . . . . CODE 2-8
leadthrough signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 2604) 26-5
meaning, signals with more than one. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 104) 1-4
meaning, signals with no . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 105) 1-5
night replenishment signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3103) 31-7
not understood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT 2-9
operating signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 116) 1-9
originator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1st 2-11
permission granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag C 2-2
permission not granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEGAT 2-9
position signal is based on system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA28 27-4
publication, following signals taken from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM15 16-3
publication used for following signals, groups from. . . . . . . . . . . . . CM13 16-3
sound fog signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA10 27-1
submarine pyrotechnic signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1306c) 13-13
supplementing signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 110) 1-6
surface action group signal table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3210) 32-25
time signal (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BT 15-1
(Art. 164e) 1-44
(Art. 164g) 1-44
torpedo firing signal, special day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3207) 32-7
torpedo firing signals, special night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3206) 32-7
use and interpretation of signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 103) 1-3
visual signals (See VISUAL)

Index-85 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SILENCE
break silence/transmit on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW1 20-1
lifted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW2 20-1
maintain complete and continuous silence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW7 20-1
sonar emission equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10

SIMULATE ATTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA7 33-2

SIMULTANEOUS ATTACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1

SINGLE flags and pennants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 200) 2-1

SINGLE SIDEBAND
establish communications by single sideband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
use single sideband method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

SIREN
emphasize actions by use of siren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA49 33-6
test sirens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2

SLIP (PED)
anchor is slipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED1 18-1
sweep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW69 26-15
MW88 26-17
take duty as slip ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16

SMALL BATTLE UNIT

detection/sighting is small battle unit approaching harbor . . . . . . . . . AS110 13-18
enemy small battle unit detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3

SMOKE
attack under smoke screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
carry out trials or tests of smoke-making equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
cover withdrawal by smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM19 12-4
drop smoke floats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA147 33-15
investigate smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
make smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA148 33-15
sighted smoke/smoke bomb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
smoke previously reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA149 33-16

SNORT
come to snort depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS70 13-12
investigate snort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
leave present assignment to investigate snort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
radar contact is believed to be snort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
snort sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG S 3-4
submerge to snort depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS69 13-12

Index-86 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SONAR
active sonar contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1L 13-20
aircraft holds contact on active/passive sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
condition of helicopter/hull sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS48 13-9
contact held by unit on sonar (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2K 32-11
contact is (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1R 13-21
contact (quality) (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1U 13-22
detection may be submarine or small battle unit approaching harbor . . . . . AS110 13-18
establish communications by sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
frequency of sonar equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS50 13-9
friendly sonar emissions intercepted, unauthorized . . . . . . . . . . . . EW27 20-4
I have sonar contact (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1R 13-21
I have sonar contact with enemy or unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
investigate sonar contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
investigate sonar contact, leave present assignment to . . . . . . . . . . AS15 13-3
investigating unclassified sonar contact bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
lost sonar contact, I have (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
maximum/optimum sonar speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P SPEED 8-6
method, use sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
mine countermeasures sonar search procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW121 26-20
mode of sonar operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS60 13-10
operate sonar in active/passive mode (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . 1Q 13-21
operation of sonar emission equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
passive sonar contact (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J 13-20
predicted sonar ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS27 13-5
predicted submarine intercept range of sonars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS23 13-4
proceed at maximum/optimum sonar speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED P 8-4
range predictions, units make sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS29 13-5
recognition, use sonar means of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12
relay ship, act as sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4
search, conduct sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS93 13-15
silence all sonar emission equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
submarine has released sonar echo decoy (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . 1W 13-22
submarine indications by sonar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
submarine’s position was obtained by sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
tactical sonar range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS28 13-5
towed arrays (See TOWED ARRAYS)
unable to operate sonar effectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS57 13-10
variable depth sonar domes/transducers (See VARIABLE DEPTH
SONAR)
watch, set sonar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10
weather is suitable for sonar operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

SONOBUOY
detection may be submarine or small battle unit approaching harbor . . . AS110 13-18
holding sonobuoy contact bearing (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1F 13-19

Index-87 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

in contact/not in contact or operating/not operating effectively . . . . . . . AS39 13-8

investigating unclassified sonobuoy contact bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
keep clear of sonobuoy field (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS90 13-15
position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS91 13-15
submarine indications by sonobuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
submarine’s position was obtained by sonobuoy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8

SOUND
fog signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA10 27-1
your visual call sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM38 16-5

SOUNDING depth of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM5 12-2

SPACE THREAT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

SPACING
circle spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
track spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA143 33-15

SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 167) 1-47

aircraft launch and recovery speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F SPEED 8-5
base speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B SPEED 8-5
best speed, proceed at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED B 8-1
carry out frequent speed changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED F 8-1
cavitation speed (See CAVITATION)
changing speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D SPEED 8-5
contact course and speed (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2J 32-10
convoy speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z SPEED 8-6
current, direction and speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA6 27-1
decrease speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED D 8-1
drift speed and direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6B 30-7
economical speed of ship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V SPEED 8-6
economical speed, proceed at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED O 8-4
enemy speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E SPEED 8-5
flag indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 802) 8-7
flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 125) 1-17
flags, show speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED K 8-2
follow OTC’s movements in altering course and speed . . . . . . . . . . TA98 33-10
forecast EDW, direction and speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB8 28-1
fuel will last at present speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J SPEED 8-5
Guide’s speed (See GUIDE)
increase speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED I 8-2
maintain speed, proceed clear of submarine and . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11
maneuvering, speeds while. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 124) 1-16
maximum speed (See MAXIMUM SPEED)
my LOGSPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SPEED 8-5
my speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SPEED 8-6

Index-88 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

normal speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N SPEED 8-6

normal speed, proceed at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED N 8-4
operational speed (See OPERATIONAL)
proceed at speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED H 8-2
reduce speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED R 8-4
remain at present speed during the night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA109 33-11
replenishment speed (See REPLENISH)
safe mine countermeasures speed over the ground . . . . . . . . . . . . Q SPEED 8-6
safe speed, follow at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED U 8-4
screen speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A SPEED 8-5
search speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O SPEED 8-6
set torpedo for speed (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P 32-6
shaft power available for maximum/indicated speed . . . . . . . . . . . . RE47 30-6
sonar speed, maximum/optimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P SPEED 8-6
sonar speed, proceed at maximum/optimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED P 8-4
speed in excess of, not required until. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U SPEED 8-6
stop (See STOP)
streaming speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y SPEED 8-6
streaming speed and stream sweep, proceed at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED Y 8-4
submarine’s limiting courses and speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS94 13-15
submarine’s speed (location) (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P 13-21
target speed across (See TORPEDO)
use turn count masking/differentiate propeller revolutions . . . . . . . . . SPEED T 8-4
water (towing), speed through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6U 30-9
what is your speed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT SPEED 8-1
wind speed and direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME10 25-1
zigzag speed (See ZIGZAG)

SPLASH CAUSEWAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM4 12-2

SPLICE THE MAIN BRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD28 11-4

SPLIT FIRE DISTRIBUTION (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4J 32-20

SPREAD
arc in order of ships, spread on an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA140 33-15
arc in the quickest sequence, spread on an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA141 33-15
awnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD22 11-3
fire starshell search spread (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4H 32-20
line of bearing, spread on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA139 33-15
method of attack (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9H 32-5
sweep, spread of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW72 26-16

STAND BY FOR
ASW weapon firing (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1D 13-19
nuclear attack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS4 13-1

Index-89 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

STANDARD
distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
(Art. 121) 1-13
position for search or enemy report (standard position indicator) . . . . . XX 35-1
position indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 165c) 1-46
tactical diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
(Art. 122) 1-13
tactical rudder, use standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA104 33-11
take standard distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA12 33-2

STANDBY STATION, take . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4

STANDING INTO DANGER, you are. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG U 3-4

STAND-OFF RANGE, emergency/operational (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . 1O 13-21

STARSHELL
fire starshell search spread (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4H 32-20
illuminate target/sector with starshell (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . 4F 32-20
illuminate with starshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA120 33-12
illuminating with starshell, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . 4G 32-20
sighted starshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

START/STOP TIME (MCMR 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW127 26-24

STATION (ING)
act independently to clear shipping, resume station when clear . . . . . . TA92 33-9
adjust station (See ADJUST STATION)
aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AV28 . . . 14-5
air defense, take loose station on carrier for . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATION W . . 5-5
approach disposition area, take station in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATION Z . . 5-6
assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATION S . . 5-5
assume sequence number and take station accordingly . . . . . . . .
STATION F . . 5-3
center of beach, take station on bearing and distance from . . . . .
AM12 . . . 12-3
diving station, take submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AS71 . . . 13-12
forward observer station (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . .3Y . . . . 32-17
Guide or unit ahead at standard distance, take station from . . . . . .
STATION A . . 5-3
Guide or unit astern at standard distance, take station from . . . . . .
STATION B . . 5-3
hoist your station number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATION V . . 5-5
(Art. 127) 1-17
instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 500) 5-1
main body stationing (See MAIN BODY)
maintain minesweeping station astern of float of next ahead . . . . . . . STATION O 5-5
mine countermeasures ships open from the Guide and take station . . . . STATION N 5-5
my station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M STATION 5-7
outer limit of area in approach disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION Y 5-6
pass ships unable to keep station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA103 33-10

Index-90 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

patrolling stations (See PATROL)

picket stationing (See PICKET)
proceed to station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9
proceeding to station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESIG 2-8
purpose, take station for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION X 5-6
radius of station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U STATION 5-8
rear, take station in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION D 5-3
remain in your present station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION U 5-5
replenishment/transfer, take station for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4
report when you are in station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION R 5-5
resume station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION E 5-3
return to your station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA133 33-14
screen stations (See SCREEN)
sector, take station within your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN M 9-5
sequence of units (See SEQUENCE)
ship take goalkeeping station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION H 5-3
ship take station and become Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION G 5-3
ships exchange stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION J 5-4
ships maintain station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION P 5-5
station keeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 128) 1-18
stationing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 126) 1-17
stationing speed (See SPEED)
surfacing station, take submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS72 13-12
take proper or assigned station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 2-10
5-2
take station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 5-3
take station (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1T 13-22
take station on circle and bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION 5-2
take station on true/relative bearing at standard distance . . . . . . . . . STATION 5-2
target reporting unit reporting from station (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 3I 32-14
target reporting unit take station and report (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 3H 32-14
unable to keep station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B STATION 5-7
unassigned station numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T STATION 5-8
unit is in station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A STATION 5-7
unit’s station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M STATION 5-7
van, take station in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION C 5-3
what is your station? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT STATION 5-2

STEAM (ING)
estimated time of being at new notice for steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE50 30-6
extend duration of course and speed now steaming . . . . . . . . . . . . NA25 27-3

STEER (ING)
boat signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 8 2-7
carry out trials and tests of steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN A 7-4
Guide steer course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN P 7-8
order submarine to steer course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
safety course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN E 7-4

Index-91 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

STEERAGEWAY, proceed at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED V 8-4

STOP
engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4 . . . . SPEED S
Guide is to stop engines, other ships maintain station . . . . . . .
8-1 . . . . SPEED 0
machinery for passive search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-10 . . . . AS53
present task and proceed to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26-28 . . . . MW134
proceed clear of submarine, stop engines, and tap hull . . . . . .
13-11 . . . . AS65
ship by reversing engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1 . . . . SPEED A
start/stop time (MCMR 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26-24 . . . . MW127
stop (towing). The way is off my ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30-8 . . . . 6L
turn and steady on course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8 . . . . CORPEN
6-2
7-4
turn and steady on course indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN C 7-4
your engines (towing). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6I 30-7

STORES
close for transfer of stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
send boat for stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1
transfer stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3

STORM
ship is damaged by storm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME6 25-1

STRAGGLERS, escort/round up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA61 33-6

STREAM (ING)
astern fueling rig (See ASTERN FUELING)
fog buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA10 27-1
mechanical sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW80 26-17
proceed at streaming speed and stream sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED Y 8-4
protective devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8
streaming speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y SPEED 8-6
sweep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW40 26-12
target sled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2
towed arrays (See TOWED ARRAYS)

SUBDIVISIONS, form (See FORM)

SUBMARINE
aircraft has indicated contact with submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS31 13-6
aspect of submarine (ASW ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1K 13-20
attack by submarine (See SUBMARINE ATTACK)
close astern/to my side or under me/ship (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 1X 13-22
contact, I have CERTSUB/PROBSUB/POSSUB
sonar (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1R 13-21

Index-92 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

contact is CERTSUB/PROBSUB/POSSUB, consider your present

(ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S 13-21
contact, I have PROBSUB/POSSUB submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG R 3-4
decoy, submarine has released (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1W 13-22
depth of submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS33 13-6
detection may be submarine approaching harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS110 13-18
diving course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS73 13-12
diving station, take submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS71 13-12
enemy miniature submarines detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3
enemy submarine has reported this force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN25 19-4
enemy submarine is laying mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN8 19-2
enemy submarine is marking unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN30 19-4
enemy submarine is shadowing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN29 19-4
enemy submarines are believed to be in vicinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS77 13-13
hold down enemy submarine following force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS3 13-1
indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS35 13-7
investigating unclassified contact which may be a submarine, I am . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
limiting courses and speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS94 13-15
location (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P 13-21
movement of submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS36 13-7
object of search is submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
order submarine to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
position was obtained by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
predicted submarine intercept range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS23 13-4
proceed clear of submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11
proceed with caution; submarines are exercising in area . . . . . . . . . CODE NE2 13-12
pyrotechnic signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 1306c) 13-13
radar contact is believed to be submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
safety course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS67 13-11
search for submarine at datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS92 13-15
sighted submarine bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG S 3-4
sighted submarine signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS68 13-11
sighted unidentified submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
surfacing station, take submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS72 13-12
suspect submarine has fired torpedo; keep clear and take
countermeasures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS44 13-8
turn on submarine identification light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA38 33-5
underwater communications with submarine (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . 1N 13-20
unit responsible for surfacing submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS74 13-12
variable depth sonar cable length for submarine safety . . . . . . . . . . AS66 13-11

SUBMARINE ATTACK
expected now, submarine attack may be. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
maneuver independently to avoid submarine attack . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
screen unit against submarine attack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN I 9-4
support unit against submarine attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA64 33-7
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
unit screened against submarine attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SCREEN 9-7

Index-93 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SUBMERGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS69 13-12

SUBSTITUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 161) 1-42

SUCCESSION
anchor in succession from the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED2 18-1
reverse the order of ships in column in succession from the rear . . . . . FORM F 4-6
tracks are to be swept in succession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW48 26-12
turn in succession and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9W 32-6

SUNK
enemy ships have been sunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN27 19-4
friendly unit sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE14 30-3
rescue crew of aircraft/ship sinking/sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA63 33-7
torpedoes have sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU35 32-4

SUPERHEATERS, light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE46 30-6

SUPPLIED, petroleum oil lubricant/water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS5 31-2

SUPPORT
carry out ASW support method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS105 13-18
unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO13 17-2
TA64 33-7

SURFACE (ING)
action group (See SURFACE ACTION GROUP)
aim of action against enemy surface forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU2 32-1
attack by surface unit (See SURFACE ATTACK)
NOT RELEASABLE
do not commence surface fire until identity is established . . . . . . . . . SU1 32-1
enemy formation appears to be surface action group . . . . . . . . . . . EN20 19-3
enemy high-speed surface craft detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3
enemy surface craft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG E 3-2
enemy surface unit has reported unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN25 19-4
enemy surface unit is laying mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN8 19-2
enemy surface unit is marking unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN30 19-4
enemy surface unit is shadowing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN29 19-4
fight a surface action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3
order submarine to surface (come to depth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS64 13-11
radar contact is believed to be surface craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA4 29-1
surface action plan is based on keeping our forces in position. . . . . . . SU23 32-3
surface craft detected bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG J 3-3
take submarine surfacing station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS72 13-12
unidentified surface craft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG E 3-2
unit responsible for surfacing submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS74 13-12

Index-94 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

SURFACE ACTION GROUP

assume command as SAG commander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 17-1
SU10 32-2
authority to dispatch SAG is delegated to screen commander . . . . . . . CO7 17-2
command as SAG commander is held in unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
form SAG and clear the force to investigate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU11 32-2
signal table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3210) 32-25

SURFACE ATTACK
maneuver independently to avoid surface attack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
screen unit against surface attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN I 9-4
support unit against surface attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA64 33-7
surface attack may be expected now. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
unit is screened against surface attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SCREEN 9-7

SURFACE WAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM20 12-4

SURFACE WIND (See WIND)

SURVIVORS
object of search is survivors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
sighted survivors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

SUSPEND (ED)
boating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD6 11-2
flight operations suspended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4

SUSPICIOUS
electronic emissions indicating an immediate threat . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG I 3-3
identity suspicious unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA117 33-12

SWEEP (ING)
acoustic sweep while hunting, ships conduct continuous . . . . . . . . . MW107 26-19
actuation width for sweep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW91 26-17
adjust sweep or stream/veer/recover sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW40 26-12
armed with cutters, sweeps are to be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW66 26-15
calibrate otters for deep/normal sweeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW67 26-15
clear sweep, haul out of formation and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW82 26-17
cut sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW69 26-15
de-energize sweeps when passing, ships are to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW84 26-17
depth is to be set/adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW90 26-17
energize/de-energize sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW74 26-16
fire explosive sweep salvoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW75 26-16
mechanical sweep order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW80 26-17
obstruction is being dragged in sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW82 26-17
overlap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW83 26-17
proceed at streaming speed and stream sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED Y 8-4

Index-95 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

S
Signal Page

set echo sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10

ship, sweep with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW89 26-17
sight sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW88 26-17
slip sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW69 26-15
sweeping speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y SPEED 8-6
turned by sweep wire, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW93 26-18
width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA142 33-15

SWEPT
adjust gear to give swept depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW71 26-16
area is swept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW34 26-4
area to be swept/extend area to be swept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW30 26-4
channel (See CHANNEL)
mine swept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW116 26-19
path of formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW92 26-18
tracks are to be swept in succession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW48 26-12

SYNCHRONIZE
watches/zigzag clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA35 27-5
time of hitting (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9T 32-6

T
TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 118) 1-10

TACTICAL SONAR RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS28 13-5

TAP HULL; proceed clear of submarine, stop engines, and . . . . . . . . AS65 13-11

TAKE
action (aircraft operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV28 14-5
action from table (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BV 15-1
charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO16 17-3
detach and take position to intercept contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS21 13-4
distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA12 33-2
individual avoiding action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG 1 3-5
interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA15 33-2
officer take charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO8 17-2
screen sector, station, or patrol line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN O 9-5
station (See STATION)
target in tow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2
torpedo countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS43 13-8

TARGET
abandon/pick up/stream/tow/transfer/veer target. . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2
able to track targets intermittently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW20 20-3
aircraft target patrols, establish and maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV41 14-7

Index-96 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

T
Signal Page

cease fire on target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4C 32-19

ceased firing or target, I have (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4E 32-19
challenge and identify target, operate IFF/SIF to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA6 29-1
concentrate fire on target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2O 32-11
conducting over-the-horizon attack on target, I am (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C . . . . . 32-13
conduct over-the-horizon attack on target (SURFACE ACTION) 3B . . . . . 32-13
destroyed/obscured/range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM14 . . . . . 22-3
engage target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B . . . . . 32-19
2N 32-11
engage target, when ordered, with missiles (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . 3F 32-14
engage target with over-the-horizon antisurface ship missile,
prepare to (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A 32-13
engaging target, I am (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4D 32-19
fire at targets of opportunity/fast patrol boat targets (SURFACE
ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4K 32-20
fire on target (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4M 32-20
frequent target report (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3N 32-15
frequent target reporting, cease (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . 3O 32-15
NOT RELEASABLE
NOT RELEASABLE
gunfire support, target for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM24 22-3
illuminate target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4F 32-20
lost contact with target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
maximum range, target within (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P 32-11
opened fire, target has (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Q 32-12
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU16 32-3
shift fire to target or right/left of target (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . 4L 32-20
spot and pass report/ready to observe; target identified, able to . . . . . . . GM14 22-3
surface-to-surface missile fire on target (order) (SURFACE ACTION) . . . 3D 32-14
surface-to-surface missile fire on target (status) (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . 3E 32-14
target reporting unit reporting from position (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 3I 32-14
target reporting unit take station and report (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . 3H 32-14
time on target, estimated time of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4
tracking targets, no difficulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW20 20-3
track target and be prepared to engage (SURFACE ACTION). . . . . . . 4N 32-21
unable to lock on/track target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW20 20-3

TASK
cease/resume now, all tasks are to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW133 26-27
cycle to be used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW132 26-27
minehunting task allocation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW110 26-19
minehunting task situation report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW111 26-19
order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW125 26-21
stop present task and proceed to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW134 26-28
turn on task lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA38 33-5

TASK ORGANIZATION, assume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO10 17-2

Index-97 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

T
Signal Page

THREAT
assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2
OPINTEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA8 10-2
sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA6 10-2
suspicious electronic emissions indicating an immediate threat . . . . . . EMERG I 3-3
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

THROW-OFF COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T CORPEN 7-10

TIGHT
AAW weapons tight (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7T 10-4
ASW weapons tight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS9 13-2

TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 164) 1-43

arrival/commencement/completion/departure/rejoining/time on
target, estimated time of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA34 27-4
be in position at time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA68 33-7
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 164c) 1-44
COMEX time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS76 13-12
firing, time of (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9D 32-5
hour is at time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM7 12-2
indicator flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag T 2-5
(Art. 164c) 1-44
indicator (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BT 15-1
(Art. 164e) 1-44
(Art. 164g) 1-44
notice (hour) for getting underway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE49 30-6
readiness/steam, estimated time of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE50 30-6
replenishment, estimated time of commencing/completing . . . . . . . . RS12 31-4
report time you will be ready (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BD 15-1
synchronize time of hitting (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9T 32-6
wind, time into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV29 14-5
zero time indicated by execution of signal/hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA36 27-5
zone indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 164h) 1-45
zone time, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA37 27-5

TORPEDO
attack by torpedo (See TORPEDO ATTACK)
base torpedo course (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L 32-5
chase and recover torpedoes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU35 32-4
close enemy to disguise moment of firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . 9I 32-5
close range to effective/maximum torpedo range . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU4 32-1
close target by steady bearings (TORPEDO ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . 9Z 32-6
deflection angle (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9R 32-6
destroyers with/without torpedoes concentrate on unit . . . . . . . . . . . TA69 33-7
detected/sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG T 3-4
fired by ships of my unit, torpedoes have just been . . . . . . . . . . . . SU29 32-4

Index-98 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

T
Signal Page

fire torpedoes (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A 32-5

maneuvering to unmask torpedo tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU9 32-2
mean torpedo course (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9M 32-5
misfire bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS12 13-2
object of search is torpedo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
open range to maximum torpedo range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU7 32-2
operate torpedo detection equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS43 13-8
point of aim for firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9J 32-5
recovered/in sight bearing/have sunk, torpedoes are to be . . . . . . . . SU35 32-4
recovered/number recovered, torpedoes have been . . . . . . . . . . . . SU33 32-4
retire on course after firing (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Y 32-6
set torpedoes to ceiling/floor/initial search depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS7 13-2
set torpedoes to run at depth (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9O 32-6
set torpedoes for speed (TORPEDO ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P 32-6
ship is damaged by torpedoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3
shot angle (TORPEDO ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9N 32-6
special day torpedo firing signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3207) 32-7
special night torpedo firing signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3206) 32-7
stream/launch torpedo decoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS42 13-8
strike target at, torpedo will (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9U 32-6
suspect submarine has fired torpedo; keep clear and take
countermeasures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS44 13-8
synchronize time of hitting (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9T 32-6
take torpedo countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS43 13-8
target speed across (TORPEDO ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Q 32-6
target speed across/deflection angle, use individual settings for
(TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9S 32-6
threat assessed is torpedo bombers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA5 10-2
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5
time of firing (TORPEDO ACTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9D 32-5
turn as required and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9V 32-6
turn in succession and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9W 32-6
turn together and fire (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9X 32-6
weather is suitable for recovering torpedoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

TORPEDO ATTACK
attack by torpedo may be expected now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA22 33-3
attacked with torpedoes, I am being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA3 33-1
attack in sector (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G 32-5
attack with torpedoes (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9C 32-5
maneuver independently to avoid torpedo attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA93 33-9
method of attack (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9H 32-5
plan, use attack (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E 32-5
proceed to attack sectors (TORPEDO ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F 32-5
proceed to most advantageous torpedo attack position . . . . . . . . . . SU30 32-4
screened against torpedo attack, unit is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I SCREEN 9-7
screen unit against torpedo attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN I 9-4
submarine’s position was obtained by torpedo attack . . . . . . . . . . . AS37 13-8
support unit against torpedo attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA64 33-7

Index-99 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

T
Signal Page

TOW (ING)
approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6F 30-7
commencing/ready to commence tow, I am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6S 30-9
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6W 30-9
me/unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6A 30-7
require towing assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE7 30-2
take target in tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2
tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE43 30-6
towing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag 6 2-7
weather is suitable for towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16
will take you under tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6E 30-7

TOWED ARRAYS
act independently to launch/recover towed arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
carry out towed array barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS106 13-18
condition of towed arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS48 13-9
stream/recover towed arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS59 13-10
streaming/recovering towed acoustic devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag V 2-6

TRACK (ING)
assume tracking/boarding responsibility for contact . . . . . . . . . . . . IN8 24-2
conduct minehunting on track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW114 26-19
course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L CORPEN 7-9
investigate track, be prepared to illuminate and engage . . . . . . . . . . SU12 32-2
leave present assignment and investigate track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS16 13-3
passing in the track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW84 26-17
sequence/separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW48 26-12
spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA143 33-15
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW47 26-12
target and be prepared to engage (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . 4N 32-21

TRANSFER (ING) (See also REPLENISH)

abeam method (ship indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag R 2-5
close for transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS1 31-1
helicopter operations for transfer, intend to conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . AV17 14-3
helicopter transfer/vertical replenishment signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 3102) 31-6
mail or other light material for transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS3 31-1
method at station, transfer by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
pre-H-hour transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM16 12-4
provide transfer rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS6 31-2
take abeam station for transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION L 5-4
target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2
tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE43 30-6
transferring fuel, explosives, or inflammable material . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2
weather is suitable for highline/small boat transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16

TRANSMIT
break silence/transmit on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW1 20-1
semaphore message to transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag J 2-4
variable depth sonar transducer at depth, transmit on . . . . . . . . . . . AS54 13-10

Index-100 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

T
Signal Page

TRANSMITTER (See RADIO)

TRANSPORT (S) (ING)

operate in transport area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM11 12-3
fuel, explosives, or inflammable material, transporting . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2
withdraw transports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM18 12-4

TRUE BEARINGS (AND DISTANCES)

alter course, maintain true bearings and distances from the Guide . . . . CORPEN F 7-4
line guides are to form on true bearing from the Guide. . . . . . . . . . . FORM G 4-6
preserved/resumed, true bearings and distances are to be . . . . . . . . TA11 33-2
ships are to form on true bearings from their guides . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM 4-4
take station on true bearing from the Guide at standard distance . . . . . STATION 5-2

TURN (ED) (ING)

course for flight operations, turn to the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN F 6-4
course for out-of-wind flight operations, turn to the. . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN A 6-4
indefinite turn to port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PORT 2-10
indefinite turn to starboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBD 2-10
instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 600) 6-1
lights, turn on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA38 33-5
my engines are turning ahead/astern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SPEED 8-5
navigation lights, turn on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA14 27-2
search turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN S 7-8
specified amount, turn of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 601) 6-2
stop the turn and steady on course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN 2-8
6-2
7-4
stop the turn and steady on course indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN C 7-4
sweep wire, I am being turned by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW93 26-18
together to course or direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN 6-2
together using reduced tactical diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN 6-3
torpedoes, turn and fire (See TORPEDO)
turning speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y SPEED 8-6
unspecified amount, turn of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 603) 6-2

TYPE FORMATION, form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORM N 4-7

TYPE ORGANIZATION
assume type organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO11 17-2
assume type organization following . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO10 17-2

U
ULTRA-HIGH FREQUENCY
exercise independently, remain within UHF range . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX4 21-1
keep within UHF range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA73 33-8

Index-101 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

U
Signal Page

UNABLE TO (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BU 15-1

arrive in position at prescribed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA68 33-7
carry out operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA111 33-11
kedge off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED9 18-2
keep station or carry out movements directed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B STATION 5-7
operate aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5
operate sonar effectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS57 13-10
use ASW weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS58 13-10

UNASSIGNED STATION NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T STATION 5-8

UNDER ME, submarine is (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X 13-22

UNDERWATER
communications with submarine (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1N 13-20
demolition personnel detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG K 3-3
result of attack is underwater explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS6 13-2
ship is damaged by underwater explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE11 30-3

UNDERWATER TELEPHONE
establish communications by underwater telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
keep within underwater telephone range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA73 33-8
operation of underwater telephone is authorized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
simulate underwater telephone communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW46 20-5
use underwater telephone method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

UNDERWAY
delay getting underway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED48 18-5
RE48 30-6
get underway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED49 18-6
notice for getting underway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE49 30-6

UNIDENTIFIED
aircraft detected or sighted bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG B 3-2
surface craft sighted bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG E 3-2
unit bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA32 33-4

UNIFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD29 11-4

UNIT
able to continue on mission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE10 30-2
adjust station to admit unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREEN J 9-4
STATION I 5-3
assist unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA52 33-6
assume tactical command of unit (or I am assuming) . . . . . . . . . . . CO14 17-3
assume tactical control of unit (or I am assuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO15 17-3
attack from direction is being carried out by unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU3 32-1
bears from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA32 33-4

Index-102 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

U
Signal Page

clear unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA85 33-8

close unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA94 33-10
command as, is held in unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO3 17-1
concentrate on unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU6 32-2
TA69 33-7
conform to general movements of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA70 33-7
contact with unit, I have. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
contaminated by fallout, unit is being . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE9 30-2
contaminated by radioactivity, degree of evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . NB2 28-1
damage, unit has suffered (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2W 32-12
destroy unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA48 33-5
detected by enemy (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2V 32-12
distance between units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA14 33-2
flooding, unit is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE18 30-3
follow movements of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA98 33-10
form part of unit for maneuvering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA99 33-10
form unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO6 17-2
friendly unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA26 33-3
friendly unit sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE14 30-3
grid origin is centered on unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA19 27-3
guide of unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G FORM 4-9
(Art. 132) 1-20
identity of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA117 33-12
indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 113) 1-8
join/rejoin unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA86 33-8
keep between unit and contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
keep clear of unit (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O 13-21
keep in wake of unit/to port/starboard of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10
last reported contact with unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA24 33-3
maneuver your unit to avoid shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA101 33-10
order of units in scouting line, commencing from the left . . . . . . . . . . TA128 33-13
pass ahead/astern/to port/starboard of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA103 33-10
position of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA22 27-3
range of unit from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA18 33-3
readiness of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE42 30-6
reference point at time, unit will pass through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA31 27-4
remain in present position with unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA78 33-8
replenishment units (See REPLENISH)
responsible for surfacing submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS74 13-12
resume tactical command of unit (or I am resuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . CO14 17-3
resume tactical control of unit (or I am resuming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO15 17-3
screening of unit (See SCREEN)
sequence of units (See SEQUENCE)
station of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M STATION 5-7
station, unit is in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A STATION 5-7
support unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO13 17-2
TA64 33-7

Index-103 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

U
Signal Page

take station from unit on circle (ASW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1T 13-22

unable to keep station or carry out movements directed . . . . . . . . . . B STATION 5-7
you are assigned to unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO1 17-1
you bear from unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA17 33-3

UNIVERSAL TRANSVERSE MERCATOR

for grid position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA20 27-3
system on which signals are based . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA28 27-4

UNKNOWN, identity of unit is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA117 33-12

UNLOADING at beach, commence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM2 12-1

UNMASK WEAPON, maneuvering to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU9 32-2

UNMOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED14 18-3

UNRELIABLE, equipment is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE36 30-5

URGENT ATTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS1 13-1

TA2 33-1

V
VAN, take station in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATION C 5-3

VARIABLE DEPTH SONAR

act independently to launch/recover VDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
condition of VDS equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS48 13-9
energize/de-energize VDS transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS55 13-10
lower/recover VDS transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS49 13-9
submarine safety, VDS cable length for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS66 13-11
transmit on VDS transducer at depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS54 13-10

VECTOR AIRCRAFT ATTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS1 13-1

VEER
astern fueling rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS11 31-4
chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED16 18-3
sweep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW40 26-12
target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX10 21-2

VEHICLE, send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD5 11-1

VERTICAL REPLENISHMENT (See HELICOPTER, REPLENISH)

VESSEL is cooperating/not cooperating/opposing/obstructing. . . . . . . IN5 24-1

Index-104 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

V
Signal Page

VERY HIGH FREQUENCY

establish communications by VHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
exercise independently, remain within VHF range . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX4 21-1
keep within VHF range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA73 33-8
my query/challenge is in progress/completed via VHF . . . . . . . . . . . IN3 24-1
use VHF method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2

VIOLATOR
contact is potential violator vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN1 24-1
my boarding party is onboard/returning from potential violator . . . . . . . IN4 24-1

VISIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME7 25-1

from OTC or unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME8 25-1
wait for visibility to improve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA153 33-16

VISUAL
call sign, sound your visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM38 16-5
contact, aircraft holds visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS34 13-6
contact, I am investigating unclassified visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERG Q 3-4
contact, I have lost visual (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H 32-10
contact, unit holds visual (SURFACE ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2K 32-11
contact with enemy or unit, I have visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA23 33-3
no visual signaling except in emergency or in response to OTC . . . . . . CM39 16-5
recognition, use visual means of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA118 33-12
relay ship, act as visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM26 16-4
repeat all visual signals by radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM27 16-5
restrictions/no restrictions on visual signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM39 16-5
signaling range, exercise independently; remain within visual . . . . . . . EX4 21-1
signaling range, keep within visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA73 33-8
watch not being kept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag N 2-4
watch, maintain/secure visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM3 16-1

VOICE MODULATED LIGHT

establish communications by VML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM4 16-1
use VML method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM6 16-2
use VML only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM39 16-5

W
WAKE, keep in/just clear of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA100 33-10

WARNING
fire a warning shot across contact’s bow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU8 32-2
laser emission hazard warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM23 16-4
radio hazard (RADHAZ/HERO) warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM21 16-3
Flag L 2-4
storm warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME6 25-1
threat warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

Index-105 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

W
Signal Page

WATCH
close down radio watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1 16-1
maintain radio watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM7 16-2
maintain/secure visual watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM3 16-1
set anchor watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED4 18-2
set ESM watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW31 20-4
set mine watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW5 26-1
set sonar/listening watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS56 13-10
visual watch not being kept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag N 2-4

WATER
contaminated radiologically, water of anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB3 28-1
depth of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA8 27-1
percentage of water remaining on board at noon . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE40 30-5
replenish water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS8 31-3
sighted colored water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4
sounding indicates depth of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM5 12-2
received/supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS5 31-2
required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS4 31-2

WEAPON (S)
AAW weapons free (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7F 10-3
AAW weapons tight (AAW ACTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7T 10-4
alert state (readiness) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE22 30-4
ASW weapon, make attack with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS1 13-1
ASW weapon, safety range for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS10 13-2
ASW weapons free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS11 13-2
ASW weapons tight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS9 13-2
ASW weapon to depth, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS8 13-2
ASW weapon, unable to use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS58 13-10
attack with weapon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA2 33-1
carry out trials or tests of weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2
coordination method in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA7 10-2
fighter-launched weapons, I am engaging with. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA1 10-1
harass opponent by use of weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA4 23-2
practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag B 2-2
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A 34-2
unmask weapons, I am maneuvering to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU9 32-2

WEATHER
act independently for meteorological tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA92 33-9
ceiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME1 25-1
cloud cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME2 25-1
fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME3 25-1
make weather report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME9 25-1
prepare for heavy weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE23 30-4
proceed to foul-weather anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA88 33-9

Index-106 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

W
Signal Page

sea state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME4 25-1

storm/line squall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME6 25-1
unable to carry out operations due to weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA111 33-11
unable to keep station due to weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B STATION 5-7
unable to operate aircraft due to weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5
underway minehunting is not possible due to weather . . . . . . . . . . . MW109 26-19
visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME7 25-1
visibility from OTC or unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME8 25-1
weather is suitable for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA154 33-16
wind speed and direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME10 25-1
wind speed and direction (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6D 30-7

WEAVE, carry out a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN W 6-5

WEIGH ANCHOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag U 2-6

ED18 18-3

WELL DONE (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BZ 15-1

WHEEL (ING)
altering course by wheeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 143
to 149) 1-34
alter course by wheeling and resume zigzag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN V 7-8
alter course by wheeling in direction or to course . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN 7-3
delay execution of wheel ordered by higher authority . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN O 7-8
instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 700) 7-1
ordering a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 701) 7-3
simultaneously to course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN D 7-4

WHEN
ready (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL 15-1
report when action is completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BY 15-1
report when ready (governing group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BE 15-1
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table W 34-18
you desire (governing group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK 15-1

WHISTLES, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EX11 21-2

WHITE THREAT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

WINCH SHIP, take duty as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MW73 26-16

WIND
ballistic wind (See BALLISTIC WIND)
effective downwind forecast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NB8 28-1
make weather report of surface/upper wind observation . . . . . . . . . . ME9 25-1
ready to operate aircraft when wind conditions are suitable . . . . . . . . AV26 14-4
speed and direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ME10 25-1
speed and direction (towing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6D 30-7
surface wind is from direction at knots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM4 22-1

Index-107 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

W
Signal Page

time into wind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV29 14-5

unable to operate aircraft due to lack of wind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AV30 14-5

WITHDRAW (AL) (ING)

amphibious unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM18 12-4
cover withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM19 12-4
fight a withdrawing action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SU19 32-3
pickets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA66 33-7

WRECKAGE
investigate wreckage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA62 33-6
object of search is wreckage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA47 33-5
sighted wreckage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA30 33-4

Y
YELLOW THREAT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN34 19-5

YES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag C 2-2

Z
ZERO TIME
enter harbor at zero time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED53 18-6
indicated by execution of signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA36 27-5
leave harbor at zero time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ED54 18-6

ZIGZAG (GING)
alter course by wheeling and resume zigzag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORPEN V 7-8
cease zigzagging and remain on course being steered . . . . . . . . . . TURN S 6-5
cease zigzagging and resume base course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN X 6-5
convoy is carrying out zigzag plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y TURN 6-7
force is carrying out zigzag plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z TURN 6-7
plan, zigzag in accordance with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN Z 6-5
resume base course, signaled speed, and zigzag together after
aircraft operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN V 6-5
resume previous zigzag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN R 6-5
screen ships carry out independent zigzag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN H 6-4
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K SPEED 8-5
speed changed (zigzag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED E 8-1

ZONE
coordination method in force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AA7 10-2
time zone indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Art. 164h) 1-45
use zone time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA37 27-5

Index-108 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Effective Pages Page Numbers

Original I thru IV
Change 2 V, VI
Original VII thru X
Change 2 XI, XII
Original XIII thru XX
Change 2 1-1, 1-2
Original 1-3 thru 1-6
Change 2 1-7 thru 1-10
Original 1-11 thru 1-16
Change 2 1-17 thru 1-20
Original 1-21 thru 1-26
Change 2 1-27 thru 1-36
Original 1-37, 1-38
Change 2 1-39 thru 1-42
Original 1-43 thru 1-48
Original 2-1 thru 2-12
Original 3-1 thru 3-6
Original 4-1 thru 4-10
Original 5-1 thru 5-8
Change 1 6-1 thru 6-4
Change 2 6-5, 6-6
Original 6-7, 6-8
Original 7-1 thru 7-6
Change 2 7-7, 7-8
Original 7-9, 7-10
Change 1 8-1 thru 8-4
Original 8-5 thru 8-8
Change 2 9-1 thru 9-4
Change 1 9-5, 9-6
Change 2 9-7, 9-8
Change 2 10-1 thru 10-4
Original 11-1 thru 11-6
Change 1 12-1, 12-2
Original 12-3, 12-4
Original 13-1 thru 13-8
Change 2 13-9, 13-10
Original 13-11 thru 13-18
Change 2 13-19 thru 13-22
Original 14-1 thru 14-8
Change 1 15-1, 15-2
Change 1 16-1, 16-2
Change 2 16-3, 16-4
Change 1 16-5, 16-6
Original 17-1 thru 17-4
Original 18-1 thru 18-6
Original 19-1 thru 19-4
Change 2 19-5, 19-6
Original 20-1 thru 20-6
Original 21-1, 21-2

LEP-1 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MTP 1(D), Vol. II

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Effective Pages Page Numbers

Original 22-1 thru 22-4
Original 23-1 thru 23-4
Original 24-1, 24-2
Original 25-1, 25-2
Original 26-1 thru 26-4
Change 2 26-5, 26-6
Change 1 26-7 thru 26-10
Change 2 26-11, 26-12
Original 26-13 thru 26-30
Change 2 27-1, 27-2
Original 27-3 thru 27-6
Original 28-1, 28-2
Original 29-1, 29-2
Change 1 30-1, 30-2
Change 2 30-3, 30-4
Change 1 30-5, 30-6
Original 30-7 thru 30-10
Original 31-1, 31-2
Change 1 31-3 thru 31-6
Original 31-7, 31-8
Original 32-1 thru 32-14
Change 2 32-15, 32-16
Original 32-17 thru 32-24
Change 1 32-25 thru 32-28
Original 33-1, 33-2
Change 2 33-3, 33-4
Original 33-5, 33-6
Change 2 33-7, 33-8
Original 33-9 thru 33-16
Original 34-1 thru 34-4
Change 2 34-5, 34-6
Change 1 34-7, 34-8
Original 34-9, 34-10
Change 2 34-11, 34-12
Original 34-13 thru 34-22
Original 35-1, 35-2
Change 2 Index-1 thru Index-108
Change 2 LEP-1, LEP-2

LEP-2 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NUMERAL PENNANTS SPECIAL FLAGS AND PENNANTS

PENNANT PENNANT PENNANT

and Spoken Written or Spoken Written or Spoken Written
NAME FLAG FLAG

PENNANT p1 CODE or CODE or

PREP PREP
ONE CODE ANSWER ANS
1 PREPARATIVE
or ANSWER

PENNANT p2 CORPEN CORPEN PORT PORT

TWO
2 CORPEN
PORT

PENNANT p3 DESIG DESIG SCREEN SCREEN

THREE DESIG-
3 NATION
SCREEN

PENNANT p4 DIV DIV SPEED SPEED

FOUR
4 SPEED
DIVISION

PENNANT EMERG-
p5 EMERG SQUAD SQUAD
FIVE ENCY
5
EMERGENCY SQUADRON

PENNANT p6 STAR-
FLOT FLOT STBD
SIX BOARD
6 FLOTILLA STARBOARD

PENNANT p7 FORMA-
FORM STATION STATION
SEVEN TION
7 FORMATION STATION

PENNANT p8 INTER-
INT SUBDIV SUBDIV
EIGHT INTER- ROGATIVE
8 ROGATIVE SUBDIVISION

PENNANT p9 NEGAT NEGAT TURN TURN

NINE
9 NEGATIVE TURN

PENNANT p0
ZONE
0 FIRST THIRD
1st. 3rd.
FIRST SUB THIRD SUB
SUBSTITUTE SUBSTITUTE

TACKLINE TACK —
SECOND FOURTH
2nd. 4th.
SECOND SUB FOURTH SUB
SUBSTITUTE SUBSTITUTE
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED

MTP 1(D), VOLUME II

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED